Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 7125 WATERS WAY NEIGHBORHOOD PARKCity of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM No. 4 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2"" Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgo v. com/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: DRAWINGS Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE FLOOR PLAN, There is a louver and exhaust fan on the south side of the pump house building as shown on the pump station drawings. Opening to be 36x36 with CMU infill as required for installation. Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE FLOOR PLAN, Louver shown on north wall will have a 44" opening with pressure treated shims for louver size as shown on irrigation plans. Sheet A-1 PUMPHOUSE ROOF PLAN, Skylight is to be centered over pump, for pump removal, F.V. exact location Sheet A-2 PUMPHOUSE SOUTH ELEVATION, Exhaust fan as shown on Pump Station Drawings; fan will be on this elevation. Sheet M-1, There are 4 L-2 louvers as shown on the Architectural Drawings, one louver on each side will be blanked off with sheet metal and rigid insulation. Sheet PS-1, PS-2, Keynote 31 is a skylight as shown on the architectural drawings O / RIHL TO TI )LP IGHT EW PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER BY FCL&P DARY FROM TRANSFORMER TO BUILDING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, REFER TO I _ ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE RESTROOM POWER FROM VAULT A STREET FORMER BY FORT COLL NS SITE PLAN SCALE: 1 "=50'-O" north NO DATE REVISION BY WATERS WAY PAR K (am) 0�*'. cnceno sscw SITE PLAN E-1 1 3/31/10 ADDENDUM ESC SK-2 ni:ocm-eta itvu-arty-oFGO:�IT RAGTOR-Sulx;attrnetors<• em of any of 614M. Receipt andAppGcation of Insurance Proceeds 5.12. .any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by pamgmphs5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distrihute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced the moncys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of lass to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reacln:d OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and if F2Ef 1iFdd in r.a....„l�give-bend-fix--Fha .Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5.14. If may-f9WNE r ors CTARj OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds•or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the odta—party CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconformance with the Contract Documents, the objeetmg-party shall-aernotify-the-other-party OVVNM will notify COrNTRA(MR, in w•ritiN within ten fifteen days after receipt delivery of the certificates (or -other -evidence requested) to Q"WER, required by paragraph 2.7. other-such-ndditiona -infommtion-in-respect-of-i mrance Partial Uti&ra6on-ProperVInsurance: 5.15. If OWNER Gnds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial E .DC:GL.Twv. CONDtnors 191" (1990 Edam) wi air OF FORT tutu us MODIFICATIONS (RLV an- -coo) Completion of all the Work such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with pamgmph'14.16 provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any chartngzs in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6-COAPTIb1CTOR•s RESPONSIBILITIES Superiison and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shill have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably quafified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property, at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Wok on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER - CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of anv Wok to he performed on Saturday. Sunday. Holidays or outside the Remlar Working Hours. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment. labor. transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel. power, light heat telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.4.1. Purchasirs, Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must comply with the City's purchasing, restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. 6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: Ciry of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products cantaining cement to cerifv that the cement was not ran& in cement kilns that that hazardous waste as a fuel. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall cspressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment All materials and equipment shall be applied installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGMEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule thenin effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is attended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description E)MCOENEtA1. CON ITIOM 191"(1990 Edition) 12 a4CITY OF FORT COILINSMODIFICATIONS(RE•V,12000) contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 6.7.1.1. 'Ur -Equal If in EINGhNaR's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named aml sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may he considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINF.EK's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for axcptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGIi IEER's sole discretion an item of material a equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or�equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supplementM in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified The application will state the Caen, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for ,cork on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including touts of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be CONTRACTOR shill perform riot less than 20 considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the percentof the Work with its own forces (that is, proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about shall be understood w refer to the Work the value of the proposed substitute. which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price. 6.7.1.3. CONTR.-ICTOR'r Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any 6.8.2. Bid proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at Documents require the identity of certain CONTRACTOR'sexpense, Subcontractors. Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the 6.7.2. Substitute Comhuction Mateo& or principal items of materials or equipment) to be Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, submitted to OWNER in-advance-of-the-speoifted sequence or procedure of construction is shown or date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for indicated in and expressly required by the Contract acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —end —if Documents, CONTRACTOR may famish or utilize a GQo P,R.1. a—suhtnitte� substitute meam method technique, sequence or aEc procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to writing or by failing to make written objection thereto allow, ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. any-stnch-3ubeenlraclor�-SupplieFer-ether-parson-or The procedure for review by F,N(ihNEER will b on revoked an the similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.=Ii ion-e#er-due-im`estiSatien; ..'hip6 ('nl,PronX-Poo ..L..1I 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEF..R will be Raw submis an aeeepet'r;T�'`u .:,ta—thtee—W 11—he allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to such-subztutior-annd-an-appreffiata-Ehange-(-kdtr paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the will sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without use of the named subcontractors, suppliers or other ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be persnns or amanization on the Work unlesspoor evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved written approval is obtained from OWNER and Shop Drawing. OWNER may require FNGINEF:R. No acceptance by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOfn ENGINEER of arty such Subcontractor, Supplier or expense a special performance guarantee or other other person or organization shall constitute a waiver surety with respect to any 'or -equal" or substitute. of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject ENGINUR will record time required by defective Work. ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by 6_9. CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.12 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions contract with OWNF..R for work onthe Project) of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons occasioned thereby. Whether or no ENGINEER and organizations performing" furnishing any of the accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall reimbxrrse CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and responsible for CONTRACTOR's ram acts and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall proposed substitute item. create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any 68. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and contractual relationship between OWNER or Orhers: ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization nor shall it create any 6 8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any (including those acceptable to OWNER and such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether organization except as may otherwise be required by initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other person CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any or organization evi(k-nce of amounts paid to Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization CONTRACTOR in accordance with to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment". CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. EiCDCGENEF--%L CONDIMZ 191M (1990 Echim) 13 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV U.'000) 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors. Suppliers and other persons and organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Wort: among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to un appprropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcon tractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the npplicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever ^ny-such -agreemen an 4 ih�a9alamee provided pnmffaphs5A 9F :' the ag o u_ COi,�pR-A TTOR--and-the-Subee numter-(x-Supplier-wiH ..II •,.I.r.. ni nlrnrt:D /`llht•1'D \!•T(lU sionnrccD cNtnnnrr...... d--ed--ethos arising out-eTOHrmittng-ffont-eery of-tha pefilseavefe(fby the-Work.—lithe-insurars-ort-any-such-pot tales-requira Separate Any-&ulxoMraerara�r guiaplieF; 0-H. Patent Fees and RafaGies: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, desi(pt, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER LMLNEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use In the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design. process product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 14 EXDCGENSULCONDITIOM 1910-8(1990E(btim) a•/ CITY OF FORT OOLLI NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenxs. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay nil charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.14. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor FNGINF.FR shall be responsible for monitoring CONfRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.15,1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and lord sales and use taxes on materiaL% to be Permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes shall not be included in the Commet Price CONTRACTOR must apply for. and receive. a Certificate oC Exemption from the Colorado Department of Revenue for construction materials to be Qli •sy is 11 incorporated into the project, This Certification of Exemption provides that the CONTRACTOR shall neither Pay nor include in his Bid Sales and Use Taxes on those building and construction materials physically incorporated into the oroiect. Address: Colorado Department of Revenue State Capital Anne 1375 Sherman Street Denver, Colorado. 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado. Reeional Transportation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and builidina, materials phvsimlly incorporated into the o ect are to be rAid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included in appropriate bid items. Use of Pmmises.• 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other [arid and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, pemuiLs and easements, and shall not mreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for :any damage to any such land or arcs, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWiNER ENGINEER or any other part), indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. luring the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shell leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Word:. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not desigretted for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: EKDCGENMR L CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 E(fitiai) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLII S MODIFICATIONS (REV 1/!000) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders. Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to poragmph 9.a) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final pavment, these record documents. Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Jorotecdon: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety oC and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.L all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.26.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or lass; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility, owners when prosecurion of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor. Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of than to perform or fumish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shell be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER orENGINE ER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or iralirectly, in whole or in part to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONfRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. .Sajery Representam•e: COrNTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibdities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs. 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among. employers at the site in accordance with laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNTER or ENGNI FER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawing to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawing will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGMER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGfNEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6242. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to EVGLNEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawinp and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited 16 EXDC OETBRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 ENtim) w•I CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICA'riONS (REV 4rr000) purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers of each Sample to he submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submittal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample. CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.11 all information relative to CONTRACl'OR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Dmwings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents, 6.252. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOWs review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGQfEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal: atxL in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER an previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGNEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by FNGtNEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28, Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prier toENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent Submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Monk., 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule [luring all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by p amgraph 155 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 630. MV77LICTOR's General lKirranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR tvarrams and guarantees to OWNER. ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. COitTTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Nome of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in EJCDCGENIff AL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 Ediliai) wICITY OF FORT COLLIDE MODIFICATIONS(RL•'V 1,2000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER: 6.3U 2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a ociificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so: 6.30.2.& any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 1 a.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. lndamniftcaRon: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, E\GMEER ENGEJEER's Consultantsand the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cast loss or damage: (i) is attributable to todily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (it) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Wort: or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In arty and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under para6Taph6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants. officers, directors, employees or agents.caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. SWnIiwl ofObhgaLions. 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents. will survive final payment, completion and acceptance. of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7--OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perfomm other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER'S own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Wort: with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting find patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering; their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable I S EICDCOEMaUL CONDI1ION51910-8 (1990 Ed dim) a'/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICA'r1ONS (REV 4R000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Workdepends upon work performed by others under this article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work: CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or norrapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, tine or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and .7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through EL40INEER 82 In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom-6t�pj.TRACTOR—make�rterrcastxmbk-etbjecliutp whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 83. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Pamgraph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Document-,. hasing and-m ' ' 'nstxaaee-err-seF forth-ilrpamgraphs 5-5-through3-10: 5.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as intlicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections. tests and approvals is set forth in Mmgmph 13.4. 3.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paraemphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with O\VNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 9.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for. CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or famish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. o 10 OWN, SRC. - Radioactive Mat eralruneovered-or-raveak ill-at-thrsae-!9 Set fO iA pfiffi9aph 4..5. arrangements—have—been—made—to—satisfy—QVNER's respotsibil ity-in-rrspeet-thereoFwj ll-br-ens-se6&)nth-ut-the supplementary -Conditions - ARTICLE 9—F_NGIN-FFR'S STATUS DURING COINSM CTION 011 NER's Represertrntive: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER IULr to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress EJCDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (1990 Echtiao) w'/ CITY OF FORT COLD M MODIFICATIONS (RIiV 4/1000) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGD=E 's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against lefecrive Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.11 and particularly, but without limitation during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site visits or observations of CONTRAC'MR's work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct. control or have authority over or be responsible for CON'MACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comely with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINFER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs9.3 and 9.13 and inthe Supple- -^. Conditions of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINi rEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in thepaa trgnph 4.7 of these General Conditions If the ENGINF,F,R fumi-,h s a Resident project Representative (RPR) or other assistants, or if the OWNER desitnates a Represenwtivc of agent, all as provided in parnaraph 9.3 of the General Conditions, these Representatives stall have the authority and limitations as omvided in paragraph 9.13 0l the General Conditions and shall be subject to the following: 9 3 I The Representative's dealms in matters pertaining to the on -site work will in general, be with the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. But, the Representative will keep the OWNER property advised about such matters. The Representative's dealinsss with subcontractors will ordv be throuth or with the full knowledge and approval of the CONTRACTOR 9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities, Representative will: 93.2A.Schedules - Review the progress 19 schedule and other schedules prepared by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the MNIGLVEER concerning acceptability. 9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as preconstruction conferences, protgess meetings and other lob conferences and prepare and circulate copies of minutes of meetings. 9.3.2.3. Liaison 93.2.3.1. Serve as FNGINF.E.R'S liaison with CONTRACTOR, working principally through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to waist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obu6rt ng from OWNER additional details or information, when required. for proper execution of the Work. 9.32.3.3. Advise the F,NGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission if the submission has not been approved by the U IGINEFR 9.3 2.4.Review of WpLk Rej�ion of Defective tVork, Inspections and "rests - 9.32.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in Progress to assist tin; ENGINEER in determining that the Work is pracecdin¢ in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting_ inspectors representine public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project record the results of these inspections and report to the ENGL LEER. 9.3.15. Interpretation of Contract Documents. Report to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification art& interpretation of the Contract Documents as ssuW by the :IzM!.fa:ti 9.3.2.6. Mo& 6cations. Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for EXI)C OEN`ERAL CONDITION 6191 oat (1990Edtim) 20 w/CITY OF FORT COLLIMINIODIFICATIONS(REV •IRPaP) modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to ENGINEER. Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR decisions issued by the ENGINEER 9.3.2.7. Records. CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and major suppliers of c uii era and materials. 9.3.2.8. RzR9s 9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGWEER periodic reports, as required, of the prcEess of the Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S uqm fiance with the p ggress scheduleRnd schedule of shop Drawing and Sample suubnittals. 93.2.8.2. Consult with ENGMER advance oC scheduling major tests. inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 9.32.8.3. Draft protxuad Cinnae Orders and Work Directive Changes, obmining backup material from the CONTRACTOR and recommend to ENGINEER Change Orders Work Directive Charmes and Geld orders 9.3.18.4. Report immediately to ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence oC any accident. 9.32.9. Payment Requests. Review applications for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendation to City of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM No. 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 7125: Waters Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) April 6, 2010 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970,221.6707 fcgov. corn/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CLARIFICATIONS/CHANGES: • Last day for bid questions is March 29, 2010. • General Contractor qualification requirement to be submitted with the contractor's bid. SPECIFICATIONS Section 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK: Delete 1.02 A 3. "A statement declaring that the company will perform a minimum of 20% of the work; not including purchasing of materials, with its own forces and organization, and a list of services that the prime contractor will provide." 2. Section 07210, THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION, Paragraph 2.03, Subparagrah A, item number 1: Delete 'where shown on drawings'. All non - grouted cells to have foamed -in cell insulation 3. Section 07466, WOOD SIDING, Paragraph 2.01 & 2.02, delete and replace with the following: 2.01A WOOD VERTICAL SIDING A. General: Exterior vertical tongue -and -groove wood siding, for opaque or transparent finish. 1. Sizes: Length as required for full length installation, 10" nominal width. 2. Edges: Tongue -and -groove. 3. Pattern: Straight with beveled edges, WP-4. 4. Texture: Rough. 5. Finish: Solid body stain as specified in Section 09930. 6. Grade: Architect Knotty ENGINrEER noting, particularly the relationship of the Ravment requested to the schedule of values. work completed and materials and cQuipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 9.3.2.10. Completion. 9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items rcuuirim, correction or completion 9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the companv of the ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be corrected or completed. 9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance 93.3. Limitation of Authorite The Representative shall not, 9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accsnt any substitute materials or equipintn4 unless authori -by-the ENGINEER. 9.3.32. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR_ Subcontmetor& or CONTRACTOR'S superintendent. 9.3.3.4. Advise on or issue directio relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or rocedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding_or assume contrQl over safery procautons and pro ems in connections with the Work. 9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR 9 3 3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or in pan. 9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by the ENGINEER Clarifications and Interpretations: 9A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the FXDC GENERAL CONDITION519104 (1990 EGtim) w/ CITY OF FORT OOLIMZ MODIFICATIONS (REIN 42000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINMER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof if any. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I I or Article 12. Authorized Kiriations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicate[ by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the panics are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecting Defectme Work- 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to b< defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders. see Articles 10. 11. and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGININEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. EIG1NEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an .Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEFR's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appmling party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such nghtsor remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to FNGINEER's decision, unless othercise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such appeal will not be subject to the Procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decidons on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 1 I and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this pamgmph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other parry within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter, The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render it formal decision in writing within thirty days aller receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph ENGINE-ER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be fural and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (i) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from LNGINEERs written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such E)CDC GENVLAL CONDITION51910-9 (1990 Echlim) 22 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINSMODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under Paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except arty which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claun, dispute or other matter-ptteatent (exlit iela 16. 9.13. Limitations m EVGINEER's Authority and Regro"bimer: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINF.ERs authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.132. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the fuel Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, scihedulm guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 wilt only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGf;`IEEWs Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. :VSrICI,E t0—CFL\:NGFS IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will he authorized by a Written Amendment. a Change Order, or a Wort: Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be perforated under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR arc unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an ndjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract'rimes that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article I I or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Tunes with respect to any Work performed that is not requited by the Contract Document- as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragmph 6.3 or in the rase of uncovering Work as provided in paragmph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under pamaraph 13. id, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. Documents and applicable Laws and Regulation, but during any such appeal. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents UMC GENTRAL CONDITIONS 19 Has (1990 E(fitim) wicam of FORT COLLI S moolFICATIONS(RLV 1/1000) (including, but not limited to. Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the givinu of am- such notice will be CONPRACTOIN respunsibdity, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLF. It —CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE I1.1. 'rho Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for pertbrnting the Work. AN duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR skill be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 112. 'rho Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general rmture of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENG N"EER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall he accomtpanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGLNEER in accordance with paragaph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contact Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 112. 11.1 The value of any Work covered by a Chage Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Pace will be detcanmed as follows: 11.11. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Document-, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 ptmgraphs 1 1.9.1 through 11.9.3. inclusive): 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prigs contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2): 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the IVark.. 11.4. The term Cast of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONfRAC'I'OR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work Payroll costs shall include. tut -not be limited trr, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and -retirement benefits, bunuses; stale leave, yBeeiien and haliday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday. Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation arid storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, an which case the Lash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNEIL and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained, 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNP.R, EICDCGhT'ERALCONDITIONtS 191"(1990Edtim) 24 WI CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV J2000) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractors Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5 `. Cast, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials• supplies. equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which arc consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented. from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGDIE ER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with teens of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, comumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work and for which CONTRACTOR is liable. imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, aril royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with pamgmph 5.91 provided they have resulted From causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Su ccxntractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER No such louses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. K however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. HAM. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 11.5. The tern Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTR\CTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimator-, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONI M\CIOR whether at the site or in C'ONTRA&OR's principal or a branch office Cur general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classificatiorss referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.44-all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTR\CTOR's fee. 1152. Expenses of CONTR\CTOR's principal and branch offices other thin CONTRACTOR's office at the site. I L5.3. Any pan of CONfRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against COrNTRACT6R for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). E)CDC GENERAL CONDITION'S 1910.8 (1990 Edtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLI NS MODIFICATIONS (Rho/ 12000) 11.5.5, Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work. disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon• then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under pamgmphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACI'OR's fee shall be fifteen percent; 11.6.2.1 for cosLI incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fcc shall be five percent; 11.6.23. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cast of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work. at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 114.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontmeor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee-ei-fives-percent-ofthd-emotlnt-paid-to the-next-lowertier-Subconttt ckn- to be negotiated in good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed five Dercent of the amount naid to the next lower tier Su mna r_ 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of casts itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 1 14.5 and 11.5; 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTR\CTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such act decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one charge. the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with pamgraphs 11.6.2.1 through 1 1.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cast of any Work is to be 25 determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to.ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowance': 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contact Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's casts for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Commit Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will he valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. knit Price Work 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or pan of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the stun of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Wort:- times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contact Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Rrork performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9. 10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONrRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article I I if. 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; EXI)C OENFRAL CONVITIONS 191" (1990 E(itim) 26 wICITY OF FORT COLLIhTUODIFICATIONS(RrV AR000) and 11.9.32. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work: and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Bid or change quantities at OWNF'.R'S sole discretion without affecting the Contract Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twentv-five Percent of the original total Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CFLUNGE OF CON'r R.ACT TIM ES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written tUnendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINF.F.R promptly (hut in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Ivfilestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with pamgmph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR. is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Nhlestcnes) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Ol\'NER and CONTRACTOR. an extension of the Contract Times (or Nfilestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from () delays caused IN or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or (11) &-lays beyond the control of both panics including but not limited lo, fres, floods, epidemics. abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13--TESTS AdND INSPEC•riONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEI'TANCE OF Dt*FF.CTIVF WORK 13.1. Aotiee ofDejecrs: Prompt notice of all dafeetive Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge wilt he given to CONTRACTOR. All dafectfve Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER &\ GE\TEER ENG rNEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasatsblrtimes for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRr\CTOR shall provide them proper and &nfe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTR:\CTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections• tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 EJCDCGENOUL CONDITIONS 191" (19" Ed6tim) w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLI I,Z MODIFICATIONS (REV a -000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereot) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body. CON•rRACfOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests of approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINHER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs. or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the satne and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncm,ering Work,, 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of EVGENEER, it must, it.` requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for EiNGLNEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Rork be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR at ENGTNEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question furnishing all necessary Libor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is rkfective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering. exposure. observation, inspection aril testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shill be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thercor, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If. however, such Work is not found to be &festive, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such 27 uncovering. exposure, observation, inspection testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I 1 and 12. 01PA 'R May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof. until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal ofDefeedrr Work: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed either correct all rejective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINFER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not ifectfve. 'CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, casts, leases and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1. If within one year two years after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of ([hers resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OW TER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Wort: removed and replaced and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR 13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12-3. Where defective Work (and damage to other �$ EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 Editim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of onti-year two vears after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed - Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13, If. instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final paymcm also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, vests, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (.such casts to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order wilt be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 014NER Alav Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Lhxuments. OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR; correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action OWNER may, exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or pan of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNVER OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph All claims; costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled -to an appropriate cleanse in the Contract Price, and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, casts, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNERS rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE I4--PAYMIENTTS TO CONTRACTOR .VND COMPLETION Schedule of Values- 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on nccount of Unit Price Work will he based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment., 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment tout not more often than once a month). CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as Ls required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER'S interest therebt all of which will N satisfactory to OWNER- The amount of reminnge with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. Arty funds that are withheld by the OWNER shall not be subie t to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with securities or any arrangements involvirig an escrow or ctstodianshim By executing the application Cur pa•}merit form the CONTRACTOR axpressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101, et seu. CONTR4CTOR9 Warranty of Tide. 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment Gee and clear of all Liens. Review of.4pplieaeons for Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will. within ten days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate in writing a EPCDr-GEN LALCONUMONSIsla$ussoEdtimi wl CITY OF FORT CDLLI MMODIF'ICATIONS(REV 1P000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENG tINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR 14.i. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the c\ecuted Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGEx1EER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENTGINTEER will not therebv be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to L�'GRITEER in the Contract Documents or (it) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including lnal payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is respetnsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any Cailure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONI'RACfOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any pert of any payment if, in L Ili NEER's opinion it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended• to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has bccn damaged requiring wamtion or replacemcni. 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14. or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of arty of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTR4CTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set. off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of anv of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld., or any adjustment thereto weed to by' OWNER and CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically fisted by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter. OWNER CONTRACTOR and ENGPi LEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete. ENGLNTEER will notify CONTRACTOR N writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER EJCDCOENMAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E(itim) 30 a•/CITY OF FORT COLLRZ MODIFICATIONS(REV•112000) considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after comiiering such objectiuru, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If. after consideration of OWNE,R's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER bchevcsjustified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of respomibilitics periding final payment between OWNER and CONIRACTOR with respect to sccunry, operation, safety, maintenance, Flea(, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization. 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete. CONTRACTOR will cettifv to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. B. Materials: Western Red Cedar. C. Nails: Hot dipped galvanized boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1/2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 2.02A WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All solid stock wood fascias, casings, brackets, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Western Red Cedar. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings. 4. Section 10800, TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, Paragraph 2.03, Add Subparagrah B & C,: B. Mirrors: Bobrick B-1556 surface -mounted sheet stainless steel, with mounting screws. C. Mop and Broom Holders: Bobrick B-223 surface -mounted holder, 24" long with three (3) holders. Paragraph 3.03, Delete Subparagraph A.2 - contractor to furnish & install mop & broom holder. 5. Section 02750 CONCRETE PAVING: ADD SECTION 2.04 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete 2.04 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete: A. Manufacturer: 1. Davis Colors manufactured by Davis Colors; phone 213-269- 7311, or approved equivalent. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures. B. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. C. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix at Site, furnish pigments in pre -measured Mix -Ready disintegrating bags to minimize job site waste. D. Colors: 1. Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in the manufacturer's instructions. Dosage rate shall be based on weight of portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. 2. Natural Areas Colored Concrete Trail: Color to be Yosemite Brown (#641 Davis Color). CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request L11GINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final application for Pa vmenC 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees. Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by puagmph5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in pamgmph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for find payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13. (6)consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to O�Wi ER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services. material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls. material and equipmcm bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Wort: for which OXINER or OWNER'S property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails E)CDC OENEPLALL CONDITIO,\'S 19104 (199O Edtim) WICITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV IPOOO) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien Releases or waivers of (lens and the cmuent of the suretv to finalize oavment are to be submitted on forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Project manual. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.1'3. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during concoction and fatal inspection and ENGWEFR's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONCRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within tcn days after receipt of the final Application for PavmrnL indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the :Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time F,NGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINF.ER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph IT6.2 of these General Conditions. 14.14. If through no fault of CONTRACTOR final completion of the Work is significantly delaved and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainxage stipulated in the Agreement. and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to 1NGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shalt not constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The malting and acceptance of foal payment will constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after 31 EJCDC OEN ItAL CONDITION51910-9 (1990 Editim) 34 wl CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) (This page left blank intentionally.) EKIX-ceNERAL CONDITIONS 191"(1990 Bditim) 35 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RLV 4G000) 36 �rnDCOENUt LCONDO�S19los(199oe�lim) WI CITY OF FORT COLLIN5 MODIFICATIONS (REV 4l1000) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMIUNT OWNER aril CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtainir>e, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court havingjurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER uutia0v for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will he made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days period will result in EArGWEER's decision being final and binding uptm 0WNE2 and CON'l'RAC:rOK If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated. such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of anv written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. e lcuc oENERAL CONDITIONS 191 o-s (1990 E(I tica) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by cu solidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINF-ER's Consultant and the officers. directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.=. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this pnragmph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party, not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor. either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration htween OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Wort: of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 165 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereofi and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER aril CONTRACTOR agree that they shall fast submit any and all unsettled claims. counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to pttral7aphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initialing arbitntion would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submittal to mediation undcr this Agreement shall not serve ns arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GC -AI FICDC OFNERAL CONDITIONS 191"(1990 Ei6tim) w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9!94) GC -Al b921 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Geotechnical Report Provincetown Neighborhood Park. East of Robert Benson Reservoir Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. Rev10/20/07 Section 00800 Page 1 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950Contract Change Order 00960Application for Payment Rev 10/20/07 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost 9. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative I.1114101a12a2103 1 ;VE Project Manager REVIEWED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE: Rev10/20/07 Section 00950 Page 1 DRAWINGS 1. Sheets A-1, A-3, A-4 — add system note: add floor type F2 — 4" concrete slab over moisture barrier over compacted subgrade. Reference structural drawings for reinforcement placement. Seal. Pump House slab to be F2. 2. Clarification: Steel channel type to be used on building exterior is C4 x 5.4 3. Clarification: Finish type for exterior walls at change room is corrugated metal per spec. section 07612 4. Sheet A6/Detail 3 Clarification: 30# felt will be used and not vapor barrier 5. Clarification: System note EW3 should read - %" x 9 X" rough sawn cedar siding on 2x2 wood furring @ 24" O. C. on 8" CMU wall. Finish interior side of CMU with paint. 6. Sheet A-7: Door 102 should be type 1. Delete door type 2 from door types. 7. Clarification: rectangular items on each side of door 102 are solid glass block windows 4'-0" off of the ground, 2'-8" high and 8" wide. 8. Sheets A-3 — add system note: add ceiling type C2 — 518" gypsum soffit board ceiling attached to roof structure. Paint. Ceiling types in Chase / Storage 104 to be type C2. 9. Clarification: Urinal screen is to be painted steel 10. Clarification: Mirrors are stainless steel, see spec above 11. Clarification: Countertops are to be solid surface per the specifications 12. Clarification: Address numerals is 715 13. Sheet A3 / Detail 1: There is no weathervane in the project. Delete note. 14. Sheet E3: Electrical Contractor shall provide 0.75" PVC conduit stub conduit out 5-0" from building to plan north for use by irrigation control wiring. Cap and stake conduit for future use. 15. Sheet E3: Electrical Contractor shall use tamper resistant screws on all devices in all public areas. 16. Sheet E4: Conductor Schedule Item #4003A shall be 2 parallel (3-500 KCMIL THWN & 1#2/0 GC) 3.5"C. 17. Sheet E4: Electrical One -Line: Grounding electrode shall be sized at (#2/0 CU GIRD). 18. Sheet SD-2, Detail 7 Concrete Mow Strip: Delete note expansion joint every 5', add notes; control joint every 5', expansion joint every 50'. 19. Sheet C-8, Add note: Pelican Marsh Natural Area may be accessed from Carpenter Road and/or Lemay Ave. for trail construction. Access will be limited, as any areas disturbed by construction activities will be rehabilitated. Carpenter Road is Colorado State Hwy 392; contractor must meet any requirements by CDOT (such as but not limited to traffic control, ROW permit, and temporary access). 20. Sheet SD-2, Detail 5 Construction Joint: Delete note 6x6 #10 WWF. 21. Sheet SD-2 Detail 7 Shelter Pad: delete thickened edge and #4 bars reinforcement. Concrete plaza at shelter locations is 5" thick concrete with exposed aggregate. Concrete footers per shelter manufacturer's recommendations. V LL 0 w C7 Q a w�zzw m ¢ - - m ❑ Z ❑ �ZzW� ZO(D Z m O U ❑ W W c¢iawa0 a w a < CL a a `, w Z O fY w w Z z Z w � U N a1 N C — 3 L) 0 0 0 c m o c U 3 N o L y N N � m C 0 m E U m a a O y 0 O o O m Eco 0 N ¢ L N N � c o C N O N U co L O. a) O m — Q F O Z O O O e» O O O V) 6 m as c a) a) m � 0 Z O ❑ 0 O co F a C U J O o 3 fn m m V a ¢ O a U E a U mfl-¢ o. x a N m L F w In a I m ai c E ` U Eo O .5 ❑ �° p F c U w -EK j a N 3 o O N E O E aNi U F J aNi Q J Q O 0 0 a`) a O a) CD C al L U T a a) CD C m L U Z L 3 O a) N C c o c U U W c O N � N C O o c � C O 0 U U m Q) Z C7 O a C M L m O m T m L L o f0 m 0 rn m m m Q) ma Q 5u L C N d 0 c 0 U cr U O CL ¢ U (N L � w F- a) Z N O c Cl 0 O m ow a' EO H m> QQF d Y > UQ _U LL C O F 7 - F m �(1) 0 ZLLI UH FL-OU LU w Z_ Z w al T 9 T m T m 6 m ❑ Jas li c (D a 2 a) LL a m O N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a o00000000000000000000000000000000 w (D f0000000000000000000000000000000000 m E OE»v>E»f»E»eat»�tlf»f»E»E»v►vie»E»v�usv�v�v�v�f»env�v�f»v�v>E»vsv�u> Q o m o a � w H- N El)o in iiE a 000000000000000000000000000000000 �000000000000000000000000000000000 . . Eo»bq�o»�o»�6q�Ul�Ul��Q1���������o»W,�o»ulaos��� m Q a > E >UHM CJ �0000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000a000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000 -O Evs»e»E»ufu>v9�v>vfvfvfvat»t»t»t»t»E»vfes),tr),v>t»t»t»e»essuIes,fn»e»en» Q 0 a) 7 N a O_ a Z E > F- O a) 0 IL a T CJ Q Z U w o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J O O O O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . . . . . . . . ar 00000000000000000000000000000000000 aQ a E<»e»e»e»es<ne►eaenE»v,«n«nv%v%caf»v>Ene»v>v�e,v>e»FneAv,v,enu�v>u>v� a a i Q z Y n r N C O O r O T iz0000000000000000000000000000000000 =30000000000000000000000000000000000 o0o00000000000000000o0000000o000000 Eenv>e»f»entnbq6-16»vies�E»vIe»e»e»v1V90- &91»u-�0),en»vIv1,e916»e»v>6916- F» Q N c co ~ Z T O m Q H U c o .Q H Z O aa) U a) a E E m = Z W U1 a 0 m 0 O rl 0 .H 4j U a) M C � a V U N LL O a m Cl) w a OooOOOOOOOOOo0000000000000000000000 m 1)00000000000000000000000000000000000 o0000000000000000000000000000000000 C7 �E a FWFpu>v,v,v,»v,v3v,v,v,v,v,b9eAb9Ef,v,v,v,v�f»v>v,v,eav,f»e»u),er,E»<»E»e»E» _N f0 N O u! g mL C o 0000OOOC�oO0Oo0C)CDC+00000000OOooOOOCD 0 0 =SOo0000000000000000o000000000000oOOO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o000O00O000oO00000000o00O0000OOOooOO E v,v,b9v,v,v,v,b9v,e»v,b9v,v,b9v,v,v,e»e»v,v,v,v,v,v,b9e»e»»»v,v, v, v, aai Q a� Y O" N Eo W�UFO Cl m 000OOOOoo0oO00000000000000000000000 Qc0000OoOooO000000000OOOC,oC)000000000CD a 000000000000000000000000000000000000 -O E v, v, v, v, 0% va v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, v, 0 a)�U Q w a.o a z Y E O � �Ua`a C7 a U 0 =000O0000000000000000000000000OOoo J N � 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O d a E v,v,v,v,VfV>b-v,v,u,v,v,b9v,u,v,v,v,b9v,v,»vsu,v,v,b96- v6q v,v,v, v, v, Q E 0 U L to C 0.— O �i F-m 5 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O v, v, w v, v, v, v, b9 v, V, v, fA 69 El, v v, v, b', v, vi w &I , b', v, v, v, E!-, Ef, vv v, , , EA EA v, v , 0 Q N '= U C (n C w m w J p 0 0 Q O O 2 F- 0 U W U` -1w U Q = N Ox U p F- a a� E E m °-' z w v a 0 110 0 0 C 0 .H 4J U N 0 0 000000000000000000000000000000000 0 00000000000000000000000000000000o v� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 000000000000000000000000000000000 v » e» v> u► v>en v>en e» rn vi e» en v� v� v>f» e» t» e» v�E» to vq us » E» E» 60 v► vie» e» LL C O O L' C (0 W � U = N — Q C Cl a0HL <CI- C) 0 0 e» m N.0 ti t CD 0 0 0 691 (D a) 0 U Q)�a 0 0 0 J C Q -0 N 0 W f0 O U H 2 > - Q C C Cl N a¢ o� W< O2 c 0 u N aD U .0 J O j H C Z O N CD jCD:0 IZV v ro a 0 m 0 0 C O .H 4J U N TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Summary 01010 Summary of Work 01160 Site Conditions 01200 Measurement and Payment 01270 Unit Prices 01300 Coordination and Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedule 01330 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340 Survey Data 01400 Quality Control and Testing 01500 Temporary Controls 01510 Temporary Utilities 01570 Traffic Control 01600 Materials and Equipment 01700 Contract Closeout 01732 Selective Demolition DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02111 Site Preparation 02225 Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting 02230 Site Clearing 02231 Trimming and Tree Protection 02235 Topsoil 02301 Earthwork 02321 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction 02348 Geotextile Stabilization Fabric 02507 PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 02511 Crusher Fines 02541 Basketball Surfacing 02750 Concrete Paving 02791 Playground Safety Surfacing 02810 Irrigation 02816 Prefabricated Irrigation Pump Station 02841 Athletic Equipment 02861 Playground Equipment 02870 Site Furnishings 02890 Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge 02950 Planting, Soil Preparation, Finish Grading 02970 Planting Maintenance DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcing 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Waters Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 3 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 04270 Glass Block Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05999 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06170 Prefabricated Structural Wood 06200 Finish Carpentry 06650 Solid Polymer Countertop Fabrications DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07150 Dampproofing 07190 Vapor Retarders and Barriers 07210 Thermal Building Insulation 07215 Foundation Insulation 07270 Air Infiltration Barrier 07466 Wood Siding 07610 Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding 07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim 07810 Skylights 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION S - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Translucent Window Systems DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09310 Ceramic Tile 09900 Painting 09930 Transparent Finishes DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10430 Exterior Signage 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 10800 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions 15050 Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Systems Insulation 15440 Plumbing Watees Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 3 15850 Heating and Ventilating 15950 Automatic Temperature Control 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 General Electrical Requirements 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 16410 Electric Service 16450 Grounding and Bonding 16500 Lighting APPENDIX Geotechnical Engineering Report— CTL Thompson: Dated 2/19/2009 END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project. 1.02 Description of Work A. The Contractor shall provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items called for on the drawings and bid schedule. 1.03 City Furnished Materials A. None. 1.04 Conditions of Work A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City. B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection. C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work on weekends and Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City. D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter. The location of staging and material storage areas shall be approved by the Owner's representative. E. Construction Fencing: The Contractor may construct a fence around the project limits to prevent pedestrian and automotive access to the construction site, and to prohibit access to protected areas. Fence height and materials shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. Construction fences shall be maintained in good condition throughout the duration of the construction process. 1.05 Project Cleanup A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required. 1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage. B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off -site. 1. Provide on -site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use. C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams or waterways. D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove equipment, materials, and debris from the site including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned, with dirt and grass surfaces raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces. Remaining dirt and fill material shall be removed, or may be scattered, with the approval of the City. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 1 of 3 1.06 Trash Removal A. Non -salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp -covered or closed vehicles. Materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor. Contractor to recycle appropriate materials. 1.07 Verification of Dimensions A. The Contractor shall he responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field verify dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the work. 1.08 Fire Hydrants A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City's or District's permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only compatible adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall be disconnected at the end of each working day. No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will be used. 1.09 Outages A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the proposed outage. The request shall.be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately scheduled shall he submitted as a group. 1.10 Fill Material A. Excess fill material (unless approved to remain on site) including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete, asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations. B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications. 1.11 Parking A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City. 1.12 Telephone A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number for after -duty hours contact. 1.13 Sanitary Provisions A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type, proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition existing prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 2 of 3 1.14 Pollution Abatement A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected. Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage. B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove debris should such deposition occur. C. Burning of material on site is prohibited. D. Stream beds, lakes, ponds, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils, bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. Grading shall be accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas. E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area, with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor. F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without prior approval of the City of Fort Collins. When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations. 1.15 Protection of Property A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or off the site: and 2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring, bracing, or other means. C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances. 1.16 Survey Requirements A. Contractor shall perform surveying necessary to complete the work. 1.17 Construction Superintendent A. The construction superintendent shall beat the job site anytime work is being accomplished by any of the trades. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY Page 3 of 3 22. Sheet S-4 Basketball Court: clarification — Picnic table is shown as round, table is rectangular as specified in 02870 Site Furnishings 2.04 Picnic Table 23. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: clarification — At entrance sign planting bed two benches are shown but the callouts were cutoff. Benches are as specified in 02870 Site Furnishings 2.02 site benches 24. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: add (2) two trash / recycle cans per specification 02870 Site Furnishings 2.06 Trash Cans. Owner to locate at the time of construction. 25. Sheet C-2 Add notes # 50 & 51: 50. City of Fort Collins Building Permits to be pulled by General Contractor (City to pay building permit fees). 51. US Army Corps of Engineers Permit/Letter regarding abandoning the old irrigation ditch is to be provided by the City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development prior to the start of construction. 26. Sheet S-2, Add General Note; Sandstone site boulders to be buff colored to match existing sandstone (Art in Public Places stockpile). City to approve sample prior to ordering. ATTACHMENTS AS-1, glass block details SK-1, electrical legend Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life DIVISION 1 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. The City of Fort Collins Water's Way Neighborhood Park improvements include, but are not limited to, construction/installation of the following: erosion control, gravel driveway, soft and hard paths/trails, plazas, site lighting, basketball court, a playground, thematic elements, storm drainage, signage, pavilion, restroom, pumphouse, irrigation pump and controls, irrigation distribution system, landscaping, utilities, pedestrian bridge, and site furnishings. B. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. 1.02 Contractor Qualifications Required Documents To be a qualified Contractor, the Prime Contractor shall submit with their bid the following written documentation for the Owner's review: A. Cover Letter. A letter on the company letterhead with following information: 1. The letter must be signed be the Owner of the Company or a Company Officer and dated; and 2. A statement declaring at least (5) complete years of experience in the active performance of similar work (similar work is considered to include, but not limited to, the acquisition and installation of park projects, athletic facilities, buildings of similar nature to the proposed buildings, irrigation systems, landscaping) with its own forces and organization as opposed to the use of subcontractors. 3. A statement declaring that the company will perform a minimum of 20% of the work; not including purchasing of materials, with its own forces and organization, and a list of services that the prime contractor will provide; and B. Company Experience. On a separate sheet, list a project history of the company's experience as a General Contractor for the five (5) years declared in item A.2. above, including the following information: 1. Project name and a brief description of the work performed; and 2. Beginning and ending date of project; and 3. Location of the project (city, state); and 4. Monetary amount of project construction budget; and 5. Owner of project, contact person, valid phone number with area code; and 6. If applicable, name of Prime Contractor (Client) that the work was performed for / phone number; and 7. Superintendent must have worked for the Prime Contractor for minimum of one year and preferably on one of the like projects. C. Resumes. The company shall include up-to-date resumes for the Superintendent(s) and other key personnel that will actually be doing the work which shall include at a minimum a list of similar projects that each person has been involved with, and their role, in the last 3 (three) years; and Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK Page 1 of 2 D. References. On a separate sheet, provide References for a total of 3 municipalities and/or Landscape Architect/Engineer. Reference information shall include: 1. Project name and brief description of work performance; and 2. Location of project (city and state) 1.03 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school district when execution of the work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify agencies of the proposed scope of work, schedule and items that would affect their daily operation. E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. Water— Fort Collins/Loveland Water District 226-3104 Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900 Sanitary Sewer — South Fort Collins Sanitation District 226-3104 Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 212-2900 Gas — Xcel Energy 800-481-4700 Telephone - Qwest 800-222-0400 Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6588, inspections only 221-6609 Cable Television — Comcast 800-824-4010 Utility Locates - One -call System 1-800-922-1987 Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061 Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non -Emergency 221-6570/ Emergency 911 Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non -Emergency 221-6540 / Emergency 911 Larimer County Sheriffs Department - Non -Emergency 416-1985 Postmaster - United States Postal Service 800-275-8777 Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non -Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911 Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620 Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815 PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION 1.01 General Investigations A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 1.02 Soil Conditions A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 1.03 Contractor Representation A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for representations made by its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS 2.01 General Information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. A. Differing Subsurface Conditions: In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of such changed conditions. 2. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on Change Orders to the Contract regarding adjustments in cost or time for completion. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 - SITE CONDITIONS Page 1 of 3 B. Underground Utilities: Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE 3.01 General A. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. B. Notify utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for existing underground utilities. C. The Contractor shall protect utility poles from damage. If interference of power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, notify the Owner's Representative and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no case shall interruption of water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. 3.02 Interfering Structures A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 Field Relocation A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Owner's Representative. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the drawings, notify the Owner's Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owners Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS Page 2 of 3 Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner's Representative when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 Easements A. Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public or private property. Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permission will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permission be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permission has been secured. 3.05 Land Monuments A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative of existing Federal, State, Town, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the Owner's Representative will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 1 - --- -- — SECTION 01200 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under this contract. B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the quantities outlined in the bid form. C. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined in the bid form; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form shall be utilized to compute payment. D. Where unit prices are not set forth for specific work, that work shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor. E. Quantities given in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities. 1.02 Lump Sum Prices A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during construction by change order, the price will include materials, labor, overhead and other cost incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications. 1.03 Unit Prices A. Unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01200 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity allowances. 1.03 Definitions A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.04 Procedures A. Unit prices includes acquisition of necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation (per the drawings and specifications), insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 List of Unit Prices Demolition Unit Price Item: Demolition of Curb and Gutter 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and disposal of curb and gutter, including all efforts and materials required for complete removal. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Demolition of Existing Silt Fence 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of silt fence including all incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Demolition of Existing Concrete Sidewalk 1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of concrete sidewalk including all incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Asphalt Saw Cutting 1. Description: Saw Cutting including all efforts and materials required for a complete Item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Earthwork and Utilities Unit Price Item: Import Topsoil 1. Description: Import Topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Imported Fill 1. Description: Acquisition, import, distribution and compaction of fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Earthwork -Cut and Stockpiling 1. Description: Cut and stockpiling of earthwork including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Earthwork- Fill 1. Description: distribution and compaction of fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Earthwork -Imported Structural Fill 1. Description: Acquisition, import, distribution and compaction of structural fill including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling 1. Description: Cut and stockpiling of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Topsoil Spreading and Placement 1. Description: Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Wetland Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling 1. Description: Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Wetland Topsoil Spreading and Placement 1. Description: Spreading and placement of topsoil including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Muck Excavation 1. Description: Muck excavation to include; excavation, haul and dispose, replacement material and placement including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Vehicle Tracking Pad 1. Description: Installation and maintenance of vehicular tracking pad including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Rip Rap — Type M 1. Description: Installation of Type M Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Rip Rap — Type L 1. Description: Installation of type L Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Grouted Rip Rap — Type L 1. Description: Installation of type L Grouted Rip Rap including all incidental efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Ton Unit Price Item: Waterline Pipe — 2" Copper 1. Description: Two inch copper water line pipe with fittings, installation per drawings, including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Waterline Pipe - 3/" Copper 1. Description: %" copper water line pipe installation with fittings, installation per drawings, including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Waterline Thrust Block 1. Description: Waterline thrust block installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Tapping Saddle 1. Description: Waterline Tapping Saddle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Swivel Tee 1. Description: Waterline Swivel Tee installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Bends 1. Description: Waterline Bends installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Waterline Joint Restraint 1. Description: Waterline joint restraint installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Service Blowout Assembly 1. Description: 3/8" water service blowout assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Meter and Meter Pit 1. Description: 3/" water meter and meter pit installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Water Service Curb Stop 1. Description: 3/4" water service curb stop installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 4" PVC 1. Description: Four inch PVC sewer pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot MOM oO `sNmo0 1110=1 a o A AVM 3Nmnosmjv=i 9�L .^l Y a NMVd AVM S,N3.LVM 3 OlOZA3SSVW919NII-83IIV O J Q J a J 0 Wec N F Q Z p Z IS o U W_ � l7 7 J N `^ z `^ z l7 O co o o j Z a o s a AUNOSM Y o (D z u lJ - '-' N Y V1 Y o 0 Y O QO a z0 = vi� U u �O W v x= O m ( Q v~i h r l) m l'J m 2,� m > > -� O cl Z < > K F N Z z @) W J W W J O J O W LL V W to = N J U a O0 cl: w Z w K O o m a K N LL W K a Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 6" PVC 1. Description: Six inch PVC sewer pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer - Cleanout 1. Description: Sanitary sewer cleanout installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer — 24" RCP 1. Description: Twenty -Four inch RCP storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— 18" RCP 1. Description: Eighteen inch RCP storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— 12" RCP 1. Description: Fifteen inch RCP storm sewer installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer- 24" Flared End Section with Trash Rack 1. Description: Twenty Four inch Flared End Section Storm Sewer with Trash Rack installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer- 12" Flared End Section with Trash Rack Description: Twenty-four inch Flared End Section Storm Sewer with Trash Rack installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— Type C Inlet 1. Description: Type C Inlet installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— Area Inlet 1. Description: Area Inlet installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Storm Sewer— 24" ADS Drain Basin 1. Description: 24'" ADS drain basin installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Erosion Control— Silt Fence 1. Description: Silt Fence installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Erosion Control — Inlet Protection 1. Description: Inlet Protection installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Erosion Control — Wattle Protection 1. Description: Wattle Protection installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: 4" Perforated Pine 1. Description: 4' HDPE Perforated Pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Type III Barricade 1. Description: Type III Barricade installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Hardscape Unit Price Item: Standard Grey Concrete Pavement (5" Thick) 1. Description: Installation of Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Color Concrete Pavement (5" Thick)- Color Yosemite Brown 1. Description: Installation of Colored Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Color Concrete Pavement (5" Thick)- Exposed Aeereeate Finish 1. Description: Installation of Colored Concrete including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Concrete Curb and Gutter 1. Description: Installation of curb and gutter including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Cast in Place Concrete Plav2round Entrance Wall 1. Description: Cast in place concrete retaining wall including all excavation, formwork, concrete, stone, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental efforts required for a complete finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: ADA Curb Access Ram 1. Description: Installation of ADA pedestrian access ramp including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, truncated domes, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Concrete Mow Strip 1. Description: Installation concrete mow strip per drawings including excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Soft Trails Unit Price Item: Gravel Paving 1. Description: Installation of Gravel Paving including excavation, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Crusher Fines Pathway 1. Description: Installation of crusher fines pathway including excavation, transportation, fabric placement, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials 'required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Park Architecture Unit Price Item: Pre -Engineered Picnic Structure Description: One Pre -Engineered Picnic Structure including concrete footings, materials, transportation, excavation, formwork, installation, lighting and all efforts and materials required to complete the item. Does not include paving beneath structure. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pedestrian Bridge 1. Description: One Pre -Engineered Pedestrian Bridge including abutments, materials, transportation, excavation, formwork, installation, and all efforts and materials required to complete the item. Does not include channel improvements or Rip Rap placement. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Playground Safety Surfacing Unit Price Item: Synthetic Turf Seamless Surface 1. Description: Installation of synthetic seamless turf surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Organic Loose -Fill Surface (Engineered Wood Fiber) 1. Description: Installation of Engineered Wood Fiber playground surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: In -organic Loose -Fill Surface (Sand) 1. Description: Installation of sand surface including excavation, formwork, transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Playground Equipment Unit Price Item: Tot Play Structure 1. Description: Landscape Structures Weevos Tot Play Structure #4 (#164220A) including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Item includes Age appropriate sign. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum Unit Price Item: 5-12 yr Olds Plav Structure 1. Description: Landscape Structures Evos 5-12 Play Structure (#34507-1-2-2) including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Item includes age appropriate and global relief signs. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum Unit Price Item: Elevated Sand Table 1. Description: Landscape Structures Elevated Sand Table including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, footings and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. 2. Unit of Measurement: Lump Sum Irrigation Unit Price Item: Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod ) areas less than 10 feet in width 1. Description: Turf Seed or Sod Irrigation system for areas less 10 feet in width, installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod ) areas greater than 10 feet in width 1. Description: Turf Seed or Sod Irrigation system for areas greater than 10 feet in width, installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Pop up spray sprinkler with nozzle 1. Description: Pop up spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pop up Rotor sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter I-20's 1. Description: Pop up gear driven rotor spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pop up Rotor sprinkler with nozzle— Hunter I-40's 1. Description: Pop up gear driven rotor spray sprinkler with nozzle installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Drip Irrigation — per shrub, perennial or grass in planting bed 1. Description: Drip irrigation installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Drip Irrigation — per tree in turf 1. Description: Drip irrigation installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Sleeve Pipe 1. Description: PVC sleeve pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Isolation gate valve assembly-6" 1. Description: 3" isolation gate valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Isolation gate valve assembly-3" 1. Description: 4" isolation gate valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Quick coupling valve assembly 1. Description: Quick coupling valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Manual drain valve assembly 1. Description: Manual drain valve assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-1" 1. Description: 1" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-1.5" 1. Description: 1.5" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-2" 1. Description: 2" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals-3" Description: 3" remote control valve assembly for sprinkler laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Remote control valve assembly for Drip laterals for drip zones -l" 1. Description: 1" remote control valve assembly for drip laterals installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Flush Cap Assembles 1. Description: Flush cap assembly installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-1.5" 1. Description: 1.5" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-2" 1. Description: 2" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-3" 1. Description: 3" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-4" 1. Description: 4" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-6" 1. Description: 6" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-8" 1. Description: 8" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Mainline Pipe-12" 1. Description: 12" mainline pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-1" 1. Description: 1" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-1.25" 1. Description: 1.25" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-1.5" 1. Description: 1.5" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-2.5" 1. Description: 2.5" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-3" 1. Description: 3" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-4" 1. Description: 4" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Unit Price Item: Lateral Pipe-6" 1. Description: 6" lateral pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot Landscape Unit Price Item: Finish Grading Description: Finish grading per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Organic Amendment 1. Description: Class 2 Organic amendment including acquisition, incorporation into soil and all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard Unit Price Item: Seed Mix —Fescue Turf 1. Description: Seed mix A planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials. required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Seed Mix -Low Maintenance 3. Description: Seed mix B planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 4. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Seed Mix- Natural Resources 1. Description: Seed mix C planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Sod 1. Description: Sod planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Evergreen Tree- 8' Height Description: 8' evergreen tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Deciduous Canopy Tree- 3" Caliper 1. Description: 3" inch caliper deciduous canopy tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Deciduous Fruit Tree 8'-10' Height 1. Description: 8'-10' deciduous fruit tree, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Deciduous Shrub- 5 Gallon Container 1. Description: Five gallon container deciduous shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Evergreen Shrub- 5 Gallon Container 1. Description: Five gallon container evergreen shrub, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Perennial-#1 Container 1. Description: One gallon perennial, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Ornamental Grass-#5 Container 1. Description: Five gallon ornamental grass, including transportation, excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation system work. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Weed Barrier 1. Description: Weed barrier installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Organic Mulch 1. Description: Organic mulch installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 3'x3'x3' 1. Description: 3'x3'x3' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 2'x2'x2' 1. Description: 2'x2'x2' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Landscape Boulder 1'xl'xl' 1. Description: 1'xl'xl' Sandstone Boulder installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Athletic Facilities Unit Price Item: Basketball Post, Backboard and Goal 1. Description: Basketball post, backboard and goal installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Site Furnishings Unit Price Item: Picnic Table 1. Description: Picnic table installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Bench with Back 1. Description: Bench with back installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Backless Bench 1. Description: Backless bench installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Trash Cans 1. Description: Trash can installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Bicycle Rack 1. Description: Bicycle rack installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Barbeque 1. Description: Barbeque installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Drinking Fountain 1. Description: Drinking fountain installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. I ELECTRICAL LEGEND BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN. DESTINATION MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL A-1 SHOWN. (CROSSHATCHES: SHORT=HOT; S. OVERLOAD PROTECTION. LONG=NEUTRAL; OPPOSITE=GROUND) DISCONNECT SWITCH EXPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR CONDUIT AND/OR CONDUCTOR CONCEALED FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTOR IN CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT AND/OR CONDUCTOR CONCEALED MOTORIZED DAMPER IN FLOOR, SLAB, OR BELOW GRADE °F P SINGLE -POLE SWITCH 3 - THREE-WAY SWITCH A RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE A = FIXTURE TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) —3— 2 - TWO -POLE SWITCH o = FIXTURE CONTROLLED BY SWITCH WITH SAME WP - WEATHERPROOF DESIGNATION (TYPICAL) o - SW CONTROLS FXTRS W/SAME DES o - SW CONTROLS FXTRS W/SAME DES ® SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE D - DIMMER GFCI - GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING �a FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WP - WEATHERPROOF 42" - HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (GRADE) - AC ABOVE COUNTER WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE UC - UNDER COUNTER DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE v TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE '_ DATA OUTLET COMBINATION DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET JUNCTION BOX ® EXIT FIXTURE - PROVIDE ARROWS AS INDICATED T.V. OUTLET JUNCTION BOX EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE O JUNCTION BOX Q POLE / ARM MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ASSEMBLY 4 THERMOSTAT - LINE VOLTAGE RATED POST TOP MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE ASSEMBLY — INDICATES DIRECTION TO AIM OPTICS. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD- NEMA I ENCLOSURE O SMOKE DETECTOR G UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR SIZE AND SPECIFICATION OD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR � 75KVA DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER. PHASE AND KVA INDICATED r/s FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER OEQUIPMENT MOTOR EF-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE) ww POWER CABLE DESIGNATION /VW TRANSFORMER, POLE OR PAD MOUNTED 1 (SEE SCHEDULE) 4 MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL O OVERLOAD PROTECTION. POWER CABLE DESIGNATION AFF AFG BFF BFG CKT CT G GC GIRD GFCI GRC HP IC C AC DELECTRICAL FLAG NOTE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UC UNDER COUNTER ABOVE FINISHED GRADE MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER BELOW FINISHED FLOOR MCIP MAIN CONTROL INSTRUMENT PANEL BELOW FINISHED GRADE CIRCUIT OHD CURRENT TRANSFORMER PC GROUND PLC GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PVC GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SSRV GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPT UG GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT VFD HORSEPOWER XFMR INTERRUPTING CAPACITY MDP CONDUIT MDB ABOVE COUNTER NEUTRAL OVERHEAD DOOR PHOTOCELL PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLT. UNDERGROUND VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE TRANSFORMER MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MAIN DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD NO DATE REVISION BY WATERS WAY PARK � engineering 1�1 CM1.5 ca (9M)224_91M CiCOTNKCWCW SITE PLAN E-1 1 3/22/10 ADDENDUM 1 ESC SK-1 J 2. Unit of Measurement: Each Unit Price Item: Pedestrian Light 1. Description: Pedestrian Light installation per drawings and specifications including all efforts and materials required for a complete item. 2. Unit of Measurement: Each END OF SECTION DIVISION 1 SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, parties involved in the construction will meet at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work. B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the work. C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. 1.02 Conferences A. The pre -construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor's representative on the site. The Contractor will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre -construction conference. B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary. C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 1.03 Progress Meetings A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent 2. Owners Representative 3. Landscape Architect 4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner C. Minimum Agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress 3. Review of any pending change orders 4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate D. Meeting Minutes shall be prepared and distributed by the Contractor. 1.04 Job Site Administration A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or unit prices. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 1 17►16INNIIil SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. It is the intent of the Owner to begin construction on approximately April 2010. The signing of the contract and issuance of a Notice to Proceed will be completed promptly to accomplish that objective. The Notice to Proceed will authorize the Contractor to begin project administration and construction work on the site. Construction work shall not begin on site prior to the pre -construction conference. B. The Contractor shall complete all work, including cleanup of the site by October 2010 specified in the Agreement, subject to the "Liquidated Damages" provision described under "Instructions to Bidders." C. Delays during project contract period outside control of the Contractor are subject to time extension consideration but not financial compensation unless such delay is significant enough to reasonably require Owner initiated work suspension (demobilization) as determined in the field by the Owner at the time of occurrence. See Paragraph 1.04 for requirements for modifying the Contract Time due to weather delays. D. Contractor shall plan and schedule his own work effort (personnel, equipment and material) to complete the project satisfactorily within the project time limits. Such schedule shall be in general conformance with the schedule submitted at the pre -construction conference. This includes the requirement that the Contractor conduct his operations to enable a shift of work effort from one part of the project to another to reasonably accommodate unexpected delays, and to conduct his daily operations so as to not create a public nuisance including but not limited to access or traffic obstruction, dust and mud generation, work outside of construction limits, noise, unsatisfactory cleanup or site restoration, unacceptable equipment/materials staging, flooding, etc. No work is to begin at the site until City's acceptance of the Construction Schedule. E. Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule. The schedule shall show all work completed within the contract time and shall cover the time from the date of Notice to Proceed to the completion date. Contractor shall use Microsoft Project 2000 or approved equivalent to develop and manage the CPM schedule. F. Schedule shall include milestones that demonstrate the Contractors approach to completing the project within project time limits. Milestones shall be of sufficient number to indicate regular progress of work and shall identify major components of the work. Milestones are subject to Owner approval prior to work beginning at the site. If Contractor fails to meet a milestone, contractor shall submit an updated schedule subject to Owner approval and demonstrate how the remaining milestones will be met. The Owner may order work shut down or suspended for nonconformance with the approved schedule (See Paragraph G. below) G. Milestones (minimum required items) The following items shall be indicated on the schedule with completion dates: (1) Demolition and Protection (2) Earthwork (3) Utilities (4) Restroom and Pumphouse structures (5) Concrete paving in core area (6) Irrigation pump / controls and distribution system (7) Landscape (8) Art in Public Places Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 1 of 1 (9) Playground installation and safety surfacing H. The Contractor may voluntarily shut down or suspend work due to conditions beyond his control provided a minimum of 24 hours notice is provided to the Owner together with the reasons for subject suspension of work. The Contractor shall leave the project conditions in such a way so as not to cause a public nuisance or a threat to public safety. Neither remobilization costs nor additional time will be allowed for such suspension unless agreed to in writing in advance. I. The Owner or Engineer may order work shut down or suspended for such nonconformance issues as unsafe conditions, nonconformance with schedule, cause of public nuisance, unnecessary private property disturbance, materials and labor unsuited to the task, nonconformance to technical specifications, failure to comply with permits, etc. The Owner or Engineer will give a written warning to the Contractor with a specified deadline during which time the Contractor shall remedy the cause(s) described on the warning. Failure to do so shall justify the Owner or Engineer to order work shut down or suspended. Such shutdown will not be compensated by cost reimbursement or time schedule adjustment. J. Failure to promptly execute the approved schedule in the judgment of the Owner will result in a written warning submitted to the Contractor explaining the specific compliance needed. Failure of the Contractor to remedy the noted items may be considered a breach of contract possibly leading to work shutdown for cause or contract termination. 1.02 Format and Submissions A. Prepare Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. 1.03 Progress Revisions A. A schedule update shall be submitted to the Owner at each weekly progress meeting that will reflect work performed in the previous week and the upcoming two-(2) weeks. Schedule updates shall not change any Contract times. B. A complete schedule update shall be submitted with each application for progress payment. C. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. D. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work. 1.04 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a "Normal" weather and climate condition in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 2 of 1 Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to complete the work. B. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. D. The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather - dependent activities. E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. G. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 3 of 1 including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above; and 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. 1.05 City's Responsibility A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Page 4 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Shop Drawings A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Submit all shop drawings on Shareware, any exceptions approved by Owner's Representative to be in the following format: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by I inches but no larger than 24 by,36 inches. 7. Submittal: Scan shop submittal information and post on Shareware site hosted by the City. Shop Submittal logs and shop submittal data to be posted and updated by the Contractor. Stamped reponses will be posted by Owner's Representative and log updated also on the Shareware system 8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.02 Product Data A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation coordination requirements. 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 1 of 3 4. Submittals: Scan submittal information and post on Shareware site hosted by the City. Submittal logs and submittal data to be posted and updated by the Contractor. Stamped reponses will be posted by Owner's Representative and log updated on the Shareware system. 5. Distribution: Furnish copies and/or access to viewing of Shareware documents of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.03 Samples A. Submit full-size, full -fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. 1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. c. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner's property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner's notation, indicating selection and other action. 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 2 of 3 a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturers field reports, and other quality -control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification documents. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division I Sections "Quality Control" and "Testing," and in the applicable technical specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01330 Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 1 1 SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Survey Requirements A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying. B. Base measurements, both horizontal and vertical, on established control points. Verify established control points at site prior to laying out the work. C. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel. 1. Stake pipes, sleeves and conduits at the following minimum locations: a. Storm Drainage Systems: in addition to laser, as a minimum stake manholes and the following stations upgrade of each manhole, +25, +50, and the midpoint station to the nearest 50 feet. b. Irrigation/Utility Sleeves: Stake sleeves at end points and changes in horizontal alignment. c. Electrical Conduit: Stake conduit at end points and changes in horizontal alignment. d. Offset staking shall be for both alignment and grade. e. Contractor shall stake the piping and verify piping both for grade and alignment at each of the above locations. Keep field measurements in a field book to be turned in to Owner. Keeping of field book is a requirement for progress payment. 2. As a minimum, stake plazas, courts and pathways at grade changes, changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25 foot stations along sidewalk centerline. 3. As a minimum, stake drainage channel and swale alignments at changes in horizontal alignment and at 25 foot stations along center of channel/swale and at the top of bank on both sides of the channel. 4. As a minimum, stake buildings/structures at comers and at column locations. 5. As a minimum, stake open areas/landscape areas at changes in vertical slope, and using 25 foot grid in smaller areas and at 100 foot grid in larger areas. 6. As a minimum, stake the top and bottom of berms and depressions at changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25 foot stations along the top and bottom of the slope around the perimeter of the berm or depression. 7. Refer to Drawings for earthwork requirements. D. Field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing surveys required by the Work will be available to City for examination throughout the construction period. 1.02 Submittals A. Submit to City survey data with other documentation required for final acceptance. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01340 — SURVEY DATA Page 1 of 1 Financial Services City Of Purchasing Division Fort N. Mason Floor PO Box 580 Collins For 8 Fort Collins, CO 052522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 Purchasing /6gov.com1Purchasing SPECIFICATIONS . I, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Water's Way Neighborhood Park BID NO. 7125 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS April 6, 2009 — 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) DIVISION 1 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 General A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. A product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. Materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work. C. Tests shall be made by an accredited independent testing laboratory selected by the Contractor. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 Transmittal of Test Reports A. Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by Contractor for Engineer's review of materials and equipment proposed to be used in the work shall be submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will furnish three (4) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the Engineer and one (1) copy to the Contractor and (1) copy to the owner within seven (7) days after each test is completed. 1.03 City's Responsibilities A. The City shall be responsible for and shall pay the costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soil Compaction Tests. 2. Trench Backfill. 3. Pipe Bedding and Structural Bedding. 4. Tests not called for by the Specifications 5. Concrete, mortar and grout tests. 1.04 Contractor's Responsibilities A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay the costs associated with testing required for the following: 1. Performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. Re -testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.03 above. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Page 1 of 2 3. Testing of pipe (if required). 4. Vacuum testing of manholes (if required). 5. Concrete materials and mix designs. 6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 7. Material Substitution - tests for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliance with the specifications. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his/her own information and job control so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when appraising quality materials. 1.05 Contractor's Quality Control System A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include testing required by the various sections of the Specifications. B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover the construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate form for inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time. D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of+0.3 feet and vertical tolerances of+ 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be maintained, except that visible "snaking" of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be permitted. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING Page 2 of 2 ;DIVISION 1 SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.01 Noise Control A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m 1.02 Dust Control A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing. B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. 1. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.03 Pollution Control A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and culverts. 1.04 Erosion Control A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible, except where otherwise noted. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01500 — TEMPORARY CONTROLS Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01510 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Utilities A. Furnish utilities necessary for construction including, but not limited to temporary electric power and pay cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. Temporary utilities installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA, State and local governing agencies. 1.02 Water A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining water for construction and shall pay costs associated with establishing a temporary meter used during construction. 1.03 Sanitary Facilities A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity of the construction for the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods. C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 1 j SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project will be provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately. B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate traffic control with the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must he submitted and approved 72 hours prior to starting construction and before making each modification. C. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Dept..of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated closure. E. Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to 3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated operation. F. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction. Limited closures may be allowed. G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access during the duration of the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and communicate with the residents during construction. H. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. 1. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use. J. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences. L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour. M. Post signs around the perimeter of the construction site to restrict public access. 1.02 Traffic Control Plan A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan must be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal. 1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested. 1.03 Flagmen A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 2 1.04 Warning Signs and Lights A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. 1.05 Parking A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property, public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site or another suitable location, approved by the City. 1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations A. When Work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and City and authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division l Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. 1.03 Definitions A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "systems," and terms of similar intent. 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. 1.04 Submittals A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. 1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. 2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings: a. Related Specifications Section number. b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturers name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. 4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 3 5. Owner's Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Owner's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work: I. Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Product Selection A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation. B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 3 2. Semi -proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equivalent," provide one of the products listed or comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" or obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. 6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation of Products A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 1 - — SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other Division I specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 Summary A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 8. Final cleaning. 9. As -built drawings B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.03 Substantial Completion A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 2.. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 1 of 5 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 -00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -All - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 SPECIFICATIONS SOILS REPORT Rev10/20107 Section 00020 Page 2 11. Seed establishment shall be deemed substantially in compliance with the specifications and one mowing of the seed shall be provided by contractor. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. If the Owners Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay additional costs for the additional review(s) by Owner's Representative and Consultants. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.04 Final Acceptance A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 12. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 13. Submit as -built drawings and an as -built site survey with a 1 foot contour interval, high points, low points, ridges, and horizontal and vertical utility locations including invert elevations. 14. Submit as -built drawings of the stormwater improvements, prepared by a licensed survey. 15. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Re -inspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. The cost of additional inspections shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.05 Record Document Submittals A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and toss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Owner's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 2 of 5 substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a digital copy of the AutoCAD bid documents. Using AutoCAD v. 2004 (or later version), the Contractor shall transpose information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site to the AutoCAD drawings. 6. The contractor shall the provide a reproducible mylar copy of the Record Drawings and a copy of the digital files to the Owner's Representative. Label each sheet "Record Drawing." On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident Superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. Signed: Position: Date: C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discemed later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 3 of 5 E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "tum-around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. 1.06 Warranties and Bonds A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.07 Final Payment A. The Contractor shall submit written certification that Contract Documents Work has been reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner Representative's review. B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments and sum remaining due. C. Owner's Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Closeout Procedures A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 4 of 5 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturers instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even -textured surface. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Page 5 of 5 DIVISION 2 SECTION 01732 - DEMOLITION PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for use of premises. 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental -protection measures for selective demolition operations. 3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below -grade improvements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Surrender: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historic items, relics, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner. 1. Coordinate with Owner's archaeologist, or historical adviser, who will establish special procedures for removal and salvage. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For [demolition firm] [professional engineer] [refrigerant recovery technician]. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure uninterrupted access to elementary school. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 —SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 4 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building. C. Predemolition Photographs or Videotapes: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Comply with Division l Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with requirements specified in Division l Section "Summary." B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs and/or preconstruction videotapes. F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 — SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 4 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades, signs and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent facilities to remain. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 2. Comply with requirements for dust control., C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut ends, openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly and recycle items as possible. 3. Use of explosives is prohibited. B. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner's Representative, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 —SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 4 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut full depth at junctures with construction to remain, using power - driven saw, then remove break up and remove concrete between saw cuts. Concrete removed to be recycled. B. Fences: remove above grade and below grade fence materials. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3, Burning: Do not bum demolished materials. B. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose or recycle them. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 01732 —SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02111 —SITE PREPARATION AND CONDITIONING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The contract work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing the required labor, materials, equipment, implements, parts and supplies, reconditioning, compaction, wetting or drying, and finish grading, as shown on the plans necessary for, or appurtenant to the site preparation beneath interior and exterior slabs, pavements, grass pave, play courts, and beneath the skate park in accordance with these specifications. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02235 - Topsoil B. Section 02522 — Basketball Court Paving C. Section 02750 — Concrete Paving D. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson 02/19/2009 1.03 Submittals A. Submit soils analysis of imported fill materials, if imported materials required. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Subgrade Materials A. Strip and remove existing vegetation, debris, and other deleterious materials from proposed building, court areas and pavement areas. Exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions, which could prevent uniform compaction. B. Stripped materials consisting of vegetation and organic materials should be wasted from the site, or used to revegetate landscaped areas or exposed slopes after the completion of grading operations. If it is necessary to dispose of organic materials on -site, they should be placed in non- structural areas and in fill sections not exceeding 5 feet in height. 2.04 Fill Materials A. Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. B. Approved imported materials may be used as fill material and are suitable for use as compacted fill beneath interior or exterior floor slabs. Imported soils (if required) should conform to the following: Percent finer by weight Gradation (ASTM C136) Y 100 No. 4 Sieve 50-100 No. 200 Sieve 35 (max) Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02111 - SITE PREPARATION Page 1 of 3 Liquid Limit 30 (max) Plasticity Index 15 (max) Group Index 10 (max) 2.04 Basketball Court Fine Grade Material A. Fine grade base material shall be an approved compactable, free draining base material (sand, fine gravel, etc.). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Site Clearing A. Where present, trees, bushes, and a minimum of topsoil will be removed from the site. The area will be graded to the required depth to accommodate the base and concrete or asphalt thickness and provide a uniform slope at plus or minus one tenth of a foot (+. V). 3.02 Site Preparation A. Strip and remove existing debris or other deleterious materials from proposed building areas. Exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions that could prevent uniform compaction. If unstable conditions develop, workability may be improved by scarifying and drying. Overexcavation of wet zones and replacement with granular materials may be necessary. C. Temporary dewatering will be required for excavations approaching or in the groundwater. Use of lime, fly ash, kiln dust, cement or geotextiles may be used as a stabilization technique. Laboratory evaluation is recommended to determine the effect of chemical stabilization on subgrade soils prior to construction. Lightweight excavation equipment may be required to reduce subgrade pumping. 3.03 Subgrade Preparation A. Subgrade preparation beneath interior and exterior slabs, and beneath other improvements shall comply with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineering Report. B. Required moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils shall be maintained until construction of the related improvement. C. The contractor shall alert the owner of soft spots or structures that could affect the stability of the slab. D. Subgrade compaction and moisture tests shall be performed by a qualified professional prior to installation of the related improvement. Defective work shall be corrected as directed by the Owner's Representative. 3.04 Soil Stabilization A. Refer to the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineering Report for recommended soil stabilization techniques, if required. 3.05 Placement of Fill Material A. Placement of fill material shall comply with the Geotechnical Engineering Report. B. After required overexcavation is performed, the site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill, and to provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed structures. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02111 — SITE PREPARATION Page 2 of 3 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 3 C. Exposed areas, which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where necessary, should be scarified to a minimum depth of 12-inches, conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and compacted. D. Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift. Fill material to placed on the site shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698. 1. On -site clay soils shall be compacted within a moisture content range of 1 percent below, to 3 percent above optimum. 2. Imported granular soils should be compacted within a moisture range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer. E. Fills shall be placed in six inch (6") layers. In areas where proposed structures, courts and paving are proposed fill materials shall be compacted to ninety five percent (95%) standard density at optimum moisture. In areas where landscaping is proposed fill materials shall be compacted to ninety percent (90%) standard density at optimum moisture. 3.05 Fine Grade A. Elevation of base material for Basketball Courts shall be controlled using automatic laser -regulated equipment capable of providing a true accurate to plus or minus one -quarter inch (+1/4"). END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02111 -SITE PREPARATION Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02225 - STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of site work related to building structures. B. Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements. C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D. Dewater excavations as necessary. E. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on - grade, remove from the site, and replace with new compacted structural fill material. F. Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed by construction activities, unless arranged for otherwise. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 02230, Drilled Piers. 4. Applicable Sections of Division 2. 5. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Soil Compaction Tests- 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils. B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of supplier. 1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the following reference standards. a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99. b. ASTM D2049. 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL Thompson dated February 19, 2009, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow. 02225 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. C. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. D. Underground Obstructions: 1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request that utilities be field located by surface reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict. b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Architect/Engineer. 4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall apply: a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. b. Restore to original conditions or better. 6. Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction. E. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to remain. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction. E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities. F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost. H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. 1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. 02225 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work. C. Soils Engineer shall make an open -hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to the placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Soils Engineer shall also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil. D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. E. Compaction Tests: 1. Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 30 tin. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A. General: Use onsite or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactable earth, free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks. B. Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum specifications: 1. Class 7 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. 2. Gradation, conforming to ASTM C136: 3" 100% No. 4 Sieve 100% No. 200 Sieve 35% maximum 3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum. 4. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum. 5. Group Index: 10 maximum. C. Imported Structural Fill: Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. D. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8" to 1-1/2". E. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve. F. Embankment Material: Refer to Division 2. 02225 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS G. Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on -site may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. H. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal. B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. C. Silt Fence (Erosion Control): Woven filter fabric, type and size as required by the City of Fort Collins and/or the State of Colorado. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. 1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils and other materials indicated on the Drawings, and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling, blasting or ripping, or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu. yd. in volume. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 1. Ensure that modifications to the existing site irrigation system have been completed, or Lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work. C. Silt Fence: Install silt fence fabric using wooden posts and straw bales or other required accessory erosion control materials where indicated on the Drainage and Erosion Control Plan, or as required by the authority with jurisdiction over the work of the Project. Maintain in place until such authority permits its removal. Also refer to Section 01540, Erosion and Sedimentation Control. D. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section 02115. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. E. Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and the public in and around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades. F. Brace and properly support all structural elements, including foundation walls, grade beams, and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting operations. G. Soils Engineer: The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations for structures, prior to forming or placing foundations. Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice (exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such inspections. 1. Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out. 02225 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS «•�:zni•rr•r:terra A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Building Slabs: 8" minimum below finished slab elevation, or as required by the Soils Report for the slab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified. B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows: 1. Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698.78. 2. Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. 3. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer as specified above. D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading. E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non- uniform settling and compaction. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3. Under footings, foundation walls, grade beams, retaining walls or other structural elements, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation. 4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3.02.C. B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this Project without written authorization from the Owner's principal representative. C. Stability of Excavation: 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place. 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Sheeting and Shoring: 1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work. 2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position. 3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe. 02225 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations minimum 24". 3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or other cause will result. F. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 3. Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that are to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for workers and the Owner. Refer to Section 01046 for required site access. 4. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09. G. Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 350 F. 2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. 3. Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces. 4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. 5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection. B. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. C. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation. E. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge, as shown on the Drawings. 3.05 OVEREXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL A. Existing fill and/or native soil material below concrete footings, foundation structures and/or slabs - on -grade shall be overexcavated and removed to a depth of five feet below the foundations or slabs, as recommended in the Soils Report, unless a structural floor slab is designed and shown on 02225 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. ' Excavated native material shall be reconditioned as directed in the Soils Report, replaced in the excavation and compacted as specified in this Section. C. New structural fill material shall extend from the level of undisturbed soil to the bottom of the footings, foundation structures and/or slabs -on -grade, as directed by the Soils Report. D. Ensure that any new subdrainage system or materials as shown on the Drawings are properly placed prior to backfilling overexcavated area. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been inspected. B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system. H. Where imbalanced pressures will develop on foundation walls in basement or crawlspace situations, ensure that floor framing and decking is in place prior to backfilling. I. Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on walls before floor slabs are placed, erect necessary shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal is approved by Architect/Engineer. H. Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. I. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures. J. Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Division 2. K. Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs -on -grade, as specified in paragraph 3.02 above. 3.07 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: Imported, non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD. B. Building Slabs: Select granular non -expansive materials approved by the Soils Engineer to underside of stabilizing base course, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of SPD. C. Backfill Around Structures: Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD. D. Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD. E. Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and materials being compacted. 1. Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the accumulation of materials between the tamper feet. 2. Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required to obtain specified compaction. 3. Vibrating plate compactors. F. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction. 02225 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.08 FINISH GRADING A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. D. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Drawings. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with: 1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or, 2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone Method. 3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above. C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc, blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate protection. 3.10 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section by the Owner. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Excess Fill: Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02225 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DIVISION 2 SECTION 02230 — SITE CLEARING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division l Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protecting existing trees to remain. 2. Removing existing trees, shrubs, plants and grasses. 3. Clearing and grubbing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities. 2. Division 1 Section "Site Conditions" for verifying utility locations and for recording field measurements. 3. Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming" for protecting trees remaining on -site that are affected by site operations. 4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.04 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for stripped topsoil or other materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site -clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02230 — SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 3 ATTACHMENTS 1. Sheet St-6 Pedestrian Bridge Abutments — From Addendum 3 2. Sketch Sheet #SK-3 for equipment location revisions at the irrigation pump house. 3. Sketch Sheet #SK-4 for revisions to the electrical one -line: • Replace the 400A 1 PH fusible disconnect with 200A 1 PH fusible disconnect. Revise wire sizing to match. • Revise Phase Converter to part number as indicated. • Provide 45 KVA 240 Volt 3 phase / 208 Volt 3 phase Delta Wye general purpose transformer with adjustable taps (2.5%). Mount at structure. • Provide additional 200A 3 PH disconnect to isolate transformer. Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: March 11, 2010 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on April 6, 2010, for the Water's Way Neighborhood Park; BID NO. 7125. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. The City of Fort Collins Water's Way Neighborhood Park project is located at 715 Fairbourne Way, Fort Collins, CO. The Work for the project includes earthwork, grading, regulated stormwater drainage improvements, installation of water, sewer and electrical utilities, restroom, picnic shelter, irrigation pump house, plaza, playgroud (including concrete curb and safety surfacing), basketball court, soil preparation and fine grading, irrigation, landscaping, boulders, site furnishing, and miscallaneous items of work. The site is approximately 10 acres in size of which approximatley 10 acres will be disturbed and contructed upon. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 a.m., on March 19, 2010, at 215 N. Mason, Community Room, Fort Collins, CO. A job site walkthrough will follow at 715 Fairbourne Way, Fort Collins, CO. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: • City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.jsp Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 1 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS[ (Not Applicable)] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Locate and clearly Flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.02 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to sediment and erosion control Drawings B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.03 UTILITIES A. Arrange for disconnecting and sealing indicated utilities that serve existing structures before site clearing, when requested by Contractor. 1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before proceeding with site clearing. B. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. D. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. E. Removal of underground utilities is included in Division 2 Sections covering site utilities. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02230— SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 3 3.04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Grind stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 inches (450 mm) below exposed subgrade. 4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. I. Optional: Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other non - recyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling facilities. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02231 — TREE PROTECTION PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division l Section "Summary" for limits placed on Contractor's use of the site. 2. Division I Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection. 3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings affected by new construction. 4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling, compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees. unless otherwise indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of tree protection and trimming. C. Tree Pruning: Contact the City Foresters Office (970) 221-6660 if tree pruning is required. City Forester shall review the contractors request for tree pruning and provide direction. C. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Before tree protection operations begin, meet with representatives of authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, City Forester, Artist, consultants, and other concerned entities to review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02231 - TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION Page 1 of 4 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch sieve. B. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface -soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1.5 inch in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other non -soil materials. 1. Obtain topsoil only from well -drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches deep or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. C. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers. D. Temporary Fencing: Orange Snow Fence; a minimum of48 inches high; with'T' posts; with tie wires, and other accessories for a complete fence system. E. Organic Mulch: Shredded Cedar, free of deleterious materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect remaining trees and vegetation from construction damage. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is complete. B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C. Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated. 1. Apply 4-inch average thickness of owner supplied mulch. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems. E. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash. F. Do not allow fires within tree protection zones. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated. C. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow -tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 1. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02231 — TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION Page 2 of 4 Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. D. Where utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or around roots by drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand. 1. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. 2. The installation of utilities, irrigation lines or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six (6) inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from tree diameter and breast height as described in the chart below. Tree Diameter at Breast Height (inches) Auger Distance From Face of Tree (feet) 0-2 1 3-4 2 5-9 5 10-14 10 15-19 12 Over 19 15 3.03 REGRADING A. Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones. B. Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. C. Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than 6 inches but less than 12 inches below elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, filter fabric, and topsoil on existing grade as follows: 1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches above elevation of finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches from tree trunk on all sides. For balance of area within drip -line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of grade. 2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches minimum. 3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.04 TREE PRUNING A. Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. B. Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist. C. Pruning Standards: Contact City Forester at (970) 221-6660 prior to any pruning work. Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1) as follows: 1. Type of Pruning: Cleaning, Thinning and Raising. D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. E. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off -site. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02231 — TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION Page 3 of 4 3.05 TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. Violation of these specifications will lead to penalties based on the type of violation and/or the resulting damages, and may be grounds for the termination of this contract. 1. Penalties will be assessed based on the amount of damage done and the total value of that tree, or group of trees, prior to the damage. Penalties for damage would be based on the total value of the tree as determined by the City Forestry Division staff and the severity of the damage as a proportion of the total value of that tree. This could include up to the full value of the tree. B. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to City Forester's instructions. B. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction operations that City Forester determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Where practical, provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced; plant and maintain as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants." 2. Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a species selected by Architect when damaged trees more than 6 inches in caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be replaced. Number of replacement trees required to mitigate loss of larger trees will comply with City Code. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants." C. Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered soil and sand. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning is not permitted. B. Disposal: Unless otherwise agreed to, remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property,. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02231 — TREE TRIMMING AND PROTECTION Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02235 - TOPSOIL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. This work consists of stripping, salvaging and stockpiling topsoil, and excavating/redistributing topsoil from stockpiles to place on designated landscape areas. It shall include the placing of topsoil upon constructed cut and fill slopes after grading operations are completed. 1.02 Related Sections and Documents A. Section 02111 - Site Preparation and Conditioning B. Section 02301 — Earthwork and Grading C. Section 02950 — Planting, Soil Preparation and Finish Grading D. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson dated 02/19/2009 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Topsoil shall consist of natural on -site ground cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Generally, the top four inches (4") of topsoil, within the limits of the project, shall be salvaged prior to beginning hauling, excavating, or fill operations by excavating and stockpiling the material at designated locations in a manner that will minimize sediment damage, and not obstruct natural drainage. Topsoil may be less than four inches (4") deep. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered, or a maximum of four inches (4"), in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Remove subsoil and non -soil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Soil stockpiles 1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 10 feet. 2. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. 3. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. 4. Stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. 4. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 5. Do not stockpile topsoil within tree protection zones. 6. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for re -spreading deeper topsoil. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02235 - TOPSOIL Page 1 of 2 7. Weeds shall be controlled on soil stockpiles remaining after 30 days. C. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon completed cut and fill slopes and other disturbed areas to be landscaped whenever conditions and the progress of construction will permit. D. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum 4 inch thickness in turf areas and a minimum 4 inch thickness in non -turf areas. Topsoil shall be keyed to the underlying material by the use of harrows, rollers, or other suitable equipment. E. Water shall be applied to the topsoil as required in a fine spray by nozzles or spray bars so the topsoil areas will not be washed or eroded. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02235 - TOPSOIL Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK 171:ilisei�►i� 71� 1.01 Summary A. Provide earthwork as shown and as specified. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, "unclassified excavation", or "muck excavation" or "rock excavation", as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified "embankment material" as hereafter described. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02230 — Site Clearing B. Section 02225 — Structural Excavation, Backfill, and Compacting 1.03 Definitions A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. . B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.04 Submittals A. Test Reports: Submit reports for laboratory and field tests required under "Testing" article. Test reports for footing, slab, and pavement subgrades shall be submitted prior to placing concrete or paving materials. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.05 Testing A. Contractor will arrange and owner shall pay for soil sampling and testing. Contractor shall extend full cooperation to Owner and testing agency in obtaining samples and performing tests. Where soil materials do not conform to type or density specified, soil shall be replaced or reworked to conform. The cost of the initial test will be paid by the owner, while all additional tests for replaced or reworked areas shall be paid for by the Contractor. 1.06 Protection A. Protect existing improvements, utilities, trees and shrubs, and reference marks in accordance with Section 02321. 1.07 Blasting Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 1 of 7 A. Use of explosives is not permitted. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 Soil Materials, General A. Soil materials shall be free of organic matter, debris, frozen soils, ice, and other objectionable materials. Rock particles larger than maximum size specified shall be removed prior to placement of soil. B. Select existing material from required excavations may be used for fill or backfill if it meets the specified material requirements. If necessary, famish additional approved material from suitable off -site sources. C. Muck excavation shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on -site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. 2.02 Granular Fill, Bedding, and Backfill A. Select soils complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW (well -graded gravel), GP (poorly -graded gravel), SW (well -graded sand), or SP (poorly -graded sand). Aggregate shall pass a 3/4-inch sieve and not more than 35% shall be retained on a No. 10 sieve. Maximum 5% by weight shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 2.03 Fill and Backfill A. Previously excavated soils, free of aggregate larger than 3 inches, and suitable for intended purpose PART 3 — EXEVUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Prepare site for work in accordance with Section 02110. Layout and stake work to be performed. 3.02 General Excavation A. The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than 0.04 feet. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02110 of these Specifications. When the CONTRACTOR's excavating operations encounter remains of pre -historic people's dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. For footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate to final grade just before concrete is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid, undisturbed base to receive granular fill, base course, or concrete as shown. 3.03 Excavation for Embankments A. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered within the limit of the work is considered Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 2 of 7 The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing & Risk Management Director Rev10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2 unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as "anything that is not earth which exists at the job site". B. Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. C. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 3.04 Embankment Construction A. Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on -site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On - site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) 1/2-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 — 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 — 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min • Liquid Limit 30 (min • Plasticity Index s15 (min) • In -Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10 cm/sec (max) On -site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in thin, horizontal lifts, not to exceed 8 inches in thickness (measured prior to compaction), using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On -site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of optimum to 3% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 3 of 7 horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. A moisture density determination shall be made for each soil type encountered. Unless directed by the geotechnical engineer, the standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) shall apply. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be "keyed" into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the acceptable moisture content range and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments and embankments shall not be constructed on frozen materials. During the construction of the channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR' expense. B. Proofrolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. 3.05 Excavation and Backfill for Structures A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and replacement of such materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that construction equipment may cause the natural soils to pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 4 of 7 Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR's work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR's equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease the supporting capacity of the soils. Care should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoid disturbing the supporting materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the subgrade of any item of the concrete work Any over -excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR's actions; shall be brought back to subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: 1. For over -excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over -excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure areas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 3 feet adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non -swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and free from stones larger than 2 inches. Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER. Refer to the Plans forjob specific requirements. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall consist of either clean on -site granular materials free of stones larger than 2 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for sand soils, or to 75% relative density as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: % by Weight Passing Sieve Size Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 — 100 No. 50 10 — 60 No. 200 5 — 20 In addition, this material shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. Impervious structural backfill, where shown or specified, shall consist of material having 100% finer than 2 inches in diameter and a minimum of 30% passing a No. 200 U.S. Standard Sieve. The material shall be placed in 6-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 5 of 7 3.06 Trenching A. Prepare Excavate trenches so that pipe can be laid safely and accurately to required line and grade. Hand excavate for bells, fittings and projections to allow for proper jointing and to insure that pipe rests evenly along barrel and is not resting on bell. B. In sand and gravel soils, bottom of trench may be shaped to fit bottom 1/3 of pipe. In silt or clay soils, bottom of trench shall be 4 in. below pipe barrel and 3 in. below bell. Under foundations and footings, bottom of trench shall be 8 in. below pipe. Bedding will be uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. 3.07 Unauthorized Excavation A. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated elevations or side dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work, shall be at Contractor's expense. Notify Owner if unauthorized excavations are made. B. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed. 3.08 Stability of Excavations A. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. Slope sides of excavations to angle of repose of material excavated; otherwise, shore and brace where sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Comply with applicable codes and ordinances. 3.09 Dewatering A. Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and ground water from flowing into excavations. Promptly remove water from excavations using pumps, sumps, and dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. If underground springs are encountered, notify Owner before proceeding. 3.10 Stockpiling A. Stockpile excavated materials meeting the requirements for fill and backfill where directed until required for the work. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate stockpiles a sufficient distance from edge of excavations to prevent such material from falling or sliding into excavations and to prevent cave-ins. 3.11 Cold Weather Protection A. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F by covering with dry insulating materials of sufficient depth to prevent frost penetration. 3.12 Grading A. Grade area within project limits by cutting and/or filling as necessary to achieve lines and grades shown. Grade areas adjacent to structure lines to drain away from structure to prevent ponding. Finish surface to be reasonably smooth and free from irregular surface changes. Tolerance for areas to receive topsoil shall be 0.3 ft above or below established grade, less allowance for topsoil. Tolerance for areas to be paved shall be 0.1 ft above or below established pavement subgrade. Tolerance for turf areas shall be 0.025 as per Owner. 3.13 Disposal of Excess and Waste Materials A. Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris, and other waste materials and legally dispose of them off -site. 3.14 Field Quality Control A. Moisture and density tests are required and are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by a private Geotechnical Consultant. Contractor is responsible for all coordination of Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 6 of 7 testing. Owner will pay for first test while additional testing shall be paid for by contractor. The following minimum tests should be expected to be performed. 1. Embankment subgrade— 1 per 500 lineal feet. 2. Embankment fill — 1 per 500 lineal feet of embankment alternating leftand right of centerline or as directed by the geotechnical engineering, ENGINEER, or OWNER. 3. Compaction tests, as specified above, shall be performed for each vertical foot of compacted embankment. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. C. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. All failed test areas shall be recompacted and retested at Contractor's expense. All compacted material shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed, disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. Sect Final topography and/or cross -sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. PART 4 — SCHEDULES 4.01 Compaction Schedule (unless otherwise stated on the drawings or Other Specifications Location Below foundations, slabs, pavements, walks, and other designated areas Unpaved areas 15 feet or less outside structure line Embankments and berming Unpaved areas more than 15 feet outside structure tine Lift ThicknessM Compactiont2) 6" 95% 8" 95% 8" 95% 12" 90% t'Ylace manually compacted materials in maximum 4-inch layers. (') Percent of maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor test). END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02301 — EARTHWORK Page 7 of 7 SECTION 02321 — TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. General cleaning and grubbing, excavation, bedding construction, filling, grading and surface restoration associated with installing subsurface pipes of various types. 1.02 Related Work A. Section 02111 — Site Preparation B. Section 02230 — Site Clearing C. Section 02506 — Concrete Pipe and Fittings D. Section 02507 — PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 1.03 Notification of Utility Companies A. The Contractor shall notify all affected utility companies of his construction operations to coordinate his work regarding poles, wires, valve boxes, and other surface obstructions and to determine the location of gas, watermain, power, light, cable television, telephone or telegraph conduit or service connection thereto or any other subsurface structure that crosses or passes through the space occupied by any of the proposed improvements. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the utility companies for any relocation of interfering utilities. Owner has already made arrangements for relocation of known utility conflicts. Contractor shall be responsible for utility coordination after issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall coordinate work with the Construction Coordinator when scheduling activities related to utility relocations. 1.04 Protection A. Sheeting and Shoring: The CONTRACTOR shall protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench which may be detrimental to human safety, to the pipe or appurtenances being installed, or to existing facilities or structures. The latest requirements of OSHA shall be complied with at all times including trenching and confined space entry requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for underpinning adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. B. Weather and Frost: The CONTRACTOR shall protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. 1. Do not place backfill, fill, or embankment on frozen surfaces. 2. Do not place frozen materials, snow, or ice in backfill, fill, or embankments. 3. Do not deposit, tamp, roll, or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. C. Drainage and Groundwater: The excavation shall be graded to prevent surface water run-off into trench or excavation. 1. Maintain excavations and trench free from water during construction. 2. Remove water encountered in the trench to the extent necessary to provide a firm subgrade, to permit joints to be made in the dry, and to prevent the entrance of water into the pipeline. 3. Divert surface runoff and use sumps, gravel blankets, well points, drain lines, or other means necessary to accomplish the above. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 1 of 9 4. Maintain the excavation or trench free from water until the structure, or pipe to be installed therein, is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. 5. Water shall be prevented from entering into previously constructed pipe. 6. The pipe under construction shall not be used for dewatering. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 Concrete A. Cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03300. 2.02 Mortar A. Mixture of mason sand, water, Portland cement and masonry cement as follows: Portland cement - ASTM C 150, Type I, IS or II Masonry cement - ASTM C91, Type 11 Water - Free of oil, acid, excess alkalinity, organic matter, and salts Sand - 100% passing No. 8, 15 to 35% passing No. 50, and 2 to 10% passing No. 100 2.03 Granular Bedding A. Pipe shall be bedded in a uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Well -Graded Sand Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 95 — 100 No. 8 80 — 100 No. 16 50 — 85 No. 30 25 — 60 No. 50 10 — 30 No. 100 2 — 10 Squeegee Sand Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 Inch 100 No. 200 0-5 CDOT #67 Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 1 Inch 100 3/4 Inch 90 —100 3/8 Inch 20 — 55 No. 4 0 — 10 No. 8 0-5 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 -TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 2 of 9 Cement Sand Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 3/8 Inch 100 No. 4 90 — 100 No. 108 70 — 100 No. 20 50 — 85 No. 50 25 — 50 No. 100 8 — 30 No. 140 0 — 15 No. 200 0-5 2.04 Replacement Material (Stabilization Material) A. Material used as stabilization in locations where the CONTRACTOR has been directed to muck excavate shall conform to the following "Foundation Material" gradation(s). The material shall be uniformly graded''/" or 1 %2" rock. CDOT #467 Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 2-1/2 Inch 2 Inch 100 1-1/2 Inch 90 — 100 1 Inch --- 3/4 Inch 35 — 70 3/8 Inch 10 — 30 No. 4 0-5 CDOT #67 Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 1 Inch 100 3/4 Inch 90 —100 3/8 Inch 20 — 55 No. 4 0 — 10 No.8 0-5 2.05 Flowable Fill A. The approved mixture for flowable fill is shown below: Ingredients: Cement Water Coarse Aggregate (No. 57) Sand (ASTM C-33) Pounds/Cubic Yard 42 (.047 sack) 235 (39 gallons as needed) 1700 1845 The desired 28-day strength is 60 psi. The combination of material listed above or an approved equivalent may be used to obtain the desired flowable fill. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 3 of 9 2.06 Backfill A. Backfill shall meet the following requirements: Use only backfill for trenches which is free from rocks, large roots, other vegetation or organic matter, and frozen material. No rocks greater than 3 inches in diameter shall be allowed. Backfill material shall be suitable for future pavement construction over all trenches. B. Cut -Off Walls: 1. Controlled Low Strength Material Backfill (Flo -Fill --See Section 02321). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Surface Obstructions A. Structures, sidewalk, driveways, curb and gutter, trees, shrubs, lawns, signs, fences, utilities, survey monuments, pavements, lawns, culverts, and other appurtenances which are adjacent to the right of way or work easements, shall be carefully protected against damage. In the event of damage or inadvertent injury or removal of these surface features by failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable precautions or proper construction techniques, he shall bear the full cost and responsibility for resulting damages and shall replace or repair such damage as early as possible. No allowance for extra payment or time lost will be allowed for such interferences that the Contractor could have suspected or anticipated during site inspection and interpretation of the Contract Documents. B. Clearing, grubbing, and removal of all pavements, sidewalks, curbs, signs, poles, fences, etc., shall be done only as necessary for the completion of the work. Brush, trees, shrubs, concrete, rubble, and other removals which are not intended to be replaced shall be disposed of by the Contractor off the site of work. Burning of trees and brush is not permitted. C. Obstructions which are intended to be replaced shall be stored and protected by the Contractor. Fences, signs, mailboxes, trees, shrubs, and similar features requiring removal, shall be restored to their original position except where permanent removal is indicated. D. Monuments for land surveys encountered in the path of work shall be carefully protected from movement. Should removal be necessary, the Contractor shall notify the Construction Coordinator in advance. The Contractor will set reference stakes and give notice that the monument can be removed. The Contractor will reset the monument after backfilling and settling at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor will also be held responsible for reestablishing monuments lost due to his negligence or failure to notify the Construction Coordinator. 3.02 Subsurface Obstructions A. The approximate location and size of sewers, drains, culverts, irrigation pipes, gas mains, watermains, electric and telephone conduits and other underground structures shown on the drawings are based on records available to the Owner or surface markings indicating their existence. B. The Contractor shall use caution in excavating and trenching so that the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined; he shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or otherwise damaged during construction. C. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the utility companies for any relocation of interfering utilities. D. When the Construction Coordinator permits the Contractor to make a change to avoid a utility relocation, the Construction Coordinator shall determine whether the change constitutes extra work as defined in the General Conditions. E. Any underground utilities or other structures that are located outside of the construction limits of this contract which the Contractor wishes to have moved to facilitate construction shall be Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 4 of 9 F. In the event that there is any question as to whether any of the above enumerated obstructions, underground utilities, or other structures cross or pass through the space occupied by the completed structures of this contract, the Construction Coordinator's decision shall be binding. G. During the construction of the pipelines, it may be necessary to cross under certain sewers, drains, culverts, water lines, gas lines, electric conduits, and other underground structures. Where necessary, the flow in drains or culverts shall be diverted so that the excavation may be kept dry during the progress of the construction work. Every effort shall be made to prevent damage to such underground structures. Wherever such structures are disturbed or broken, they shall be restored to existing or better condition at no additional cost to the Owner. H. The Contractor shall use sand or gravel backfill beneath said structures. This backfill shall be deposited and thoroughly compacted by mechanical means in layers not to exceed six inches in depth. 3.03 Excavation A. Excavation shall be made in such a manner that the pipe can be laid safely and accurately to the line and grade shown. B. Topsoil shall be salvaged and reused as required. C. The depth of excavation shall extend from the ground surface to the bottom of the pipe bedding. Unnecessary excavation below this required level shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with compacted sand, gravel, crushed stone or concrete, as approved by the Construction Coordinator. D. The bottom of the trench must be dug to a depth of 4 inches minimum below the pipe barrel and bell, or as indicated on the Drawings. Bell holes must be hand excavated to allow for proper jointing, and to insure that the pipe rests evenly along the barrel and is not resting on the bell. E. Trench widths shall be limited at the top of the pipe to not less than a 6-inch clearance on either side of the barrel to allow for the free flow of bedding material between the pipe and the trench wall. Maximum trench width at the top of the pipe shall be the outside pipe diameter plus 30 inches, except that the trench width need not be less than 30 inches. The trench above the top of the pipe may be sloped, stepped or vertical, to comply with state and federal regulations. F. No more than 150 feet of trench shall be left open at any time. The entire trench shall be backfilled to within 50 feet of the open trench upon conclusion of each day's work. The trench shall not be backfilled until the pipe installation is reviewed by the ENGINEER. Trench shall be backfifled within 100 feet of the pipe installation at all times. Provide construction fence barricades around open trenches and pits when unattended. Maintain access to residences, commercial enterprises and municipal facilities at all times. Intersecting streets, private drives, and alleys shall be open to local traffic at end of each day, unless otherwise permitted by the Owner. G. Clean-up shall be maintained within 400 feet of the trench excavation. Prior to placement in the trench, all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be cleaned and examined for defects by the CONTRACTOR. If found defective, the CONTRACTOR shall reject the defective pipe, fitting, or appurtenance. The CONTRACTOR shall advise the ENGINEER of all defective materials. All surplus excavation shall be placed, in an orderly manner. If material is stockpiled on private property, written permission must be obtained from the property owner and provided to the ENGINEER. All muck excavation, bedding, and pipe zone material shall be imported unless otherwise designated by the OWNER's geotechnical engineer. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 5 of 9 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Upon completion of the work, all plants, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, and other like material shall be removed from the job site. The site shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness. H. Contractor shall follow the most current regulations concerning excavations set forth by OSHA, 29 CFR Part 1926. 3.04 Rock Excavation A. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledges, bedded deposits, boulders, buried concrete structures not shown on the plans, and all natural conglomerated deposits so firmly cemented as to possess all the characteristics of solid rock. Removals of isolated masses less than 1/2 cubic yard which are not attached to larger masses will not be considered rock excavation. B. Firmly cemented sedimentary materials in the form of silt -stone, sandstone, shale, or conglomerate, shall be classified as rock if, after several blows with the pointed end of a standard pick applied to the flat surface, the material cannot be loosened, broken down, or penetrated. C. When the Contractor believes he has encountered what may be classified as rock excavation, he shall notify the Construction Coordinator who will test the degree of resistance, and make a final determination. D. The depth of rock excavation in a trench shall be a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe barrel to provide space for a sand or gravel bedding material. Bedding material shall be evenly spread, compacted, and shaped to conform to the pipe. E. Trench width in rock excavation shall not be less than that for ordinary excavation. Maximum trench width shall be the outside pipe diameter plus 18 inches for an unsheathed trench, and not to exceed the outside pipe diameter plus 30 inches for a sheathed trench. F. Blasting will not be permitted unless securing Construction Coordinator's approval, showing evidence of insurance specifically for such work, and demonstrating that the blasting will be conducted to protect adjacent existing or completed work, persons, and surrounding property. The hours of blasting may be fixed by the Construction Coordinator. Any damage caused by blasting shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall ascertain that the method of blasting will be in accordance with state and local ordinances. Any blasting shall be done only under the direct supervision of a certified blaster. 3.05 Sheathing and Bracing A. Where it is necessary to protect nearby structures and pavements, or when the trench must be confined to allow for traffic flow, tight sheathing will be required. The Contractor to call the Construction Coordinator's attention to any unforeseen condition that requires the use of sheathing. Sheathing must be driven unless soil conditions allow the sets to be placed after excavating. If placed after excavating, the voids between the trench wall and sheathing must be immediately filled with sand. B. Removal of sheathing must not take place until the trench is backfilled. Flooding or jetting the trench shall be done after the sheathing is removed. C. The Construction Coordinator may approve, in writing, some or all of the sheathed sets to remain in place. Sheathing ordered left in place shall have the upper portion within 2 feet of a street surface cut off and removed. D. Spot braces, individual shorings spaced at various intervals along trench, portable trench boxes or sliding shields will be considered incidental to the cost of the pipe laying. 3.06 Wet Trench Conditions A. The Contractor shall attempt to dispose of all groundwater or surface drainage seeping in the trench by employing ordinary dewatering techniques such as the use of sump pumps, dikes, etc. Allowing water to flow into the pipe being laid will not be permitted except in the case of a storm Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 6 of 9 B. Contractor shall follow provisions of Section 02140 Water Control, the approved Water Control Plan, and the Groundwater Discharge Permit. C. If the existing soil in the trench bottom is judged to be unsuitable by the Construction Coordinator after dewatering measures have been taken, a minimum of the top 6-inches of the subgrade shall be removed and replaced with stabilization material. 3.07 Dewatering A. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a dry trench by ordinary dewatering techniques, well points, or other measures as approved in the Water Control Plan or by the Construction Coordinator during the course of work. B. If wells are utilized for dewatering, the wells shall be drilled, maintained, and abandoned in accordance with the requirements of the State of Colorado, Office of the State Engineer. 3.08 Granular Base to Replace Poor Subsoil A. At any time material such as muck, sawdust, bark, or other material is encountered which would not form a suitable and permanent base, the Construction Coordinator shall be notified to decide if it should be removed and replaced with suitable granular bedding or stabilization material. The sand or gravel base replacement is to be compacted in 6-inch layers up to the bottom of the normal trench section. 3.09 Granular Bedding A. Bedding material shall be placed from the trench bottom to the pipe spring line in accordance with the Drawings or as required by pipe material specifications. 3.10 Backfilling with Existing Material A. Backfilling shall be accomplished immediately after installation of the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Construction Coordinator. B. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, initial backfill material over the pipe to a minimum depth of 1 foot above the pipe shall be granular bedding material or previously excavated granular soil reasonably free of large rock, organic matter, clay or other unsuitable material if approved by the Construction Coordinator. Trench backfill over the initial backfill zone may be previously excavated soil except as determined by the Construction Coordinator to be unsuitable. C. The initial backfill material over the pipe up to a minimum depth of one foot above the pipe shall be filled in by hand and well compacted over and around the pipe with hand tampers or mechanical means to the proper density. Special care shall be taken in placing and tamping the initial backfill material so the alignment and grade of the pipe will not be disturbed nor the pipe damaged. D. When backfilling in frozen material, the Contractor shall cover the pipe and tamp the backfill around the pipe using only loose thawed material. No frozen material shall be placed in the trench. All frozen material shall be kept from around manholes and other structures. 3.11 Granular Backfill A. Granular backfill shall be provided by the Contractor and placed in the trench when the excavated material is unsuitable for backfill or when ordered by the Construction Coordinator. Bank run gravel may be used provided the initial backfill zone (one foot above pipe) has been filled with acceptable granular bedding material. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 -TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 7 of 9 3.12 Trench Compaction A. The pipe trench shall be backfilled to the limits as shown on the Contract Drawings. The backfill in all areas shall be moisture treated to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content (sand soils) or between optimum and 3 percent over optimum moisture content (clay soils), processed to a uniform consistency, placed in 8 inch maximum loose lifts, and compacted by vibrating, tamping, or a combination thereof to 75% relative density for sand material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253, or to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM D698. Where cement sand is utilized, compaction may be achieved using at least 5 passes of a heavy, walk behind or self-propelled, vibratory mechanical compactor. Prior to compaction, sand soils shall be brought to within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, and clay soils shall be processed to between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content for soil compacted according to ASTM D698. All backfill shall be brought up to equal height along each side of the pipe in such a manner as to avoid displacement. Backfill material shall be distributed in 6-inch maximum lifts over the full width of the trench. Wet, soft or frozen material, asphalt chunks, or other deleterious substances shall not be used for backfill. If the excavated material is not suitable for backfill, as determined by the ENGINEER, suitable material shall be hauled in and utilized and the rejected material hauled away and disposed of. Backftlling shall be conducted at all times in a manner to prevent damage to the pipe or its coating and shall be kept as close to the pipe laying operation as practical. Backfilling procedures shall conform to the additional requirements, if any, of appropriate agencies or private right-of-way agreements. 3.13 Restoration A. Unsurfaced Areas: All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to that prior to construction. B. Surfaced Areas: All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to that prior to construction. All gravel or paved streets shall be restored in accordance with the regulations and requirements of the agency having control or jurisdiction over the street, roadway, or right-of-way. C. Grassed or Landscaped Areas: In landscaped or agricultural areas, topsoil, to a depth of 12 inches, shall be removed from the area of general disturbance and stockpiled. After installation of all pipelines, appurtenances and structures and completion of all backfill and compaction, the stockpiled topsoil shall be redistributed evenly over all disturbed areas. Care should be taken to conform to the original ground contour or final grading plans. 3.14 Disposal of Surplus or Undesirable Material A. Surplus material shall include all excavation that is more than the amount needed for backfilling or is undesirable for backfilling. B. The Contractor shall find his own disposal sites, remove and load excess material, haul, and dispose of material. Such material shall become property of the Contractor. Measurement and payment will not be made separately but will be incidental to other Bid Items. 3.15 Field Quality Control A. Moisture and density tests are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by a private Geotechnical Consultant. B. Field tests will be conducted to determine compliance of moisture/density testing methods with specified density in accordance with ASTM D2922. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 8 of 9 C. Test results shall be submitted to the Construction Coordinator by the Contractor or the Geotechnical Consultant for approval by the Owner prior to acceptance of the pipeline and shall be made available on the day of the test. D. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a minimum of once every 200 linear feet, as measured along the pipe, or as determined by the Construction Coordinator. Tests shall be performed at a depth of two (2) feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in two (2) foot vertical increments up to finish grade. A minimum of one test shall be performed in the backfill and one at final grade. A minimum of one test shall be performed for each service line or lateral installation. E. Moisture/density tests in the vicinity of manholes shall be performed at a maximum of one (1) foot away from the manhole section. A test shall be performed in all four directions from the manhole (four tests total per set). A minimum of one set of tests shall be performed for every two (2) feet of backfill material. F. All failed test areas shall be recompacted and retested at Contractor's expense. G. All compaction shall be to a minimum of 95 percent (%) of the maximum Standard Proctor Density unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. H. All compacted material shall be within 2% (+/-) of the optimum moisture content of the soil as determined by ASTM D698. Water shall be added to the material, or the material shall be harrowed, disced, bladed, or otherwise worked to ensure a uniform moisture content as specified. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02321 —TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING Page 9 of 9 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION FABRIC PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide geotextile stabilization fabric as shown and as specified. Comply with applicable - provisions of Div. 0 and 1. 1.02 Submittals A. Product Data: Submit geotextile fabric data. Include material samples, certification of physical properties, and installation procedures. Select reference to 01330 for submittal procedures. B. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.03 Storage and Handling A. Store and handle fabric in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 Geotextile Stabilization Fabric A. Fabric shall be a woven polypropylene, polyethylene, or polyamide material with very high installation survivability whose function is to provide subgrade reinforcing. B. Provide fabric with the following performance and in-service properties (properties shall be in both principal fabric directions where applicable): Property Value Test Weight 6 oz/yd2 (min.) ASTM D3776 Tensile Strength 270 Ito (min.) ASTM D4632 Elongation 15% (min.) ASTM D4632 Puncture Strength 110 lb (min.) ASTM D4633 Mullen Burst Strength 430 psi (min.) ASTM D3786 Water Flow Rate 4 gal/min/ft2 (min.) ASTM D4491 Apparent Opening Size (AOS) 40 sieve ASTM D4751 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Fabric Installation A. Install fabric as shown and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Fabrics and keyed in sections shall be installed as shown in Construction Plans. B. Areas to be covered by fabric shall be cleared of debris and other items which could tear or puncture material. Roll out fabric on surface and manually pull taut to remove wrinkles. C. If lapping of fabric is required, minimum overlap shall be 2 ft on parallel strips and 3 ft on butt strips. Overlaps may be eliminated if fabric sections are either factory or field sewn. Seam strength shall be at least 80% of fabric tensile strength. D. After placement, make provisions to prevent lifting or movement of fabric by wind. Repair or replace tom or punctured fabric in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; no extra compensation will be allowed. Cover fabric within 72 hr of placement. Do not allow vehicles on fabric until after backfill or aggregate is placed. E. Place initial lift of backfill or aggregate in a manner that will not cause damage to fabric. Wheel or tread rut depth caused by construction equipment shall not exceed 3 in. Fill all surface ruts with additional material; smoothing of ruts without adding material will not be allowed. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION FABRIC Page 1 of 2 F. At existing or proposed trees and shrubs, fabric will be suitably stapled to prevent uplift at exposed edges. G. Permanent fabric shall be installed with I" of topsoil applied uniformly on top of the fabric. Care shall be taken to ensure soil mixes into the fabric matrix adequately to support root growth. Seed is then applied to top of soil followed by a temporary erosion control fabric. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02348 — GEOTEXTILE STABILIZATION FABRIC Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02507 — PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Summary A. Provide pipe and fittings as shown and as specified. 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02225 — Structural Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting 1.03 Submittals A. Test Reports: Upon request, submit three certified copies of test and inspection reports in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards. B. Product Data: Submit product data for pipe, fittings, and gaskets. C. Accurately record locations of fittings and field changes. Prior to final application for payment, deliver record drawings to Owner. 1.04 Material Handling A. Carefully unload and store pipe to prevent chipping, cracking, or damage to surface coatings. Pipe shall not be skidded upon ground. Repair damaged coatings. B. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. Damaged pipe or fittings shall not be installed. C. Lubricant shall be stored or handled in a manner to prevent contamination of the lubricant. D. Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a location which protects them from deterioration. E. Pipe shalt be stored in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. ''71ii��J:ZeI�lReify 2.01 PVC Plastic Pipe, General A. PVC pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be of material and type indicated in the Drawings and shall conform to the quality and type specified in this Section. If not designated, use the material listed below. Each pipe shall be stamped or indelibly marked with its type and class and the manufacturer's name or mark. 2.02 PVC Gravity Pipe A. All gravity pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D3034, Type PSM, SDR-35 poly (vinyl chloride); or ASTM F789, Type PS-46, poly (vinyl chloride). The standard dimension ratio (SDR) of plastic gravity pipe shall not exceed 35. B. All PVC pipe fittings shall be made from PVC components that conform to ASTM D1784. C. All joints shall be bell and spigot type and shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3212. All gaskets shall be of o-ring type and manufactured in accordance with ASTM F477. All bells shall be formed integrally with the pipe and shall contain a factory installed elastomeric gasket, which is positively retained. 2.03 PVC Pressure Pipe A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) plastic pressure pipe, AWWA C900, Class 150, SDR-18, ductile iron O.D., with elastomeric gasket bell and spigot joints. PVC pressure pipe only allowed where specified in the Drawings. Mechanical joint restraints are not required. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02507 — PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 1 of 3 2.04 Bedding A. PVC pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the Drawings (see standard details) using CDOT #67 granular material place to a minimum of one (1) foot above the top of pipe. Refer to Section 02321 for Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting specifications. 2.05 Tees and Wyes A. Tees and wyes shall be of the diameter indicated consisting of a standard or short length of main pipe with a factory fabricated spur attached. Joining of spur to main line pipe shall provide strength, water -tightness, and a flush inside surface of the main line pipe. All work shall be done in accordance with the Drawings (see standard details). 2.06 Gravity Pipe Couplings A. ASTM Cl 173, rubber or elastomeric sleeve and stainless band assembly fabricated to mate with OD of pipes to be joined, for nonpressure joints. 2.07 Gravity Pipe Couplings A. Cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03300. PART 3 — PRODUCTS 3.01 Line and Grade A. Contractor shall provide line and grade at a convenient offset. Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of line and grade markings and if disturbed, shall pay actual cost of replacement. B. Contractor shall transfer line and grade from offset to sewer by means of laser beam equipment or other approved methods. Inform Owner of proposed methods and equipment prior to construction. Discontinue methods that do not produce accurate control for setting line and grade. 3.02 Line and Grade A. PVC pipe installation, including trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction, shall be done in accordance with the Drawings and with Section 02321, Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting. Pipe shall be joined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified below. B. Where practicable, begin at lowest point of proposed sewer line; lay with bell end or receiving groove edge upstream in direction of laying. C. Pipe shall be laid immediately following the trench preparation and bedding provisions of Section 02321 and of the Drawings. D. Exercise care when handling pipe. Ropes, nylon slings, or other devices must be used for lowering pipe into trench. Only pipe which is suitable for use is to remain on site. Damaged or broken pipe shall be immediately separated from acceptable pipe. E. Lay pipe uniformly to line and grade on a prepared bed providing even support along entire barrel. Excavate bell holes in bedding material so pipe will rest on barrel and not on bell. As work progresses, interior of sewer shall be cleared of dirt and debris. Do not lay pipe where water is above bedding material except where Owner determines that foundation is stable, pipe will not be displaced upward, and joint construction will not be affected by water. F. Joint materials and methods shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. G. Rubber -type gasket joint shall be made using lubricant of vegetable origin. Groove in spigot shall be lubricated before setting gasket. Prior to connecting pipejoints, all surface of the joint shall be clean, dry, and completely free of dirt. When final grade is achieved, the joint shall be carefully pushed home using approved methods of leverage. Seating of the gasket shall be checked around the entire circumference of the pipe by visual and feeler gauge inspection. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02507 - PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 2 of 3 H. At all watermain crossings provide and install watertight external gasket joint sealant a minimum of 10 feet to each side of the watermain crossing or at two pipe joints, whichever is greater. Follow manufacturer installation specifications. 1. Each pipe shall be bedded by hand or by equally careful means to 12-inch cover before laying subsequent pipes. Fill space between pipe and trench wall in 6-inch layers and manually compact. Pipe sizes larger than 15 inches diameter may require mechanical compaction of bedding material. J. Pipes shall be laid with straight alignment between adjacent manholes and/or inlets. K. When work is not in progress, securely close ends of pipe fittings so that no trench water, earth, or other substances will enter pipe. 3.03 Alignment and Grade A. Owner reserves the right to require further tests of alignment and grade if video tape and inspections indicate additional tests are necessary in the Engineer's opinion. If so directed, Contractor shall check alignment and grade by the lamping method. If pipe shows poor alignment, offset or open joints, sags or kinks; defects shall be corrected by Contractor before final acceptance. if defects are found due to failure of proper installation or sound materials, Contractor shall pay for and promptly correct defects. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02507 — PVC PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS Page 3 of 3 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02511 - CRUSHER FINES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Furnish and install: 1. Reject Crusher Fines. 2. Geotextile fabric. 1.02 Related Sections and Documents A. Section 02301: Earthwork. B. Section 02950: Planting, Soil Preparation and Fine Grading. C. Drawings and general provisions of the Construction Contract, and Division-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Source Quality Control: 1. Gravel Materials: Subject to inspection and acceptance. Provide source location and sample if requested prior to delivery to site. 2. Inspection will be made periodically during path installation, and at project completion and end of warranty period. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit sample of crusher fines as specified to the Owner's Representative for approval at least 48 hours prior to installation. 1.05 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Stockpile delivered gravel near path location. B. Material will be inspected upon delivery to site. C. Immediately remove unacceptable material from site. 1.06 Project Conditions A. Visit site to determine existing conditions. B. Path construction to precede seeding and planting operations. PART2-PRODUCTS Waters Way Neighborhood Park FINES SECTION 02511 -CRUSHER Page 1 of 4 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 1 2.01 Materials A. Reject Crusher Fines. Color -light brown or tan. 1. 1/4" minus crusher fines gravel - 2 parts. 2. 3/16" crusher fines gravel - 1 part. 3. 1 1/2" pit run (for installation as needed for soft or low spots). B. Soil Stabilization/Weed Barrier Fabrics: 1. Geotextile Fabric: Made from non -woven polyester fibers mechanically bonded by needling. Fabric shall meet or exceed the following properties: Property Units Method Grab Strength (min.) 90 lbs. ASTMD-4632 Grab Elongation (min.) 70 lbs. ASTMD-4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength (min.) 40 lbs. ASTMD-4533 Puncture Strength 50 lbs. ASTMD-3787 Mullen Burst Strength 140 lbs. ASTMD-3786 Submit sample and properties for approval prior to installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Visit site to determine existing conditions. B. Centerline of path to follow existing graded alignment per plans. Obtain Landscape Architect approval for any deviations. C. Grades: Verify grades of path to not exceed 5%. 3.02 Preparation A. Existing Utilities: Protect from damage any existing utilities in or near the project area. B. General: Do not perform work when existing site conditions will not provide satisfactory results. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Cut and remove woody or herbaceous vegetation within the path area. Haul debris off -site. D. Scrape 3" - 6" deep trail bed T wider than ultimate trail width. Deposit soils from excavation on sides of trail. E. Grade subgrade level and compact with sheepsfoot roller to 95% optimum density, in accordance with AASHTO T-99. Contractor is not required to scarify and re -compact the next 6" below this sub -grade level. 1. Inspect exposed surface for unsuitable soil, areas of loose or soft soil, disturbed or moist soils. Water's Way Neighborhood Park FINES SECTION 02511 — CRUSHER Page 2 of 4 2. Remove all soft, yielding subgrade material and backfill with 1 1/2" pit run. F. Excavated sections and adjacent areas shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from irregular surface changes. No geotextile fabric shall be applied until subgrade is approved by Landscape Architect. 3.03 Installation A. Geotextile Fabric: 1. Lay straight and even with trail width. Overlap fabric edges a minimum of 6" and pleat at trail curves. Staple fabric to trail bed. 2. Lay in sections so that substantially all fabric is covered by gravel by day's end, minimizing exposure to sun and elements. a. Landscape Architect will periodically inspect to assure approval of installation. B. Compacted Gravel Crusher Fines: 1. Spread thoroughly mixed portions of crusher fines gravel uniformly and in even stream along trail bed. a. Do not tear or move geotextile fabric. Use extreme care. 2. Rake gravel crusher fines to uniform 5"-6" with 2% cross slope, per details. 3. Backfill excavation to ultimate trail edge with scraper spoils, using backfill to hold edge of gravel crusher fines in place. 4. Immediately roll gravel material and excavated area with self-propelled, vibratory roller of sufficient weight to compact crusher fines into smooth firm surface. Rolling shall continue until all material is firmly locked and keyed together. The appearance and surface shall be uniform with all ridges removed. Surface shall not vary more than 1/2" when measured with a ten foot straight edge applied parallel to the centerline. Correct any variation by loosening, reshaping and re -rolling. When finished, compacted trail shall be a minimum of 4" deep in all locations. a. In any areas where there are underground pipes, use extreme caution when compacting trail to protect pipe. Discuss alternative compaction methods with Landscape Architect prior to execution for approval if pipe hazard is anticipated. 5. At completion of surfacing, remove excess spoils from along trail edge and deposit on site as directed by Landscape Architect. 6. Rake along all trail edges to ensure finished appearance and positive drainage away from trail and into new drainage structures or swales. 3.04 Cleaning A. General: Contractor shall be responsible for daily removal of mud and debris from road surfaces on a daily basis. 1. Remove debris and excess materials from site. Waters Way Neighborhood Park FINES SECTION 02511 —CRUSHER Page 3 of 4 3.05 Protection A. The Contractor shall be responsible for making a reasonable effort to protect the work from vandalism. If barricading or signage is necessary, the Contractor shall request such from the Owner. Owner shall provide any necessary barricading or signage. Any vandalism shall be brought to the attention of the Owner. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park FINES SECTION 02511 —CRUSHER Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02541 —BASKETBALL COURT SURFACING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. The contract work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing required labor, materials, equipment, implements, parts and supplies necessary for, or appurtenant to the surfacing of basketball courts in accordance with these specifications. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. The work shall be done in a thorough, workmanlike manner by contractor. Contractor references for three similar, successfully executed projects may be required. 1.03 Warranty A. The contractors shall guarantee their respective work against defective materials or faulty workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 — MATERIALS 2.01 Crack Filler A. Crack filling material shall be RhinoFill crack filler as manufactured by TPS Coatings, Inc., and distributed by E.J. Renner & Associates, (720) 963-1120, or approved equivalent. 2.02 Playing Lines A. Playing lines shall be painted on using white, latex acrylic line paint. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 Concrete Court Surface Preparation A. Preparation of the surface shall include the work necessary to provide a clean, uniform and sound surface. B. Prior to the surfacing applications, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by the use of a power broom or power washer. Loose debris and flora shall be removed and cracks filled with the specified fill compound. C. Contractor shall flood courts, remove and replace depressions greater than one -eighth inch (1/8" or cover a nickel) deep D. Water -holding areas will be determined by flooding the court with water and allowing it to drain for one hour on a 70 degree or warmer day. The court will be re -flooded and refilled as necessary to comply with these specifications. 3.02 Playing Lines A. Playing lines two inches (2") wide will be accurately located and marked and masked by snapping a chalk line and placing one inch (1") tape guidelines. Latex acrylic line paint will be brushed on to provide a uniform line. The lines shall have clear definition and ragged lines will not be accepted. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park Section 02541 — Court Surfacing Page 1 of 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02750 — CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Included A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Section Includes: 1. Sidewalks, curb and gutter, plazas and exterior slabs 2. Aggregate Finish 1.02 Related Sections: A. Section 07900 — Sealants and Joint Fillers B. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.03 References A. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson, dated February 19, 2009 B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 316R - Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Bases. C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM C979 - Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions under provisions of Section 01330 for: 1. Admixtures and Curing compounds. 2. Reinforcing and Concrete Mix Designs 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 316R. B. Conform to ACI 305R during hot weather. C. Conform to ACI 306R during cold weather. D. Obtain materials from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in workmanship throughout Project. E. Installer Qualifications: Concrete shall be finished by firm with five years experience with work of similar scope and quality. F. Concrete Field Samples: 1. Provide field sample under provisions of Section 01330. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 6 2. At location on Project selected by Owner's Representative, place and finish 4 x 4 feet area demonstrating materials, workmanship, and curing method to be used throughout Project. 3. Retain samples of cements and aggregates used in mock-up for comparison with materials used in remaining Work. 4. Accepted field sample provides visual standard for work of Section. 5. Field sample may remain as part of Work. However, it can be removed when no longer required for comparison with finished work. G. Where work occurs in public rights -of -way, it shall conform strictly to current government specifications. 1.07 Project Conditions A. Concrete Environmental Requirements: 1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are applied. 2. Avoid placing concrete if rain, snow, or frost is forecast within 24 hours. Protect fresh concrete from moisture and freezing. 1.08 Performance Requirements A. Pavement design and installation shall accommodate Light duty commercial vehicles and trash removal. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Forms A. Forms may be either stationary or slip -form type. If slip forms are used, finished surfaces shall be of quality equal to that produced by stationary forms. B. Stationary forms shall be steel or wood, free of distortion and defects, and of appropriate size and strength. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends. Apply nonstaining, clear, paraffin -based form oil. 2.01 Concrete Mix A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Provide non -colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade, 121azas,sidewalks curb and gutter, walls, aprons and ramps with the following characteristics: Unit Measurement a. 28-Day Field Compressive 4,000 psi Strength b. Cement/Fly Ash 615 lbs./cu. yd. Min. c. Max. Water/Cement Ratio 0.44 d. Air Content % Range 5-8 e. Maximum Slump 4" f. Fine Aggregate 50% (max. % of total Aggregate) Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 6 C. Mix Design: Concrete mix shall comply with the Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by CTL Thompson dated February 19, 2009. The Geotechnical Engineering Report is available D. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type UII, Color shall be gray. E. Sand: Color shall be locally available natural sand. F. Admixtures: Do not use calcium chloride admixtures. G. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with the following gradation, shown in percent passing. Sieve Size Y.-Inch Nominal Maximum Size '/< Inch 90 — 100 3/8 Inch 60 — 80 No. 4 40 — 60 No. 8 30 — 45 No. 16 20 — 35 No. 30 13 — 23 No. 50 5 — 15 No. 100 0-5 H. Fly Ash and Water: Upon approval based on a satisfactory trial mix, the CONTRACTOR shall have the option of substituting approved fly ash for Portland cement, up to a maximum of 20 percent by weight. The total weight of cement and fly ash shall not be less than the specified mix design. 1. Fly ash for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F. All chemical requirements of ASTM C 618 Table 1-A shall apply with the exception of footnote A. Class C fly ash will not be permitted where sulfate resistant cement is required. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory test results for the fly ash. Test results that do not meet the physical and chemical requirements may result in the suspension of the use of fly ash until the corrections necessary have been taken to insure that the material meets the specifications. 2. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Water will be tested in accordance with, and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without test. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. I. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-inch maximum size; rounded shape, ratio of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than 2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green. J. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 Admixtures General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without approval of the Owner's Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water with a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion. Air Entraining: ASTM C260. Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 6 Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 2.03 Accessories A. Curing Compound for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokete Industries of Denver, Colorado B. Sealants: Joint sealers shall be type specified in Section 07900. C. Forms: Wood, masonite or steel, profiled to site conditions. D. Joint Filler: Adjacent to Building and Other Areas Requiring a Sealant: Neoprene Sponge Rubber ASTM D1752 Type I, 1/2 inch thick, with strippable top. E. Other Joints: Asphalt impregnated fiberboard, ASTM D1751 1/2 inch thick by full depth of concrete. F. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 ksi; deformed bars. G. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SRO" by Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Sample A. Provide a 4' X 4' sample of each proposed concrete and finish for review by the Owner's Representative prior to placement of sidewalks or pavement. Obtain written authorization to proceed prior to placing remaining walk. The sample may become a part of the permanent work if approved by the Owner. If the sample is not approved, the Contractor shall remove the test section from the site and shall place another sample for approval. 3.02 Examination and Preparation A. Verify grades and elevations of base. Remove loose material from compacted subgrade. Proof - roll subgrade; give notice of unstable areas. Moisten subgrade to provide a uniformly damp condition. B. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads. ASTM D698, Minimum Percent Compaction: 95 C. Moisten substrate to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. D. Set clean forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Sidewalks shall be minimum 5-inch thick. D. Check tolerances as follows (slip form methods shall produce equivalent results): 1. Top of form: 1/8 inch in 10 feet 2. Alignment of vertical face: 1/4 inch in 10 feet E. Adjust manholes and utility structures to grade. 3.03 Forming A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Place expansion joints per plans and details or at 90-foot intervals maximum. C. Coordinate utility pads with respective Division 15 and Division 16 Contractors. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 6 D. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. E. Form for handicap accessibility at curbs and gutters as shown. 3.04 Placing Concrete A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and Section 03050. B. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. D. Apply curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 Finishing A. Provide uniform joint patterns as shown on drawings, with dummy joints at 10 foot o.c. where not otherwise shown. Sawed joints should be cut within 24 hours of concrete placement, and should be a minimum of 25% of slab thickness. B. Sidewalks: Medium broom, radius edges and trowel joint. Remove joint tool marks so only vertical joint is visible. Heavy broom finish and scoring required by ADA at handicap access ramp and curb ramp locations C. Slope or cross slope walks and slabs to provide positive drainage. D. Broomed: Pull broom across freshly floated concrete to produce fine, medium texture in straight lines perpendicular to main line of traffic. Do not dampen brooms. 3.06 Joints A. Construct expansion, weakened -plane control (contraction), and construction joints straight with face perpendicular to concrete surface. Construct transverse joints perpendicular to centerline, unless otherwise detailed. B. Weakened -Plane Control or Contraction Joints: Provide joints at spacing of 15'-0" on centers maximum each way. Construct control joints for depth equal to at least '% of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Form tooled joints in fresh concrete by grooving top with recommended tool and finishing edge with jointer. 2. Form sawed joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond - rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. C. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are stopped for period of more than V2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. Construct joints using standard metal keyway -section forms. D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints at maximum of 90'-0" on centers maximum each way unless otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, sidewalks, and other fixed objects. E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and not less than %: inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in I -piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. F. Joint Sealants: Joints shall be sealed with approved exterior pavement joint sealants and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Watels Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 6 3.09 Damaged Work A. Concrete work shall be protected from damage as a result of settlement, vandalism, construction activity, or other causes. B. Cracked or otherwise damaged sidewalks shall be removed and replaced. 3.10 Curing A. Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Apply curing compound for exposed aggregate concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.11 Repair and Protection A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete. Remove surface stains. Protect concrete from damage until Substantial Completion. B. Prior to final inspection, sweep concrete and wash free of stains, dirt, and other foreign material. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02750 - CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 6 4.0 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 2 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02791 — PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Synthetic Turf 2. Organic loose -fill surface. 3. Inorganic loose -fill surface. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Sections 02507 PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation. According to CPSC No. 325, this means "the fall height below which a life -threatening head injury would not be expected to occur." 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Impact Attenuation: According to ASTM F 1292. B. Accessibility of Surface Systems: According to ASTM F 1951. C. Minimum Characteristics for Organic Loose -Fill Surfaces: According to ASTM F 2075. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Test results confirming product has been tested and in compliance with ASTM F-1292-99. C. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Detailed shop drawings of synthetic turf edging details, material thickness and base construction. 2. Location of drainage accessories. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of playground surface system indicated. 1. Minimum 1-quart loose -fill surface sealed in a container or storage bag. 2. Minimum 6-by-6-inch- square Sample of synthetic turf E. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency. F. Material Certificates: For each playground surface system product, signed by manufacturers. G. Maintenance Data: For playground surface system to include in maintenance manuals. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02791 - PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING Page 1 of 4 H. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z34.1 for testing indicated. C. Source Limitations: Obtain playground surface materials through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit playground surface system installation to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of playground surface systems with installation of playground equipment specified in Division 2 Section "Playground Equipment and Structures." 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground surface system that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: Reduction in impact attenuation, and deterioration of surface and other materials beyond normal wear and weathering. 2. Warranty Period: a. Synthetic Turf- five year manufacturer's warranty for from date of Substantial Completion. b. Organic Loose Fill Surface - Three year manufacturer's warranty for from date of Substantial Completion. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Organic loose fill surface: 10 percent of amount installed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02791- PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING Page 2 of 4 3. Basis -of -Design Product: The design for each product is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.02 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACE A. Synthetic turf by GT Impax Turf; Provided by Gametime, 1-800-235-2440, www.gametime.com B. Critical Height: 88" 2.03 ORGANIC LOOSE -FILL SURFACE A. Engineered Wood Fibers: Random -sized wood fibers, in manufacturer's standard fiber size, approximately 10 times longer than wide; containing no bark, leaves, twigs, or foreign or toxic materials according to ASTM F 2075; graded according to manufacturer's standard specification for material consistency for playground surfaces[ and for accessibility according to ASTM F 1951]. B. Basis -of -Design Product: Fibar, Inc.; Fibar System 300, or an equivalent product 1. Wood fibers to a compacted depth of not less than as required for critical height indicated over FibarFelt and FibarDrain drainage system (minimum flow rate of 10 gpm/ft). 2. Provide FibarDrain 6' apart over entire play area and overlay with FibarFelt geotextile fabric. C. Critical Height: 88" 2.04 INORGANIC LOOSE -FILL SURFACE A. Inorganic Aggregate Materials: Clean, washed, and free of loam, clay, organic matter, debris, and other foreign substances. 1. Masonry Sand: Complying with ASTM C 136 for the following sieve analysis test results; provide minimum depth of material with critical height indicated according to CPSC No. 325: a. Sieve Sizes and Percent Passing through Screen: No. 16 passing 100 percent, No. 30 passing 98 percent, No. 50 passing 62 percent, No. 100 passing 17 percent, and No. 200 passing 0 to 1 percent. B. Critical Height: 30" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to playground surface system manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes, and depressions. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with playground surface system manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install playground surface system over area and in thickness indicated. 3.03 SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLATION A. General: Install synthetic turf according to playground surface system manufacturer's and synthetic turf manufacturer's written instructions. Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02791 — PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING Page 3 of 4 3.04 INSTALLATION OF LOOSE -FILL PLAYGROUND SURFACE SYSTEMS A. Loose Fill: Place playground surface system materials including manufacturer's standard amount of excess material for compacting mechanically to required depths after Installation of playground equipment support posts and foundations. B. Compacting and Grading: Uniformly compact and grade loose -fill according to manufacturer's written instructions to an even surface free from irregular surface changes as indicated. C. Finish Grading: Hand rake to a smooth finished surface and to required elevations. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of playground surface system shall take place according to ASTM F 1292. C. Remove and replace applications of playground surface system where test results indicate that it does not comply with requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with requirements. 3.06 CLEANUP A. Remove spills or residue that may make contact with structure or surrounding curbs or sidewalks. On completion of work and the 24 hr. cure time, remove protection provided for the same. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02791- PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02810- IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1: GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"). C. Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. D. Connection of new valves to existing HOA irrigation system spray sprinkler zones as noted on irrigation plans. E. Maintenance period. F. Sleeving for irrigation pipe and wire. 1.2 WORK NOT INCLUDED Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are: A. Payment of all development, plant investment, or any other fees and permits associated with the purchase and installation of the tap. B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"). C. Provision and connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. D. Installation of pumping plant for irrigation system. E. Maintenance period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Deliver four (4) copies of all required submittals to the Owners' Representative within 15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components, control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included. C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. E. Project Record Drawings: Submit project record (as -built) drawings to Owner prior to commencement of maintenance period (refer to specification section 3.12 for specific requirements). 1.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities. B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract documents. C. If quantities are provided either in these specifications or on the drawings, these quantities are provided for information only. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to complete an independent estimate of quantities and wastage. 1.5 TESTING A. Notify the Owners' Representative three days in advance of testing. B. Pipelines jointed with rubber gaskets or threaded connections may be subjected to a pressure test at any time after partial completion of backfill. Pipelines jointed with solvent -welded PVC joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing. C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the Owners' Representative. D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct tests or retests. E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: 1) Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the anticipated operating pressure of 120 PSI for two hours. Test with mainline components installed. A 2 PSI pressure variation is allowed. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page -2 2) Subject lateral pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the anticipated operating pressure of 50 PSI. Test with risers for sprinklers capped. 3) Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings. 4) Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test. a. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. F. Operational Test: 1) Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owners' Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and leakage. 2) Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to correct operational deficiencies. 3) Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or coverage deficiencies. 4) Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. 5) Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests. G. Central Control System Acceptance Test: 1) Upon completion of the centralized control system installation and Final Review, a System Acceptance Test must be passed. 2) Following Final Review, an evaluation period will commence. Upon completion of 30 days of continuous service without major system problems, the system will be accepted and the guarantee/warranty period will begin. If at any time during the 30-day evaluation period, a major system problem occurs, the source of the problem will be determined and corrected and the 30-day evaluation period will start again. Equipment will not be accepted until such time as the System Acceptance Test is passed. 3) If successful completion of the System Acceptance Test is not attained within 90 days following Final Review, the Engineer/Landscape Architect/Owner's Representative has the option to request replacement of equipment, terminate the order, or portions thereof, or continue with the System Acceptance Test. These options will remain in effect until such time as a successful completion of the System Acceptance Test. 4) Final payment will be made after successful completion of the final System Acceptance Test. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 3 H. Signal Wire: 1) Test for leaks to ground per manufacturer's recommendations. Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance. 2) Replace defective wire, underground splices, or appurtenances. Repeat the test until the manufacturer's guidelines are met. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owners' Representative is to periodically observe the work in progress and the Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents and to address questions with regards to the installation. A. Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing should be scheduled with the Owners' Representative as required by these specifications. B. Impromptu reviews may occur at anytime during the project. C. Final review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and Record (As -Built) Drawing submittal. 1.7 GURANTEE/ WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Owners' Representative. B. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2: MATERIALS 2.1 QUALITY Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of any type, and which are the best of their class and kind. 2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page -4 Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be increased at the option of the Contractor. 2.3 SLEEVING A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring bundle. B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. D. Sleeving diameter: as indicated on the drawings and installation details or equal to twice that of the pipe or wiring bundle. 2.4 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end. 2) Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. a. Use rubber-gasketed pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter greater than or equal to 3-inches and rubber-gasketed ductile iron fittings with lubricant approved by the pipe manufacturer. Use gasketed pipe equipped with Reiber Gasket System. Pipe fittings may use standard gaskets. b. Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe with a nominal diameter less than 3-inches or where a pipe connection occurs in a sleeve. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564. B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding. Use class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 5 higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. Use UV radiation resistant Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for PVC pipe. 2) Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer. 3) For drip irrigation laterals downstream of zone control valves, use UV radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from Prime Union Carbide G-resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a Union Carbide Licensee with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of 0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe. Use PVC /compression line fittings compatible with the drip lateral pipe. Use tubing stakes to hold above -ground pipe in place. C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1) Copper pipe: Use Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88. Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per the installation details. Use a 95% tin and 5% antimony solder. 2) Galvanized steel pipe: Use Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM Standard A120. Use galvanized, threaded, standard weight, malleable iron fittings. 3) Ductile iron pipe: Use Class 50 conforming to ASTM Standard. Use Class 50 ductile iron fittings. 4) Use a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is joined to an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel). 5) Swing joints shall be rated at 315 psi, and use 0-ring and Marlex street elbows and Sch 80 PVC nipple construction. 6) Low Density Polyethylene Hose: a. Use pipe specifically intended for use as a flexible swing joint. Inside diameter: 0.490+0.010 inch. Wall thickness: 0.100+0.010 inch. Color: Black. b. Use spiral barb fittings supplied by the same manufacturer as the hose. 7) Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80 nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 6 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3 8) Joint sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water -carrying pipes on metal threaded connections. D. Marking Tape: 1) Mainline Pipe - Christy underground I.D. tape TA-DT-3-P-NPW. {DESIGNER NOTE: Non Potable detectable marking tape is called out; see pg 16 in Christy catalog for spec designations }. E. Thrust Blocks: 1) Use thrust blocks for fittings on pipe greater than or equal to 3-inch diameter or any diameter rubber gasketed pipe. 2) Use 3,000 PSI concrete. 3) Use No. 4 Rebar wrapped or painted with asphalt tar based mastic coating. F. Joint Restrain Harness: 1) Use a joint restrain harness wherever joints are not positively restrained by flanged fittings, threaded fittings, and/or thrust blocks. 2) Use a joint restrain harness with transition fittings between metal and PVC pipe, where weak trench banks do no allow the use of thrust blocks, or where extra support is required to retain a fitting or joint. 3) Use bolts, nuts, retaining clamps, all -thread, or other joint restrain harness materials that are zinc plated or galvanized. 4) Use on pipe greater than or equal to 3-inch diameter or any diameter rubber gasketed pipe. 2.5 MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Main System Shutoff Valve: As per local practice and in compliance with local code. B. Winterization Assembly: As per local practice and in compliance with local code. C. Master Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. D. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. E. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Double swing joint arrangement as presented in the installation details. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Dale Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 7 F. Manual Drain Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate sump consisting of three cubic feet of 3/4-inch gravel for each drain valve. 2.6 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Use standard Christy I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. Adjust flow control per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use. Install Toro CDEC-ISP-1 decoder on each valve for communication on 2-wire control system. B. Sprinkler Assembly: As presented in the drawings and installation details. Use the sprinkler manufacturer's pressure compensating screens (Rain Bird PCS) to achieve 30 PSI operating conditions on each sprinkler and to control excessive operating pressures. 2.7 DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Use standard Christy I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. Adjust flow control per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use. Install Toro CDEC-ISP-1 decoder on each valve for communication on 2-wire control system. B. Drip Emitter Assembly: 1) Barb -mounted, vortex and/or pressure compensating emitter device as presented in the installation details. The device shall be Rain Bird Xeri-bug XB-10pc series. 2) Install emitter types and quantities on the following schedule: a. Ground cover plant: 1 single outlet emitter each or 1 single outlet emitter per square foot of planting area, whichever is less. b. Shrub: 2 single outlet emitters each. c. Tree: 4 single outlet emitters each or 1 multi -outlet emitter each (with 4 outlets open). 3) Use 1/4-inch diameter flexible plastic tubing to direct water from emitter outlet to emission point. Length of emitter outlet tubing shall not exceed five feet. Secure emitter outlet tubing with tubing stakes. 4) Install an access sleeve for each multiple -outlet emitter located in a turf area. C. Flush Cap Assembly: as presented in the installation details. Locate at the end of IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 8 each drip irrigation lateral pipe. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. 2.8 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1) As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2) Primary surge protection arrestors: As required by control system manufacturer. 3) Valve output surge protection arrestors: As required by control system manufacturer. 4) Lightning protection: 4" x 96" x 0.0625" copper -clad grounding plate. 5) Wire markers: Pre -numbered or labeled with indelible non -fading ink, made of permanent, non -fading material. 6) Valve output surge protection arrestors: As recommended by controller manufacturer. Ground every 12 decoders or 1,000 feet per Toro specifications. 7) Ground the end of every wire run per Toro specifications 8) Additional Central Control radio communication equipment as determined by a communication test. See Section 3.9. B. Instrumentation: 1) As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2) Flow Sensor: Data Industrial Model IR220B with polypropylene mounting saddle. 3) Central control communication components C. Control Wire: 1) Use Toro jacketed decoder cable (2414 AWG wires), direct burial, solid copper, for power to decoders. Install per Toro specifications. 2) Spare control wires shall be of a color different from that of the active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length. 3) Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant. Wire connector to be of plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector. Utilize IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 9 DBR6-300 splices. 4) Encase wiring not located near PVC irrigation pipe in PVC Schedule 40 electrical conduit. OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, other items, and spare parts indicated in the General Notes of the drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS A. Site Inspections: 1) Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report irregularities to the Owners' Representative prior to beginning work. 2) Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. 3) Contractor will be held responsible for coordination between landscape and irrigation system installation. 4) Landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan shall take precedence over the irrigation system equipment locations. If irrigation equipment is installed in conflict with the landscape material locations shown on the Landscape Plan, the Contractor will be required to relocate the irrigation equipment, as necessary, at Contractor's expense. B. Utility Locates ("Call Before You Did'): 1) Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all underground utilities. 2) Repair any underground utilities damaged during construction. Make repairs at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the staking has been completed. Notify the Owners' Representative two days in advance of review. Modifications will be identified by the Owners' Representative at this review. 3.2 LAYOUT OF WORK A. Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked include: sprinklers, pipe, control valves, manual drains, controller, and isolation valves. B. Install all mainline pipe and mainline components inside of project property lines. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 10 3.3 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work space for installing connections and fittings. B. Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade): 1) 24-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit. 2) Control wire under mainline. 3) 16-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers and over manifold pipe to drip system zone control valves. 4) 8-inch over drip lateral pipe in turf or paved areas downstream of drip system zone control valves. 5) 3-inch minimum mulch cover over drip lateral pipe in planting beds downstream of drip system zone control valves. PVC UV radiation resistant lateral pipe shall be installed directly on the soil surface under landscape fabric. C. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested. D. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe. Stones larger than 1-inch maximum dimension are not permitted in first (deepest) 6-inches of backfill. E. Backfill unsleeved pipe and sleeves in either of the following manners: 1) Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding soil. 2) Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil. F. Backfill unsleeved pipe by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting each layer to 90% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Conduct one compaction test for every 300 feet of trench. Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Use of water for compaction, "puddling", will not be permitted. G. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, etc. in sleeves. Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Conduct one compaction test for each sleeved crossing less than 50 feet long. Conduct two compaction tests for each sleeved crossing greater than 50 feet long. Costs for such testing and any necessary retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Use of water for compaction around sleeves, "puddling", will not be IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - I I permitted. H. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site grades. Dispose of excess backfill off site. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owners' Representative for trench depth adjustments. 3.4 SLEEVING AND BORING A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. B. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled 'Y' at sleeve end locations. C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring. 3.5 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1) Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean pipe ends. 2) Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue assembly. B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2) PVC Rubber-Gasketed Pipe: a. Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Epoxy -coated steel fittings shall not be struck with a metallic tool. Cushion blows with a wood block or similar shock absorber. 3) PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe. c. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 12 4) Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1) Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2) PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in the pipe. c. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 3) UV Radiation Resistant Polyethylene Pipe: a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench, on the soil surface, and hold in place with tubing stakes spaced every five feet. 4) Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. D. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1) Copper Pipe: a. Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux. b. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference. 2) Galvanized Steel Pipe: a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Use factory -made threads whenever possible. Field -cut threads will be permitted only where absolutely necessary. Cut threads on axis using clean, sharp dies. c. Apply Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound to the male threads only. 3) Ductile Iron Pipe: a. Use push -on joints whenever possible. Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 13 4) Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass, bronze) and an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel) are joined. 5) Pre -fabricated double swing joints: Install per City of Fort Collins standards and details. 6) Low Density Polyethylene Hose: Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 7) PVC Threaded Connections: a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted. b. Use only Teflon -type tape. c. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have male threads and the metal component shall have female threads. 8) Make metal -to -metal, threaded connections with Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound applied to the male threads only. E. Thrust Blocks: 1) Use cast -in -place concrete bearing against undisturbed soil. 2) Size, orientation and placement shall be as shown on the installation details. 3) Install rebar with mastic coating as shown on the installation details. F. Joint Restrain Harness: 1) Install harness in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. 2) Install self -restraining casing spacers at all pipe bell joints and every 10-feet along the mainline pipe routing through sleeving. Provide correct number and type of restraint per manufacturer's requirements. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Main System Shut Off Valve: Install where indicated on the drawings. B. Winterization Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. C. Master Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. D. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: 1) Install where indicated on the drawings. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 14 2) Locate at least 12-inches from and align with adjacent walls or edges of paved areas. E. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. F. Manual Drain Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings and at other low points in the mainline piping. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals: 1) Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly. 2) Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Install connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) Install only one RCV to a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. 4) Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure. 5) Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring. B. Sprinkler Assembly: 1) Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly. 2) Install per the installation details at locations shown on the drawings. 3) Locate rotary sprinklers 12-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. 4) Locate spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. 5) Set sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade. 6) Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best performance. 7) Adjust the radius of throw of each sprinkler for best performance. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: 1) Flush mainline pipe before installing RCV assembly. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/1112010 Page - 15 2) Locate as shown on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Connectors and sealant shall be installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) Install only one RCV to valve box. Locate at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. 4) Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. Set RCV assembly discharge pressure to 30 PSI. B. Zone Control Valve Assembly: Install at locations shown on the drawings. C. Drip Emitter Assembly: 1) Locate as shown on the drawings and installation details. 2) Flush lateral pipe before installing emitter assembly. 3) Cut emitter outlet distribution tubing square. 4) Install an access sleeve as part of each multiple -outlet emitter assembly for emitters located in turf areas. 5) Use tools and techniques recommended by the manufacturer. Make openings for barb -mounted emitters with the emitter manufacturer's hole - punching tool. D. Flush Cap Assembly: Install at the end of each drip irrigation lateral pipe as shown on the installation details. E. Pressure Adjustment Procedure: 1) Fully open all zone control valves and energize the RCV assembly. 2) Determine which emitter has the least outlet pressure; this is the critical emitter. 3) Identify zone control valve associated with the critical emitter; this is the critical zone control valve. 4) Set discharge pressure of RCV such that the critical vortex emitter has a pressure of 15 PSI + 2 PSI and/or the critical pressure compensating emitter has a pressure of 25 PSI ± 5 PSI. Measure with pressure gauge attached to critical emitter. 5) Identify the critical emitter for remaining zone control valves. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 16 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 4 3.9 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Irrigation Controller Unit: 1) The location of the controller unit as depicted on the drawings is approximate; the Owners' Representative will determine the exact site location during irrigation system installation. 2) Lightning Protection: A 25-foot continuous length (no splices allowed unless using exothermic welding process) of 6 AWG solid bare copper wire is to be attached to the plate by the manufacturer using an approved welding process. Install grounding plate to meet minimum requirements of Article 250-52 (d) of the 199 National Electric Code. Plate must be made of a copper alloy. Wire is to be connected to the electric equipment ground lug as shown in the detail of page 1. The ground plate is to be installed to a minimum depth of 30", or below the frost line if it is lower than 30", at a location 8 feet from the electronic equipment and underground wires and cables. Two (2) 50-pound bags of PowerSet® [Paige Electric part number 1820058] earth contact material must be spread so that it surrounds the copper plate evenly along its length within a 6" wide trench. Salts, fertilizers, bentonite clay, cement, coke, carbon, and other chemicals are not to be used to improve soil conductivity because these materials are corrosive and will cause the copper electrodes to erode and become less effective with time. 3) Lightning protection: Provide on all remote control valve wiring as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide other components such as ground rod, grounding wire, etc., to manufacturer's recommendations. 4) Install primary surge protection arrestors on incoming power lines. 5) Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire and one for the common wire. 6) Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to which the control wire is connected. 7) Install a 120-volt, 15 amp switched and grounded 3-prong receptacle with GFIC inside the controller unit housing. 8) Connect control wires to the corresponding controller terminal. 9) Contractor shall schedule Central Control communication radio test with the control system manufacturer representative. On -site controller must communicate by radio with the Central Control system at the Fossil Creek Park Maintenance Facility. B. Instrumentation: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 17 1) Install sensors per the installation details and manufacturer's recommendations. Install at locations shown on the drawings. 2) Install electrical connections between irrigation controller and sensors per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Control Wire: 1) Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. 2) Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90 degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Make wiring loop by turning control wire 5 turns around 1-inch pipe. Coil 24-inch length of wire within each remote control valve box. 3) Install spare two wire Toro jacketed decoder cable along entire length of mainline, pulled into each valve box and into the controller. 4) Install control wire under mainline. 5) Do not encase control wires in thrust blocks. 6) If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 6- inch round valve box. Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices. 7) Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and under PVC mainline pipe. If wire is installed adjacent to section of metal pipe, separate wire from pipe minimum of 6-inches and install wire in PVC conduit. 8) Encase wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe in electrical conduit. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1) Prior to the Pre -Maintenance Review, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the drawings. 2) Prior to Final Review, supply to the Owner the spare parts indicated in the General Notes on the drawings. B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details to be part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 18 3.11 Project Record (As -Built) Drawings Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded. A. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve, each backflow prevention device, each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future pipe or wiring connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box. B. Prior to Final Review, obtain electronic copy of the drawings. Using AutoCAD, duplicate information contained on the project record drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing". Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final Review. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of Final Review, maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve the most desirable application of water. B. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage during the landscape maintenance operation. 3.13 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish. End of Section IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02810 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/11/2010 Page - 19 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02816-PREFABRICATED IRRIGATION PUMP STATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Scope Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the pump system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, and permits. B. Connection of electrical power to the irrigation pumping plant equipment. C. Installation of pumping plant for irrigation system. D. Connection to irrigation system. 1.2 Work Not Included Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections are: A. Pumping plant building. B. Wet well C. Pond intake screen D. Installation of electric services, meters, and electrical disconnect and distribution panel. 1.3 Submittals A. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, and control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included. B. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of the pump station installation. Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. Coordinate with pump station building shop drawings. 1.5 Guarantee/Warranty And Replacement The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. For a period of one year from the date of final completion and commencement of the formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification for the IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 1 Construction Manager's Representative. B. Contract documents govern replacements the same as new work. Make replacements at no cost in contract price. C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 Irrigation Pumping System A. General: 1. It is the intent of this specification to describe one (1) prefabricated, skid -mounted, vertical turbine pump station containing pump system and controls. 2. The prefabricated pumping station shall have a minimum capacity and discharge pressure at skid edge as described in these technical specifications. The overall pump length shall extend to within 24 inches of the bottom of the wet well. 3. The station shall be completely wired, piped, hydraulically and electrically tested prior to job site shipment. 4. Construction shall include a fabricated steel plate and skid assembly to support all components during shipping and to serve as the installation mounting base. 5. The discharge manifold from the pump station shall terminate at skid edge and be provided by the pump station manufacturer. 6. Approved manufacturers: a. Syncroflo, Atlanta Georgia b. Watertronics, Elm Grove, WI C. Flowtronex-PSI, Dallas, Texas d. Approved equal, prior to bidding B. Pumps: Pump station shall deliver a total flow of 330 GPM with a discharge pressure of 95 PSI (219 TDH). In addition, the following criteria should be met: a. Shut-off Head: 350 feet minimum. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Dale Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 2 b. Rating Points Minimum Efficiency Pump Type Head (feet) (GPM) % HP Pump 1- Vertical Turbine 248 +/- 5 300 80 25 Pump 2 - Submersible 240 +/- 5 40 70 3 Vertical Turbine Pump: a. Suction case, intermediate bowls and discharge bowls shall be of cast-iron. The impellers shall be of bronze, statically balanced. Pump shall not rotate faster than 1800 RPM. The pump shall be adjustable vertically by means of an adjusting nut located at the top of the driver. The pump shaft is to be turned, ground and polished stainless steel, having a chromium content of not less than 12%. It shall be supported by bearings above and below each impeller. The size of the shaft shall be ample to transmit the horsepower required by the associated pump. b. The pump suction strainer shall be basket type with an area not less than four times the suction bell inlet area. C. The discharge column pipe shall be furnished in interchangeable sections with flanged or threaded couplings. The line shafts shall be ground and polished steel with non -corrosive sleeves at the location of each guide bearing; and shall be coupled with steel couplings, having a left-hand thread to tighten during pump operation. Line shaft bearings shall be spaced not more than 5 feet apart. The section of shaft passing through the stuffing box shall be stainless steel, having a chromium content of not less than 12%. The pump shall be supplied with a surface discharge head, having a flanged discharge opening. The top diameter of the discharge head shall have a rabbit to match the diameter of the motor base and to distribute the load uniformly. The discharge head shall be provided with a drain for the stuffing box wastewater. No water is to be permitted to run onto the skid deck. The discharge head shall include a cast iron stuffing box complete with gland, bypass line, bronze bushing, packing, and water slinger. Submersible Sustaining Pump and Motors: a. The submersible pump and motor shall be designed for continuous intermittent duty in a submerged environment. b. The pump bowls, impellers, guide vanes, strainer and check valve shall be 300 series stainless steel. No moving parts shall be constructed of plastic or other brittle materials. C. The intermediate and top bearings shall be bronze or nitrile rubber. There shall be a nitrile rubber seal ring fitted around each impeller eye or skirt. d. A filter screen shall be included as part of the suction inlet and have 1/4-inch openings. e. The motor shall be a squirrel -cage induction motor designed for continuous IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 3 underwater operation in conformance with NEMA standards. The motor shall be water filled for cooling and lubrication. No oils or grease shall be used. g. The motor diaphragm and shaft seal shall be carbon and ceramic material. h. The motor shall be of 200 or 300 stainless steel, steel, iron or NI -Resist. i. Pump shall be equipped with a motor shroud for proper cooling of the motor. j. The motor shall be manufacturer by Franklin Electric with Subtrol motor protection controls. Motor shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. k. Sustaining pump shall be as manufactured by Goulds, Grundfos or Engineer approved equal. C. Motors: Vertical Turbine Pump Motor: a. The pump driving motor shall be squirrel cage induction, vertical hollow shaft type in a NEMA 1 weather -protected enclosure, suitable for full voltage, starting as required by the motor starter. The connection to the pump shaft shall be through bolted -down type couplings in the motor. The temperature rise of the motor shall be to NEMA Standard MG-1-12.42 for Class B or Class F insulation. A thrust bearing of ample capacity to carry the weight of all rotating parts, plus the hydraulic thrust of the pump, shall be incorporated into the motor. The bearings shall be of such size that the average life rating is no less than five years continuous operation. Motor enclosure shall be NEMA 1 - weather protected. b. The motor shall be of proper size to drive the pump at any point on the operation curve without exceeding 95% of the motor nameplate rating (on low pressure, PLC limits VFD to 95%). C. Motors shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. by U.S. Motor, or approved equal. d. Motors shall be 460-Volt, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz. D. Piping: Fabricated Piping: a. All fabricated piping shall conform to ASTM Specification A53 for Grade B welded or seamless pipe. b. Discharge piping 8 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 40. C. All welding flanges shall be forged steel, 150 lb. slip-on or welding neck type, conforming to ASTM Specification A181, Grade 1. d. All welding fittings shall be seamless, conforming to ASTM Specification A234, with the same pressure rating as the piping, Paragraph 1-a above. 2. Drains are to be provided from any possible low point in the system and are to be IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effedive Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 4 equipped with brass 3/4-inch valves, and no drain water is to run out on top of the deck plate. They are to include, but not be limited to, the following: Drain without valve from the discharge head of each pump to carry off packing gland waste water. b. Drain in piping manifold between pump check valves and control valve. Drain in the discharge spool between control valve and the station discharge. A wash down 3/4-inch brass hose bib shall be provided downstream of the control valve, upstream of the main station discharge isolation valve. Air Venting: Each pump discharge head shall be provided with a mechanical air venting valve to vent air from pump ahead of the pump check valve. The air and vacuum relief valve shall be 1-inch size. 5. Pump Check Valves: a. The pump discharge check valves shall be of the center pivot dual disc non -slam type. The valves shall have either, cast-iron or steel bodies and Buna N sealing members. The trim shall be bronze and stainless steel. Each valve shall mount directly to each pump discharge head flange. b. Pump check valves shall be manufactured by Valmatic, Model 8800 series, or approved equal. 6. Isolation Valves: a. The isolation valves may be of the butterfly type. (1) Butterfly valves shall be rated at 200 psi wog working pressure. (2) Butterfly valves shall be manufactured by Milwaukee, or approved equal. Pump Discharge Bypass Valve: Pump discharge bypass valve shall be installed on the discharge piping. The valve shall be sized to bypass sufficient water to avoid overheating of the pumps at or near shut off head conditions. Valve shall be a bypass valve as manufactured by Cla-Val, or approved equal. 8. Gauges and Switch Gauges: Gauges and switch gauges shall be isolated from all electrical switch gear and control panels. Gauges shall be provided at appropriate locations to read inter -stage pressure and discharge manifold pressure. Gauges shall be liquid filled or pulsation dampened. 9. Pump Expansion and Vibration Joints: a. 1/8-inch thick full -face neoprene pads are to be placed under each pump discharge head for sealing and vibration dampening. b. Pump isolation valves shall be connected into the discharge header with Victaulic or equal, groove type couplings to provide for expansion and vibration dampening. C. Air Release Valve: Provide a combination air release/vacuum valve to release excess air from the discharge piping. This valve shall be capable of releasing IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 5 large amounts of air during initial filling and smaller amounts of air while the pumps are running. The valve shall also open under a vacuum to allow air to enter when the system is drained. The valve shall have a cast iron body, stainless steel trim and float ball, buna-n seat and viton seats. Nominal valve size shall be 1-inch with a minimum pressure rating of 300 psi. 10. Automatic Backwash Filter: Provide an automatic backwash filter as part of the pump station assembly. Provide control panel for automatic control of filter as part of pump station controls. Filter shall backwash when differential pressure of 7 psi or greater is measured across the filter. The backwash valve shall be a 2-inch electric actuated ball valve. Hydraulic type valves will not be allowed. Refer to Drawings for size and model number. E. Electrical and Controls: Electrical Control Panels: a. The pumping station electrical controls shall be mounted in a self -containing NEMA 4 enclosure. The electrical panel doors shall be constructed from 12- gauge steel with integral latches. b. All external operating devices shall be dust and weatherproof. Operating handles for each pump disconnect circuit breaker shall be provided in the front of the panel doors. Reset buttons for each starter overload relay shall be located in each starter panel door. C. All internal components of the panels shall be mounted on removable back pans. Mounting screws for components shall not be tapped into the panel enclosure. d. All internal wiring within, and interconnecting between, the panels shall be complete and no field wiring within the panels shall be required. e. No pressure gauges, pressure switches, water activated devices, or water lines of any sort shall be installed in any electrical control panel. Motor Starters: Pump motor starters shall be circuit breaker combination type with 120 volt operating coils. Overload relays shall be ambient -compensating type installed on each power let and shall be set to trip at 105% of motor full -load current rating. The design shall include a differential mechanism for sensitivity to single phase conditions. Master Control and Display Panel: a. General: (1) The master control and display panel shall be appropriate NEMA enclosure separate from the high voltage control panel and fabricated from not less than 14-gauge steel and equipped with a non -yellowing, impact - resistant, lexan-glazed, gasketed enclosure door. The door shall have a draw -tight screw latch. The incoming power shall be isolated by means of a circuit breaker or fused disconnect. The pump sequence controller shall be an industrial grade, multi- function microprocessor, field programmable, and equipped with light emitting diodes for diagnostic and monitoring purposes. The controller shall receive inputs from a flow sensor and pressure transducer located on the discharge manifold. IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 6 Provide lightning and surge protection for programmable controller. (3) Control system equipment shall conform to the National Electrical Code Standards. (4) Variable frequency drive: Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Inverter: The variable frequency drive shall include terminals for incoming power, motor output power and various control terminals. Front operator stations are included with output frequency meter, speed adjustment, fault indications and run/stop switch. The VFD inverter maintains maximum station efficiency by varying pump rotational speed to meet the demands of the system. Variable frequency pulse width modulated (PWM) AC power shall be supplied by the inverter to achieve the variable pump speed. Inverter will have under voltage, over voltage and over current protection. The VFD shall include an incoming circuit breaker, incoming main starting contractor and motor protection device. Inverter shall follow a speed signal or manual speed adjustment. Control power shall be 120 VAC. Front panel devices will include a frequency meter, speed adjustment, fault indicator, and hand -off - auto selector switch. Inverter shall have adjustments for acceleration and deceleration, V/F adjustment, and voltage boost. Manual Override: In the event of VFD drive failure, the pump shall be capable of manual operation by means of a bypass starter circuit. iii. The variable frequency drive inverter panel shall be cooled with a water to air heat exchanger and fan. The heat exchanger shall be capable of maintaining a temperature of 90°F inside the panel with an ambient temperature of 120°F with the VFD operating at full load. The heat exchanger shall be thermostatically controlled. 4. Sequence Of Operation Shall Be As Follows: a. When water level in irrigation pond drops to the determined minimum operating level, water level sensor in irrigation wet well will shut off the irrigation pump #1. b. If water supply is not adequately filling the reservoir to reactivate the irrigation pump then the City of Fort Collins shall resort to emergency hand watering. This will be done by utilizing the hydrant wye assembly connected to a fire hydrant. C. Upon a drop in pressure, pump #1 then the sustaining pump #2 starts and runs until cutout pressure has been reached, and flow has diminished to less than a minimum set point, and programmed time -off delay has elapsed. d. As flow subsides, the sequence is reversed and pumps are retired after programmed time delays have elapsed. Switches and Displays: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 7 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 5 a. The control panel shall be equipped with the following switches and displays: (1) Manual on/off selector switches with green (run) and red (safety shut down) indicator lamps. (2) Individual pump elapsed time meters. (3) Digital LED discharge pressure display. (4) Digital LED flow in gallons per minute (GPM) display. (5) Gallons pumped totalizer (entire system). (6) Low water level cut-out indicator lamp. (7) High flow level cut-out indicator lamp (entire system flow). 6. Operator Interface Device (OID): The pump station shall include a NEMA 4, 40 character LED display and keypad mounted on the control panel door. This device will allow the operator to view and selectively modify all registers in the PLC. The unit shall store it's messages in non-volatile memory. The operator interface device shall incorporate password protection for protecting data integrity. The device will allow for display modification of all timers, set points, lockout times, etc. The device shall communicate with the PLC through the programming port, and shall include an RS232 communications port allowing a printer to be attached for real-time station status logging. The OID described above must be capable of monitoring the pump station from a remote location with PC using software provided by pump station manufacturing. User shall be able to view and/or change any and all pump station operating parameters and also acknowledge and test fault conditions. For safety reasons, critical alarms cannot be remotely reset, and pumps cannot be remotely started. Complete historical reporting capabilities shall be included. Duplicate Controller Modules: Duplicate controller modules containing the system program shall be furnished to insure backup capability in the event of a power surge or lightning strike. 8. National Electrical Code Standards: The control systems equipment shall conform to the National Electrical Code Standards. 9. Skid Wiring: General: (1) Skid wiring shall conform to National Electrical Code Standards. All wiring from control panels to motors shall be in liquid -tight conduit with copper conductors rated not less than 600 volts AC and of proper size to carry the full load amperage of the motors without exceeding 70% capacity of the conductor. A grounding cable sized to National Electrical Code requirements shall be included in the liquid -tight conduit. There shall be no splices between the motor starters and the motor connection boxes. (2) Wiring to flow sensors, and pressure transducer shall be multi -conductor shielded cable suitable for Class II low voltage controls. Wiring to motor - operated valves shall be in liquid -tight conduit with TFFN #16-gauge IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 8 copper conductors rated not less than 600 volt AC. 10. Low Water Level Safety Shutdown: A separate wet well low water level safety shutdown shall be provided. The low water level safety shall de -energize all pumps when the wet well water level drops to a predetermined point and shall allow sequential restart of all pumps when the water level recovers to a predetermined level in the reservoir. A red pilot light shall indicate a low water level shutdown condition. The sensor switch shall be a Thomas Level Switch, Model 4600 or equal. 11. Low System Pressure Safety Shutdown: Low discharge pressure is to be sensed by the pump starting switch gauge. When the station discharge pressure decreases to this point and maintains a start signal for the time called out in the technical specifications, the pumps will be de -energized and remain so until the circuit is manually reset. An indicator light shall illuminate to indicate a low discharge pressure shutdown has occurred. 13. Lightning Arrestor: The main power supply feeding the pumping station shall be equipped with a 3-phase secondary lightning arrestor having a breakdown current rating of not less than 60,000 amps at 14,000 volts discharge. Power supplies, 300 volts and less, shall use 300 volt rated arresters with an 800 volt spark -over voltage. Power supplies 301-600 volts shall use 600 volt rated arresters with a 1000 volt spark -over voltage. Arrestor will be mounted in separate sealed container with the shortest lead length possible. 14. Main Station Circuit Breaker Disconnect: A three -pole main station disconnect circuit breaker shall be mounted in the high voltage control panel to completely isolate the electrical system from the incoming power. The disconnect breaker shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code and any applicable local code. The main station disconnect breaker shall have an operating handle on the front of the panel. 15. Phase Failure - Low Voltage Safety Shutdown: A phase failure - low voltage system dropout relay shall be provided to de -energize the individual pump controls and motor sequencing controls in case of either low voltage or phase failure. The phase failure cutout condition will remain in effect after power is restored. The resetting shall be automatic and the phase failure - low voltage indicator light is to remain illuminated until manually reset. 16. Pump Motor Running Time Meter(s): Each pump motor starter shall be equipped with an elapsed time meter reading up to 9999.9 hours in tenths of hours. The meter(s) shall be installed in the NEMA 4x electrical control cabinet. 17. Corrosion Inhibiting Modules: Corrosion inhibiting modules shall be installed in all electrical enclosures in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The corrosion inhibitor shall be a Hoffman Engineering Model HC11OE, or equal. 18. Motor space heater. The pump station manufacturer shall provided on each pump motor a 120 V, single phase space heater of ample size to prevent condensation within the motor. The space heater shall be de -energized when the motor is running. F. Assembly: All of the components listed hereinbefore are to be mounted on a single self-supporting skid in a professional workmanlike manner. The skid shall be structurally adequate to support the pumps and all piping and electrical equipment contained thereon. All bolts shall be cadmium plated for corrosion resistance. 1. Painting: IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 9 a. The entire unit, with the exception of the control panels and motors, is to be cleaned, shot blasted to "white metal" and painted with self -priming, two-part epoxy paint on all surfaces to a thickness no less than 5 mils. The motors shall be painted with high heat resistant enamel to a thickness not less than 3 mils. b. The control panels shall be spray painted to a minimum thickness of 3 mils,. using two-part epoxy paint and baked at 160-18011 F to obtain a hardness sufficient to resist scraping adhesion at 4 kg minimum pressure 4 hours after baking. 2. Hydrostatic Test: On completion of assembly, the pumping station shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200% of the maximum pump shutoff head. 3. Electrical Test: Before shipment, the assembled pumping station shall be thoroughly tested electrically at the rated voltage and hertz, as specified in the special conditions hereinbefore. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation of Irrigation Pumping System A. Prefabricated Pump Station: Install where indicated on the drawings. 2. Submit to the Construction Manager's Representative the pump performance curve and shop drawings showing the pump station in the pump house. Shop Drawings: The manufacturer shall provide two sets of site preparation drawings indicating the alignment of the pumping station, discharge piping, electrical wiring diagrams, and ladder logic for programmable controller for approval prior to fabrication of station. Shop drawings shall be stamped by an appropriate registered professional engineer, either mechanical or electrical. The professional engineer(s) stamping the drawings shall be registered in the State of Colorado. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The manufacturer shall provide three sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the Construction Manager's Representative. D. On -Site Start Up: Technical start up shall be furnished by the pump station manufacturer. Location and mounting details shall be furnished by the pump station manufacturer. Electrical connection shall consist of a single conduit from existing disconnect to the pump station main disconnect. Technical start up procedures by the pump station manufacturer shall include the following: Station start up and pressurization. a. Pressure, flow and programming adjustments. b. Monitoring of complete irrigation cycle. 3.2 Installation of Other Components IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - 10 A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1. Prior to the Substantial Completion, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the drawings. 2. Packing gland material for vertical turbine pumps. 3. One repair kit for each size of pump control valve (butterfly or diaphragm type) and pressure relief valve. Kits to include all parts necessary for the complete rebuild of the valve. B. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details to be part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. 3.3 Project Record Drawings A. Prior to Substantial Completion, obtain from the Construction Manager's Representative a reproducible Mylar copy of the Drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing". On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident superintendent shall execute the following statement: Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the information presented here is true and accurate. Signed: Date Position: B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points 3.4 Cleanup A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish. END OF SECTION IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS Effective Date Section - 02816 WATER WAYS NEIGBORHOOD PARK 3/8/2010 Page - I 1 'DIVISION 2 SECTION 02841 —ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Work covered by this specification concerns labor, materials, and equipment necessary for installation of: 1. Basketball Equipment 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02870 - Site Furnishings B. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete. C. Section 16000 - General Electrical D. Section 02301 - Earthwork 1.03 Submittals A. Shop drawings and technical literature from manufacturer for each of the following: 1. Basketball Equipment 1.04 Samples A. Submit color swatches on finish metal for each of the above site furnishings: 1.05 Substitutions A. No substitutions for specific materials will be accepted except under the following conditions. Alternative bid proposals may be submitted for consideration by the Owner's Representative prior to bid opening. Alternative proposals must be fully supported by necessary documentation showing compatibility/comparability with specific materials. Substitutions must also comply with the General Conditions. 1.06 Warrantee A. Provide a two-year warranty (unless noted otherwise) from the date of Substantial Completion. The minimum two-year warranty applies to all aspects of this section including installation, and materials. B. Guarantee material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full years from the date of acceptance of work. C. Replace materials when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. D. This guarantee will not be enforced should materials be subject to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving resulting in damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. Water's Way Neighborhood Park 1 of 2 SECTION 02841-ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Basketball Equipment A. Basketball Post: Gared Sports, Inc. model GN45 Gooseneck Post, 4'h " O.D. heavy duty galvanized steel post with four -foot extension, as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. B. Backboard: Gared Sports, Inc. model 1850, as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. Aluminum construction, white powder coat finish, and four bolt universal mounting pattern. C. Goal: Gared Sports, Inc. Titan Goal model 7550 (with SCN fabric net), as distributed by Alex Rachak Recreation Equipment, Fort Collins, CO (970) 221-5745, or approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Installation in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer's recommendations. A. Athletic equipment shall be installed in the locations and quantities shown on the plan and details. B. Owner's Representative shall approve the locations prior to pouring concrete pads or fastening in place. C. Use templates, provided by the manufacturer, to properly position mounting bolts. Waters Way Neighborhood Park 2 of 2 END OF SECTION SECTION 02841-ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT ,DIVISION 2 SECTION 02861 — PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Work Included A. Playground equipment work as shown on the drawings for play equipment, and similar items. 1.02 Related Sections and Documents A. Section 02791: Playground Safety Surfacing B. Section 02750: Concrete Paving. C. Drawings and general provisions of the Construction Contract, and Division-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section. 1.03 Submittals A. Product data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each item of equipment required or to be reinstalled. 1.04 Substitutes A. Substitutes will not be accepted for specified playground equipment. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Safety Standards: Provide playground equipment complying with or exceeding requirements in the following: 1. ASTM F 1487. 2. CPSC No. 325. B. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturers. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm whose playground equipment components have been certified by IPEMA's third -party product certification service. 1. Provide playground equipment and play structure components bearing the IPEMA Certification Seal. D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z34.1 for testing indicated. 1.06 Deliverables A. Toolkit: Contractor will provide the tool box repair kit for the playground equipment. 1.07 Guarantee A. Contractor to guarantee equipment from settling, shifting, or structural failure for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's or supplier's warranties shall apply in addition to contractor's warranty. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02861 — PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 3 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Playground Items: "Playbooster" system by Landscape Structures. Items below available through Rocky Mountain Recreation, contact Nancy Christie, Phone 800-636-0199. 1. "2-5 Play Structure", Item #164220A Weevos Design #4, as prepared by Landscape Structures. Quantity: 1 2. "5-12 Play Structure", Item #34507-1-2-2 Evos 5-12 Play Structure per Design #34507-1-2-2, as prepared by Landscape Structures. Quantity: 1 B. Additional Playground Items by Landscape Structures, Items below available through Rocky Mountain Recreation, Inc., contact Nancy Christie. Phone 800-636-0199. 1. "Elevated Sand Table", Model # 136233B. Quantity: 1. 2. "Weevos Age Appropriate Sign D.B.", Model # 164529A. Quantity 1 2.02 Concrete A. Refer to sections 02750 and 03300 for concrete specifications which are applicable to concrete required in this section. Install concrete footings per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.03 Paint A. Use manufacturer's standard finish system unless noted otherwise. 2.04 Drain Pipe A. Drain pipe shall be Polyvinylchloride (PVC) pipe, bell end, perforated to meet ASTM 2729. B. Refer to Section 02507 for drain pipe specs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, site surface and subgrade drainage, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base. Verify compaction for footings and subgrades. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 1. Do not begin installation before final grading required for placing protective surfacing is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Architect. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02861 — PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 3 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify locations of playground perimeter and pathways. Verify that playground layout and equipment locations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Anchor playground equipment securely, positioned at locations and elevations indicated. 1. Maximum Equipment Height: Coordinate installed heights of equipment and components with finished elevations of protective surfacing. Set equipment so fall heights and elevation requirements for age group use and accessibility are within required limits. Verify that playground equipment elevations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment. B. Post and Footing Excavation: Excavate holes for posts and footings as indicated in firm, undisturbed or compacted subgrade soil. C. Post Set with Concrete Footing: Comply with ACI 301 for measuring, hatching, mixing, transporting, forming, and placing concrete. 1. Set playground equipment posts in concrete footings, unless otherwise required by the manufacturer.. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set plumb or at the correct angle, alignment, height, and spacing. a. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Hold posts in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured. 2. Embedded Items: Use setting drawings and manufacturer's written instructions to ensure correct installation of anchorages for equipment. 3. Concrete Footings: Smooth top, and shape to shed water. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Arrange for playground equipment manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect playground and playground equipment and components during installation and at final completion and to certify compliance with the following: 1. ASTM F 1487. 1. CPSC No. 325. C. Items must be protected from staining, cracking, chipping, vandalism, and other drainage during progress of the work and left in a first class condition upon completion. D. Notify Owner's Representative 48 hours in advance of date and time of final inspection. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02861 - PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 3 DIVISION — -- ---- ---- --- — ---- ---- SECTION 02870—SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications. B. Work covered by this specification concerns labor, materials, and equipment necessary for installation of: 1. Barbeques 2. Site Benches 3. Bike Racks 4. Picnic Tables 5. Drinking Fountains 6. Trash Cans 7. Park Shelter 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 02750 — Concrete Paving B. Section 02841 — Athletic Equipment C. Section 02861 — Playground Equipment D. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete. 1.03 Submittals A. Shop drawings, technical literature from manufacturer for each of the following: 1. Barbeques 2. Site Benches 3. Bike Racks 4. Picnic Tables 5. Drinking Fountains 6. Trash Cans 7. Park Shelter 1.04 Samples A. Submit color swatches on finish metal for each of the above site furnishings: 1.05 Substitutions A. No substitutions for specific materials will be accepted except under the following conditions. Alternative bid proposals may be submitted for consideration by the Owner's Representative prior to bid opening. Alternative proposals must be fully supported by necessary documentation showing Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02870 — SITE FURNISHINGS Page 1 of 4 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability Rev10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 6 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Workmanship, fabrication and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications. B. Welding shall be done by welder(s) certified for AWS, D.1 structural welding requirements. 1.04 Product Delivery and Handling A. Coordinate delivery requirements with manufacturer. B. Products shall be delivered to the project site in good condition, and shall be contained in the Manufacturer's crate/packaging. The Contractor shall not accept delivery of damaged items. Products shall free from defects and damage. Damaged products shall be replaced by the manufacturer at no additional cost. C. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for unloading, lifting, and placement. 1.06 Warranty A. Guarantee material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full years from the date of Substantial Completion of work. B. Replace materials when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. C. This guarantee will not be enforced should materials be subject to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving resulting in damage, or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Barbeque A. Manufacturer: Kay Park Recreation B. Model Number: SB3628U C. Mounting: Embedded D. Factory Representative: Southwest Recreational Industries, Inc., Western District, 220 South Taft Street, Lakewood, CO 80228, (720)963-1120 2.02 Site Benches A. Manufacturer: Keystone Ridge B. Model: pllmcu3 Pullenium C. Seat Material: 3 seat modular flat D. Frame Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Mounting: Surface Mount F. Factory Representative: Keystone Ridge Designs, Adam Benjamin, PO Box 2008, Butler PA, 16003- 2008, 1-800-284-8208, www.keystoneridgedesigns.com. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02870 — SITE FURNISHINGS Page 2 of 4 2.03 Bike Racks A. Manufacturer: Creative Pipe B. Model: Ibr 4fp C. Frame Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Mounting: Surface Mount 2.04 Picnic Tables A. 8' ADA Picnic Table 1. Manufacturer: Web Coat 2. Model: Regal Style 3. Model Number: T8RCHD CPALT 4. Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 5. Mounting: Portable/Surface Mount 6. Factory Representative: Ermold Park and Rec, telephone 303-450-9186 2.05 Drinking Fountains A. Fountain near Restrooms: 1. Manufacturer: Haws Drinking Faucet Company 2. Model: Pedestal Drinking Fountain 3. Model Number: 3300 4. Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 5. Factory Representative: Mountain States Safety & Mktg, 1425 Coyote Circle, Golden, CO 80403, Phone:303-582-3611 2.06 Trash Cans A. Manufacturer: Great Lakes Specialty Products B. Model: Model # 5-RCD55 C. Color: To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.07 Park Shelter A. Manufacturer: Northwest B. Model: 15'x20' Northwest C. Roof: Standing Seam/Design Span roof, tongue and groove 2x6 sub roof, 6:12 pitch, 7'2" eave height, 4:12 roof pitch 2, T&G sub roof, steel roof D. Structure: Wood fascia, 4 columns, surface mount, concrete footings, steel frame E. Color: TGIC poly powder coat w/zinc rich primer, To be selected from Manufacturer's full range of colors F. Electrical: 1 outlet, 1 light G. Factory Representative: G.R. Marolt and Associates, Bud Marolt, PO Box 114, Englewood, CO 80151, (303)762-1090 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02870 — SITE FURNISHINGS Page 3 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Installation shall be in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer0s recommendations. B. Site Furnishing shall be installed in the locations and quantities shown on the plan and details. C. Where applicable, the Owner's Representative shall approve the site furnishing locations prior to fastening in place. D. Use templates, provided by the manufacturer, to properly position mounting bolts. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02870 — SITE FURNISHINGS Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02890 - PEDESTRIAN AND LIGHT VEHICLE BRIDGE - IPE DECKING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section contains requirements for a fully engineered clear span bridge and shall be the minimum standards for design and construction. B. Clear span length and width of the bridge shall be 30 feet and 10 feet respectively. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS N/A 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bridge shall meet the referenced standards as called for in the following paragraphs. B. Bridge design shall be certified by a Registered Colorado Professional Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete shop Drawings to the ENGINEER for review. B. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance with referenced standards. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery requirements with OWNER. B. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for unloading, lifting, and placement. 1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Railing: Minimum height of 54" (top of truss top chord). B. Maximum horizontal opening in railing of 4 (four) inches. C. Loading Design: Uniform live load of 60 psf. Concentrated live load of 10,000 pounds vehicle weight on bridge plus thirty percent (30%) impact. Minimum wind load of 25 psf. Horizontal pressure as if enclosed surface. Railing load of 50 pounds per lineal foot of horizontal load. D. Mounting plates shall allow for thermal expansion. E. All allowable design stresses shall be in compliance with the specifications of the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings by the American Institute of Steel Construction AISCF and UBC. Watees Way Neighborhood Park Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge - IPE Decking Page 1 of 4 F. Sizes: Length: 30 feet. Clear unobstructed inside width: 10' minimum. Railings: Install for full length of bridge. Camber: Five percent (5%) of %z of span (if required). Nominal 2"x 6" wood rub rails on inside of bridge shall be placed 42" above the top of the bridge deck. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRICATION A. General 1. Workmanship, fabrication, and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications. 2. All welding shall be done by welders certified for AWS, D.1 structural welding requirements. 3. Welding electrodes for self -weathering, corrosion -resistant steel shall have the same weathering characteristics such as E5018 or equivalent. 4. All boldly exposed members shall have mill scale removed according to steel structures preparation specifications #6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SSPC-SP6-63. A. Materials 1. Metal Fabrication: Bridge to be fabricated from high strength low -alloy atmospheric corrosion -resistance ASTM A606 type 4 steel, self -weathering, (U.S.S. Cor Ten) ASTM A242 or ASTM A588 structural steel shapes and tubing (FY=50,000 psi.). Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with specifications for structural joints using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts. Anchor bolts A307 or A36. E8018 series electrodes of equivalent for welding. Material thickness and design of member shall be fully engineered for the length and style of each bridge requirement specified. 2. Hardwood Decking: All decking shall be full thickness planks unless approved otherwise Wood decking shall be naturally durable hardwood Ipe (Tabebuia Spp Lapacho Group). All planks shall be partially air dried to a moisture content of 15% to 20%, and shall be supplied S4S (surfaced four sides), E4E (eased four edges), with the edges eased to a radius of 1/8". Measured at 30% moisture content, the width and thickness shall not vary from specified dimensions by more than ± 0.04 inches. All planks shall be supplied with the end sealed with "Anchorseal" Mobil CER-M or an equal aquious wax log sealer. All planks shall be graded as FEQ-CAH (First Export Quality -Clear All Heart) grading rules, defined as follows: Lumber shall be graded both faces and both edges. Lumber shall be straight grained, maximum slope of grain to be 1:10. Lumber shall be parallel cut without heart centers or sapwood. Water's Way Neighborhood Park Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge - IPE Decking Page 2 of 4 Lumber shall be in sound condition, free from wormholes or knots. Allowable Imperfections are: All faces: Natural drying checks, Discoloration caused by weathering or chemical reaction, Bow or Spring which can be removed using normal installation methods and tools. Imperfections Not Allowed: Longitudinal heart cracks, Internal cracks, Firm or Soft sap wood, Splits, End splits, Ring shades, Fungi affects (blue to gray, brown to red, white to yellow, or incipient decay), Deformation (twisting or cupping) which cannot be removed using normal installation methods and tools. All planks shall meet or exceed the following mechanical properties (based on the 2" standard) as defined by the U.S. Forest Products Laboratory publications and testing data: MC% Modulus of Rupture Modulus of Elasticity Max. Crush Strength 12% 22,360 psi 3,140,000 psi 13,010 psi Janka side hardness is 3680 lbs. at 12% moisture content Average air-dry density is 66 to 75 pcf. Basic specific gravity is 0.85 - 0.97. All planks shall be naturally fire resistant without the use of any fire resistant preservatives to meet NFPA Class A and UBC Class I. Planks shall be supplied that meet or exceed the Static Coefficient of Friction for both neolite and leather shoes in accordance with ASTM Test Method C1028-89. FORCE IN POUNDS SHOE MATERIAL DRY WET Neolite 0.73 0.69 Leather 0.55 0.79 For transverse wood decking, wheel loads shall be assumed to act on one plank only. The wheel loads shall be distributed on the plank along a length equal to the tire print width. The plank shall be designed for shear and bending in accordance with the support conditions and spacing. For design, the following unfactored allowable stresses shall be used: Allowable Bending = 3700 psi Allowable Shear = 320 psi Modulus of Elasticity = 3,000,000 psi At time of installation, planks are to be placed tight together with no gaps. Every plank must be attached with at least one fastener at each end. Waters Way Neighborhood Park Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge - IPE Decking Page 3 of 4 All fasteners to be zinc plated. Self -tapping screws or hex -head bolts, with a steel plank hold down, are to be used at the ends of planks. Self -tapping screws or carriage bolts are to be used as interior connection fasteners when required. Power actuated fasteners will not be allowed. Planks are to be drilled prior to installation of bolts and/or screws. In addition to at least one fastener at each end of every plank (typical for all installations), planks for bridges with widths of 72" to 143" shall be attached with a minimum of two fasteners at a location approximately near the center of the bridge width. Bridges wider than 143" are to have two fasteners located at a minimum of two interior stringer locations, approximately at the third points of the bridge width. Attachments at the ends of the planks may be modified as required when obstructions, such as interior safety system elements, prevent installation of the specified hold down system. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park Section 02890 - Pedestrian and Light Vehicle Bridge - RE Decking Page 4 of 4 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Bidding Documents and Information, Conditions of the Contract and Division I — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section of the Specifications B. Topsoil, soil preparation and soil amendments C. Finish grading D. Fertilizer E. Organic Mulch F. Weed Barrier G. Landscape Boulders H. Tree Stakes, Guys and Tree Wrap I. Tree Relocation J. Plant Materials K. Sod L. Seeding 1.02 Related Sections A. Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment: Requirements applicable to unit prices for the work of this Section. B. Section 02810 - Irrigation C. Section 02970 - Planting and Irrigation Maintenance D. Section 02870 - Site Furnishings 1.03 Unit Price— Measurement and Payment E. Organic Amendment: By percent complete. Includes supplying amendment. Provide Delivery Tickets with job name and delivery date from supplier. F. Soil Preparation: Includes distribution of soil amendment, grading, ripping, roto-tilling, and finish grading. By the percent complete. Includes all soil preparation, placing and tilling amendments, mulch bed subgrade establishment and finish grading. G. Tree, shrub, and groundcover planting: Includes installation of weed barrier, mulches, planting of trees, relocating trees, shrubs, groundcovers, perennials, and annuals. Includes fertilization and imported topsoil/backfill. By the percent complete. H. Sodding: Includes, installation, and fertilization. By the percent complete. I. Seeding: Includes furnishing and installation of seed. By the percent complete. J. Landscape Boulders: Includes furnishing and installation of boulders. By the percent complete. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 1 of 15 1.04 Protection A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences. sidewalks, utilities, paving, and curbs. 1.05 Samples, Submittals and Quality Assurance A. Crusher Fines: Submit sample in baggie. B. Organic Amendment: Submit sample in a plastic baggie. Product delivered to site shall match the submitted sample. C. Organic Amendment Analysis: Submit copies of amendment analysis from qualified soil testing laboratory. D. Organic Amendment: Submit organic amendment delivery receipts to owners representative for review. E. Soil Analysis: Submit copies of soil test results from CSU lab. Submit copies of CSU cover letter with recommendations that are provided with soil test. F. Fertilizer: 1. Submit copy of sod fertilizer composition to be used and supplier source. 2. Submit sample of Osmocote fertilizer in a plastic baggie. G. Organic Mulch: I. Wood Mulch: Submit sample of proposed mulch in a plastic baggie. Submit name of proposed supplier. 2. Straw Mulch: Colorado Department of Agriculture Weed Free Certification Transit Certificate. 3. Tackitier. Manufacturer's product sheet. H. Weed barrier: Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier to be used. 1. Tree Stakes, Guys, Webbing, Protective Caps, and Guying cord. Submit sample of each. J. Sod: Submit written statement of company to be used for sod supply. Statement shall include phone number and address of company. Submit sod certification for species. K. Seed: Submit written statement on supplier's letterhead of Manufacturer's specifications, tests (within 6 months of application), seed mixes, quantities, and seed tags from bags on day of seeding operations. 1.06 Inspections A. Site Inspection: Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in areas as specified. Verify that the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss with the Owner's Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation. Report irregularities affecting work of this section to the Owner's Representative before initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of existing conditions. 2. Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative prior to start of work. Owner's Representative will be responsible to monitor the work. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 2 of 15 B. Pre -planting Inspections: 1. Plant material shall be inspected by an Owner's Representative before planting. Inspection of materials may be sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate efficient planting operations. Plants for inspection must be in a single location preferably on the project site. Rejected materials must be removed from the site, replaced and re -inspected before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery, tagged plants may be inspected at the nursery. Photographs of the plant materials to be obtained from non -local sources may be submitted to the City's Owner's Representative for preliminary inspection. This preliminary inspection is subject to final approval of plants at the job site. The Owner reserves the right to reject plant material at any stage of construction or guarantee period. 2. Soil amendments, backfill mixes and mulches will be inspected at the site by the Owner's Representative before they are used in planting operations. Owners Representatives will inspect staked locations of trees before digging for those plants occurs. Owners Representatives will inspect the location of shrubs in their containers at the proposed locations before digging commences. Contact Owner's Representative at least two days in advance. C. Substantial Completion Inspection: As soon as all planting is completed, a review and preliminary inspection to determine the condition of the vegetation will be held by the Owner's Representatives upon request by the Contractor. 2. The inspection will occur only after the following conditions have been met: a. Landscape areas will be free of weeds and neatly cultivated; b. Plant basins shall be in good repair; c. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with heads properly adjusted; d. Debris and litter shall be cleaned up and walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations. 3. If, after the inspection, the Owners Representative is of the opinion that the work has been performed as per the Contract Documents, and that the vegetation is in satisfactory growing condition. he will give the Contractor Written Notice of Acceptance and the Guarantee Period shall begin. 4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the City Representative shall be performed within the first ten (10) days of the guarantee period. Any work not performed within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the guarantee period. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 5. Final approval and Substantial Completion notice will be given when all deficiencies are corrected. D. End of Guarantee Period Inspection: At the end of the second full growing season the Owners Representatives will inspect trees for satisfactory condition. The inspection shall take place in September and the Owner's Representative shall contact the Contractor concerning replacements. Replacements may take place the following spring if deemed proper or necessary. 2. The Contractor is responsible for removal of tree stakes, tree wrap, wire and webbing at the end of the guarantee period. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 3 of 15 or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents Rev10/20107 Section 00100 Page 7 1.07 Plant Material GuaranteeMarranty A. Provide a two-year warranty (unless noted otherwise) from the date of Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion is hereby defined as the point at which the Landscape Contractor is 100% complete with installation and is ready for a Substantial Completion Review. The Owner's representative will have sole authority to grant Substantial Completion. The minimum two-year warranty includes all aspects of this section including installation, and materials. B. Guarantee plant material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two full growing seasons from the date of acceptance of all work. This guarantee includes insect infestation or infection by disease organisms. C. Replace woody vegetation when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the City Representative for the duration of the Warranty Period. Make replacements within fourteen days of notification from the City Representative. Replacement planting for trees shall be done in the spring planting season, except as approved otherwise. If a tree is in marginal condition at the end of the guarantee period it may be agreeable to both parties to wait until the end of the growing season before deciding whether to replace that tree. Plant materials that are replaced during the warranty period shall be replaced one time at the Contractor's expense. Cost of subsequent replacements, if required, shall be negotiated with the Owner's Representative. Warranty replacement plant materials planted within 6 months after Substantial completion shall have the same end of warranty as the original installation. Plants replaced within 6 months of the end of the warranty shall be warranted an additional 6 months after the date of completion of the initial warranty period. D. This guarantee will not be enforced should woody vegetation die due to vandalism; improper maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving over or under watering, lawn mower damage, over -fertilization, fire, flood, or hail or other similar circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. E. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to monitor ongoing maintenance of the project during the warranty period. If the Landscape Contractor finds fault with ongoing maintenance activities of the Maintenance Contractor, they shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative. The warranty will in no way be invalidated because of activities of the Maintenance Contractor unless approved by the Owner's Representative. F. Replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as described in the contract documents unless changes are approved by City Representatives. Repairs and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner. G. Replace seeded turf when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owners Representative for the duration of the guarantee period. 1-1. Areas seeded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall no later than October. Areas seeded in the fall will be inspected October of the following year. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Organic Amendment A. Organic Amendment shall be A-1 Organic, Colorado Compost (Windsor 686-5121). or equivalent approved 7 days prior to bidding. Compost shall meet the following specifications: A totally organic product (Mountain peat is not acceptable in the amendment) that has been aerobically and naturally processed without the addition of coarse wood chips, in such a manner as to maintain a consistent temperature of 140 degrees Fahrenheit or greater for a period of time sufficient to create the following characteristics, measured by dry weight: I. Maximum allowable organic matter: 60% 2. Organic matter to nitrogen ratio 25:1 to 30:1. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 - PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 4 of 15 3. pH: 6.5 to 7.5 4. Salts: Less than 2.5 mmhos. 5. Less that 40% inorganic matter. 6. Less than 5% soil, dirt, or sand 7. Maximum particle size of diameter 8. Eradication of all harmful weed seeds, pathogens, and bacteria. 9. A well decomposed earthy smell (non -offensive) 2.02 Topsoil A. Import clean topsoil for use as backfill mix. Submit a minimum of I sample of soil to the Colorado State University Soil Testing laboratory for analysis and fertilizer recommendations. 2.03 Fertilizer: A. Fertilizer for turf shall be commercial type, of uniform composition, free flowing, and conforming to applicable state and federal laws. Fertilizer shall be formulated to meet the suggestions of the CSU soil laboratory for turf fertilization. B. Fertilizer for trees, shrubs, and perennials shall be Osmocote Sierrablen, 9 month slow release fertilizer. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Bone Meal. Commercially available brand. Submit proposed formulation and company name. 2.04 Mulch A. Fibrous Shredded Cedar Mulch (Gorilla hair) shall be used in planting beds. 2.05 Weed Barrier A. Weed barrier shall be - Mirafi 140, Typar 3341, or Polyspun 300 or approved equivalent. 2.06 Landscape Boulders A. Boulders shall be provided of the type, sizes, and quantity that are indicated in the plans and details. 2.07 Tree Stakes, Guys, and Tree Wrap 1. Tree Stakes - 8 Foot long, 2" diameter Lodgepole Pine or metal "T" post with rubber sleeve safety caps. (Available from Direct Landscape Supply (303) 797-7733). 2. Guy Anchors - 24" long metal "T" posts or approved equivalent. 3. Guying and Staking Cord - 1/4" Diameter yellow nylon rope or 14AWG wire with 1/2" X 12" PVC sleeves. 4. Webbing: 2"nylon webbing or rubberized cloth. No hose permitted. 5. Tree Wrap: 4" minimum width commercial tree wrap. Secure tree wrap with jute rope or a similar biodegradable material. 2.08 Relocated Trees A. Trees to be relocated that are indicated in the plans shall be relocated using a 44" spade. Watees Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 5 of 15 2.09 Plant Materials A. Plant List - A plant list is provided on the drawings. Quantities shown on the list are for information only. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying quantity takeoffs as shown on the drawings. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities shown on the plant list and quantities depicted on the plans, the quantities depicted on the plans shall govern. B. Plant Material Quality - Plants shall meet the American Association of Nurserymen (AAN) standards for established plants and, the Landscape Contractors of Colorado standard specifications. The most recent editions shall govern. Plants shall be well branched and well established in their containers or balls. Plants that shown signs of being pot-bound with substantial roots circling the perimeter of the container may be rejected. Trees shall be Colorado grown, or have been grown at a source with a latitude equal to or north of Colorado and with a similar climate, or have been acclimated in Colorado for at least 3 growing seasons. Shrubs and perennials shall be Colorado grown or have been acclimated to the Colorado climate by being planted early enough in the growing season to adapt to Colorado conditions and develop adequate rooting to survive winter. Meeting these standards shall not relieve the contractor of required conditions of the warranty/guaranty. C. Diseases and injuries - Plants with disease or insects are not permitted. Plants with substantial scarring of the trunk may be rejected. Plants with wounds or broken branches may be rejected D. Plant Review - All plant material is subject to review by the Owner's Representative prior to delivery to the site. Review at the nursery does not constitute final acceptance. All plant material is subject to review at the site prior to planting, review during substantial completion, review at final acceptance, review at any time during the warranty period, and review at the time of the warranty completion. Dead, poor, or unhealthy specimens shall be replaced within 10 days of notification by the Owner's Representative. The Owner's representative or his assigned representative shall be the sole person responsible for deciding whether a plant is to be replaced. E. Botanic and Common Names - Both names are given in the plant list and are in conformance with standard horticultural practice. Plants are to be delivered to the site with tags bearing the botanic name as indicated on the plant list. F. Digging, wrapping and handling - Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that will not cause damage to branches, shape, and future development after planting. G. Balled and burlapped plants shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with a firm rootball, and in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery Act and in conformance with the AAN standards. Balls shall be firmly wrapped in non treated burlap and bound and secured with wire, nylon, or jute. Broken or heavily damaged balls will not be accepted. Chicken wire is not acceptable. H. Container grown plants shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall have sufficient roots to hold the entire soil mass together when the container is removed. Options: If all other requirements for size are met a container plant may be substituted for a balled and burlapped plant. A spaded plant may be substituted for a balled and burlapped plant. 2.10 Plant Protection A. Plants shall be protected at all times from drying out or other injury. Protect balls of plants from drying out. Wrap trees with a protective cloth when transporting. Do not transport trees in a an uncovered moving vehicle when the outside temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. Spray trees with water prior to travel to any destination. Use caution in handling plants to prevent major damage to roots/ trunk, or branches. 2.11 Sod 1. Bandera Bluegrass Sod (Texas and Bluegrass Hybrid). Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 6 of 15 2. Sod shall be in healthy, deep green, growing condition free from insects or disease and in a healthy growing form. Sod shall be a minimum age of 18 months, with root development that will support its own weight without tearing when suspended vertically by holding the upper two corners. 3. Sod shall be grown by a commercial sod company specializing in sod production and harvesting with a minimum of 5 years experience. 2.12 Seed A. General: delivered in original containers, unopened and bearing dealers warranty analysis. Maximum crop and weed content shall be 0.10% each. Noxious weeds (Colorado lists A, B and C) are not permitted. Seed mix shall be supplied on basis of pure live seed (P.L.S.) in pounds. Formula for determining quantity of P. L.S. shall be: Bulk Pounds of Seed Required = PLS pounds specified / (%Purity* % Germination*) *Percents expressed as decimal, eg. 10% = .10 B. Turf Seedine (Mix A): 1. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. 2. Seed shall be Turf Fescue Seed Mix by Arkansas Valley Seed Solutions, 4625 Colorado Boulevard, Denver CO 80216, (877) 957-3337, or approved equivalent. Seed shall be a mixture that matches the following: a. 25% Grande ❑ b. 25% SR8650 c. 25% Guardian 21 d. 25% Watchdog 3. Application rate: 9 lbs. PLS per 1,000 square feet (175 Ibs per acre). PLS = Pure Live Seed *Double this rate for broadcast seeding C. Low Maintenance Seeding (Mix B): 1. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35, Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendor's name. 2. Seed mix shall be the following: Common Name and Variety Scientific Name % PLS/acre Pounds PLS/acret Grasses Blue grama, Native Boutelouagraalij 5 1.5 Sideoats grama, Vaughn Bontelona curtipendula 10 3 Sideoats grama, Native Bontelona curtipendula 5 1.5 Little bluetem, Pastura Scbitiadynuly scopanum 10 3 Western wheatgrass, Arriba Agmp ron smithii 33.33 10 Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 7 of 15 Western wheatgrass, Native Agmpymu siuithu 10 3 Buffalograss, Sharp's improved Bucbloe dactyloides 10 3 Sheeps's Fescue Festuca oriva 16.67 5 Total 100T`0 PLS = Pure Live Seed *Double this rate for broadcast seeding 3. If the available seed as supplied does not meet the pure live seed (PLS) specification, the Contractor shall compensate for the percentage of purity and germination by furnishing sufficient additional seed to equal the specified pure live product. The formula for determining the quantity of PLS shall be: Pounds of Seed (bulk) x % purity x % germination = pounds of pure live seed (PLS) D. Natural Area Seedine (Mix Q: I. Seed shall be of the latest crop available and shall meet Colorado Department of Agriculture Seed Laws, Chapter 35. Article 27. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Seed shall be delivered in sealed bags showing weight, analysis, and vendors name. 2. Seed mix shall include the following: Common Name and Variety Scientific Name % PLS/acre Pounds PLS/acret Grasses Sideoats Grama Bordelona curtipeudula 12.82 2.5 Slender\Vheatgrass ElymmsTradycanbts 10.25 2.0 Switchgrass Pmiicnnr vrgalam 7.70 1.5 Blue Grama Cboudrosiruu Gratile 10.25 2 \Vestern wheatgrass Parcopyrrun roiitbii 28.22 5.5 Buffalograss Bucbloe dactyloides 10.25 2.0 Annual Rye or some other sterile cover crop 20.51 4 Total 100 19.5 PLS = Pure Live Seed 'Double this rate for broadcast seeding PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough grading is within 1 tenth of a foot. Verify site is free from obstructions, objects, or structures that are not a part of the final site construction. Verify major drainages are completed and in place. Do not start work until the site is acceptable. Once landscape grading has commenced, the Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for bringing all grading to final line and grade and creating positive drainage. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950- PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 8 of 15 B. Verify substrate base has been contoured. 3.02 CLEARING A. Prior to any soil preparation, existing vegetation not to remain and which might interfere with the specified soil preparation shall be mowed, grubbed, raked, and the debris removed from the site. Prior to or during grading or tillage operations the ground surface shall be cleared of materials which might hinder final operations. 3.03 Soil Preparation and Finish Grading A. Installation: 1. Install in locations and to depth shown on plans or as directed. B. Ripping: 1. Protection- Field locate all buried cables, wires, electrical service, irrigation lines and any other subsurface element that may be damaged during ripping operations. Stake and/or paint locations with an easily visible system that will enable equipment operators to avoid damaging buried utilities. 2. Prepare irrigated and non -irrigated seed, sod, shrub bed , and ground cover areas as follows: a. Rip soil to a minimum depth of 12" in two directions using an agricultural ripper with tines spaced no greater than 12". Areas adjacent to walks, buried obstructions, structures, curbs etc. where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be worked by hand. b. If roots of trees are encountered, minimize ripping operations as needed to avoid cutting roots or damaging plant material. c. Apply Roundup to areas to be seeded a minimum of 2 weeks after topsoil has been redistributed and before application of soil amendment. Apply Roundup only when weeds are growing vigorously. Apply at manufacturers maximum recommended rate. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 9 of 15 C. Spread the following amendments over the entire area to receive landscaping. Incorporate the amendments into the top 6 inches of soil by rototilling: Non Irrigated Seed General Irrigated Soccer Field Shrub Bed, Areas Seed and Sod Areas groundcover, and perennial Area Compost None Up to 6 CY/1,000SF. 6CY/1,000SF Up to 6 CY/I,000SF Per recommendation Per recommendation of soil lab report of soil lab report Fertilizer Per recommendation Per recommendation Per recommendation Per recommendation of soil lab report of soil lab report of soil lab report of soil lab report Bone NA NA NA 201bs./100SF Meal D. Incorporate amendments by discing or rototilling into the top 6 inches of soil. Obtain a uniform mixture. Work tight areas by hand. E. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations. Float drag in two directions. Use only a hand rake in perennial and annual beds. F. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Establish a finish grade that provides positive drainage as indicated on the grading plans. G. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1-2" inch diameter in size. H. Coordinate grading of subgrade to the following depths: Adjacent to curb s & other Surfaces Tolerances within Open Areas 1. Seeded areas 1/2" below pavement and curbs 0" - I" 2. Sodded areas 1" below curbs and walks I" - 1/2" 3. Shrub bed areas 2" below curbs and walks 3"- 1" 4. Perennial Beds 4" below curbs and walks 2" 1. Do not plant until finish grade has been reviewed by the Owner's Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished product that drains. 3.04 Weed Barrier A. Weed barrier shall be placed in shrub and perennial beds and where noted on the plans and details. At edges of curbs, walls, structures, pavements, and headers, weed barrier shall be turned down into grade and secured with I I gauge, 12 inch long staples at 18" inches O.C. B. Where individual weed barrier sheet abut they shall overlap a minimum of 4 inches and be secured with 1 I gauge, 12 inch long staples at 18" inches O.C. along the joint. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 10 of 15 3.05 Mulching A. Wood Mulch Beds. 1. Place cedar mulch in shrub and perennial beds. 2. Place wood mulch to a 4 inch depth. 3. Gently brush cedar mulch off of perennials once installed. 'fake care in placement not to damage newly planted materials. 4. Prior to placing mulch and planting in mulch beds, apply Roundup herbicide to weeds and allow beds to sit for 7 days. Apply Roundup at manufacturers recommended rate for perennials. 5. Place a 4" layer of Owner supplied mulch in tree rings not incorporated into shrub beds. Do not install weed barrier in tree rings. 3.08 Tree and Shrub Planting A. Tree Staking: Prior to planting, stake all proposed tree locations for review by the Owner's Representative. Any plant material installed prior to this review is subject to removal or relocation at the expense of the Contractor. B. Planting Pits: I. Dig planting pits twice the diameter of the rootball for container and balled and burlapped stock. Establish bottom of the planting pit so that the top of rootballs will be slightly higher than surrounding grade in order to allow for settlement. Roughen edges of planting pits to provide a rough surface on edges. Retain excavated material next to planting pit for mixing organic amendment and fertilizers. 2. For planting trees amend excavated planting pit soil with Bone Meal and organic amendment using the following mix: Bone Meal at the Rate of 1 cup per tree. Organic amendment at the rate of 4 shovelfuls (Spade) per tree. 3. Thoroughly combine, organic amendment, and bone meal with imported topsoil. Mixture should provide an evenly blended mixture for use as backfill. C. Tree and Shrub Planting: I. Shrub Planting: a. Remove stock from containers including shrubs in peat pots. Do not break the rootballs. Do not remove plant materials by pulling on the stems of the plants. Once removed, slice the perimeter of the rootballs in several locations using a sharp instrument or butterfly pot-bound plant materials prior to planting by sticking the shovel into the bottom of the rootball and splaying the root mass. Roughen side of the plants to break up circular root growth. b. Plant shrubs so that the plant, when in the ground, is approximately 2 inches above the surrounding grade. Lightly compact import topsoil backfill in hole after planting and water thoroughly. C. Apply Osmocote fertilizer at the base of the plant after backfilling. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate. Water lightly to activate fertilizer. 2. Tree Planting a. Establish planting pit as specified above. b. If trees are containerized, remove trees from containers. If trees are balled and burlapped, leave burlap firmly secured until after planting. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 11 of 15 c. Handle trees carefully during planting. Avoid excessive shaking and rapid movements. Protect tree trunks with a soft cloth or rubberized material when handling by the trunk. d. Roughen the sides of planting pits. e. Gently lower tree into planting pit and set plumb. Establish bottom of pit so that top of tree rootball is approximately 2 inches above surrounding grade. Protect trunk and tree branches while placing tree. f. Untie and remove burlap from the top 1/3 of the rootball. Remove wire basket from the top and 2/3 (or all) of all sides of the rootball. g. Backfill tree planting pit using the mixture described in section 3.08B. Backfill one-half of pit with backfill mixture and water in thoroughly before placing any more backfill. h. Backfill the rest of the planting pit with backfill mixture and water in thoroughly. Lightly compact backfill. Do not vigorously compact. i. Apply slow release Osmocote fertilizer around the rootball diameter of the tree. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate. j. Stake or guy all trees. Trees should be plumb. Stake deciduous trees up to 2" caliper. Guy deciduous trees over 2" caliper. Guy all evergreen trees. Install 3 guys per tree at I/3 points. Drive Guys for evergreens and deciduous trees fully into the ground so no part of the guy is above finish grade. k. Wrap deciduous trees with specified tree wrap. Wrap from bottom of trunk to the first major lateral branch. Secure with jute or other biodegradable material. Install after November 15 and no later than December 15. Remove wrap approximately March 15 and no later than April 15. 1. In non -irrigated grass areas (if any), build a soil watering ring six inches larger than the diameter of the rootball and 4 inches high to form a basin to hold water (not required for conifers). Fill basin with water, being careful not to break the rim of the ring. m. if there are spade dug and planted trees they shall be deep watered with a watering needle angling from the inside of the ball out toward the perimeter. n. Trees in irrigated or non -irrigated grass areas to be mulched with Owner provided mulch per details. Trees in shrub beds to be mulched with fibrous shredded cedar mulch. 3.09 Perennial, Groundcover and Annual Planting A. Planting Beds Staking. Prior to planting any perennials or annuals, and prior to installing header or header, stake, Flag, or paint proposed beds scaling off the plans to determine bed configuration and size. Contact the Owner's Representative for review of extent and configuration. Do not plant or install header until review has been completed. B. Establish fine grade and subgrade adjacent to headers as described above. C. Prepare soil as per section 3.4 under soil preparation. D. Layout all planting pots prior to planting. Space plants equally within beds to ensure a uniform appearance. Remove all pots prior to planting including peat pots. E. Plant all plant material so that the plants are Flush with finish grade (top of mulch) when complete. This will require slightly mounding each plant. Lightly compact soil around base of plant to ensure adequate root/ soil contact. Do not vigorously compact. F. Reestablish fine grade by hand raking or smoothing grade by hand prior to placing mulch. G. Apply specified mulch taking care not to damage plants. Clear excess mulch from plant foliage. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 12 of 15 H. Apply Osmocote slow release fertilizer at the manufacturer's recommended application rate. Water in thoroughly. Keep plants moist but not saturated each day for 14 days after planting. 3.10 Sodding A. After soil preparation, scarify the surface to a depth of 3/8 inch using a chain drag, chain link, or rake. B. Do not deliver more sod than can be laid over a 24 hour period. C. Do not lay sod on frozen ground. D. Keep soil bed slightly moist during laying of sod. E. Lay sod smoothly, edge to edge. Establish firm jointing between sod pieces with no visible soil between. Stagger joints. Lay sod perpendicular to slopes. F. Water sod lightly as sodding progresses to prevent drying. Roll sod diagonally with a light roller, leveling irregularities and sealing joints. Do not roll with a saturated subgrade. G. In order to facilitate drainage, place sod flush with pavement on the uphill side of pavement. Place sod slightly below pavement on the downhill side of pavement. H. Hold sod back from tree trunks in a radius of 18 inches taken from the tree trunk. 1. On sod placed on three to one slopes, secure sod with stakes. Drive stakes flush with grade. J. Place signs on all newly laid sod indicating "New Sod, Please stay off." Place signs at 50' to 100' intervals as appropriate. 3.11 Irrigated and Non -Irrigated Seeding A. Definitions. 1. Weeds: Include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. A. Seed areas indicated on drawings and areas disturbed by construction. B. Re -work previously prepared areas that have become compacted or damaged by rains or traffic. C. Apply by means of a Brillion mechanical power drawn drill seeder to a maximum depth of/4 inch followed by packer wheels or drag chains to provide smooth finish. Seed in two passes at right angles to one another. Sow half of the seed in each pass. Provide markers or other means to assure that the successive seeded strips will overlap or be separated by a space no greater than the space between rows planted by the equipment being used. D. Broadcast or hydro seed in areas that are inaccessible or too steep to drill or as indicated on plans. Broadcast seed in two opposite directions. Rake in seed after broadcasting. E. Restore fine grade after seeding as requested by the owner's representative.. F. Cover seed to depth of 1/4 inch by raking or dragging. G. Firm seeded areas with a roller weighing maximum of 100 lbs. per foot of width. H. Seed application rates shall be as specified. 1. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, when ground is frozen or untillable, or during windy periods. Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 13 of 15 w'-.'o -a. .ra. w•-. `,s.+oss.�x �:. a.. saov-.zz-acc lwNa a .o M .+, A .- ��� aaYnoloJ 'sNIIIOJ ltlol A.0 Mlxilvn 1JvaemJ I 'I an Swcrpvpr aNa.WYwf �.��'1L�: ^J_ AYM 3NtlM9tlIYJ 41( �..a .iC0Y 0]YxHIOJ tMf N N C�3'y^_;•1 MtlVd WOHlgB1YJ13N 1tlM $ tl3l tlM 11 NJSvn NDmN SIi -_�1NJneJINXI Oxr 'Jnxxvb . l NOSdWOHllll� _ NOIIVDo4>DIIroaa Lovii gvgoome vJsof ouo $ "` NV1934 394IM9 17NU _ mai^ M 1SnW :133NI°J43 S 139 <319 f 9 E [ ae 4a� I :I e o o $ P- 4u yN= lN3ll1(90 .0-,tl i 4? o �y $ 61F- 1.i a I W ° — 8 o Q .9.f m -~ w S Q S S y@ ac: , 4 •77�'wa., 77 cai Eif — i: / n 14:E 1 e621 1 v IN + a1 ii9 � i AF$y 1113iF f t�_°s i figg' t+��pi 4 d��S a s 1 3 y }a; S ;l1a S;p el"j! 6S g =�" : is p6sP� Ij•%5 a e° diY 4�-/ fS opE g Z e- E y1 9 a F ilr ip ;31F! s 64a}• sy1 �?4 } c 4 11r} p ip. Ly yiy ; egy!' git �ii! 4t4 46: P i ��Iiia:Pds 7Ii�6 1�I!? to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION Rev10/20107 Section 00100 Page 8 J. Selection of the time of seeding shall be Contractor's responsibility, consistent with germination and erosion control requirements. Optimal seeding time is mid May through early September. 3.13 Landscape Boulders A. Install boulders in the locations shown on the plans and details. B. The contractor shall notify the owner's representative 48 hours in advance of placing landscape boulders. The owner's representative and/or the landscape architect shall be present during the placement of landscape boulders to approve their final placement. 3.14 Maintenance A. General I. Continuously maintain plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of Contract work and during the progress of work, see Section 02970 Planting Maintenance. 2. The Owner will assume the responsibility of maintenance including watering, fertilizing, weeding, etc. upon written acceptance of Substantial Completion from the Owner. The Contractor shall periodically inspect the project during the two-year guarantee period and immediately notify the Owners Representative of any irregularities or deficiencies which will affect the guarantee. 3. Round -Up herbicide may be used in mulched tree rings if grass seed has sprouted from seeding operations. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to proper grade and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material. B. Seed Establishment Period: 1. Water seeded areas as needed, minimum of two times per day, until grass is established. Water so that no erosion or movement of seed or mulch occurs. Hand water as necessary to prevent movement of seed. 2. Seed establishment period shall begin upon the notice of "Conditional Acceptance" given by the Owner's Representative in writing and continue through the first mowing or until the turf is established. 3. Post "keep off the grass" signs until turf is established. 4. Maintain seeded areas until the grass is established and has been mowed at least once. Maintenance shall include watering, fertilizing and herbicide weed control as necessary. Do not apply herbicide before the first mowing; do not mow before the majority of seedlings have three leaf blades. 5. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be twenty five (25) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead for irrigated turf.. Required coverage for grass seed areas shall be ten (10) viable live seedlings of the species specified per square foot as measured from five (5) feet directly overhead for non - irrigated turf. Determination of required coverage will be based on a random sampling of the entire project area, and shall consist of a minimum of five samples, each two square feet in area. Bare spots are defined as those areas larger than one square foot which do not meet the required coverage. After the inspection it is the Contractor's responsibility to perform the required maintenance within one week to insure a healthy established seeding condition. 6. The total area occupied by bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet must not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total seeded area. Maximum single bare spot size is one square foot. All seeded Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 14 of 15 grass areas which do not meet the satisfactory stand of growth qualification shall be reseeded and mulched. 7. Once the maintenance periods are completed and seed establishment is accepted, the City Representative shall issue a written notice of Final Acceptance. The guarantee period extends for two growing seasons after Final Acceptance. 3.16 Reseeding and Repair A. Reseed areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period. Scratch the surface to prepare seedbed and over -seed with drill seeder or hydromulch. B. Reseed areas that have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor's operation according to these specifications. C. After one growing season, there shall be no visual difference between seed and healthy sod in irrigated areas. 3.17 Project Record (As -Built Drawing) A. Maintain one complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to the Owner's Representative prior to final inspection. 3.18 Tree Stakes C. Remove tree stakes, tree wrap, guy wire and webbing at the end of the two -season guarantee period. END OF SECTION Water's Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02950 — PLANTING, SOIL PREPARATION, FINISH GRADING Page 15 of 15 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02970 — PLANTING MAINTENANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish all supervision, labor, material equipment, and transportation, and perform operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to maintaining planting, including winter watering, called for under this contract. Maintain landscape materials in an attractive, healthy, operable condition until seeded areas are established, landscape punch list items are complete, and landscape work is accepted by Owner. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Work Force: Contractor's representative shall be experienced in planting and irrigation maintenance. B. Maintenance Record: Submit to the Owner's Representative a monthly record of maintenance operations performed, including a record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control chemicals used. 1.03 Environmental Conditions A. The requirements for winter treatment of plants will be applicable when the maintenance period extends past October 15. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 Materials A. Replacement materials shall conform to the specifications for original installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Tree Care A. Watering: When hand watering, use a water wand to break the water force. All trees and shrubs shall be winter watered using a need type root feeder at least once per month between irrigation system winterization and spring start-up. Irrigation system may be used for winter watering, providing the system is re -winterized after each use. B. Staking: Inspect stakes monthly to prevent girdling of trunks or branches, and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds. Remove stakes and guys after one year, or as determined by Owner's Representative. Stakes will remain the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. C. Weed Control: Keep planting areas free of weeds. Use recommended legally approved herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. Weed at least once per week. D. Insect and Disease Control: Maintain reasonable control with approved materials to prevent visual and structural damage to the plants. E. Wounds: All wounds or injuries should be traced out and disinfected with alcohol or equal. No tree wound compounds or paints shall be applied. F. Tree rings: Mulched tree rings shall be kept tidy and weed free. Watees Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02970 - PLANTING MAINTENANCE Page 1 of 2 G. Replacement of Plants: Remove dead and dying plants and replace with plants of an equal size, condition, and variety or original planting plan. Replacements shall be made at no expense to Owner. H. Trash Removal: Remove trash, clipped grass, and blown dirt weekly from shrub beds, lawns, walks, and tree basins. Keep the entire area within the limits of planting free from trash and dirt (water or wind carried) at all times. Repair erosion damage for duration of maintenance period. 3.02 Turfgrass Care A. Mowing: Mow only the turf areas as needed to maintain a height of 3 inches. Do not mow wildflowers. B. Edging: Trim edges at least twice monthly or as needed for neat appearance. Catch clippings and removed from lawn areas. Vacuum or blow off walks. C. Watering: Water turf areas at the frequency required to obtain proper turf establishment and to maintain a lush, green lawn. Apply water in such a way to encourage deep root growth. 3.03 Low Maintenance Grasses A. Mowing: Mow low maintenance grasses and wetlands grasses only after they have produced mature seeds and/or gone dormant for the winter or for weed control. B. Watering: Water as frequently as needed to obtain plant establishment (usually 6 to 8 weeks) and thereafter as needed to avoid dieback. Apply water slowly and deeply to prevent runoff and encourage deep root growth. C. Weed Control: The Owner will determine the need for weed control. END OF SECTION Waters Way Neighborhood Park SECTION 02970 - PLANTING MAINTENANCE Page 2 of 2 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast -in -place concrete. B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. C. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. D. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 010151 Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02230, Drilled Piers: Concrete formwork for piers. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. , 5. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", unless otherwise shown. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all form -coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties and accessories. B. Samples: Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for selection by the Architect. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for accessory materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fiber Forms: Store prefabricated fiber forms on site horizontally if length requires, supported along the entire length of the form and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground, completely covered with waterproof membrane including ends, and not stacked over T-0" high. If stored vertically, the ends shall be covered with waterproof membrane and elevated a minimum 4" off of ground. 03100 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART PRODUCTS , ijll�i•77,_T,1.Li7.�;�YiI;;IP.I�(lil;•�x�ZdiP.[�f;7alq A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. 1. Drilled Pier or Caisson Liners: Refer to Section 02230. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler shall be non -bituminous, non -extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints, filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Non -Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous -Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filler: Flexcelt by Celotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15-lb. non -bituminous felt bond breaker. - D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. E. Form Ties: Provide factory -fabricated break -back, removable, or snap -type form ties designed to prevent spatting concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic -coated or hot -dipped galvanized at exposed concrete with cone -shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. F. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil -type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro -Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J It P Tex -Mastic or approved equal. 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. G. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. H. Void Forms: Provide moisture -resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete until initial set: 8" thick x full width of concrete member. 1. Wall Void by SureVoid or equal. I. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this 03100 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly lay out work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast -in -place concrete work. 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in -place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. D. Provide openings informs as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete wilt be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. F. Place void form material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams; omit directly above caissons or footings. 3.04 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold -weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300. D. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms. E. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. 03100 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION 03100 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports. B. Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 4. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 6. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 7. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as detailed on the Drawings. B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements. C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 3. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 4. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice". 5. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". 6. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports". 7. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction". 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. D. Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items: 1. Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated. 2. Bar chairs and spacers. 3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors. 4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating bending and cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Show wall reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1 /4" = V-0". 03200 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Structural Engineer. Structural Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement. B. Certificates: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of reinforcing steel and post -tensioning strands, if requested by the Structural Engineer. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for reinforcing steel. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Notify the Owner's testing and inspection agency and Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so that inspection of reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork and/or concreting operations. B. Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings. B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place, it shall be protected by suitable covering. C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering, if applicable. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings. B. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade (ASTM A706, 60 KSI Grade). C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Structural Engineer. D. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82. E. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc., Chattanooga, TN, or equal. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 75% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 03200 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00300 BID FORM 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable. B. For concrete slab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement for slabs - on -grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height. C. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless steel protected. D. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure material. B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength. C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 3.02 SPLICES A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Structural Engineer. B. Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap splices at least one bar diameter. C. Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not less than two (2) full mesh spaces. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale, dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond. B. All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318. C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support bars in slabs -on - grade and footings with approved accessories. D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4", except that minimum spacings between bars shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Structural Engineer's approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances. E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete. 03200 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer. G. Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of template before concrete starts to set. H. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints. 3.04 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings. B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. 1-1 /2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and/or as scheduled herein: 1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks, etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials. 3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams, piers and caissons. END OF SECTION 03200 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, caissons, slabs -on -grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized. B. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work. C. Furnish and place granular sub -base under stabs -on -grade. D. Furnish and install colored concrete slabs -on -grade, where specifically shown on the Drawings. E. Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs. F. Furnishing and placing joint materials. G. Furnish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Division 2, Sitework. 4. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 5. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 6. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 7. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 8. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 9. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 10. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 11. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 12. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 13. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 14. Division 15, Mechanical. 15. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications, structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the standards for detailed requirements. 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". 3. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete". 4. ACI 304, 'Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete". 5. ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'. 6. ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 7. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". 8. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates". 9. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". 10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". 11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". 12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete". 13. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this 03300 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this project. The quality assurance program shall detail: 1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures and water. 2. Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es). 3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es). 4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials. C. Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Field Reference Manual" in the field office at all times. ' D. Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the Architect. E. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required. F. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. ig*B *110It210*1 A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 301 for approval by the Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report: 1. Project identification. 2. Concrete class. 3. Specified properties for concrete. 4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement. 5. Cement type and brand. 6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures. 7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard. 8. Required strength qualification data for each property specified for design mix in accordance with ACI 301. 9. Unit weight. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds. C. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in accordance with paragraph 1.02.6. D. Certificates: 1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. 2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in paragraph 2.05. E. Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer's review, if requested, all delivery tickets for each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio), amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture, number of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time. 1.04 INSPECTION 03300 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Provide minimum 48 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification. 1.05 TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm. C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 3. Air Content: ASTM, C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test specimens, or when the indication of change requires. 4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. 5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31. E. Compressive Strength Tests: 1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used. 3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, the name of contractor, name of the concrete supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. 4. The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The testing agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as directed. The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing. F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 03300 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each time a set of compression test specimens are made. 1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and warehouse set. B. Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile. C. Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges. D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is completely placed. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface finish. B. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. Refer to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following: Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees Air Temp. F Section with Least Dimension Degrees F Under 12" 12" and Over 30 to 45 60 50 0 to 30 65 55 Below 0 70 60 3. When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 800 F. 4. Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be raised above 350 F. 5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period. 6. Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. C. Hot Weather Concreting: 03300 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Refer to ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'. 2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 90' F or above. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F. 3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to placing concrete. 4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more. 5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour. 6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi- tect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Provide Installer's written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance. Owner's Representative shall determine needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual structure. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes. D. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances. E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal. 2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E. 3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 4. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith, Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal. 5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited. 7. Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of color(s), Davis Color "Willow Green" or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 8. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: Refer to paragraph 3.02, Design Mixes, of this Section. 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified in Section 05120. 03300 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235. 1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld, Protex Proweld-D, or equal. B. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections. 1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal. 2.04 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100. B. Grade Beam Void Forms: Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specified in Section 03100. C. Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Accessories: Refer to Section 03250. D. Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200. 2.05 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Provide membrane -forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, specified below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes. 2.06 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Refer to the schedule below for applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified. 2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or other deleterious material. B. Liquid Acrylic -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborne or equal. C. Liquid Water -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal W by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: Clear. D. Non -Slip Abrasive Aggregate: Provide fused aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery as abrasive aggregate for non -slip finish, with emery aggregate containing not less than 40% aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Use material that is factory -graded, packaged, rust -proof and non -glazing and that is unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials (Sonneborne Frictex, Toch Brothers Toxgrip, Grace Durafax, Sonneborne Frictex 176), Grip -it. E. Waterproofing Membrane: Refer to Section 07130. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Thoro System Products, Miami, FL, and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co., Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211. 3. L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800) 800-9900, represented locally by Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303) 740-7787. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable, except as limited above. 03300 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.07 UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: 3/8" to 3/4" gravel or crushed rock, extent and thickness as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Soils Report. B. Vapor Barrier: Refer to Section 07190. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Notify any trades that may have items to be recessed or embedded in concrete, or that may require openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to: 1. Division 2 furnishings. 2. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200. 3. Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250. 4. Structural steel specified in Section 05120. 5. Mechanical work specified in Division 15. 6. Electrical work specified in Division 16. B. Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete against frozen ground. C. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions. D. Notify the Architect/ Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents. E. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100. F. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. G. Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly placed, as specified in Section 03100. H. Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly located and installed, as specified in other Sections. I. Patterned Concrete Slab -on -Grade: Do not begin concrete work until all operations are complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the entire section that is to be placed. 3.02 DESIGN MIXES A. Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Structural Drawings or specified herein for specific locations. B. Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer. C. Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners 03300 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractor's expense. E. Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete. F. Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for testing requirements. G. Concrete Mixes: 1. Class I: For piers and caissons, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type II cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 3" to 5" slump. Air entrained 5% to 7%. No fly ash substitution. 2. Class Il: For foundation walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%. 3. Class III: For interior slabs, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh. 4. Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add selected color additive where shown on the Drawings. 5. Class V: For exterior concrete topping, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%, fibermesh. 6. Class VI I: For exterior curbs, gutters, concrete pavements and sitework: Conform to City of Fort Collins engineering standards, unless otherwise directed by the Owner or Engineer. Refer to Section 02515. 7. Except as excluded, fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of 15% by weight; 20% maximum where exposed in the final structure. If used, no further cement reduction due to use of water -reducing agent will be allowed. H. LEED Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: a. Recycled Aggregate: 20% minimum. b. Fly Ash: As specified in subparagraph 3.02 G above. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: 4. Credit EQ4.1, Low Emitting Materials. I. In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing mix designs meeting all requirements specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects under conditions similar to those anticipated on this project may be used, providing the following are submitted for the Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete: 1. Reports of concrete mix design and test results. 2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of 7- and 28-day concrete strength test made during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for these tests. 3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six (6) months. 4. Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 301. 5. Documentation of compliance with specified LEED design criteria. J. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. 3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI 614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule. 03300 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PROJECT: SECTION 00300 BID FORM Place Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated 20 and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds .is as follows: 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 1 B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, except as specified herein. C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be rejected. D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances. 3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts. C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls, slabs or columns with reinforcing in both faces and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel. E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in contact with concrete. 3.05 PLACING UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of gravel over compacted sub -base, level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Vapor Barrier: Install underslab vapor barrier as specified in Section 07190. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94-67. B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 70° F +/- 20' F at the time of placing, unless prior permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances. C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation, contamination or loss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction of water to placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop chutes, baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the requirements of ACI 614. 1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost, ice, mud, standing or running water. E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete. Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete. F. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring. G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber -formed columns. Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic. H. Immediately after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets, working 03300 - 9 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints. 2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the Architect/ Engineer. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective areas immediately after form removal. B. Subgrade Surfaces: Rough form finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as indicated otherwise. Patch all defective areas. C. Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view, including but not limited to the following: 1. Foundation walls with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed finish. 2. Retaining walls and foundation walls. D. Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1 /2" and smooth. 1. Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and projections. 2. Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture consistent to that of formed surfaces. Final treatment of formed surfaces shall continue uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3. Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true to line. E. Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this section. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF JOINTS A. Joint Materials: Refer to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.05 of this Section. B. General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. In general, locate near the middle of the span of slabs, beams and grade beams, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for joint locations. C. Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings. Form control joints and place expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following requirements: 1. Control joints shall be spaced at 15'-0" maximum intervals each way so as not to encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report. 2. Place control joints at internal corners, columns or other points of natural weakness. 3. Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on joints in post -tensioned concrete slabs. D. Before depositing new concrete, remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately before placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface. At slabs and beams, apply a neat cement grout. E. Expansion or Isolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings, place filler strips to within 1 /2" of finished surface. Joint recess shall be formed with a separate removable filler section to provide a clean, true recess to receive sealant as specified in Section 07900. F. Interior Construction and Control Joints: Keyed construction joints shall be formed with prefabricated joint materials and shall adhere to the control joint pattern shown. 1. Refer to the Drawings for special control joint patterns. G. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non -bituminous 03300 - 10 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS H. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non -bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. I. Exterior Slab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1 /4) the thickness of the slab, where indicated on the plans. Refer to Section 02515 for joint spacing in concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections. 3.09 FINISHING FLATWORK A. General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this work. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to required tolerance. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin film finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate the concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system. D. Non -Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use broom finish after floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementious finishes. Coordinate final texture with the Architect prior to application. E. Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete stabs -on -grade around floor drains level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs -on -grade to floor or trench drains. F. Slab Finish Schedule: Refer to Part 4, Schedules, at the end of this Section. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum. b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum. 2. Variation in Thickness: 1 /4" to 1 /2" standard, 5% for footings. 3. Variation in Grade: a. 0-10': 1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for floor slabs. b. 10-20': 3/8" standard, 1 /4" for floor slabs. C. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor stabs. 4. Variation in Plan: a. 0-20': 1 /2". b. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, +1 /2" for footings. 5. Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings. 6. Variation in Openings: 03300 - 11 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a. Size: +1 /8". b. Location: 1/4". B. Slab Tolerances: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: 1 /8" in 10' maximum. 2. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1 /4" in 10' maximum. 3.11 CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. B. Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing. C. Refer to the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for curing of concrete slabs - on -grade to receive stains, sealers or other special finishes. D. Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood forms shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing method must be started immediately. E. Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and sealed, and kept continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified finishes. Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism, accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion. G. Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than 90° F. When necessary to prevent premature drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. H. Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When atmospheric temperature is 400 F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than 500 F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. I. Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 500 F in any 24-hour period. 3.12 SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS A. General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials. B. Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following schedule: 1. Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections: Damp cure and Lapidolith, white pigment. 2. Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls: Kure-N-Seal. 3. Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. C. Schedule of Interior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for interior floor slabs in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to paragraph 2.06 for certification of appropriate use. 1. Slabs to Receive No Flooring: Kure-N-Seal. 03300 - 12 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. D. Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. E. Special Coatings: Acid etch surface of floor slab with a muriatic acid solution prior to applying sealer, as recommended by the manufacturer. Refer to Section 09800. F. Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats with ample drying time between coats. Remove surplus hardener after final application has dried. 3.13 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to: 1. Electrical transformers. Coordinate sizes of transformer bases and other equipment with the governmental agency or utility having jurisdiction. B. Site Concrete Work: Provide miscellaneous site cast -in -place concrete items as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to: 1. Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515. 2. Concrete retaining walls and seating walls. 3. Base and/or pier foundations for site signage, fencing and gates, pipe bollards and miscellaneous site furnishings. 4. Miscellaneous site precast concrete items, including downspout splashblocks. Refer to Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 3.14 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 1. Surfaces shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. 2. Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond. 3. Mechanically abrade smooth, dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding. 4. Moisten area prior to application. 5. Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 900 F prior to repair and during initial curing period. B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3-5 minutes to achieve desired consistency. C. Placing: Place material consistently without multiple layers, using a putty knife, trowel or sponge float. 1. Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8" thickness. 2. For areas greater than 1/8" thick, apply U. S. Spec Quickset 20 to within 1/16" of final repair, then apply finish coat. D. Finishing: Follow standard ACI curing practices. 03300 - 13 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.15 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express direction of the Architect. C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion. 3.16 PATCHING AND POINTING A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view, as defined in paragraph 3.06. B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place. C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction. D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3.07 and 3.09. 2. Tolerances specified in paragraph 3.10. 3. Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing specified in paragraph 3.16. 4. Joint materials and placement. 5. Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns. 6. Specialty slab finishes, i.e. stamped pattern concrete, for accuracy of placement, alignment and flushness of pattern, surfaces and finishes. B. Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray or other surface visual defect. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INTERIOR FLATWORK FINISHES A. Interior Floor Slabs: Troweled finish. END OF SECTION 03300 - 14 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new concrete block masonry units. B. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for units. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Caps and wall coping units. 4. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 6. Section 04270, Glass Block Masonry. 7. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Non -shrink Structural Grout. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed. 1. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials. 2. ASTM C144, Aggregate, for Masonry Mortar. 3. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 5. ASTM C270, Mortar Mix. 6. ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 7. PCA, current edition. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for sample panel requirements. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for mortar and grout materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 TESTING A. Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications shall be removed from 04100 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 700 F and 1000 F. B. Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, gray. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction. C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144. D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8". E. Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption. F. Mortar Coloring: 1. Natural for concrete block unit masonry. G. Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted. H. Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated time for all new masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 1 /4 to 1 /2 part hydrated time. 3. 2-1/4 to 3-1/2 parts damp, loose sand. B. Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 2-1/4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand. 3. 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate. 4. Pozzolan as per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume. C. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements. D. Non -Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 04100 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer. 3.02 BATCH CONTROL A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. C. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 800 F, and 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 500 F. 3.03 JOINTS A. General: Lay coursed modular units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. B. Bond Pattern and Joint Type: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220. C. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. D. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. E. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. F. Clean soiled surfaces using a non -acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. END OF SECTION 04100 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, including units and special shapes, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. B. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry as structural back-up material in composite wall construction, including units, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. C. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry horizontal joint and vertical reinforcing. D. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. E. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry. F. Furnish and install masonry grout for grouted cells of concrete unit masonry. G. Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work. H. Install foamed -in masonry cell insulation materials, furnished by others. I. Clean new concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste. J. Furnish and apply sealer, if specified. K. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04100, Mortar. 4. Section 04270, Glass Block Masonry. 5. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 6. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 7. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 9. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 10. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 11. Section 08950, Insulated Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 3. ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry. 4. ACI 530.1, Standard Specification for Tolerances. 5. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) "Specification for the Design and Construction of Non -Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry". 6. Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 TESTING 04220 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park Provide materials and labor associated with installation, maintenance, start-up and Owner training, as indicated on the drawings and in the Specifications, for each of the following bid items. Owner is responsible for payment of Building Permit application fees. Bid Item #1 Demolition & Traffic Control To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Demolition, Disposal, Protection of Items to Remain, Tree Protection, Traffic Control, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ In Writinq Bid Item #2. Landscape & Irrigation To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Landscaping, Fine Grading, Soil Testing and Amendments, Tree Planting Import Backfill, Irrigation System, Irrigation Pump, Boulders, Flagstone, mulch, relocating trees), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price In Writina Bid Item #3. Park Architecture and Pre -Engineered Structures To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: picnic shelter, restroom, irrigation pump house, Building Perimeter Drains, and Utilities located within the structures and within a distance of five feet (6) from their foundations), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Item does not include pedestrian bridge; see Bid Item 9 — Natural Resources Improvements. Lump Sum Price In Writina Bid Item #4. Earthwork and Utilities To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Site Clearing, Water Control, Earthwork, Erosion Control, Storm Channel Improvements, Wetland Improvements, Water Utilities, Sanitary Sewer, Storm Sewer, Sub -drains, Power Distribution and Controls, Art in Public Places Coordination, and Water Feature Distribution System and Controls), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price In Writinq Bid Item #5. Playground To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Playground Equipment, Safety Surfacing [sand, engineered wood fiber and synthetic turf], and safety signs), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price In Writinq Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 2 A. Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C140-63T. Reports shall include the following: 1. Compressive strength. 2. Water absorption. 3. Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type. B. If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or are otherwise unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Additional costs resulting because of retesting, toad testing, removal and replacement of masonry, damage to the work of other trades shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Structural Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or material at Contractor's expense, if work of required quality cannot be obtained with materials and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor. D. Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed, unless approved by the Structural Engineer. Materials from any new source or changes in proportions shall be subject to all required tests, which shall be made at the Contractor's expense. E. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing. 2. Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work, submit to the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and in proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction. No work shall commence until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer. 3. Furnish materials and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project site under proposed job conditions. 4. Furnish temporary facilities for field -cured specimens. 5. Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of quality tests. 1.04 CERTIFICATION A. Prior to delivery, furnish Architect with certificates or test reports attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the following: 1. Masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout materials. 3. Reinforcing steel. B. Prior to installation, provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to date of block casting. 1.05 TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) 2" x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. Spread mortar on masonry units between 1 /2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1) minute. 2. Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat -end stick or fingers. 04220 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory. 4. Contractor's Option: Contractor may substitute a prism test of in -place concrete unit masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner. B. Grout: Make one (1) set of three (3) 3" x 3" x 6" high specimens for each type of grout and type of wall where used each day grout is poured. Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. On a flat non -absorbent base, form a space 3" x 3" x 6" high, using masonry units having same moisture condition as those being laid. 2. Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass through the liner into masonry units. 3. Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two (2) layers. Puddle each layer with 1" x 2" stick to eliminate air bubbles. 4. Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory. C. After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31. D. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. E. Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates, weather conditions, temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms, breaking stresses and nature of break. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the site, unless only standard, plain concrete unit masonry is used. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. One (1) color and size for each different type of unit specified shall be used throughout the project. B. Sample Panel: Erect minimum 4%0" x 4'-0" sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel of materials using split -face or other textured block shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. C. Certificates: Submit certificates or other documentation attesting to test reports and date of block casting, as specified above. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for concrete unit masonry materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building 04220 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. During freezing or near -freezing .weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least T down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place. . D. Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under construc- tion. E. Cold Weather Masonry Installation: 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 2. Do not use antifreeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. 4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 32' F. 5. Do not heat water above 106' F. 6. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 500 F nor more than 1000 F. 7. Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as follows: a. When air temperature is below 400 F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. C. When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours. d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's approval. F. Hot Weather Masonry Installation: 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Plain Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep units, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Color: Natural. 3. Integral Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or 04220 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. 5. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Knock -out bond beam units at bearing and top course of walls and in other locations shown on the Drawings. b. Bullnose external corners where shown on the Drawings. C. Bullnose units and caps for partial -height, interior partition walls. d. Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. B. Split -Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,500 psi light -weight load - bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep split -face units with vertical score to create 8" x 8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings or required for application. 2. Color: Natural, to be field finished. 3. Integral Water Repellent: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. a. Units shall have matching split -face finish on all exposed surfaces, including ends. b. Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or spaces to be sealed, painted, or where scheduled to be left unfinished. 5. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Cap units shall be solid 4" deep units, without core, sloped 1 /2" on top surface to provide drainage or as shown on the Drawings. b. Knock -out bond beam units at bearing and top course of walls and in other locations shown on the Drawings. C. Rowlock Cap units shall be 4" high with specified split -face surface on vertical edges and smooth top surfaces. d. Provide single vertical scores in block face to create 8" x 8" face pattern where shown on the Drawings. e. Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. f. Column supports at patio screen walls: Nominal 8" high x 12" long x 12" deep, split -face three (3) sides, as shown on the Drawings. g. Patio screen walls: Nominal 8" high x 16" long x 8" deep, split -face one (1) side. C. Ground -Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load - bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep ground -face units, with vertical score to create 8"x8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings. 2. Color: Integral color, to be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. a. Flagstone Red by Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, as basis of bid. 3. Integral Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. a. Units shall have matching ground -face finish on all exposed surfaces, including ends. b. Units shall have matching ground -face finish on both 16" long faces in. specific applications. Refer to the Drawings and/or coordinate with the Architect prior to fabrication. 04220 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or spaces to be sealed, painted, or where scheduled to be left unfinished. D. Scored Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep split -face units, with 8 vertical scores per 16" face dimension. 2. Color: Natural, to be field finished. 3. Integral Water Repellant: Integral polymeric -based water repellant admixture, conforming to ASTM E514, RainBlok by ACM Chemistries, Inc., Norcross, GA, (877) 226-1766, or approved equal. 4. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Vertical scores shall be formed or saw cut into units at the block plant. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. E. Bond Beam Units: All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms, except at masonry lintels over openings. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01. F. Cap and Coping Units: Provide the following special units for wall caps and copings: 1. Cap units at concrete unit masonry or stone bases at steel columns: 18" x 18" square x 4" thick, with 8" x 8" cutout in center for passage of structural steel support columns. 2. Slope top surfaces of all cap and coping units minimum 1 /2" to drain, or as shown on the Drawings. 3. Provide drip edges in bottom surfaces of all overhanging cap and coping units. 4. Water Repellent: Match specifications listed above in paragraph 2.01. G. Tolerances: No overall dimension of width, height or length shall vary by more than 1 /8" from the specified standard dimension. H. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Robinson Block Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 390-5477, (800) 284-8037. 2. Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, (970) 667-4480. 3. Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-1292. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES A. General: Corrosion -resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM Al53 and ASTM Al 16. B. Reinforcing Steel: Refer to Section 03200. C. Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types: 1. Wire Mesh: Minimum 30-gage plain wire. Mesh shall be 1 /2" width, 1" (25mm) less than width of masonry. 2. Truss or Ladder Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units, 6" wide x not less than 10'-0" long for 8" deep structural units, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321- 04220 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140. 3. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. 2.03 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Color Additives and Special Aggregates: Manufacturer's standard to achieve specified color and consistency. B. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness. 1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi minimum, ASTM D412. 2. Elongation: 250% minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum. 4. Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of -200 F minimum. 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 6. Approved Manufacturer: Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal. C. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2.04 INSULATION A. Composite Wall Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. B. Foam Masonry Cell Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION, COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized. B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place concrete unit masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. D. Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut in. Provide not less than 16" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. E. Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work. Do not tooth. F. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws. G. Bearing for horizontal load -carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep. H. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray- or brush -applied sealers. 04220 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 CURING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of casting before being delivered to the site and installed in masonry walls. Consult with Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute as necessary. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations specified here in as shown on the Drawings. B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weepholes through bottom course of single wythe veneer, single wythe structural, composite or cavity wall masonry construction as shown on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full height, full depth of head joints, spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes. B. Ensure that concrete masonry units have properly cured prior to installation, as specified in 3.02 above. C. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Course one (1) block unit and mortar joint to equal 8" vertically. Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings. D. Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled cores. Lay subsequent courses in face -shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work. Fully mortar webs around each core to be grouted. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections. E. Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and unchipped edges. 1. Cut masonry units forming gable ends accurately to form straight and uniform gable lines. G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. H. Where knock -out bond beams are specified, place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop flow of grout, except at reinforced vertical cells. I. Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. Clean excess mortar from cores to be grouted. J. Tolerances: Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1 /8". K. Tooling and Joints: Refer to paragraph 3.06. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. Do not slush head joints. B. Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells. C. Starting Joint on Slabs: Provide full mortar coverage on bed, except that area where grout occurs shall be kept free from mortar. D. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed. E. Joint width shall be 3/8", unless otherwise shown. 04220 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS F. Non -Bearing Walls: Provide masonry bond at all corners. Except at bonded corners, walls shall be tied together with strips of wire mesh placed not more than 16" o.c. vertically. 3.06 TOOLING A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required. 1. Exterior Face of Ground -Face Units: Raked joints. 2. Exterior Face of Split -Face Units: Tooled concave joints. 3. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Raked joints for all masonry unit types. 4. Interior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints. 5. Both Faces of Interior Walls: Tooled concave joints. B. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown. C. Joints to be covered with paint shall be filled flush and then sacked to produce dense surface without sheen. D. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Reinforce all walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise. Provide special shapes where shown on the Drawings. Lap reinforcement minimum 6" at splices. B. At each level, place reinforcement in bed joint between first and second course and then at regular intervals not exceeding 16" o.c. vertically. C. Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face -shell mortar beds and are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1 /2" at other locations. D. Cavity Wall Construction: Ensure that cavity wall horizontal reinforcement has been properly installed and anchored in structural sheathing and/or structural steel stud (or wood stud) framing or blocking. 1. Vertically: 16" o.c. 2. Horizontally: 24" o.c. E. Unless otherwise shown, provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints immediately above and below openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24" beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24". F. Use only prefabricated "L" and 'T' units at corners and intersections, respectively. G. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcement, unless shown on the Drawings. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Reinforcing bars shall be straight, except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks are detailed. Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field -bent, except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer. B. Bars shall be free of loose rust, mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond. C. Splices shall be made only at locations shown on the Drawings or where specifically permitted by the Engineer. Bars shall be lapped minimum 36 bar diameters where spliced and shall be separated by 1 bar diameter or wired together. D. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings and secured rigidly against displacement within a tolerance of 1 /4". E. Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 1 /2" from masonry and not less than 1 bar diameter between bars. F. Vertical reinforcing shall be placed in masonry cores as shown or specified on the Drawings, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Load -bearing masonry walls, reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings. 04220 - 9 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Cores in jambs of all door and window openings in load -bearing walls. 3. Cores below bearing of structural members, as indicated on the Drawings and specified in paragraph 3.01 above. G. Horizontal bars shall be placed in continuous masonry courses, consisting of bond -beam or through - block units and shall be solidly grouted in place. H. When foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical unit core, it shall not be sloped more than 1 horizontal in 6 vertical. Dowel shall be grouted into core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ANCHORS A. Embedded Anchor Slots and Masonry Anchors: Refer to Section 03250. B. Provide masonry anchors at maximum 16" o.c. vertically at each embedded anchor slot location, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES A. General: Install corrugated masonry veneer tie to solid wall sheathing or other substrate at spacing specified in paragraph 3.03 above. 3.11 GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 3. Walls Supporting Fixtures: Non -bearing walls supporting wall -hung toilet fixtures or other equipment or accessories shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage devices. B. When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from squeezing out and falling into air space or cells to be grouted or sand -filled. Mortar which projects more than 3/8" into grout space shall be removed. C. Grout shall be puddled or vibrated in place. D. To control area to be grouted, use metal lath or masonry dam. Do not use paper or wood. E. Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48" o.c. F. Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation. G. Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be grouted solidly. Pours shall be stopped 1-1 /2" below top of course, except at top of wall, to form a key at pour joints. Provide clean -out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection. H. Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units: Walls shall be erected and grouted in lifts not higher than 8'. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed cell area of at least 2" x 3". I. Grout Spaces Less Than 2" in Width: Walls shall be grouted in heights of less than 8" or six (6) times the grout joint thickness, whichever is less. Pour grout up to 1" from top of lower wythe. One (1) wythe of wall shall be laid up higher than the other, but not more than 16". Grout joint shall be at least 1" wide and shall be filled solidly with grout. J. Grout Spaces 2" or More in Width: Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting. Wall shall be grouted in heights of Tor less for spaces less than 4" wide and in heights of 4' or less for spaces 4" or wider. 04220 - 10 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.12 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A. General: Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. B. Masonry Lintels: Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12" but less than 30" are shown without steel or other lintels. Temporarily support formed -in -place lintels. 1. Unless otherwise shown, provide one (1) #5 reinforcing bar for each 4" of wall thickness. Fill lintel units solidly with grout. 2. Refer to the Structural Drawings for loose lintel schedule. C. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6-0" wide and 8" for wider openings. D. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed. B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants. C. Control Joint Spacing: Refer to the Drawings. If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum 20'-0" o.c. for unbroken lengths of concrete unit masonry, except as specified herein: 1. Wall Openings: Where doors, windows, louvers or other wall openings in masonry occur, control joints shall be placed at locations and spacings shown on the Drawings, but in no case less than 12'-0" o.c. 2. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when walls are supported on the slab. 3.14 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items plumb and true to line. 3.15 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND OTHER FILL MATERIALS A. Composite Wall Insulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07210. B. Foam Masonry Cell Insulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07210. 3.17 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: All new concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work. B. Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning concrete unit masonry. Never clean concrete unit 04220 - 11 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Bid Item #6. Athletic Facilities To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Basketball Court Paving & Surfacing, Pavement Markings, Basketball Equipment), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ In Writin Bid Item V. Hardscape and Trails To include all materials complete, in place (such as but not limited to the following: Site Preparation, Base Materials, Sidewalks, Trails, Plazas, Ramps, Crusher Fines Pathways, Gravel Driveway, Children's BMX Course, Concrete Mow Strips, Playground Headers and Curbs, and Concrete Entrance Seat Walls), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Trail items on Natural Resources property; please see bid item12, Natural Resources Improvements. Item does not include the basketball court paving; see Bid Item 6 — Athletic Facilities. Lump Sum Price In Writinq Bid Item #8. Site Furnishings To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: Picnic Tables, Benches, Trash Cans, Bicycle Racks, BBQ's, Drinking Fountains, Entrance Sign, and Pedestrian Lights), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ In Writinq Bid Item #9. Natural Resources Improvements To include all materials complete, in place (such as, but not limited to the following: colored concrete trail from Eden Ridge Court to Carpenter Rd., crusher fines trail along Carpenter Rd., crusher fines trail from gravel access road to Robert Benson Reservoir, Pedestrian Bridge, Abutments, and Benson Reservoir Outlet Channel Improvements, and Trail Barricade. Bid item to include, but not limited to, erosion control, remove and replace topsoil, earthwork, reconditioning, geotextile fabric, placement of pathway or structure, backfilling, erosion control, soil prep and seeding), as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications Lump Sum Price $ In Writing TOTAL BASE BID - Bid Items 1 Through 9 Lump Sum Price $ In Writina Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 3 1. Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar. 2. Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 1 /2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /3 cup household detergent to one gallon of water. Scrub with a stiff fiber brush only. 3. Thoroughly rinse with clean, low-pressure water immediately after scrubbing to remove all cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar crumbs. C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. D. Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. 3.18 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER A. Ensure that concrete masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer. B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames. C. Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures. D. Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes. F. Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. B. All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction. C. Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 1 /4" will be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04220 - 12 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 04270 GLASS BLOCK MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install modular solid glass block masonry units and accessories. B. Furnish and install metal joint reinforcing, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Clean glass block masonry and remove surplus material and waste. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04100, Mortar. 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Framing Systems. 4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. International Building Code, current edition. B. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications for each type of glass block. specified. B. Samples: Submit minimum three (3) full size samples of each type of specified glass block for approval of the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Erect sample panel consisting of approved glass block unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed pattern, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel of glass block using radiused corner units or other special shapes shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. 3. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass block units to the site in manufacturer's original, sealed cartons. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide glass block unit manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 04270 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS Z.01 SOLID MODULAR GLASS BLOCK A. General: Prefabricated solid glass units, made of clear, colorless glass. B. Size(s): 8" x 8" nominal face dimension x 2-7/8" deep. C. Pattern(s): Stipple,"Decora" by PC Glass Block as basis of design. D. Color(s): Clear. E. Special Shape(s): None. F. Accessories: Provide prefabricated plastic spacers for aligning glass block units. G. Mortar Mix: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C270. 1. Portland Cement: Type 1, in accordance with ASTM C150. 2. Lime: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C207. 3. Sand: Clean, white quartsite type, essentially free of iron compounds, for thin joints, in accordance with ASTM C144. 4. Integral Type Waterproofer: Stearate type, hydrocide powder by Sonneborne or equal. 5. Color: White. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. PC Glass Block, manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corp., Pittsburgh, PA, (800) 992-5769. 2. Manufacturers providing units of same design, patterns, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING AND ACCESSORIES A. Prefabricated Spacers: B. Veneer Ties: Standard 7/8" x 6-3/4" long, 18-gage rigid hot -dipped galvanized corrugated wall ties. C. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: Prefabricated welded wire units not less than 10'-0" long, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. 1. Approved Manufacturers: a. Dur-O-Wat, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321-1836. b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140. C. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. D. Structural Steel Reinforcing and/or Framing Systems: Refer to the Drawings and Section 05120 or 05400. E. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100. F. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thickness as shown on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the glass block masonry is to be installed and report any conditions to the Architect which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin the glazing installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 04270 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Ensure that concrete surface treatments, including sand or water blasting, grouting and waterproofing, have been completed prior to installation of glass block masonry into openings in the structural precast concrete wall panels. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF GLASS BLOCK MASONRY UNITS A. General: Install glass block units in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Lay glass block units with directional pattern so that pattern is consistent throughout the field of work. B. Ensure that framing has been installed around and below the openings to receive glass block as detailed on the Drawings, capable of supporting the dead weight of the glass block and imposed wind loads. Consult with the Architect as necessary. C. Ensure that framed openings are properly sized and located. D. Accurately layout work to ensure consistent and symmetrical joints in glass block masonry. E. Use prefabricated plastic spacers as specified above to maintain spacing and alignment of joints. F. Reinforce horizontal courses with ladder -type reinforcing as shown on the Drawings or required by loading conditions. Consult with manufacturer as necessary. G. Grout joints as specified for concrete unit masonry, using white mortar, unless otherwise approved. H. Tool joints concave, and strike clean with straight, crisp lines. I. Remove excess mortar smears from glass block units and adjacent materials and finishes. J. Workmanship standards for installation and joints specified for concrete unit masonry shall also apply to the glass block masonry work. Refer to Section 04220. K. Tolerances: Maximum variation from glass unit to adjacent unit to be 1 /32". 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean all glass block units and protect as necessary during the balance of construction. B. Remove and replace any chipped, cracked or broken glass block units, or units that exhibit crazing, discoloration or other visual defects. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of the installation. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. END OF SECTION 04270 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including beams, bracing and other framing members. C. Furnish and fabricate items to be embedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts, angles or plates for attachment of structural steel and other work. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 6. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Miscellaneous metal hangers, post caps, etc. 7. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 8. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISC: Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction. 3. AISC: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, 2000 or current edition, as amended below. a. Section 3. 1: Revise the second paragraph to read: 'The Contract Documents shall clearly show the work that is to be performed and shall give the following information with sufficient dimensions to accurately convey the quantity and nature of the structural steel to be fabricated." b. Section 3.2: Replace the entire section with the following: 'Requirements for structural steel including dimensions, arrangement and details shall be shown in the overall contract document package. Fabricator shall be responsible for incorporating all such information from structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings, as well as those of other disciplines." C. Section 3.5: Delete all text after the first sentence. d. Section 3.6: Page 19, replace the text of the entire section with the following: "When the fast -track project delivery system is selected, release of structural drawings shall constitute release for construction only, if specifically noted on the drawing. Drawings that indicate "not for construction" shall not be used for detailing." e. Section 4.2: Page 21, 2nd paragraph: Eliminate the following: "When requested to do so by the Owner's Designated Representative for Design". f. Section 4.4: Page 23, Revise 2nd sentence to read the following: 'These drawings shall be returned in accordance with the schedule defined in Division 1 of the project specification. In the absence of this requirement, the Owner's Designated Representative for Design shall return submittals within 14 days of receipt from the Owner's Designated Representative for Design for Construction." 05120 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS g. Section 6.4.4: Page 33: Revise statement "For the purpose of inspection, camber shall be measured in the fabricator's shop in the unstressed condition", to read "camber specified on the drawings is intended to be camber at the time of erection with decking placed prior to placing concrete. Owner's Designated Representative for Construction shall submit methods for controlling deflections on beams with inadequate camber prior to placing concrete on deck." h. Section 6.5.3: Page 38: Revise definition to read "two mils" (0.05 mm). i. Section 7.10.3, Page 47: Refer to the design criteria in the general notes on the drawings for definition of the complete lateral load resisting system for the steel frame. The Contractor shall notify the Erector in accordance with Section 7.10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges of all bracing requirements beyond those required to support the bare steel frame. 4. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. 5. AWS: Code for Welding in Building Construction. 6. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 8. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 9. ASTM A500-B: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A572-50: High -Strength, Low -Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel. 11. FS TT-P-31: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, red and brown. 12. ASTM A525: Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dipped Process. 13. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar size and complexity. C. Welding Qualifications: Welding shall be performed only by welders or welding operators currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding involved. 1. All welders shall have evidence of current certification. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certified Test Reports: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of structural steel and high -strength bolts, if requested by Structural Engineer. B. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions showing compliance with the specifications for filler metal for welding, shop paint and grout. C. Calibration Data: Submit procedure for calibration of wrenches and installation of high -strength bolts for Engineer's approval. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including job standards for shop and field connections, anchor bolt and base plate plans, erection drawings for framing, and detail drawings of all structural members. 1. Erection drawings shall show all necessary erection details, location, type and size of all bolts and welds, clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and welds.' 2. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated steel structures specified in Section 13122. 3. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated wire mesh screens specified in Section 05999. 05120 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4. Truss connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale, with anchor bolt placement. F. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. G. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for structural steel. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and inspection of shop and field welding and high -strength bolting shall be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. B. Handle members in a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint. Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the Architect/Engineer. C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36, 50 ksi. B. Rolled Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A572-50, 50 ksi. C. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded constructions. Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B, 46 ksi. D. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B, 46 ksi. E. Solid Steel Bars and Plates: Comply with ASTM A36-81 a, 36 ksi. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 2.02 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: Regular low -carbon steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A. B. High -Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts and nuts and hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490. 05120 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Electrodes for manual shielded and metal arc welding shall be covered mild steel electrodes conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233, Series E-60 and E-70. D. Bare electrodes and granular flux for submerged arc welding shall conform to the AWS Code and ASTM A588, Series F-60 and F-70. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 above. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Match paragraph 2.01 above. 2.03 PRIMER AND PAINT A. Shop Paint: Provide paint conforming to FS TT-P-636, manufacturer's standard red. Field touch-up paint shall be the same as shop paint. B. Asphaltic Paint: Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all members exposed in crawlspaces, and all exterior members to be in contact with concrete, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi -Mastic. C. Primer: Conform to FS TT-P-31, red. D. Hot -Dipped Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize all structural steel components, conforming to ASTM A525, in exterior locations, including all beams, channels, angles, pipe or wide flange columns and other supports. 2.04 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide factory -packaged non -shrink non-metallic flowable grout where shown on the Drawings, manufactured by Embeco, Five Star or equal. 1. One (1) day compressive strength of 5,000 psi minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural steel work. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing erection. B. Prior to start of erection of the steel, Erector shall verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing. C. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. D. Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing installation. 05120 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Contractor shall ensure the structural stability of the roof and floor framing components during removal or modification of any existing connectors, and the installation of new connectors. 1. Shore or brace walls and framing members as necessary. C. Field welding as a part of this work shall only be allowed where specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions during welding in the vicinity of existing wood construction. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. 3.04 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the referenced codes, AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final approved shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown. B. Shop -fabricate and assemble sections in largest practical components for delivery and erection on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. 1. Beam Connectors: Shop -fabricate structural steel tube columns, connector plates and beam seats. C. Properly mark and match mark all materials for field assembly. Coordinate fabrication and delivery sequence to expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete work shall be shipped loose. D. Type of connection most suitable to shop or field facilities shall be used, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Cutting and Fitting: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation of other trades. Secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered. Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the job without the approval of the Structural Engineer. F. Steel to be Exposed in Finished Structure: All steel trusses, truss connector plates, beam seats, beams, columns, purlins and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut square, true and uniform, with uneven, rough or abraded edges sanded smooth prior to shop painting. 3.05 SHOP AND FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Weld or bolt shop connections, unless otherwise shown. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections are shown or specified. Use bolts conforming to ASTM A325, unless otherwise shown. 1. All welds exposed to view are to be "Architectural Grade". B. No one-sided connections shall be used, unless specifically shown on the Drawings. C. Detailing and fabrication of high -strength bolted joints shall conform to "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". Connections are designed as bearing connections. D. Finish work in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Work shall be true and free from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. 3.06 SHOP PAINTING A. After fabrication, remove all loose scale, rust, weld slag or flux deposit, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign materials. 05120 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Apply one (1) coat of shop paint to all steel, except as specified herein. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 2 mils. C. Do not paint surfaces of steel in contact areas to be welded or contact surfaces of friction -type high -strength bolted connections. Protect machine -finished surfaces against corrosion. Do not paint surfaces of steel embedded in concrete. D. Do not paint/prime interior steel surfaces to receive application of spray -applied fireproofing. 3.07 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and other specified requirements, including special provision of CSHA and COSH. B. Erection equipment shall be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely. Do not use floor and roof systems of building to support erection equipment. C. Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required. D. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated within specified AISC erection tolerances. Align and adjust various members forming a part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. E. Clean bearing and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. 1. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice. Leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of 700 F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. F. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after the supporting members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims. G. High -strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints. Testing of high -strength bolting procedures shall be as specified in Section 01410. H. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors. All gas cutting must have prior approval of the Engineer. I. Attach headed stud shear connectors if specified, to beams by automatic end welding in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. J. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. K. Field Modifications: Written approval of the Structural Engineer must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. Contractor shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. 3.08 FIELD PAINTING A. Paint only when ambient air temperature is above 400 F. Surfaces to be painted shall be free of rust, oil, dirt and mud. Immediately after erection, touch-up field welds, bolted connections and abrasions of the shop coat. B. Apply asphaltic paint to portions of columns, including base plate that will be below grade or top of slab -on -grade, and to all connections or other surfaces exposed in crawlspaces or to be in contact with concrete in exterior applications. C. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for field finishing of exposed steel surfaces. 3.09 PLACEMENT OF NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout. Check for cleanliness and proper placement and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Pack grout solid taking care that 05120 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ADDITIONS/DELETIONS Add or subtract the following amounts for the items listed below Alternate Bid Item #1. Natural Areas Pathway to Robert Benson Reservoir Delete 500 If 6' wide crusher fines path, delete 150 If of 8' width of gravel road and add 655 If 8' wide, 5" thick, colored concrete sidewalk. To include all materials complete, in place, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price (Add) In Alternate Bid Item #2. Natural Areas Pathway along Carpenter Road Delete crusher fines pathway and add 5' wide ABC (aggregate base course) gravel pathway. To include all materials complete, in place, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. Lump Sum Price $ (Add) In Writina UNIT PRICES For additions and deletions to the Contract, the following unit prices shall be applicable for the specific items listed Unit Prices shall be complete, in place including required labor, materials, permits, equipment, implements, testing parts and supplies necessary for, and incidental to proper installation, as indicated on the Drawings, and in the Specifications. 1. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the scope of work, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices, where the Owner elects to use this method of determining costs. 2. The Contractor is advised that the unit prices may enter into the determination of the successful bidder. Unreasonable prices may result in rejection of the entire bid proposal. 3. Unit prices for irrigation shall include pipe, fittings, valves, concrete thrust block and stabilizers, and other items shown on the Drawings, as described in the Specifications or recommended by the manufacturer as part of the installation. DEMOLITION ITEM Demo — Existing Curb and Gutter Demo — Existing Silt Fence Demo — Existing Concrete Sidewalk Demo — Asphalt Saw Cutting UNIT PRICE $ LF $ SF $ LF Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 4 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for field finishing. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Refer to Structural Drawings for complete steel inspection table or schedule. B. Shop- and field -welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Alignment and spacing of members. 2. Flushness and plumb of adjacent members. 3. Quality and appearance of finished welds. 4. Alignment of bolts and other attachments, where exposed to view in finished structure. 5. Consistency of bolt length beyond nuts, where exposed to view in finished structure. END OF SECTION 05120 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 05999 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as shown on the Drawings or required by the work, including but not limited to: 1. Steel plate toilet partition screens and toilet accessories. 2. Miscellaneous steel channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other Sections. B. Furnish and install cast iron tree grates and retaining frames. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 4. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS A. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. B. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. C. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. 5. FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red -Lead Base, Ready Mixed. 6. FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc -Chromate, Alkyd Type. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame panels, illustrating dimensions, components, spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage, finishes and shop welds or other attachments. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for miscellaneous metals. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 05999 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. 1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel joints, ASTM A307. 2. Plate for Toilet Partition Screens: 11-gage sheet steel. 3. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. 4. Primer: Zinc -chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645. B. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded construction. Conform to ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 60% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured. C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces. 1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade". D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified. E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting or installation. F. Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop -prime surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Do not prime exterior steel siding channels. Shop -prime in one (1) coat. G. Hot -dipped galvanize all items to be in contact with concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify Architect/ Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates. D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis. 05999 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion. B. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. C. Replace items damaged in course of installation. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Steel Plate Toilet Partition Screens and Toilet Accessories: 1. Fabricate and install steel plate toilet partition screens without doors as detailed on the Drawings or attached hereto. 2. Fabricate and install steel toilet paper holders for installation on steel plate toilet partition screens as detailed on the Drawings or attached hereto. END OF SECTION 05999 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to: 1. Studs, joists, bridging, blocking and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing. 2. Studs, plates and blocking for built-up headers for window openings. 3. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers. 4. Fireblocking and draft stops. 5. Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) roof sheathing. 6. Roof crickets, curbs, blocking and plates. 7. Structural wood posts and/or columns. 8. Redwood or pressure -treated wood plates. 9. Miscellaneous wall -mounted plywood backer boards for electrical, audio/visual, sound and related equipment. B. Furnish and install pressure -treated and/or fire -treated wood materials. C. Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation. D. Furnish materials and labor for installation of Redwood items, including but not limited to: 1. Fascias and miscellaneous trims. E. Furnish and install prefabricated decorative plywood sheathings for soffits, as shown on the Drawings. F. Installation of prefabricated wood beams, floor joists, roof trusses and miscellaneous blocking and bridging. G. Furnish and install wood siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Furnish and install light -gage metal joist/truss connectors. I. Coordination of all other trades as required for a complete installation. J. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 4. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 5. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 6. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 7. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 8. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Siding and soffit materials, T-1-11 and MDO plywood products. 9. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 10. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Blocking and draft stops. 11. Division 15, Mechanical. 12. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 06100 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide. 5. AWPA: American Wood -Preservers' Association. a. AWPA Cl: All timber products - preservative treatment by pressure processes. b. AWPA C2: Lumber, timber, bridge ties and mine ties - preservative treatment by pressure processes. C. AWPA C4: Poles - preservative treatment by pressure processes. d. AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes. e. AWPA C14: Wood for highway construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. f. AWPA C15: Wood for commercial -residential construction -preservative treatment by pressure processes. g. AWPA C16: Wood used on farms - preservative treatment by pressure processes. h. AWPA C17: Playground equipment treated with inorganic preservatives - preservative treatment by pressure processes. I. AWPA C22: Lumber and plywood for permanent wood foundations - preservative treatment by pressure processes. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 7. California Redwood Association. 8. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). C. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. D. Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. E. Pressure -Treated Lumber: Pressure -treated lumber materials shall not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA). F. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturer's written product literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems, indicating materials, fabrication, attachments and dimensions for each site condition required. B. Preservative Treatment Certification: Treating plant's certification of compliance with specified standards, process employed and preservative retention values. C. Product Data: For restoration and preservation projects, submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation instructions for specified epoxy -type wood repair materials. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all construction adhesives. E. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit EQ 4.4: Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for miscellaneous wood products. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 06100 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at jobsite. B. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work. C. Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper ventilation and drainage. D. Pressure -Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes, in accordance with instructions from treating plant. E. Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's original unbroken boxes, cartons or containers, with labels intact. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1.05 COMPLIANCE A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the jobsite. B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the jobsite and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure -treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship. 1. Installation Warranty: Installing contractor shall provide a 2-year written warranty covering installation. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, minimum 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending, unless other grades and stresses are indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Studs: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, standard grade or better. 3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 4. Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better, pressure -treated where in contact with masonry. 5. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete or masonry. Pressure -treated lumber shall not contain CCA. B. Waferboard: Oriented strand board (OSB), exterior APA. C. Insulative Sheathing: Specified in Section 06115. D. Glue Laminated Beams: Specified in Section 06170. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 4. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 06100 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.02 PRESSURE -TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS. A. Beams and other Semi -Concealed Structural Members: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, with preservative treatment specified below, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending. 2. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 3. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties, Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449-1876, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.03 below, are acceptable. 2.03 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2. Edges: Square, butt. B. Exterior/Interior Plywood Structural Sheathing: As specified on the Drawings, Exterior APA. C. Exterior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Exterior APA, for exposed soffits, sheathing and other semi -exposed areas with sheets narrower than Y-0" wide, for painted opaque finish. D. Exterior Concealed Plywood: CDX, Exterior APA. E. Exterior Decorative Plywood: APA Texture 1-11 (T-1-11), specified in Section 07466, Wood Siding. F. Interior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Interior APA, for painted opaque finish. G. Medium Density Overlaid (MDO) Plywood: Refer to Section 07466. H. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and sealants, indicating that products meet VOC limits. 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no added urea formaldehyde resins. 4. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma, WA. 2. Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000. 3. Manufacturers providing products of the same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Nails: Size and type to suit application. 1. Framing: 8d to 12d rosin -coated box. 2. Sheathing: 8d, 2 1 /2" long box nails, zinc -coated. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. 06100 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Tamper -resistant screws, 1-way round head wood screws. Provide two (2) screw removal tools for owner maintenance. C. Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type. 1. Sill Seal or equal. D. Prefabricated Soffit and Roof Vents: Specified in Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 2.06 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES A. Construction Adhesives: Low -viscosity, mastic -type, multipurpose adhesive, formulated for field - gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: 1. Reference Standards: Comply with the following minimum standards: a. APA Spec. AFG-01. b. ASTM D3498 and C557. C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin #60. 2. Type: Synthetic elastomeric polymer, VOC compliant. a. Calculated VOC: 47 g/L maximum. 3. Base: Synthetic elastomer. 4. Consistency: Approx. 130,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. 5. Weight/Gallon: 10.4 tbs. minimum. 6. Solids content: 78%. 7. Strength: ASTM D3498. 8. Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 1580 F by ASTM D572-61. 9. Water Resistance: Waterproof. 10. Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel. 11. Application Temperature: 00-1000 F. 12. Service Range: -200 to -1200 F. 13. Material Suitability: Select appropriate adhesive product(s) for materials/products to be field bonded, including but not limited to: a. Medium- and heavy-duty construction adhesives. b. Drywall adhesive. C. Subfloor adhesive. d. Polyurethane adhesive. e. Repair construction adhesive. f. Resilient base adhesive. g. FRP adhesive. h. Multipurpose flooring adhesive. i. Ceramic tile adhesive. j. Ceiling tile adhesive. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and sealants, indicating that products meet VOC limits. 2. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 4. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Product and Manufacturer: 1. Titebond VOC-Compliant Adhesives, manufactured by Franklin International, Columbus, OH, (888) 533-9043, as basis of design. 06100 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same type, design, quality, performance and VOC compliance are acceptable. 2.07 LIGHT -GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS A. General: Light -gage, galvanized metal hangers, clips, base and column caps, size and type as indicated on the Drawings, as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by manufacturer for intended application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA, (800) 999-5099. 2. Timber Engineering Co. 3. KC Metal Products Inc., San Jose, CA, (408) 436-8754. 4. Semco, Jacksonville, FL, (800) 874-0335. 5. Manufacturers providing framing connectors and accessories of same design, function, performance and structural capabilities are acceptable. 2.08 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the Drawings or specified herein to be pressure -treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9, C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure -treat items with waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19% for lumber and 18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements. 1. Application Rates: Apply specified preservative treatment as follows, or as recommended by approved manufacturers: a. Preservative treatment for above ground use: 0.25 lb./cu.ft. minimum. b. Preservative treatment where in contact with ground: 0.40 lb./cu.ft. minimum. C. Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems: 0.60 lb./cu.ft. minimum. 2. Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. In contact with roofing, flashing or waterproofing. b. In contact with masonry or concrete. C. In contact, or within 6" of grade. d. Exposed to weather. e. Other locations indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor. B. Ensure that prefabricated roof trusses are properly sized and marked upon delivery to the site. Check connector plate sizes for compliance with specification requirements. 06100 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS EARTHWORK AND UTILITIES ITEM UNIT PRICE Imported Topsoil $ CY Imported Fill $ CY Earthwork - Cut and Stockpiling $ CY Earthwork — Fill $ CY Imported Structural Fill $ CY Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling $ CY Topsoil Spreading and Placement $ CY Wetland Topsoil Stripping and Stockpiling $ CY Wetland Topsoil Spreading and Placement $ CY Muck Excavation $ CY Vehicle Tracking Pad $ SF Rip Rap- Type M $ TON Rip Rap — Type L $ CY Grouted Riprap — Type L $ TON Waterline Service Pipe — 2" $ LF Waterline Service Pipe —'/<" $ EA Waterline Thrust Block $ EA Waterline Tapping Saddle $ EA Waterline Swivel Tee $ EA Waterline Bends $ EA Waterline Joint Restraint $ EA 3/8" Water Service blowout assembly $ EA 3/4" Water Meter and Meter Pit $ EA 3/4" Water Service - curb stop $ EA Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 4" PVC $ LF Sanitary Sewer Pipe — 6" PVC $ LF Sanitary Sewer - Cleanout $ EA Storm Sewer — 24" RCP $ LF Storm Sewer — 18" RCP $ LF Storm Sewer —12" RCP $ LF Storm Sewer — 24" Flared End Section w/ Trash rack $ EA Storm Sewer —12" Flared End Section w/ Trash Rack $ EA Storm Sewer —Type C Inlet $ EA Storm Sewer —Area Inlet $ EA Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 5 C. Selection of Lumber Pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function. 3. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Do not shim any framing component. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General: 1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4" in 10'-0". 2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein. 3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 4. Construct and erect required built-up beams and headers. 5. Produce joints which are tight, true and well nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations. 6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application. 7. Make bearings full and uniform for solid support. 8. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. 9. Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within 1 /16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1 /16" horizontally between trimmers at header. B. Fastening: 1. Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the building code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise. a. Nail without splitting wood. b. Prebore as required. C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. 2. Bolting: a. Drill holes 1 /16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. C. Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: For lag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. C. Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this Project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Exterior Wall Framing: 2x6 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Install let - in metal wall and corner bracing at all external corners, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. External Corners: Triple stud construction, or as shown on the Drawings for specific conditions. 3. Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs at all interior openings; triple studs at all 06100 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a. Provide "king' studs, "queen" studs or trimmers and cripple studs (at window sill framing) as shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions. 4. Top Plates in Bearing Partitions: Double and lapped, stagger joints at minimum 44, intervals. 5. Headers: As shown on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall framing thickness, using 1 /2" plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued. 6. Plates: 2x plates to match wall framing. 7. Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs 3.03 and 3.05 below. 8. Wall Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below. D. Roof Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this Project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Rafter Framing: Dimensional framing at 12", 16" and/or 24" o.c., lumber sizes as indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Bridging and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or as required by applicable Building Codes and the jurisdiction with authority over the project. Also refer to paragraphs 3.03 and 3.05 below. 3. Overframing: Provide 2x6 overframing at 24" o.c., where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions. 4. Miscellaneous: Provide ridge boards, valley rafters and other roof framing components as required, one (1) size larger than rafter members unless otherwise approved by the jurisdiction with authority over the project. 5. Roof Sheathing: Specified in paragraph 3.06 below. E. Wall and Corner Bracing: 1. Install metal 7' bracing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions at all external corners and door/window openings. 2. Cut single -saw kerf 1 /2" deep into studs and plates along line of installation. Insert base of '7 brace in grooves and nail along the nailing grooves into each stud and plate. 3. Nail to studs and plates with two (2) 16d or three (3) 8d nails. 4. Bend corners of bracing over top and bottom plates. F. Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING A. Firestops, Bracing and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building Code compliance, but spaced to not exceed 10'-0" vertically and horizontally. 1. Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support. 2. Provide blocking and/or bracing at all floor and roof framing conditions. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD A. Plywood Web Roof Joists: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 2. Do not install damaged or broken wood joists. 3. Install joists, blocking and bridging as required for particular location, span and application. 4. Ensure proper alignment of cutouts in joists, if indicated on the Drawings. B. Prefabricated Wood or Parallel Strand Plywood Beams: . 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and specifications on the 06100 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Adequately support and brace work until tied into building structure. C. Roof Joists: 1. Handle joists carefully to prevent damage or separation of members and to maintain structural capacity. 2. Do not install damaged or broken trusses. 3. Adequately support and brace work until tied into building structure to ensure against collapse due to wind or other forces. 4. Attach or hang trusses and laterally brace trusses using specified light -gage metal hangers and other attachments. Comply with all applicable building codes and regulations for attachments. 5. Install blocking, bracing and bridging as required by applicable Building Codes for particular location, span and application. Bracing of roof trusses shall be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Truss Plate Institute, 'Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations". 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING A. Wall Sheathing: 1. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back -block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members. 3. Maintain minimum 1/16" and maximum 1/8" joint spacing. 4. Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces. B. Roof Sheathing: 1. Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered. 3. Protect sheathing from moisture until roofings are installed. 4. Install prefabricated continuous roof vents in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, unless arranged for otherwise. a. Refer to the Drawings for extent of work. 5. Place textured and routed plywood sheathing in pattern and direction shown on the Drawings. C. Coordination: Contractor shall not allow Subcontractors to cut holes in wall or roof sheathing for plumbing, mechanical and electrical penetrations more than 1 /2" larger than the piping, conduit or fixture being installed. Holes in excess of this shall be rejected and the sheet of sheathing replaced. All penetrations shall then be sealed with expandable foam sealant, specified elsewhere. 1. Do not allow any holes in roof sheathing to be cut within 18" of any roof valley. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING AND TRIM A. General: Installation of wood siding and trim shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SIDING, SOFFITS AND CEILINGS A. General: Installation of plywood siding, soffits, ceiling panels, etc., shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07466 for installation specifications. 06100 - 9 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1/4" maximum 2. Variation in Plan: a. 0.10': 1/4" maximum b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum 3. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +/-1/8" b. Location: +/-1/4" 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect waferboard, oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off of uncovered floor sheathing within 4 hours of snowfall. B. Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect. 3.10 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the project. END OF SECTION 06100 - 10 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 06170 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish prefabricated plywood web joists and components for roof framing systems. B. Furnish prefabricated laminated plywood beams. C. Furnish steel hardware and connector plates, saddles, beam seats, post caps, etc., unless furnished by Division 5, Metals. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Steel connector plates and beam seats. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Hangers and clips, and installation of prefabricated wood items. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards and Source Quality Control: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Fabricator shall be licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Construction. 2. Fabricate in accordance with Voluntary Product Standard PS 56-73 and bear AITC or CITC quality mark. 3. Parallel Strand Lumber Beams: Design and fabricate in accordance with National Evaluation Service Inc., NER-481, or Canadian Construction Materials Centre, CCMC-11161- R. 4. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Design Criteria: 1. Prefabricated structural wood members and components shall be designed under the supervision of a registered Colorado Professional Engineer. Designs shall be in accordance with allowable values assigned by the local building official. 2. Design and fabricate in compliance with latest edition of the applicable building code. Refer to Section 01060. 3. Only connections and webs currently approved by Research Committee of ICBO are acceptable for use. 4. Structural Requirements: Design and construct structural system to comply with (criteria indicated on the Structural Drawings): a. Dead Loads: Actual materials, including partitions. b. Roof Snow Load: 30 psf. C. Floor Live Load: 40 psf. d. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, exposure as determined by the International Building Code, current edition: 1. Exposure C. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 06170 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications showing compliance with requirements of this Section. 1. Include drawings, specifications and product data for all components and parts of structural system, spacing and layout of members, gusset plates and connectors. Clearly mark all components and parts. Show critical dimensions for determining fit and placement in building, as well as the loads that members are designed to support. 2. Indicate compliance with specified design criteria. 3. Include erection drawings for identification and assembly of parts. 4. Indicate loads for all joist hangers and other connectors. 5. Drawings: Stamp and signature of registered Colorado Professional Engineer responsible for preparation of shop drawings. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Joist Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered Colorado Professional Engineer. 2. Beam Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1. C. Building Permit: Prepare and submit drawings, calculations, specifications and other information as may be required to secure building permit by local building authority. D. Refer to paragraph 2.01.C. for submittals required prior to bidding for approval of equals. E. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit EQ 4.4: Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for prefabricated structural wood materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prefabricated wood beams shall be wrapped separately with heavy water-repellent cover. Protect against damage in transit and on site. B. Store and handle to ensure maintenance of appearance and to prevent damage. C. Store joists in vertical position, on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. D. Store roof trusses on site to prevent warping or splitting of members or loosening of gusset plate connectors. Store on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for all prefabricated wood products covering manufacturing errors, and defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED LAMINATED PLYWOOD BEAMS A. Laminated Plywood Beams: 2,800 psi fiber stress in bending at 12" nominal depth. Beams shall be parallel laminated veneer lumber utilizing 1 /10" or 1 /8" thickness Douglas Fir veneer glued up in continuous process, with all grain parallel with the length of the member. 1. All members shall be of single one-piece length, free of finger -joints, scarf joints or 06170 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Adhesive shall be waterproof meeting requirements of ASTM D2559-76. 3. Multiple members indicated on the Drawings shall be glued and nailed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Micro -Lam by Trus Joist Corp., Boise, ID, distributed in Fort Collins, CO, (970) 226-2171, as basis of design. 2. Versa -Lam by Boise Cascade Corp., White City, OR, (800) 232-0788. 3. Gang -Lam by Louisiana Pacific, Portland, OR, (800) 223-5647. 4. G-P Lam LVL by Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bidding. Request for approval shall be accompanied by the following required documentation: a. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications. b. Proposed modifications to spacing and layout of members. C. Data indicating compliance with design criteria for loading, deflection, fire and sound control assemblies, as applicable. 2.02 PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS A. Top and Bottom Flange: 1-3/4" wide x 1-1/2" thick #1 Southern Pine, Douglas Fir or Microlam Lumber. B. Web: 1 /2" CDX plywood with face veneer installed running in vertical direction of joist and butt - jointed to form continuous web member, or 1 /2" oriented strand board (OSB). C. Rim Joists, Web Stiffeners, Bridging and Blocking: As recommended by manufacturer or required for complete installation. D. Provide factory cutouts where indicated on the Drawings. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. TJI 210 Series as manufactured by Trus Joist Corp., Boise, ID, as basis of design. Distributed from Fort Collins, CO, (303) 226-2171. 2. TMI Series Timjoist as manufactured by Lam -Wood GBS Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 826-8488. 3. BCI Series as manufactured by Boise Cascade Corp., White City, OR, (800) 232-0788. 4. LPI Series as manufactured by Louisiana Pacific, Portland, OR, (800) 999-9105. 5. GPI Series as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (800) 284-5347. 6. JSI Series as manufactured by Jager, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, (800) 427-6212. 7. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bid opening. Request for approval shall be accompanied by the following required documentation: 06170 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications. b. Proposed modifications to spacing and layout of members. C. Data indicating compliance with design criteria for loading, deflection, fire and sound control assemblies. 2.05 LIGHT -GAGE METAL TRUSS/JOIST CONNECTORS A. Joist Hangers, Connectors, Column Bases and Caps: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Truss Connector Plates: Galvanized gusset plates, sized as per fabricator's requirements, except that no plate shalt be less than 15 sq. in. 1. Refer to the Drawings for specific size requirements of truss connector plates at exposed truss locations. C. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Gang -Nail Systems, Inc., Miami, FL. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, design and performance are acceptable. 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Glue: Exterior type with mold inhibitor. B. Miscellaneous Hardware: Refer to Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. C. Steel Connector Plates and Beam Seats: Refer to Section 05120, Structural Steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not proceed with fabrication and/or cutting until shop drawings and design calculations (when required) have been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Installer shall examine the foundations, rough framing and other substrates under which the prefabricated structural wood components are to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be considered acceptance of substrates and site conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD A. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Bracing of roof trusses shalt be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Truss Plate Institute, 'Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations". END OF SECTION 06170 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all softwood finish carpentry, running and standing trim. B. Furnish and install prefabricated millwork, trims and ornamentation. C. Furnish adjustable shelving hardware, unless furnished by custom cabinetwork fabricator. D. Installation of the following items, unless arranged for otherwise: 1. Architectural woodwork. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Solid surface countertops. 4. Finish hardware specified in Division 8. 5. Building specialties specified in Division 10. 6. Building equipment specified in Division 11. 7. Miscellaneous equipment and accessories as specified elsewhere. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Redwood fascia and trim. 5. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Exterior wood trims. 7. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 8. Section 09900, Painting. 9. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations and quality standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to quality requirements of current editions of the following standards: 1. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 2. PS 58: Basic Hardwood. 3. NFPA (National Forest Products Association) National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 5. California Redwood Association. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature illustrating all items of specified shelving hardware. 06200 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all prefabricated millwork components. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit EQ 4.2: Manufacturer's product data for paints and stains, including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 3. Credit EQ4.4: a. Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. b. Adhesive manufacturer's product data for each adhesive used indicating that the adhesive contains no urea formaldehyde. 4. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials and fabricated carpentry items until site conditions are prepared to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60' F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship for all hardware and shelving components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Softwood: Graded in accordance with AWL requirements. 1. Finger -Jointed Hem -Fir or Pine, Paint Grade, S4S: a. Running and standing interior wood trim. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non -rust finish in concealed location and finish to match material in exposed locations. D. Exterior Wood Trims: Refer to Section 07466, Wood Siding. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ4.1: For adhesives and sealants, indicating that products meet VOC limits. 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives and composite wood products, indicating that product contains no added urea formaldehyde. 4. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 5. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 06200 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 24" ADS Drain Basin $ EA Erosion Control - Silt Fence $ LF Erosion Control — Inlet Protection $ EA Erosion Control — Wattle Protection $ EA 4" HDPE Perforated Pipe $ LF Type III Barricade $ EA HARDSCAPE ITEM UNIT PRICE Standard Grey Concrete Pavement (5" thick) $ SF Color Concrete Pavement (5" thick) — Color Yosemite Brown $ SF Color Concrete Pavement (5" thick) — Exposed Aggregate $ SF Concrete Curb and Gutter $ LF Cast -in -Place Concrete Playground Entrance Wall $ LF ADA Curb Access Ramp $ EA Concrete Mow Strip $ LF SOFT TRAILS ITEM UNIT PRICE Gravel Road $ SF Crusher fines pathway $ SF PARK ARCHITECTURE ITEM UNIT PRICE Pre -Engineered Picnic Shelter $ Pedestrian Bridge $ PLAYGROUND SAFETY SURFACING ITEM UNIT PRICE Synthetic "turf" Seamless Surface $ SF Loose -Fill Surface (Engineered Wood Fiber) $ SF Loose -Fill Surface (Sand) $ CY Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 6 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Fabricate running and standing trim as detailed on the Drawings. C. Field -fabricated running and standing trim and other finish carpentry items shall be fabricated in accordance with the workmanship standards specified in paragraph 3.02 below. D. Attachments: Fabricate all finish carpentry items for countersunk attachment to substrates. Provide wood plugs, same species as surrounding wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall field measure conditions as required for the successful installation of all finish carpentry items. B. Installer shall examine the rough framing, wall blocking, gypsum wallboard and other substrates and finishes under which the finish carpentry work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be considered acceptance of substrates and site conditions. C. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all finish carpentry materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP FOR SITE -FABRICATED FINISH CARPENTRY A. General: Site fabricate running and standing trim, casings, base and other finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWL and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Scribe, miter and join running and standing trim accurately and neatly to conform to details. C. Layout running and standing trim and other site -fabricated finish carpentry work to balance lengths of material at each end of runs. Use longest possible lengths of material; joints will not be allowed where single -length pieces can be used, in accordance with the following: 1. Running and standing trim, where grain is parallel to the length of the piece: 8'-0" long minimum. 2. Running and standing trim, where grain is perpendicular to the length of the piece: 4'-0" long minimum. 3. No lengths less than 24" long will be allowed. D. All vertical end joints of finished carpentry along the run of running or standing trim shall have scarf -type joints. E. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWL Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. General: Set and secure finish carpentry items in place rigid, plumb and square in a manner consistent with AWL requirements and recommendations. B. Materials shall be installed in accordance with site -determined measurements. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Ensure tolerances of not more than 1 /8" in 10'. C. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWL Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. D. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used for wall -mount components and conceal with 06200 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ITEMS SUPPLIED BY OTHER SECTIONS A. Install doors and frames, windows, finish hardware, fixtures, accessories, specialties and equipment supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 3.06 PREPARATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 1. Items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. 2. Items to receive opaque finishes, caulk all joints in running and standing trim. C. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes and other fixtures and equipment. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. D. Fiberboard: MDF carpentry items shall be factory primed. E. Refer to Sections 09900, Painting, and 09930, Transparent Finishes, for field finishing. 3.07 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install finish carpentry items at mounting heights shown on the Drawings or specified herein. All items in handicapped accessible areas shall comply with American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) publication All 17.1-1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1990. END OF SECTION 06200 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 06650 SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish solid polymer lavatory vanities, aprons and backsplashes. B. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 5. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 6. Section 10800, Toilet Accessories. 7. Division 15, Mechanical: Under -lavatory countertop mounted sinks and faucets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ANSI Al17.1-1986, Handicapped Accessibility. 2. ASTM D638: Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties. 3. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Certification: Furnish Certificate of Compliance attesting that all materials meet the requirements of this Section. C. All components and assemblies shall meet applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990, for handicapped accessibility. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, technical specifications, and installation and maintenance instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating anchorage and mounting details, coordination of work specified in other Sections, finishes and all relevant dimensions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of colors for selection by the Architect. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for polymer countertop materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all solid polymer components in manufacturer's original packaging with protective covers intact. Marred, scratched or stained surfaces will not be acceptable. B. Store in a manner in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 06650 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's 10-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including breakage, corrosion and delamination. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP FABRICATIONS A. General: Lavatory countertops to be solid polymer sheets, fabricated from polymer resins under high pressure, forming single component sections that are waterproof, corrosion -proof, impact - resistant and non -absorbent. 1. Material Thickness: 3/4". 2. Molded -in Accessories: Provide molded -in sinks where specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein. B. Support Panels: Furnish intermediate support panels, wall -hung type, where shown on the Drawings, but not exceeding T-0" o.c. C. Backsplashes and Aprons: Provide miscellaneous fabrications as shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. D. Color(s): Solid plastic components shall be fabricated with color homogenous throughout the material. 1. Color(s) to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. E. Attachments, Screws and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamperproof type, 304 satin finish where exposed. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. G. Approved Styles and Manufacturers: 1. Corian Surfaces by Dupont Co., Scranton, PA, (800) 368-5002. 2. Avonite Surfaces by Aristech Acrylics L.L.C., Florence, KY, (800) 354-9858. 3. Swanstone by The Swan Corporation, St. Louis, MO. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, quality, performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricator/installer shall be approved by solid polymer manufacturer. B. Dimensions: Fabricate units in manufacturer's standard sizes, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein: 1. Vanities, Apron and Splashes: 24" wide x full length of vanity, one-piece construction for each component of vanity, apron and backsplash. C. Provide factory cutouts in lavatory countertops for sinks, faucets and other accessories. Refer to Divisions 10 and 15. D. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth, uniform finish. Rout all cutouts and sand edges smooth. Repair or replace defective or inaccurate work. 06650 - 2 Waters Way Park J 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Edge Type: 1. Chamfer all exposed edges 1 /4" uniformly. F. Finish: All surfaces shall have uniform finish. 1. Matte, gloss rating 5-20. 2.03 ADHESIVES, GROUTS AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Use only adhesives formulated for composite stone and ceramic tile and recommended by their manufacturer for the application indicated. B. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: Conforming to ANSI All 18.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D, by W. R. Bonsai Company, Bonstone Materials Corp., Custom Building Products, Laticrete International, MAPEI Corp. or equal. C. Water -Cleanable Epoxy Grout: Conforming to ANSI Al18.3, chemical -resistant, water -cleanable, tile -setting and -grouting epoxy, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D, by Boirdi Products Corp., W. R. Bonsai Company, Bostik Findley Inc., Custom Building Products, Laticrete International, MAPEI Corp. or equal. 1. Color(s) to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. D. Sealant for Countertops: Manufacturer's standard sealant of characteristics indicated below, complying with the applicable requirements of Section 07900 and will not stain the composite stone materials. 1. Single -component, neutral -curing silicone sealant. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 3. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the rooms, substrates and conditions under which the vanities, countertops, backsplashes and aprons and miscellaneous fabrications are to be installed prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Contractor of any discrepancies in dimensions, tolerances or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall field verify site dimensions affecting this work prior to fabrication. C. Obtain cutout requirements for sinks and faucets from the Contractor. 1. Ensure correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. 2. Ensure correct location of built-in framing, anchorage and bracing, where required. 3. Ensure locations of cutouts for accessories and plumbing fixtures. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install solid polymer vanities, countertops, backsplashes, aprons and other miscellaneous fabrications in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install units plumb, level and square with manufacturer's standard brackets and tamper -proof bolts, nuts and washers. C. Mount accessories and plumbing fixtures using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and hardware. D. Tolerances: 1. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1 /16" in 48". 2. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1 /8" in 96", 1 /4" maximum. 3. Variation in Joint Width: Hairline. 4. Variation in Plane at Joints (Lipping): Do not exceed 1 /64" difference between planes of 06650 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 5. Variation in Line of Edge at Joints (Lipping): Do not exceed 1/64" difference between edges of adjacent units, where edge line continues across joint. 3.03 CLEANING A. Damaged, scratched, stained or marred materials will not be acceptable and shall be replaced with new materials at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Remove protective coverings and thoroughly clean solid plastic surfaces and hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 06650 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07150 DAMPPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive dampproofing. B. Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to all below -grade concrete wall surfaces adjacent to earthen backfill, as shown on the Drawings or scheduled at the end of this Section. C. Seal joints and protrusions through dampproofing. D. Furnish and install protection material over applied dampproofing. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Masonry sealer. 5. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 6. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 7. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 8. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Mastic: FS SS-C-00153C Type 1, Class B; ASTM D2822-75, Type 1. 2. Semi -Mastic: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823-75. 3. Liquid or Spray -Applied: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823, Type 1. 4. Fiber -Free: FS SS-A-701B. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. LEED Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper application. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for dampproofing materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the application and curing of the dampproofing materials. B. Do not apply bituminous dampproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above 400 F. 07150 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in material performance. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for bituminous dampproofing or, where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for application indicated. 1. Spray -on, liquid form where substrate is smooth. 2. Semi -mastic form where substrate is textured or porous. 3. Heavy -mastic form where substrate is coarse, very porous or with deep joints or cracks. 4. Other special-purpose form as indicated. B. Dampproofing: ASTM D1227 Type I and FS-R-1981 Type I multipurpose, cold -applied dampproofing, solvent -base, clay emulsion with fibers. Provide brush -on or trowel type, 1 /8" thick minimum. C. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. D. Protective Fabric: Roll roofing type, minimum 30 lbs. per square or polyethylene film type, minimum 6 mil thickness. E. Protection Material: 1 /4" protection board, Celotex or equal. F. Protection Material: Rigid foundation insulation, specified in Section 07215. G. Approved Product and Manufacturer: 1. Hydrocide Series by Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Ensure that surfaces to receive dampproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials detrimental to adhesion and monolithic application of dampproofing. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other recommended method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or detergent. If solvents are used, follow with an application of alkaline cleaner or detergent and scrub surfaces clean with water. 3.02 APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Apply dampproofing in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Apply in one (1) continuous and uniform coat. B. Application Rate: 1. Liquid Form: 1.0 gal. per 30-35 sq. ft. of surface. 2. Semi -Mastic Form: 1 /8" wet film; 8.9 gal. per 100 sq. ft. of surface. 07150 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Coverage: Apply from 2" below finished grade, down to one of the following, as required for the particular application or as shown on the Drawings. 1. 6" below finish floor slab for garden level or walkout basement applications. 2. Bottom of footing for basement or stepped floor line applications. 3. Bottom of grade beam or footing for slab -on -grade or retaining wall applications. D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls, footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from the structure. E. Seal around items and services projecting through dampproofing surfaces. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are moisture -tight. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL A. Protect dampproofing from damage during backfill operations by adhering specified protective material over treated surfaces. Use of dampproofing materials as an adhesive is not acceptable. B. Backfill within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 24-48 hours for curing of the dampproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that back fill is placed so as not to dislodge the protective material, rupture or damage the dampproofing membrane or dislodge the dampproofing from the coated substrate. C. Reapply dampproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction processes to provide continuous, moisture -tight membrane. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Install specified dampproofing materials to below -grade concrete or concrete unit masonry surfaces adjacent to earthen backfill, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Below -grade surfaces of foundation walls and footings s. 2. Other areas where shown on the Drawings or required by project conditions. B. Dampproofing is not required at the following locations: 1. Below -grade caissons and piers. END OF SECTION 07150 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07190 VAPOR RETARDERS AND BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install vapor non -permeable barrier system beneath concrete slab -on -grade construction, complete with membrane, seam tape, mastic, pipe boots and other accessories. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 5. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 6. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 7. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers: Vapor permeable air infiltration wraps and flashings. 8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ASTM E1745-97 (2004): Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 2. ASTM El54-88: Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Concrete with Earth Under Concrete Slabs. 3. ASTM E96.95: Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E1643-98: Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 5. ACI 302.1 R-04: Vapor Barrier Component (plastic membrane) is not less than 10 mils thick. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Reference Standards: Comply with FS UU-B-790A and VA and FHA minimum property standards for vapor barrier placement under slabs. C. Sustain ability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. D. Installers: 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature indicating compliance with this Section, including installation instructions. B. Samples: Submit samples of specified product(s), minimum 12" x 12". C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for vapor barrier materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 07190 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT ITEM UNIT PRICE Tot Play Structure $ LS 5-12 yr olds Play Structure $ LS Sand table $ EA IRRIGATION ITEM UNIT PRICE Irrigation for Turf (seed or sod) areas less than 10 feet in width $ SF Irrigation of Turf areas (seed or sod) 10 feet or greater in width $ SF Pop -Up Spray Sprinkler with nozzle $ EA Pop -Up Rotor Sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter 1-20's $ EA Pop -Up Rotor Sprinkler with nozzle — Hunter 1-40's $ EA Drip Irrigation — per Shrub, Perennial or Grass in planting bed $ EA Drip Irrigation — per one Tree in Turf $ EA Sleeve Pipe $ LF Isolation Gate Valve Assembly — 3" $ EA Isolation Gate Valve Assembly — 6" $ EA Quick Coupling Valve Assembly $ EA Manual Drain Valve Assembly $ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 1" $ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 1.5" $ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 2" $ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Sprinkler Laterals — 3" $ EA Remote Control Valve Assembly for Drip Laterals — 1" $ EA Flush Cap Assembly $ EA Mainline Pipe — 6" $ LF Mainline Pipe — 3" $ LF Lateral Pipe— 1" $ LF Lateral Pipe —1.25" $ LF Lateral Pipe —1.5" $ LF Lateral Pipe — 2" $ LF Lateral Pipe — 2.5" $ LF Lateral Pipe — 3" $ LF Lateral Pipe — 4" $ LF Lateral Pipe — 6" $ LF Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR BARRIER A. Concrete Slab -on -Grade Vapor Barrier: Polyolefin geomembrane- type vapor barrier system, minimum Class A complying with ASTM E96 and ASTM E1745, complete with specified membrane, seam tape, mastic, pipe boots and other accessory materials for a complete installation. 1. Thickness: 15-mil minimum. 2. Roll Width: Manufacturer's Standard. 3. Water Vapor Barrier: Class A, ASTM E1745. 4. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.006 gr./sq. ft./hr. maximum. 5. Permeance Rating, ASTM E-96: 0.1 perms maximum. B. Seam Tape: Compatible with specified vapor barrier membrane. 1. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.3 perms maximum. C. Vapor Proofing Mastic: Compatible with specified vapor barrier membrane. 1. Water Vapor Transmission Rate, ASTM E-96: 0.3 perms maximum. D. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per manufacturer's instructions. E. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Stego Wrap 15-Mil Vapor Barrier by Stego Industries, San Juan Capistrano, CA, (877) 464- 7834, as basis of design. 2. Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core by W. R. Meadows, Hampshire, IL, (800) 342- 5976. 3. Zero Perm by Alumiseal, Copake Fall, NY, (800) 235-2313. 4. Translucent polyethylene sheet is NOT acceptable. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Concrete Slab -on -Grade Construction: Ensure that below -grade plumbing and other subgrade work is completed and approved prior to installation of vapor barrier. Ensure that subgrade has been properly compacted, rolled and/or tamped and approved by Soils Engineer. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Contractor shall conduct a pre -installation meeting to discuss installation requirements for the below -grade vapor barrier system, to include: 1. General Contractor. 2. Installing Subcontractor. 3. Manufacturer's Technical Representative. B. Manufacturer shall have no responsibility for inspection of the completed installation. 07190 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BELOW -GRADE VAPOR BARRIERS A. General: Install below -grade vapor barrier membrane system in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and the requirements of ASTM E1643-98. 1. Unroll vapor barrier membrane with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the slab pour. 2. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation walls. 3. Overlap joints minimum 6" and seal with manufacturer's tape. 4. Seal all penetrations including pipes per manufacturer's instructions. 5. No penetration of the vapor barrier is allowed except for reinforcing steel and permanent utilities. 6. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6" and taping all four (4) sides with tape. END OF SECTION 07190 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07210 THERMAL BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements and spaces, including: 1. Unfaced and faced rigid board insulation in exterior wall construction. 2. Kraft -faced batt insulation in exterior wall and roof construction where protected by gypsum wallboard. 3. Foamed -in masonry cell insulation for hollow core masonry construction. 4. Foamed -in insulation at perimeter of all shimmed door and window frames in exterior walls. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01030, Alternates. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of foamed -in insulation. 5. Section 06160, Exterior Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing. 6. Section 07150, Dampproofing: Protection board. 7. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 8. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 9. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 10. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim: Insulation baffles. 11. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 12. Section 081101 Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Requirements for foamed insulation in hollow metal doors and frames. 13. Section 08950, Insulated Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems: Requirements for foamed - in insulation at perimeters of sandwich panel sections. 14. Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing: Z-Channel wall furring. 15. Division 15, Mechanical: Ductwork and piping insulations. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. FS HH-1-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C (2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride. 3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. FS HH-1-10313: Insulation, Blown -in Fiberglass. 5. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM C665: Faced Insulation Materials. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. C. Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior building installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. 07210 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Certification: Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the insulation work as specified in paragraph 3.04. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for thermal insulation. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of R- value of insulation materials for the following terms: 1. Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation: One (1) year. 2. Foil -Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Fifteen (15) years. 3. Pourable Loose -Fill Insulation: One (1) year. 4. Foamed -in Masonry Cell Insulation: One (1) year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Comply with FS HH-1-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at 75, F K-value of 0.20. 1. Apply at exterior walls as indicated on the Drawings. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL. 3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 07210 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.02 BATT INSULATION, KRAFT-FACED A. General: FS HH-1-521 F, Type I. Paper -faced glass or other inorganic fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets. Density not less than 1.5 lbs. per cu. ft. K-value of 0.27 at 750 F. R-value as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Apply in framed exterior walls, vaulted ceilings and roof construction where materials are covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials, or as indicated on the Drawings. B. Sizes: Provide manufacturers' standard rolls, roll width as follows: 1. Wood Framing at 16" o.c.: 15' wide. 2. Wood Framing at 24" o.c.: 23" wide. C. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Thermal -Shield Kraft -Faced by Johns Manville International, Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 654- 3103, as basis of design. 2. CertainTeed, Valley Forge, PA, and distributed from Arlington, TX, (817) 461-5535. 3. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., Toledo, OH, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 757-6121. 4. Knauf Insulation GmbH, Shelbyville, IN, (800) 825-4434. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.03 FOAMED -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION A. General: Two -component foamed -in -place insulation system, consisting of amino-plast resin and a catalyst foaming agent surfactant, Class A fire rating when tested in accordance with ESTM E-84. R- value of 9.1 when installed in 8" thick concrete unit masonry walls. 1. Apply in all non -grouted cells of exterior hollow concrete unit masonry walls where shown on the Drawings. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Core -Fill 500 by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., Hickory, NC, (800) 627-1687. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.04 FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A. General: Two -component foamed -in -place polyurethane insulation system, Class A fire rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. 1. R-value: 3.8 per inch minimum, ASTM C518. 2. Compressive Strength: 2.8 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1621. 3. Tensile Strength: 5.7 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM D1623. 4. Shear Strength: 7.1 lbs./sq. in. minimum, ASTM C273. 07210 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 5. Apply in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Great Stuff Pro Window and Door by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.05 INSULATION ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive or Attachments: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, capable of securely adhering insulation to applicable surfaces. B. Vapor Barrier: Specified in Section 07190. C. Insulation Baffles: Specified in Section 07621. D. Tape: 2" wide self -adhering type, polyethylene -faced. E. Air Infiltration Wrap: Specified in Section 07270. F. Provide other accessories as required for a complete and thermally enclosed installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the surfaces, substrates, wall, floor and attic/ceiling cavities and conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that building shell has been completely and properly "dried in" prior to installation of thermal insulation materials. C. Ensure that insulation baffles have been properly installed in attic spaces. D. Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding into rafter, attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation. If they are not, Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures to hold insulation materials away as required by the fixture manufacturer's warranty and installation requirements. Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of fixtures and devices. (Notify Architect of any non -complying materials.) E. Ensure that all existing and/or new electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed -in insulation materials. F. Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations, as referenced in Paragraph 3.03. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. B. Install insulation to fit tightly between framing members and fill all voids. C. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls. D. Ensure that cavities, chases and other void spaces open to attics, crawlspaces, etc. are sealed with insulation, unless used as approved mechanical plenums. 07210 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult with manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work. B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation. C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges. D. Refer to Section 07215 for installation of rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and underside of slabs. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BLANKET -TYPE BATT INSULATION A. General: Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Use unfaced, paper -faced or foil -faced insulation materials as scheduled herein, or required by the provisions of applicable building codes. B. Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges, with vapor barrier intact. C. Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations. Use roll widths as required for type and spacing of framing members, as scheduled above. Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services. D. Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed. Provide R-value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. E. Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members. Tape in place. Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges and ends. Do not tear or cut membranes. F. Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members. Tape seal areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier. G. Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION A. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all non -grouted areas of exterior 8" hollow concrete unit masonry, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Drill holes in mortar joints in increments recommended by the manufacturer, unless insulation is to be installed from the top of uncapped walls. C. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. D. Patch holes in mortar joints upon completion of installation. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN DOOR AND WINDOW FRAME INSULATION A. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all perimeter voids between framing and shimmed door and window frames, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. It is not the intention of this specification to fill the voids of aluminum storefront framing sections or other hollow assemblies, unless specifically specified elsewhere. B. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. 3.07 INSULATION CERTIFICATION A. Upon completion, the Installer shall install an insulation certification card in the attic space of each unit or applicable portion of building, at the access panel, stating the following information: 07210 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Name of installer. 2. Date of installation. 3. Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed. 4. Types of insulation materials installed. 5. R-values of insulation materials installed. END OF SECTION 07210 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07215 FOUNDATION INSULATION PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install foundation insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements, including: 1. Unfaced rigid board insulation at exterior perimeter grade beams. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete. 4. Section 07130, Waterproofing: Rigid board insulation as protection board. 5. Section 07150, Dampproofing: Rigid board insulation as protection board. 6. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 7. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. FS HH-1-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C(2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride. 3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. C. Certification: Fiberglass materials for interior crawlspace installations shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for board insulation. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches. 07215.1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of R- value of insulation materials for the following terms: 1. Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Board Insulation: One (1) year. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Comply with FS HH-1-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at 750 F. K-value of 0.20. 1. Apply at perimeter foundation walls of new construction as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Apply at perimeter grade beams of new construction as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Thickness(es): 2" thick, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 25% minimum. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL. 3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the foundation and/or grade beam surfaces and crawlspace conditions under which the foundation insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION A. General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult with manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work. 07215-2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS LANDSCAPE ITEM UNIT PRICE Finish Grading $ SF Organic Amendment $ CY Seed — Fescue Turf Mix $ SF Seed — Low Maintenance Mix $ SF Seed — Natural Resources Mix $ SF Sod $ SF Evergreen Tree — 8' height $ EA Deciduous Canopy Tree — 3" caliper $ EA Deciduous Fruit Tree 8'— 10'tall $ EA Deciduous Shrub — 5 gal $ EA Evergreen Shrub - - 5 gal $ EA Perennial — 1 gal $ EA Ornamental Grass — 5 gal $ EA Weed Barrier $ SA Organic Mulch $ SF Sandstone Landscape Boulder 3'x3'x3' $ EA Sandstone Landscape Boulder 2'x2'x2' $ EA Sandstone Landscape Boulder 1'x2'x2' $ EA ATHLETIC FACILITIES ITEM UNIT PRICE Basketball Post, Backboard and Goal $ SITE FURNISHINGS ITEM UNIT PRICE Picnic Table $ EA Backless Bench $ EA Trash Can $ EA Recycle Cans $ EA Bicycle Rack $ EA Barbeque grill $ EA Drinking Fountain $ EA Pedestrian light $ EA Park Entrance Sign $ EA Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 8 B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation. C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges. D. Secure rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and/or grade beams with specified adhesive or other attachment using spot or bead method in accordance with insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Place insulation horizontally and stagger vertical joints. E. For conditions where rigid board insulation is installed to the exterior face of foundation walls and/or grade beams, extend insulation to within 2" of finished grade elevation, and protect top edge with flexible fabric -type flashing membrane approved by insulation manufacturer. Attach flashing to foundation wall and/or grade beam and extend down face of rigid board insulation 12" minimum. Where concrete sidewalks or aprons abut the exterior foundation, extend insulation up to underside of sidewalk or apron unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. F. As Dampproofing or Waterproofing Protection Board: Refer to Section 07150. END OF SECTION 07215-3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS . SECTION 07270 AIR INFILTRATION BARRIERS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install vapor permeable air infiltration wrap for exterior wood wall construction. B. Furnish and install self-adhesive moisture/air infiltration flashings at windows and doors in composite wall construction. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Sill seal. 4. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders and Barriers: Vapor non -permeable barriers. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 6. Section 07240, Exterior Insulation and Finish System. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 8. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM D-779-03, Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method. 2. ASTM D-829-97, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper, Paperboard Using Constant -Rate -of -Elongation Apparatus. 3. ASTM E-96-95, Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E-331-00, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 5. ASTM F-1249-01, Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. 6. FS UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade A, Style 4, ICBO Evaluation Report No. 1025. 7. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the work of this Section. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature, specifications or technical data indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of air/moisture infiltration material specified. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for air infiltration barrier materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 07270 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welders torches. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is between 400 F and 1200 F before installation. Consult manufacturer if installation must be done at temperatures below the minimum. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty for materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR INFILTRATION WRAP - COMMERCIAL A. General: Sheet -type air infiltration membrane designed to prevent airflow through wood (metal) framed wall cavities, hold out bulk water and wind -driven rain/snow, and act as breathable membrane to allow moisture vapor to escape from within walls. B. Material: Spunbonded Olefin fiber, non -woven, non -perforated secondary weather -resistant barrier. 1. Roll Size: 9' x 100' or as required by site conditions. 2. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard. C. Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards: 1. Air Penetration, ASTM E-1677: Type 1 minimum. 2. Water Vapor Transmission, ASTM E-96, Method B: 10 perms minimum/90 perms maximum. 3. Water Penetration Resistance, AATCC-127: 280 cm. 4. Basis Weight, TAPPI T-41D: 2.7 oz./sq. yd. 5. Breaking Strength, ASTM D-882: 38/35 lbs./in. 6. Tear Resistance, ASTM D-117: 12/10 lbs. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics, ASTM E-84: Class A flame spread and Class A smoke developed. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Materials and Manufacturers: 1. Tyvek CommercialWrap by DuPont, Wilmington, DE, (800) 448-9835, as basis of design. 2. Green Guard by Pactiv Building Products, (800) 241-4402. 3. Typar Commercial Wrap by BBB Fiberweb, Old Hickory, TN, (800) 284-2780. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS 07270 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. General: Self-adhesive, flexible moisture/air infiltration flashing, designed to prevent incidental moisture intrusion around windows and doors in concealed perimeter flashing system. B. Material: Fiberglass -reinforced membrane coated on both sides with water-resistant polyethylene, backed with an aggressive 3" wide self-adhesive, self-sealing attachment band. 1. Strip Width: Minimum 6", use width recommended by manufacturer for specific application(s). 2. Thickness: 12 mil minimum (membrane); 35 mil minimum (membrane plus adhesive band). 3. Roll Length: 75', or manufacturer's standard. C. Compliance: Materials shall meet or exceed the following standards: 1. Water Vapor Permeance, ASTM E-96: Less than 0.30 perms. 2. Water Resistance, ASTM D-779: 24 hours minimum. 3. Tensile Strength, ASTM D-828: MD - 20 lbs. f/inch. CD - 20 lbs. `/inch D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Moistop E-Z Seal by Fortifiber Building Systems Group, (800) 773-4777. 2. StraightFlash and FlexWrap by DuPont, Wilmington, DE, (800) 448.9835. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. F. Sill Seal: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the wall substrates, window and door openings, and other conditions under which air infiltration barrier materials are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that surfaces of wall sheathing and/or insulation, windows and door frame flanges and other substrate materials are dry and clean, free of dirt, oil, construction debris or other substances that may interfere with adhesion or the system performance. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Contractor shall conduct a pre -installation meeting to discuss installation requirements for the vapor permeable air infiltration wrap system, to include: 1. General Contractor. 2. Installing Contractor. 3. Manufacturers Technical Representative. B. Manufacturer shall have no responsibility for inspection of the completed installation. 07270 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF SHEET -TYPE AIR INFILTRATION WRAP A. General: Apply air infiltration wrap materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install air infiltration wrap after wall sheathing has been installed and approved, but prior to installation of exterior doors and windows. C. Install rolls horizontally beginning at the floor line and moving up the walls. Lap bottom edge minimum V below joint at top of foundation. D. Lap rolls minimum 6" at horizontal seams. Vertical seams shall be lapped 6-12". E. Attach membrane with manufacturer -approved anchorages. If staples are used, they must have 1" minimum crown. Secure at 12-18" o.c. along vertical stud lines. F. Wrap air infiltration membrane down over roof/wall flashing transitions. G. Cut modified "I" in the membrane at window and door openings. Fold side and bottom flaps into opening and secure. Cut head flap and flip up to expose sheathing, and temporarily secure. H. Install flexible sill flashing, specified below. I. Apply continuous bead of sealant along sides (jambs) and across head of rough opening. Position such that window or door frame flange will contact sealant. Do not apply sealant across bottom of o enin , to allow moisture to escape. J. Install windows and/or door frames, specified elsewhere. K. Install jamb and then head flashings, specified below. Flip down head section of air infiltration wrap and secure with tape. L. Apply sealant to rear side of window sill sections. M. Tape all vertical and horizontal seams in wrap. N. Tape all plumbing, mechanical and electrical fixtures, equipment, piping and conduit protruding through air infiltration wrap. O. Upon completion of air infiltration wrap installation, inspect wrap for holes, tears and punctures and repair damaged areas. Wrap shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF MOISTURE/AIR INFILTRATION FLASHINGS A. General: Apply self-adhesive flashing materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Installation Sequence: 1. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed, cut at window and/or door openings and wrapped through the rough openings, as specified above. 2. Install self-adhesive, flexible strip flashings to sills and lower jambs of window and/or door openings. 3. Apply compatible sealant to back surface of window and/or door frame flanges, and install windows and/or door frames. C. Peel away release paper and place self-adhesive strip flashings over window and/or door frame sill flanges, then jambs, then heads, extending material beyond the flange opening and lapping materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply firm pressure with a metal or wood roller along the entire adhesive strip to ensure continuous seat. D. Upon completion of installation, inspect strip flashings for gaps, holes, tears and punctures and repair damaged areas. Flashings shall be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures. E. Cover installation as soon as possible. Do not leave strip flashings exposed to sunlight longer than recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07270 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07466 WOOD SIDING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install wood vertical board siding, complete with fasteners. B. Furnish and install medium density overlaid (MDO) plywood, complete with fasteners. C. Furnish and install solid exterior wood casings, mouldings and trim, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Furnish and install coated organic felt base sheet over wall sheathing, if specified. E. Furnish and install color -coordinated caulking, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of interior wood casings and trim. 3. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 4. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 5. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 8. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. NFPA: National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: Plywood Specification and Grade Guide C20. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. C. Grading of lumber shall be according to the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. D. Selected Species: Where more than one (1) wood siding type or style is specified herein, all siding materials shall be of same wood species for uniformity of transparent finishes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers written product literature and installation instructions for each type of wood siding material specified, illustrating the manufacturer's full line of sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes. B. Samples: Submit samples of specified materials, color and texture for approval by the Architect. Submit samples of each siding accessory specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides. B. Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers. 07466 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Wood Siding: Provide manufacturer's written 2-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each type and size of siding specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD VERTICAL SIDING A. General: Exterior vertical tongue -and -groove wood siding, for opaque or transparent finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 16-0" long boards, 10" width. 2. Edges: Tongue -and -groove. 3. Pattern: Straight with beveled edges, WP-4. 4. Texture: Smooth. 5. Finish: Solid body stain as specified in Section 09930. B. Materials: Southern Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir. C. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1/2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 2.02 WOOD CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All solid stock wood fascias, casings, brackets, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be Southern Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir, S4S. 1. Sizes: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2. Profiles: As shown on the Drawings, or as required to match existing. 2.03 DECORATIVE PLYWOOD PANEL SOFFITS A. General: Exterior APA-rated veneer plywood sheet type soffit panels, with 3/8" wide overall x 11 /64" deep double beaded parallel grooves for decorative pattern, for opaque finish. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x 19/32" thick sheets. 2. Edges: Ship lapped. 3. Pattern: Double routed at 3-1/2" o.c., to be mounted horizontally as shown on the Drawings. 4. Texture: Smooth. 5. Finish: Opaque solid body finish, as specified in Section 09900, Painting. B. Materials: Southern Yellow Pine. C. Nails: Zinc -coated boxnails, or as recommended by the siding manufacturer, of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 1-1 /2" into studs. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. D. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding system. 07466 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ply -Bead Traditional, manufactured by Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000, as the basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance, quality and appearance are acceptable. PART EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect rough framing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding. Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. All wood siding products used shall be same species throughout the project, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. C. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the siding work. D. Lay out siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints. E. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all siding and trim wood and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WOOD SIDING A. General: Install siding over approved underlayment in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Board Alignment: Where new siding materials will abut existing materials, align coursing of boards/panels to match the existing pattern. 1. Tolerance: +/- 1/8". C. Nailing: Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations with solid wood substrate or where stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud or furring backing is 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1-1/2" into studs. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. Use color -matched nails where nails must be exposed. D. Joints and Edges: Siding boards shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal wall dimensions allow, or where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of siding. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where horizontal runs of siding are not broken by vertical trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the siding, all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants. 2. All joints and edges shall have a minimum of 1-1/2" solid backing material. 3. Where vertical walls abut lower level roofs, hold bottom edge of siding and trims up minimum 1-1/2" from adjacent roof planes. 4. Provide wicking screed separations of 3/8" minimum where bottom edge of siding and trims is in contact with concrete, i.e., base trims around posts on concrete patio slabs. E. Replace all split or broken siding at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 07466 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CASINGS, MOULDINGS AND TRIM A. General: All wood window and door casings, mouldings, corner boards and other running and standing trim shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified wood siding. B. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, for installation. C. Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners or similar conditions shall be screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction. D. Joints and Edges: Horizontal and vertical running and standing trim, including fascias, shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever horizontal and vertical wall dimensions allow. Where horizontal runs exceed the standard length of material, all end joints along the run of the board shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. 2. Where vertical walls, roof dormers or other conditions abut lower level roofs, hold fascia and other trims back minimum 1" from adjacent walls/roofs to prevent wicking of water into ends of fascias or trims. E. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900, Painting, or Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DECORATIVE PLYWOOD PANEL SOFFITS A. General: All plywood soffit panels shall be furnished and installed by the same installer as the specified wood siding. Install soffits over approved rafters in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Nailing: Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations where rafters are at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 24" o.c. at locations where rafters are 24" o.c. Nails shall penetrate a minimum of 1.1 /2" into rafters. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, and do not drive nails at an angle. C. Joints and Edges: Soffit panels shall be installed in one continuous piece whenever wall dimensions allow, or where trim boards are shown on the Drawings to reduce the span of soffit. In these conditions, no other joints will be allowed. Where runs of panels are not broken by trim boards, and these runs exceed the length of the panels, all end joints along the run of the siding boards shall have scarf cuts. 1. End joints abutting vertical corner or intermediate trim boards shall allow for expansion/contraction of the materials. Leave a 3/16" space where siding abuts these trims and caulk with color -matched sealants. D. Replace all split or broken soffit panels at no additional cost to Owner. E. Leave surfaces prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. END OF SECTION 07466 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07610 PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install prefinished metal roofing, mechanically -seamed, complete with all associated copings, flashings and trims. B. Furnish and install prefinished metal fascia and siding systems, as a part of the prefinished roofing system, complete with all associated attachments and trims. C. Furnish and install built-up roof drainage crickets, unless provided by decking contractor. D. Furnish and install protective underlayments. E. Furnish all equipment required for field forming and cutting operations of the prefinished metal roofing system. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 07612, Prefinished Corrugated Screwed -Down Metal Roofing. 4. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 5. Section 07710, Prefabricated Roof Specialties. 6. Section 07810, Skylights. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 8. Section 08410, Aluminum Entrances and Storefront. 9. Section 08950, Translucent Wall and Skylight Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following reference standards and codes: 1. ASTM D226: Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt. 2. NAAMM: Metal Finishes Handbook. 3. SMACNA: Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 4. ASTM B209: Aluminum. 5. ASTM A446: Hot -Dipped Galvanized Steel. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes referenced in Section 01060, or as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Prefinished roofing material shall be by a manufacturer who has been in business for a minimum of ten (10) years. C. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by an installer with minimum of five (5) years successful experience on projects of similar scale and complexity. 1. Certification: Installer shall be a manufacturer -certified installer, and provide copy of such certification as specified in paragraph 1.03 below. D. Manufacturer shall ensure the compatibility of all components, accessories and equipment that are part of the fabrication of the roofing and siding and the overall quality and reliability of the system. E. Manufacturer shall be responsible for any redesign of the basic building components, roof and wall panel layout or accessories required by variance between the manufacturer's standard fabrication process and that shown on the Drawings as the basis of design. F. Design Criteria: 1. Roof Live Load (snow): 30 psf. 2. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, Exposure C, UBC current edition. 07610 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS —�S n OO S3,r,.*Os3 .,6-rrr (a.) oalN o Sxill a 1f 1 5uj eeyjBu � J \1 V V H 'IdM S , �J li vM 0018 NOIlVON2Jl OS3 Wf10N300V OIOZ/4 t Ae NOISIA3b 31V0 ON w w Q co w w a a cn D M M 2 0 clf w W F— � J J U U O � °- Z Z z N Z Z U)~ D O 0 w U N U Z O w O Y W O z U Q Q N WLLJ O O �W - zWm N N7 U w M Q M L=i Izi p w M z N M d a. N p = Q> F- J W W j N Q = O z Q Q J H - 0 \ X N O Z t O w W— U OU 00 z CD W z N CO Z N N .r1 Q >- a a W Q z Q Q LLJ O Q D -i v~i oN J 00 ww II z= �; J H Li \_ / W ^O Q I.L En 0 0 z w wO r a( C m (If a- a> w ZO z U Q a. J O !Y F- z U JS�Ocn U W F-WJZ Q W LLJ a w < a �o11>az oZD- O O U Y w aa(n!Of w E u a U = a I�I I■I ' I 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: CONTRACTOR BY: Signature Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest: Address Telephone Email Date Rev10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 9 G. Manufacturer will provide a field representative for on -site inspection of the components to ensure that the installation is complete and weathertight and meets the factory quality control requirements of the manufacturer and as specified in this Section. H. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and specifications illustrating the proposed roofing materials and components showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating proposed panelization of the roofs, fabrication and mechanical -seaming details, trims, closures and accessories, and installation details and instructions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of prefinished metal textures and colors for selection by the Architect. 1. Submit sample of roofing system, minimum 12" x 12", illustrating typical mechanically - seamed standing seam condition. 2. Submit sample of siding system, minimum 12" x 12". D. Installer Certification: Submit manufacturer's letter or certificate demonstrating certification by the manufacturer. E. Test Data: Submit air infiltration test data specified in paragraph 1.05 below. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Installer shall coordinate the delivery schedule for the roofing and siding systems with the Contractor to assure that all roof and wall substrates are properly prepared when the components are delivered to the site. 1.05 TESTING A. Manufacturer shall submit negative load test performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E330-70 (Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors under the Influence of Wind Loads). When tested in multiple spans of three (3) or more sections, the .032" (0.81mm) roofing/siding material shall span T-6, (1.68m) and withstand a negative load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals) without damage; .040" (1.02mm) roofing/siding material shall span 6%8" (2.03m) and withstand a negative load of 50 psf (2394.0 pascals) without damage. B. Seals between pans shall be affected such that at 18 psf (8862 pascals) static pressure, air infiltration shall not exceed .012 cfm per sq. ft. (.0037 cu. meters per minute per sq. meter). Manufacturer shall submit air infiltration tests performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E283. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including installation on the site. B. Provide manufacturer's standard 20-year warranty covering failure of the specified finish. 07610 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFINISHED, ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICALLY -SEAMED METAL ROOFING A. General: Prefinished, non-structural metal roofing shall be factory fabricated and field rolled and seamed, using site -based manufacturer -approved equipment suitable for application. System shall include all ridge and hip caps and/or standing seams, parapet flashings and caps, flashings, copings, trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. Roofing Type: Standing, narrow profile interlocked seams with flat pans. B. Materials: 24-gage minimum galvanized steel or .032" aluminum alloy, 3004 coil stock. 1. Texture: Smooth. 2. Striation Ribs in Pans: None. 3. Finish: Prefinished by manufacturer, Kynar 500 fluorocarbon coating, minimum 1 mil (.025mm) thick consisting of a prime coat and finish coat. 4. Color: Architect shall select color(s) from the manufacturer's full line of standard prefinished colors. C. Fabrication: Roll -form manufacturer's prefinished coil stock to produce finished, exposed pan width of 12" maximum, flat panel. 1. Panelization of roofing shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved. Factory fabricate to the greatest extent possible. 2. Panel Clips: 30-gage stainless steel, fabricated to be interlockable with sheet, if used. 3. Pan Lengths: Form pans to run full length from eave or pitch break to ridge, without horizontal joints. 4. Hem exposed edges on underside 1 /2". Miter and seam corners. 5. Standing Seams: Form material for standing seams at spacing specified for finished, exposed pan width. Seam height shall be 1-1 /2" maximum, narrow profile with maximum 1 /2" width. D. Installation Type: Interlocking, standing seam. E. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be aluminum, steel or the same material as the prefinished roofing and shall be concealed, except as shown on the Drawings. 1. Staples: Standard epoxy -coated steel. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Locally fabricated. 3. Credit 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally. G. Approved System and Manufacturers: 1. Zee -Lock Standing Seam Roofing by Berridge Manufacturing, Houston, TX, and represented in Denver, CO, (800) 735-3703, as the basis of design. 2. Aeicor Metal Products, Inc., Fort Lauderdale, FL, (305) 974-3300. 3. AEP-Span, Tacoma, WA, (800) 733-4955. 4. A li S Building Systems, Inc., Caryville, TN, (615) 426.2141. 5. Atas Aluminum Corp., Allentown, PA, (215) 395-8445. 6. Copper Sales, Inc., Minneapolis, MN, (800) 426-7737. 7. Delcoa Industries, Inc., Pompano Beach, FL, (305) 979-5004. 8. Englert, Inc., Perth Amboy, NJ, and represented locally in Commerce City, CO, (303) 288- 8070. 9. Follansbee Steel, Follansbee, WV, (304) 527-1260. 10. MBCI Metal Roof and Wall Systems, Houston, TX, (877) 713-6224. 11. Merchant and Evans, Inc., Burlington, NJ, (609) 387-3033. 12. M M Systems Corp., Tucker, GA, (800) 241-3460. 13. Overly Manufacturing Co., Greensburg, PA, (412) 834.7300. 14. Petersen Aluminum Corp., Elk Grove Village, IL, (800) 722-2523. 07610 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 15. Ultra Seam, Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 292.1511. 16. Manufacturers providing prefinished metal roofing systems of same design, appearance, function, quality, performance and components are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. All systems shall be based upon the specified systems and components. Alternate manufacturers accepted by the Architect prior to bid date shall not relieve the manufacturers of an obligation to, at his own expense, make changes in the structure, etc. as necessary to accommodate the alternate systems. 2.02 PREFINISHED METAL SIDING A. General: Prefinished metal siding shall be factory fabricated, rolled and finished for delivery to the site. System shall include all closure, sill, rake, jamb and misc. trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. Siding Type: Corrugated profile with lapping seams and exposed fasteners, S-deck. B. Materials: 24-gage minimum or .032" aluminum alloy, 3004 coil stock. 1. Texture: Standard mill finish/texture. 2. Finish: Prefinished by manufacturer Kynar 500 fluorcarbon coating, minimum 1 mil (.025 mm) thick consisting of a prime coat and a finish coat. 3. Color: The Architect shall select color from the manufacturer's full line of standard and premium prefinished colors. Color may vary from prefinished roofing and soffit. C. Fabrication: Roll -form manufacturer's prefinished coil stock to produce finished, exposed pan width of 30" maximum, ribbed at 2-5/8" on center. D. Installation Type: Overlapping ribs, screw -down attachment. E. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be aluminum, steel or same material as the prefinished siding as recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Use neoprene washers or other approved weatherproof seals for all surface attachments. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Locally fabricated. 3. Credit 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer must be compatible with prefinished metal roofing and soffit manufacturer. See approved manufacturers in paragraph 2.01.B. 2.03 ASSOCIATED FLASHINGS AND TRIMS A. Contractor shall coordinate the furnishing of associated fascias, flashings, trims, gutters and downspouts specified in other Sections for exposed locations with the work of this Section. Such work shall be by the same manufacturer/installer as the prefinished metal roofing to the greatest extent possible. B. Gage: Provide the following minimum gages for accessory materials: 1. 22-gage for vertical fascias. Provide 1 /2" hemmed edge as shown on the Drawings. 2. 24-gage for roof edge, parapet cap and step flashings. 3. 24-gage for gutters and open -face box downspouts. 4. 24-gage for conductor heads and thru-wall scupper flashings. 5. 24-gage for ridge and hip cap flashings. 6. 26-gage for valley flashings. 7. 24-gage for other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2.04 UNDERLAYMENTS A. Primary Underlayment: Asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D-2626-81 without perforations. Provide minimum 30 lb. weight for felt 07610 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS sheets, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. A. Secondary Underlayment: Unreinforced elastomeric sheet roofing, minimum 45 mil thickness, black, T-0" and/or 6'-0" wide rolls, Sure -Seal Elastomeric Membrane by Carlisle Tire and Rubber Co., Carlisle, PA, (800) 433.5326, or equal. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Prefinished metal roofing system shall be factory fabricated, rolled and finished for field forming, installation and seaming. B. Valley Pans: All metal valley pans shall be fabricated with inverted dams at the center of the valley. C. Pan Edges: All exposed edges, including pan edges at valleys, shall have edges hemmed 1/2" minimum. D. Fascias, Copings and Trims: Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 1. Fascias, Roof Edge Flashings, Copings, Cap Flashings and other Trims: Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0" will not be allowed. 2. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Seal all seams with elastic cement. 3. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design to allow for curves in plane of fascias and trims, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Backpaint materials with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. E. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2.06 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain all site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal roofing, flashings, accessories and trim for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which metal roofing, (sidin) and soffit work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall be responsible for ensuring delivery of the prefinished materials and roll -forming equipment to the site, as specified in paragraph 1.04, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Installer shall coordinate the work of this Section with other contractors and equipment suppliers as required for a complete and weathertight installation. Equipment to be furnished and field installed in the building by others affecting the work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Self-contained through -wall air conditioning/heat units. 2. Exhaust and intake, through -wall dampers, louvers, filters, screens and motors. 07610 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Waveguide tube entries and associated supports and trims for waveguide cable systems between the tower and the building. D. Ensure that substrate is sound, dry, properly sloped for drainage and securely anchored in position. E. Ensure that proper subframing and/or blocking has been installed as required for installation of the prefinished siding, soffit and fascia systems. F. Ensure that provision has been made for roof drains, scuppers, flashings and all other interface items attaching to or penetrating through the prefinished metal roofing. G. Ensure that adjacent work of other trades has been completed and approved prior to beginning work, to the greatest extent possible. H. Verify requirements for secondary underlayments with the Building Official with jurisdiction over this Project. c��j�l.FSLl�i061HiIA001410 :� 401CRI'7 A. General: Install built-up roof crickets, minimum 1 /4" per foot slope, whether specifically shown on the Drawings or not, as required for adequate roof drainage, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Roof valleys, as required to direct water to roof drains or scuppers. 2. Roof parapets, as required to direct water to roof drains or scuppers. 3. Mechanical equipment curbs. 4. Skylight curbs. 5. Roof hatch curbs. 6. Other equipment curbs or other items projecting through the roof surface. B. Crickets shall be constructed or plywood or other specified roof sheathing material, or tapered rigid insulation, at the Contractor's option, unless otherwise specifically called for on the Drawings. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Primary Underlayment: 1. Over entire roof deck area, place piles of 36" wide underlayment, with ends and edges weatherlapped minimum 6". Stagger end joints of each consecutive layer. Nail underlayment sufficiently to hold in place. 2. Install underlayment perpendicular to slope of roof. 3. Weatherlap and seal with plastic cement items protecting through or mounted on roof. B. Secondary Underlayment: 1. General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 2. Install in locations as shown on the Drawings, or specified herein, but in no case less than as required by local codes. 3. Apply one (1) width of secondary underlayment at gutters and overhanging eaves, width as required to completely cover projected eaves, wrap concealed gutters and other features where shown on the Drawings, and extend up the slope of the roof minimum 24" or to the minimum extent required by the local jurisdiction. Lap end joints 4" and side joints 2". Use multiple widths or larger single -width rolls if required by project conditions. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING A. General: Field fabrication and installation shall be done in accordance with all applicable building codes, standards and the written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the approved prefinished metal roofing. Roofing shall be anchored firmly into position, forming a completely watertight and weathertight installation. 1. Field Fabrication Details: All aspects of field rolling, cutting and installation processes shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, including but not limited to, the following: 07610 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS a. Pan length, including separation from adjacent pans at roof valleys. b. Fascias. C. Ridge cap flashings. d. Hip cap or transition flashings. e. Drip edge flashings at gutters. f. Eave and rake edge flashings. 2. Fabricate and install prefinished metal roofing and siding to allow for expansion and contraction of all components and assemblies without compromising the structural capacity or weathertightness of the system. B. Roofing and siding shall be formed on the job site in continuous lengths, manufactured to actual field measurements. Horizontal lap joints are not acceptable. Neoprene secured by metal profile closures shall be provided when a one-piece change of direction is not applicable. Hold-down brackets shall allow for thermal movement and shall be installed at each panel joint. Longitudinal spacing of hold-down brackets shall be arranged to allow for positive uniform load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals), negative uniform load of 30 psf (1436.4 pascals) or other required loading. No perforations shall be made in roofing or siding by fasteners, except as shown on the Drawings. C. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual specifications shall govern for material and workmanship not otherwise specified herein. D. Standing Seam System: Standing seams of the prefinished roof system shall be formed 1-1/2" high maximum and mechanically closed in the field with manufacturer's continuous seaming equipment. Install cleats at spacing recommended by manufacturer for pan width, roof span and wind exposure. The roofing system shall be installed plumb, straight and true to adjacent work. Ribs shall be equidistant from rake ends, corners, hips, mullions, etc. in accordance with design concept and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Cut ends of pans and standing seams on curved roof edges to produce a uniformly formed and smooth edge. 2. Finish exposed ends of standing seams in accordance with manufacturer's standard details and the approved shop drawings. 3. Hip Transitions: Soldered transitions are required where shown on the Drawings, or specified elsewhere in this Section. In these applications, hip closure cap flashings will not be acceptable. E. Prefinished Fascia: Install fascia in sections using longest possible length (continuous) pieces. Miter external corners. F. Prefinished Siding: Install lap siding in sections using continuous pieces. G. Ridge Closures: Ridge lines of the prefinished roof system shall be closed with manufacturer's standard ridge cap flashing trims, unless a continuous pan break over the ridge is specifically specified. H. Hip Closures: Hip lines of the prefinished roof system shall be closed with manufacturer's standard hip cap flashing trims, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. I. Miscellaneous Flashings and Break Metal: Form sheet materials as detailed on the Drawings for miscellaneous flashings, counterflashings and trims. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Installer shall thoroughly clean installed prefinished roof panels and trim, using only cleaning products recommended by the manufacturer for this application. Cleaning operation shall not mar or abrade the metal finish. B. Do not permit unnecessary walking on the finished roofing system. Require all personnel to wear rubber -soled shoes when installing or walking on the finished roof. C. Remove all excess material and scraps from the site. END OF SECTION 07610 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0" will not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal all seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings, Reglets and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions. 3. Kick Flashings: As required for specific project conditions, but in no case less than 2" high x 4" long. 4. Curb Cap Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 5. Sill Flashings at Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous galvanized metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.03 above. C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. E. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. F. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterflashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL MATERIALS B. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterflashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. C. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations 07621 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult with Architect as necessary. E. Install kick flashings at all roof edge or eave conditions adjacent to vertical walls and other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from a particular point. Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. F. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphalt felt flashings. G. Lock seams and end joints. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles. H. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature. Install all flashings in accordance with current SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. 1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. B. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces from damage during the balance of construction. END OF SECTION 07621 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07621 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal reglets and counterf lashings as indicated on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal valley and drip flashings. C. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal sill flashings at masonry veneer/caps, and miscellaneous trims. D. Furnish and install prefinished metal soffit vents and roof vents. E. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal attic insulation baffles. F. Furnish miscellaneous metal flashings to other Sections as required. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Flexible masonry flashings. 4. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation. 5. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 6. Section 076101 Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding: Prefinished trim. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition. 2. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturer's personnel or manufacturer approved subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and shop drawings indicating materials, shapes, proposed layout of joints, special details and intersections, and fabrication and assembly details. B. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard colors of prefinished flashings and trims for selection by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard profiles of galvanized flashings and trim for selection by the Architect. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 07621 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for metal flashings. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFINISHED GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Prefini shed Galvanized Metal: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A525, except ASTM 527 for lock -forming hot -dipped galvanized: G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized. 1. Gages: a. 24-gage for cap flashings and exposed step flashings. b. 24-gage for kick flashings. C. 22-gage for clips, retainers and other concealed backer materials. d. 26-gage for edge flashings and other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2. Finish: Supply galvanized sheet metal flashings and trim with manufacturer's standard baked -on enamel finish. Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 3. Profiles: Specified in paragraph 2.03 below, shop formed to extent possible. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: % minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Fasteners: Concealed clip -type of same material as flashings, sized to suit application. B. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steel roofing type. C. Screws: Hot -dipped galvanized Phillips head, with neoprene washers. D. Solder and Flux: Type recommended for materials being used. E. Bituminous Paint: Acid- and alkali -resistant type, black color. F. Plastic Cement: Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS-C-00153a. G. Sealant: One (1) component silicone, conforming to FS TT-S-00230, non -staining, non -bleeding, non -sagging, of color suitable for material matching. 1. Dow 790 or equal. H. Soffit Vents (Disk Type): Galvanized sheet metal round disk vents for installation in soffits or rafter rim joints/blocking, 26-gage. 1. Size: 2" diameter or manufacturer's standard. 2. Finish: Galvanized for field finishing. I. Insulation Baffles: Galvanized sheet metal insulation baffles for installation between roof trusses or rafters. 1. Size: 24" wide (or as required for condition) x 31" overall length. 2. Approved Manufacturer: Ampcor Series BV by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS, or equal. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. 07621 -2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors Rev10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 1 B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than T-0" will not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal all seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings, Reglets and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings or as required by project conditions. 3. Kick Flashings: As required for specific project conditions, but in no case less than 2" high x 4" long. 4. Curb Cap Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 5. Sill Flashings at Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous galvanized metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.03 above. C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. E. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. F. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterflashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL MATERIALS B. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterf lashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. C. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations 07621 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS approved by Architect. When using exposed fasteners, they are to be of same finish as flashings. D. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult with Architect as necessary. E. Install kick flashings at all roof edge or eave conditions adjacent to vertical walls and other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from a particular point. Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. F. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphalt felt flashings. G. Lock seams and end joints. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles. H. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature. Install all flashings in accordance with current SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. 1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. B. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces from damage during the balance of construction. END OF SECTION 07621 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07810 SKYLIGHTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish double flat -panel unit skylights, self -flashing with integral curb. B. Furnish prefabricated, round tubular skylight units, complete with domed cap, tubular metal shaft, integral roof curbs/flashings and interior diffusers. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 4. Section 08800, Glazing: Glazing for modular skylight structures. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and/or shop drawings indicating materials, unit sizes and assembly and installation details. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for skylight units. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in unbroken factory cartons. B. Store in a secure location and protect finishes and glazing from damage until installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard written five-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship and unit leakage. 07810 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT PANEL UNIT SKYLIGHTS A. General: Factory -fabricated flat panel skylight units consisting of one-piece polycarbonate panels, extruded aluminum retaining frame, curb -mounted with sloping condensation gutter for drainage. B. Retaining Frame: Extruded aluminum, 6063-T5 alloy, minimum thickness of .72". C. Glazing: Clear, factory -installed shatter -resistant glazing, 1/4" thick, Monolithic polycarbonate sheet glazing, Lexan XL by GE Plastics, or approved equal. D. Sizes: 48" x 48" modular units, or sizes as shown on the Drawings. Intent is to utilize manufacturer's standard sizes. Notify Architect of curb opening size discrepancies for approval prior to fabrication. Contractor to coordinate framing of curb opening accordingly. E. Aluminum Finish: Clear. F. Provide manufacturer's standard integral aluminum curb, 4" high. Units are to be self -flashing. G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. H. Approved Models and Manufacturers: 1. Flat Glass Skylight Series, bronze anodized, as manufactured by Bristolite Skylights, Santa Ana, CA, (800) 854-8618. 2. Flat-Lite Skylight, bronze anodized, as manufactured by Plasticrafts, Denver, CO (800) 800- 7567, and distributed by Jim Wozniak and Associates, Littleton, CO (303) 795-9276. 3. Manufacturers providing prefabricated skylight units of the same type, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.02 TUBULAR UNIT SKYLIGHTS A. General: Factory -fabricated round tubular skylight units, complete with domed cap, tubular reflective metal shaft sections, integral roof curbs, flashings, interior ceiling diffusers and all related accessories and trims. 1. Size(s): 10" diameter. B. Roof Dome Assembly: Transparent, UV and impact -resistant dome with flashing base supporting dome and top of tube. 1. Outer Dome Glazing: 0.125" minimum thickness injection molded acrylic classified as CC2 material and meeting characteristics of DR-101 blend. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard prismatic pattern molded into dome to capture low angle sunlight. 3. Reflector: Aluminum sheet, thickness 0.015", positioned in dome to capture low angle sunlight. C. Flashing Base: One piece, seamless, leak -proof flashing functioning as base support for dome and tope of tube. 1. Base Material: Sheet steel, corrosion resistant, meeting ASTM A653/A A653M or ASTM A463/A 463M, 0.028" thick. 2. Base Pitch (Slope): Flat, no pitch 4" and 6" high. D. Dome Ring: Attached to top of base section, 0.090" nominal thickness, injection molded high impact acrylic, to prevent thermal bridging between base flashing and tubing and channel condensed moisture out of tubing. 07810 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Reflective Extension Tube: Aluminum sheet, 0.015" thickness. 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. 2. Color: a' and b' (defined by CIE L"a'b' color model) shall not exceed +2 or be less than -2 as determined in accordance with ASTM E308. 3. Tube Diameter: Approximately 10". F. Reflective 300 Adjustable Tube: Aluminum sheet, thickness .015". 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. G. Reflective 900 Adjustable Tube: Aluminum sheet, thickness .018". 1. Interior Finish: High reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface greater than 99%. Total solar spectrum less than 93%. H. Ceiling Ring: Injection molded impact resistant acrylic, 0.100" nominal thickness. I. Dress Ring: Injection molded impact resistant acrylic, 0.100" nominal thickness. Prevents air infiltration and condensation from attic spaces. J. Dual Glazed Diffuser Assembly: 1. Upper Glazing: Acrylic plastic classified as CC2 material, 0.040" nominal thickness. 2. Lower Glazing: Molded polycarbonate plastic classified as CC1 material, 0.022" nominal thickness. 3. Lower Glazing: Acrylic plastic classified as CC2 material, 0.090" nominal thickness. K. Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non -corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon. L. Sealant: Polyurethane or copolymer based elastomeric sealant as provided or recommended by manufacturer. M. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. N. Performance Criteria: Completed tubular skylight system assemblies shall be capable of meeting the following performance requirements: 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration will not exceed .30 cfm/sf aperture, with a pressure delta of 1.57 psf across the tube, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 16.5 psf pressure differential, with water rate of 5 gallons/ hour/ sf, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. 3. Uniform Load Test: a. No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or damage to make system inoperable or cause permanent deflection of any section in excess of 1 % of its span at a positive load of 110 psf or negative load of 60 psf. b. All units shall be tested with a safety factor of (3) for positive pressure and (2) for negative pressure, acting normal to plane of roof in accordance with ASTM E330. 4. Fire Testing: a. Class B Burning Brand: Burning brand shall self -extinguish without transferring the fire to the dome, in accordance with UBC Standard 15-2, ASTM E108 and UL 790. b. Self -Ignition Temperature -greater than 6500 F: In accordance with ASTM D1929- 68 (1975). C. Smoke Density - Rating no greater than 75: No greater than 450, in accordance with ASTM E84-91A in way intended for use. d. Rate of Burn - Minimum Burning Rate: 2.5"/min, classification CC-2, in accordance with ASTM D635-74. ,I l:1ffi=3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 0. Approved Models and Manufacturers: 1. Model 160DS (10") Daylighting System by Solatube International Inc., Vista, CA, (888) 765- 2882, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing prefabricated, tubular skylight units of the same type, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare mounting substrate as per manufacturer's requirements. B. Coordinate size of new framed curb opening with manufacturer's standard unit approved by Architect and pre-engineered metal roof curb supplied by the steel building supplier. C. Ensure that structural framing and edge angles for new (existing) curb openings have been properly installed, in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. D. Ensure that existing self -flashing curbs to be reused are securely anchored to existing roof deck. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install prefabricated skylight units in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. After installation of first unit, field test to determine adequacy of installation. Conduct water test in presence of Owner and Contractor. Make corrections in installation methods if needed prior to proceeding with installation of subsequent units. C. Protect installed skylights and glazing from damage by adjacent construction. Units with marred surfaces or scratched glazing shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 07810 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. B. Furnish and install joint backing materials. C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in exterior applications. D. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants in interior applications. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 010151 Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 7. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding. 8. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. 9. Section 07810, Skylights. 10. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 11. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 12. Section 09900, Painting: Joints of walls and/or ceilings of dissimilar colors. 13. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 14. Division 15, Mechanical. 15. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. C. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type. D. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking. 07900 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ4.1: Product data for exterior and interior sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials. 2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior: One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-S-00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag). 1. One -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. C. Interior: One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A. 1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPlus by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintable. 1. Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer for type of application. E. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part non -priming urethane -based self -leveling pourable sealant complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use). 1. Sonolastic SL-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless flooring systems specified in Division 9. 07900 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system specified in Section 09800. F. Color(s): 1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including variations from this policy. 3. Clear silicone sealant shall be installed at the following locations, including but not limited to: a. Perimeter of toilet and bath fixtures, water closets, urinals, sinks and lavatories. b. Joints between solid surface finished countertops and backsplashes. G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credit MR 4.1, VOC Content of Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Sealants: 250 g/L. b. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. C. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. 3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manu-facturer, compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used. 1. Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials, as recommended by the Installer for specific applications. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. 07900 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere. E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. H. Install bond breaker where required. I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces. C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags. D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces. E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A. Exterior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining walls. 2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks, ramps and curb and gutter sections. 3. Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete unit and brick masonry walls. 4. Perimeter of exterior window and door frames. 5. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 6. Horizontal and vertical joints between wood siding, soffits, and wood running and standing trims. 7. Perimeter joints of metal flashings, counterflashings, reglets and similar accessories. 8. Perimeter joints of prefabricated skylight units. 9. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 10. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. B. Interior: Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints and control joints in interior concrete slabs where surfaces are scheduled to be sealed and/or exposed to view. 2. Horizontal joints between interior concrete slabs and masonry walls. 07900 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. Rev10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 2 3. Vertical and horizontal joints between gypsum wallboard and structural framing and decking at ceiling plenums. 4. Perimeter of countertops and backsplashes. 5. Horizontal and vertical joints between walls, ceilings, soffits and running and standing trims. 6. Perimeter of interior window and door frames. 7. Perimeter of toilet fixtures, water closets, urinals, sinks and lavatories. 8. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 9. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 10. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. C. Refer to other Division 2 sections for sealants required for site concrete work and other materials. END OF SECTION 07900 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard exterior and interior hollow metal doors and frames. B. Grout cores of exterior hollow metal frames where shown on the Drawings or specified herein, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Anchorages. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of doors and frames. 5. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation: Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames. 6. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 7. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 8. Section 08710, Specialty Finish Hardware: Access control systems. 9. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 10. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 11. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies. 4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and door installation schedules. B. Door Schedules: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcement and location of cutouts for louvers or glazing. D. Samples: Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval. Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish. 08110 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for steel doors and frames. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. 1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. Provide insulated doors where scheduled. a. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design. 2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14- gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish the following minimum face sheets: a. Exterior Doors: 16-gage. b. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 84" High: 16-gage. C. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. 3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Style: "Imperial Door" by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core. 5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO, (303) 322-1410. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, performance and function are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 08110 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended by this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following: a. All Doors: 14-gage. 1. Type: Mitered corners, fully welded frames. Knockdown -type frames are not permitted, unless approved for use in interior fire -rated assemblies. 2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below. 4. Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb, equally spaced. 5. Jamb Anchors: a. Masonry Construction: Corrugated or other deformed type, adjustable anchors, four (4) per jamb. 6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb. B. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5. 1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO, (303) 382-7930. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors. 2.03 PROFILES A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 5-3/4" or 7-1/4" deep, double -rabbeted, with 7/16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construction, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth. 1. Head Sections: Provide 4" head sections for frames where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. B. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the Drawings. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1 /8" at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms. Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1 /8" in 2". 2. Finished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Form moulded members straight and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 08110 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams, weld, fill and grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction. 4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge, continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom. Inner frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled. 5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members, same as specified above. 6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors. 7. Reinforce and prepare doors and/or frames to receive access control systems and other specialty hardware. Refer to Section 08700 and Division 16, Electrical, for hardware and wiring requirements. 8. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish. 9. Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible. 10. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination -type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. 2. Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T-joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush. 3. Mullions and transom bars shall be closed or tubular construction and shall join with and be secured to heads and jambs with continuous butt -welded joints. Reinforce joints between members with concealed clip angles of same thickness as frame. 4. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed, in true alignment and fastenings concealed. 5. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware. Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface - applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. 6. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate. a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 7. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8" anchor bolts. 8. Glazing: When glazed or louvered panels are required, furnish 18-gage metal glazing beads. Drill and tap frames to receive oval -head countersunk machine screws, spaced approximately 9" o.c. Beads shall be mitered at corners. Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed from the inside of the building or room. 08110 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 9. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each single door frame. Space equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers. Delete silencers where door jamb gaskets or continuous weather-stripping are specified in Section 08700. 10. Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 11. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below. 2.05 FINISHES A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence. Follow with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc -chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro-galvanized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. C. Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings, noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340. D. For welded frames, provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored. In place of spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings. E. For doors and frames to be installed in prefabricated steel structures erected by others, Contractor shall ensure that framed opening structurals are properly sized and erected, with clearances provided as required by the hollow metal fabricator. Furnish welded frames to the site in a timely manner so as not to interfere with the erection schedule of the buildings. F. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the door frames. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specified in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors into walls, or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified. Where frames require ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as indicated or as required by site conditions. C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". 08110 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Multiple Frame Sections: Field weld multiple sections of built-up clerestory window frames, as approved in the shop drawings. All field welds shall be full welds, and meet workmanship quality standards of shop welding for flushness and smoothness. E. Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction; foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction, and frames in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly. F. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. G. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1/16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation. H. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat. I. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors, sidelites, and transoms, where scheduled. J. Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15, into hollow metal doors and/or. frames, if applicable. Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and anchorages. K. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing. Refer to Section 09900, Painting. END OF SECTION 08110 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install aluminum storefront framing for fixed windows, complete with glazing stops and all items necessary for a complete installation. B. Furnish and install perimeter weatherstripping. C. Install insulated polycarbonate glazing furnished by Section 08800, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01030, Alternates. 3. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 4. Section 07210, Thermal Building Insulation: Foam insulation at perimeter of door and window frames. 5. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 8. Section 08710, Specialty Finish Hardware: Access control systems. 9. Section 08800, Translucent Window Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM B221: Aluminum alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes and tubes. 2. FS TT-C-494: Coating compound, bituminous, solvent type, acid -resistant. 3. FS TT-S-00230: Sealing compound, elastomeric type, single component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures). 4. NFRC, National Fenestration Rating Council: Air infiltration. 5. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Windows and framing systems shall carry the label of AAMA, American Architectural Manufacturers Association. C. Insulated glass units shall be certified by SIGMA, Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association. D. Manufacturer shall have minimum five (5) years experience in the manufacture of the specific systems and components required by this Section. E. Materials shall be installed by a contractor licensed by the manufacturer or certified by the manufacturer as a qualified installer of the specified products. F. Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. G. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Aluminum entrances and storefront framing systems shall be designed to meet or exceed the following minimum standards: 08410 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Wind Velocity: Refer to Section 08800, Translucent Window Systems, for applicable requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all system components. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating pertinent dimensioning, component connections and locations, anchorage methods and locations, hardware locations, fabrication and installation details. C. Samples: Submit one (1) minimum 6" long sample representative of each type of framing system specified for approval by the Architect. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for aluminum storefront materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original packaging complete with installation instructions. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard two (2)-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, as well as leakage, air or water infiltration and system failure. Additionally, door corner construction shall be warranted for the life of the door against structural failure under normal use conditions. B. Refer to Section 08800 for warranty requirements for hermetically sealed insulated glass units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. Exterior Frames: Thermally -broken, extruded aluminum alloy 6063-TS, ASTM B221, 2" wide x 4.1 /2" deep profile, shear block fabrication capable of 1" double insulated glazing with integral glass pockets for flush glazing without applied stops. 1. Thermal lock framing by Tubelite, Inc., finish as specified, or to match existing, as basis of design. 2. Double -glazed as scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Provide center astragal for all paired doors. 4. Thermal break material shall be two-part, chemically -curing, high -density polyurethane, or equal. B. Accessories: Provide filler panels at column enclosures, angled corners and elsewhere as required to complete installation. 1. Fillers to be integral with frames, snap -in construction, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Aluminum break metal will not be acceptable for filler panels. C. Fasteners: All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel or zinc -plated steel in accordance with ASTM Al64. D. Miscellaneous Framing: Provide head (and jamb) receptors allowing for minimum 3/4" deflection and starter sill trim. E. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800. Furnish all exterior fixed storefront sections with sealed polycarbonate glazing units. F. Finish: All aluminum storefront framing systems, doors and integral hardware shall be 08410 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Color: Medium bronze. G. Design Performance Criteria: Provide complete installed systems meeting or exceeding the following criteria: 1. Air Infiltration (Storefront Framing Systems): Not to exceed .06 cfm/sq. ft., when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at 6.24 psf pressure. Air infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 2. Air Infiltration (Entrance Doors): Not to exceed .50 cfm/tin. ft. of perimeter for single doors, 1.0 cfm/ lin. ft. of perimeter for pair of doors, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at 1.567 psf pressure. Air infiltration shall meet the requirements of the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 3. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water entry, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at 8.0 psf static pressure. 4. Thermal Performance: Not greater than .54 BTU/hr./sq. ft./degree F, AAMA 1503.1-1980. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor (Glass): Not less than 56, AAMA 1503.1-1988. 6. Condensation resistance Factor (Framing Systems): Not less than 70, ASTM C236-89 and AAMA 1503.1.1988. 7. Thermal Transmittance -Construction: U=65. 8. Structural Performance: Maximum allowable deflection of L/175 of the span, but not exceeding 3/4". 9. Thermal Movement: Provide systems capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting from ambient temperature range of 1200 F, that could cause a metal surface temperature range of 180' F within the framing system. 10. Also refer to paragraph 1.03, Design Criteria above. H. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: 50% minimum. 2. Credit MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Required. Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. I. Approved Systems and Manufacturers: 1. Thermal Lock Framing by Tubelite, Inc., Reed City, MI, (616) 832-2211, as basis of design. 2. Kawneer, Inc., Norcross, GA, and represented in Aurora, CO, (719) 550-9331. 3. EFCO Corporation, Monett, NO, (800) 221-4169. 4. Manko Window Systems Inc., Manhattan, KS, and represented in Commerce City, CO, (303) 853-9643. 5. Manufacturers providing materials and components of same design, function, performance and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Manufacturers shall submit product literature, independent test reports and representative sample demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this Section. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum storefront framing and windows to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation. Provide for thermal movement. B. Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit door and frame assemblies in place. C. Accurately and rigidly fit together joints and corners. Match components ensuring continuity of line and design. Ensure that joints and connections are flush, hairline and weathertight. D. Provide weeps to allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to the exterior. 08410 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20 , and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name• Address• By: Title: ATTEST: By: (SEAL) By: Title: SURETY (SEAL) Rev10/20107 Section 00410 Page 3 E. Apply one (1) coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. F. Glazing shall be by means of an interior, fixed glazing gasket and an exterior glazing wedge of high quality extruded elastomeric material. G. Thermal Barrier: Reusable type non-metallic clips made from weatherable DuPont Delrin acetal resin or equal. Clips that must be broken in order to reglaze are unacceptable. H. Filler and Closure Panels: Fabricate required filler and closure panels as extruded, snap -in construction to match specified framing system. Break metal is not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the conditions under which work is to installed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory dimensions or conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of conditions. B. Field verify dimensions affecting work of this Section prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that openings have been properly sized, framed and prepared for installation of the aluminum storefront framing systems. D. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the storefront systems. E. Ensure that accessories and flashings have been properly installed to divert moisture to the exterior of the building. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. General: Install aluminum windows in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Ensure that assemblies are properly aligned, plumb, rigid, level and free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignments with adjacent work. 1. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Comply with requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101-85. 2. Ensure that exterior aluminum storefront fabrications are thermally broken. B. Install with sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten door and frame assemblies in place. C. Maintain required clearances and allow for expansion and contraction of materials. D. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. E. Install fixed window lites in accordance with workmanship and installation requirements of Section 08800. F. Drill and tap frames and doors, And install hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Refer to Section 08700 for installation requirements and Part 4 of this Section for hardware schedules. G. Install weatherstripping for all storefront system framing. H. Leave installation of aluminum storefront systems prepared to receive sealants, specified in Section 07900. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. 08410 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Thoroughly clean the complete system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to anodized finishes. C. Protect work from potential damage from other trades until completion of construction. D. Final glass cleaning shall be provided by the Contractor as specified in Section 01710. END OF SECTION 08410 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish finish hardware for new exterior doors, other than that specified in specific door Sections. B. Furnish keys in keyed groups as indicated, and deliver keys to Owner as specified. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation. 4. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 5. Section 10440, Interior Signage: Door signage and numbers. 6. Division 16, Electrical: Controls. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. BHMA: Applicable standards for finish door hardware. 2. ANSI All 5.2: Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1.3/4" Doors. 3. ANSI Al 15.4: Door and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts. 4. ANSI Al 15.9: Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single -Acting. 5. ANSI Al56.1: Butts and Hinges. 6. ANSI Al56.2: Locks and Lock Trim. 7. ANSI Al56.4: Door Controls (Closers). 8. ANSI Al56.6: Architectural Door Trim. 9. ANSI Al17.1-1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 10. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 11. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule of each type of hardware required for the Project, indicating door location, type, quantity required, style, finish and keying group. B. Templates: Supply hardware templates to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, and respective Sections of Divisions 8 and 13 prior to hardware installation. C. Provide manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied and necessary tools required for proper maintenance of hardware. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for hardware items: a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 08700 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.04 KEYING A. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock. B. Provide two (2) master keys for each master keyed group. C. Provide two (2) grand master keys, if required. D. Provide one (1) master key for installation in the key access box, specified in Section 10520, for fire department use. E. Master Key Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. Key entire building to Owner's existing Master key system. 2. Key all building entry doors together. F. Stamp or engrave each key with appropriate keying designation (MASTER, 1AA, 2AA, etc.). When keys are turned over to Owner at completion of the project, secure keys with same keying designation on same ring, one (1) ring for each keying designation. G. Key Blanks: Provide Owner with specified quantity of blanks for keying separate from this contract. 1. Quantity: 5. H. Deliver keys to the Owner as specified in paragraph 1.08.B. below. I. Provide keying for wire mesh partition locks, specified in Section 10605. 1.05 HARDWARE FUNCTIONS - CYLINDER LOCKS (BHMA) A. F-81 (451) Office or Entry Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob is locked by turn button in inside knob. When outside knob is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. Turn button must be manually rotated to unlock outside knob. B. F-86 (457) Storeroom/Utility Space Door Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. Outside knob is always fixed. C. F-91 Door Locks: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key from both sides. D. Deadlocks: 1. E-2141: Deadbolt operated by key from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. 2. E-2151: Deadbolt operated by key from outside and turn button or lever from inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH HARDWARE A. General: Furnish hardware items of the type, function, quality and quantity to meet the requirements of this Section and for a complete and operational installation. Products listed are indicative of the design, grade, construction, size and type to be used by the listed manufacturer. Alternate products of same quality, function, performance and design are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 1. Hinges: Stanley, Bommer, Hager, Mont -Hard or McKinney. 3. Closers: LCN, Norton or Dorma. 4. Cylinder Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line: Schlage only. 5. Deadbolts: Corbin Schlage. 6. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Pemko, Reese, Zero, Master Manufacturers or Barrier Systems by Hager. 7. Trim, Stop and Holders: Hager, Trimco, Rockwood, Quality or Master Manufacturers. 8. Panic Sets: Corbin Russwin, Sargent, Dorma or Von Duprin. 08700 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 9. Door Gaskets and Sweeps: Pemko, Reese, Zero, National Guard Products Inc. or Barrier Systems by Hager. 10. Electric Power Supply: Securitron, BPS-24-1 with battery. 11. Panic Set: Securitron, TSB-3CL touch bar. 12. Electronic Timer: Access Support, DT-7. 13. Electromagnetic Lock: Magnalock Model 62, with bracket as required by location. 14. Manufacturers furnishing finish hardware items of the same function, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding except where restricted elsewhere in this Section. B. Consistency: Hardware lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer, at a minimum to the extent scheduled: 1. All closers shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 2. All cylinders, locksets and passage sets shall be by the same manufacturer and of the same finish, unless otherwise indicated. Coordination of keying shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier for these items. 3. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. C. Handing: Handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier, to be reviewed by the Architect as a part of the Hardware Schedule submittal. D. Special Requirements: 1. All hinges shall be ball -bearing type, unless otherwise indicated. Provide non -removable pins in all hinges of exterior outswinging doors. 2. All cores of cylinder locksets shall be interchangeable, unless otherwise specified. 3. All deadbolts specified for required exit or egress doors shall be provided with lever or paddle type operators on the interior. 4. Provide concave -shaped wall stops where scheduled with privacy -type push button locksets. Use convex -shaped wall stops elsewhere. 5. Where kickplates are specified for only one side of each door leaf, install on active side, or as recommended by the supplier. 6. Closers shall be provided with hold -open capability, except where part of a fire -rated door assembly. 7. Closers shall be parallel arm type for push side applications, and mounted on the room side of all doors where possible. Regular arm -type closers are acceptable for pull side applications. E. Accessibility: Door hardware shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Al17.1, current edition, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for handicapped accessibility, and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. 1. All doors shall have lever trim as scheduled in this Section. F. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Refer to paragraph 2.01.A. above for approved manufacturers for specific types of finish hardware. 2. Baldwin Brass, San Bruno, CA, (415) 588-8480. 3. Bommer, Landrum, SC, (800) 334-1654. 4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Charlotte, NC, (800) 543-3658. 5. Dorma Architectural Hardware, Reamstown, PA, (800) 523-8483. 6. Emtek Products, Inc., Industry, CA, (800) 356-2741. 08700 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 7. Glynn -Johnson, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 613-8940. 8. Hager Companies, St. Louis, MO, (800) 325-9995. 9. Ilco Unican, Winston Salem, NC, (800) 849-8324. 10. LCN, Princeton, IL, (800) 526-2400. 11. Pemko, Ventura, CA, (800) 283-9988. 12. Omnia Industries Inc., (800) 310-7960. 13. Sargent Manufacturing Co., New Haven, CT, (800) 727.5477. 14. Schlage Lock Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 264-5300. 15. The Stanley Works, New Britain, CT, (800) 337.4393. 16. Trimco, Los Angeles, CA, (323) 262-4191. 17. Von Duprin, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 897-9944. 18. Weiser Lock, Tuscon, AZ, (800) 677-5625. 19. Kwik Set Corp., Anaheim, CA, (800) 327.5625. 20. Manufacturers providing products of same quality, function, performance, design and finishes are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 2.02 COMMERCIAL HARDWARE DESIGNS AND FINISHES A. General: Design of finish hardware shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 2.01 above. B. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty, commercial grade hardware. 1. Sargent 10 Line key in lever handle, as basis of design C. Commercial Grade Trims: 1. Lever trim: LL by Sargent as basis of design. D. Panic Set Trims: FLW Design by Sargent or equal. E. Commercial Line Finish: US26D, Satin Chromium. F. Threshold Finish: Mill finish cast or extruded bronze. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE ITEMS A. Approved Models and Manufacturers, as basis of design: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: Product lines specified above, 2-3/4" backset. 2. Hinges: McKinney TA2714, Stanley or Hager BB1279, steel, full -mortised, 5-knuckle ball bearing, 4-1 /2" x 4-1 /2", NRP. a. Use 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" hinges at 1-3/8" hollow -core doors and in other locations required for proper template spacing and anchorage of hinge to door frame. 3. Deadbolts: a. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty, with interchangeable core, Schlage B-700 Series, as basis of design. 4. Closers: LCN 4000 Series, with full molded cover. Provide delayed -action option where scheduled. 5. Push Plates/Pull Bars: Master Manufacturing M-604 x M-163, 8". 6. Kickplates: Trimco, 10" x length recommended for door width, 16-gage, (.050" aluminum) (polished brass), beveled edges. 7. Saddle Thresholds: Pemko 271A-5, flat, or Reese S483AV-5' with integral vinyl stop. All thresholds shall be handicapped accessible. 8. Door Shoes/Sweep: Pemko 217 AV extruded aluminum with vinyl insert for 1-3/4" doors. Verify compatibility with specified threshold. 9. Door Astragal/Meeting Stile Closure for Paired Doors: Pemko 357SP with silicone. Brush type not acceptable, unless otherwise approved. 10. Sweep: Pemko 307AV. 11. Door Smoke Gaskets: Pemko S88D. 12. Weatherstripping: Pemko 303AV for wood doors/frames; Pemko 316AV for hollow metal 08700 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 13. Wall Stop: Ives 407. Use wall -type, unless door position requires otherwise. 14. Floor Stop: Ives 438. 15. Wall Stop/Holder: Ives 449 holder and stop. 16. Floor Stop/Holder: Ives 450 holder and stop. 17. Door Bottom: Pemko 317AN. Mount with neoprene bulb under door if conditions permit. 18. Indicator Deadlock: Falcon D9770. 19. Panic Set, Rim Type: Sargent 8500 Series, plated steel, with lever trim. B. Furnish hardware items as listed in Schedule at the end of this Section, complete to the function intended. C. Furnish all accessory hardware items as required for a complete installation, including strikes and anchorage devices. 2.04 SPECIALTY FINISH HARDWARE A. Electronic, Timer -Controlled Magnetic Lock: Low -voltage electronic magnetic lock with a holding force of at least 1,200 lbs. for standard 1-3/4" hollow metal door applications. 1. Operating Voltage: 24 VDC. 2. Current Draw: 0.50 amp at 24 volts. 3. Door/Frame Mounting Position: Manufacturer's standard head mounting. 4.. Options: Provide manufacturer's standard adjustable time delay to allow automatic delay relocking signal from 4 to 30 seconds. 5. Power Supply: UL-listed modular power unit with plug-in dual control modules and field - selectable 12/24V output voltage, 510 Series by Locknetics or approved equal. Provide the following power supply options: a. Time Delay Module: Plug-in PC card providing an adjustable (0.30 seconds) delay on relock. 6. Accessories and Hardware: Provide all required accessories, strikes, hardware, trims and other items necessary for a complete and operational locking system. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish, to match finishes specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 8. Approved Manufacturers: a. Magforce 390. b. 510 Series by Locknetics, Hamden, CT, as basis of design. C. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. B. Electronic Lockset Controller: Manufacturer's standard, general-purpose 24-hour digital timer, to be compatible with the electronic Lockset specified in paragraph A above, with single pole, single throw heavy duty switch rated for 40 amps at 120 volts. 1. Controller shall provide accurate, dependable, fully automatic control on a daily repeating cycle for a 7-day period. 2. Time of Day Clock: Manufacturer's standard 60-minute vernier time digital clock. 3. Housing: NEMA-1 type indoor cabinet of heavy gage sheet steel with permanently hinged, lockable cover. Provide manufacturer's standard knockouts for conduit/wire connections. 4. Manual Control: Provide manufacturer's standard manual operation by means of an ON/OFF switch. Such manual override will not interfere with subsequent automatic operations or require reprogramming of the timer. 5. Finish: Housing shall be manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish. 08700 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 6. Approved Manufacturers: a. DT7 Automatic Time Switch by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturer providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided controller is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. C. Control Stations: Manufacturer's standard manual override/emergency exit touch bar, to allow the electronic magnet to be released from the inside of the room. 1. Touch Bar: Manufacturer's standard 36" long touch bar, handicapped accessible, clear finish. 2. Status Indicator Lights: None. 3. Provide one (1) manual touch bar in each restroom equipped with the specified electronic magnetic lock. 4. Approved Manufacturers: a. TSB Series by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturers providing .products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided manual control station is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. D. Secondary Control Stations: Use motion detector/occupancy sensor for secondary control station. Magnetic lock shall not engage while occupancy sensor identifies room as occupied. See Electrical for specified occupancy sensor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the doors, frames and other substrates that are to receive finish hardware and notify the Contractor of any existing condition that will be detrimental to the successful installation and performance of the hardware. Do not install hardware until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Ensure that door cutouts or bores for hardware and frame cutouts for strike plates are properly aligned. C. Ensure that the Owner's existing security alarm, resident call, automatic locking or other communicating systems tied to the door hardware have been bypassed prior to commencing work. These systems shall remain powered for all doors not affected by new work. D. Do not install finish hardware until doors, frames and other substrates have been painted, stained or otherwise finished as specified in other Sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, using proper templates. Installation is specified in Section 06200. B. Mounting Heights: Maintain following mounting heights for new doors, from finished floor to center Line of hardware item: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: 40", unless special height requirements are specified elsewhere. 2. Pulls and Push Plates: 39". 3. Deadlocks: 48". 4. Wide -Angle Viewer: 60" and 40", unless other accessible height is approved. C. Verify compliance of mounting heights with ANSI A117.1-1992 and ADA-1990 requirements. D. Ensure proper operation of all finish hardware items. Adjust alignments as necessary for smooth operation. 08700 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Adjust operating force for all door closers for compliance with applicable codes and handicapped accessibility standards. 3.03 HARDWARE FURNISHED TO OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: 2. Hardware supplier to provide templates to door fabricator. 3.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. General: While the following Hardware Schedule is intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the project and establish a type and standard of quality, it shall be the specific responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to examine the Drawings and Specifications and furnish proper hardware for all openings, whether listed or not. If there are any omissions in the hardware groups, the hardware supplier shall notify the Architect prior to bid opening for instruc- tions; otherwise, the list will be considered complete. No extras will be allowed by the Owner or the Architect. B. It is intended that the following groups be complete in the coverage of required items, but it is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to furnish finish hardware necessary for a complete installation, particularly in regard to fire -rated door assemblies. Where items are referred to in the singular, they shall be furnished in numbers sufficient for a complete installation. C. Every attempt has been made to coordinate the finish hardware items between each other and with doors, etc. to which they are to be installed. It is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to ensure the compatibility of the finish hardware supplied with both related hardware items and the doors, etc. to which they are to be used. D. Hardware Notes: 1. Ea. refers to each leaf. 2. LH refers to left-hand leaf only. 3. RH refers to right-hand leaf only. 4. All other handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier. PART 4 SCHEDULE 4.01 HARDWARE GROUPS Group A 1 ea. Deadlock 1 ea. Emergency exit touch bar 1 ea. Magnetic lock 1-1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges (1 electric hinge) 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Threshold 2 ea. Kickplates 1 ea. Push/pull 1 ea. Door stop 1 ea. Door bottom 1 set Weatherstripping 1 Power supply 1 Battery 1 Timer Group B 1 ea. Lockset F-86 08700 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver skylight system components to the site in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons. B. Store on site in dry, secure location, in a manner as required by the manufacturer. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard 5-year written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYCARBONATE WINDOW SYSTEM A. General: Prefabricated wall panel system, complete with prefabricated flat sandwich panels of translucent multi -cell polycarbonate with U.V. protection on both sides, aluminum structural framing members, flashings, trims and sealants as required for a complete and weathertight installation. Panels shall have interlocking sides. 1. Insulated Panel Thickness: 1" minimum. B. Translucent Panels: Panels shall consist of a polycarbonate resin with permanent, co -extruded, ultraviolet protective layers on both sides of the panels. This protective layer shall be co -extruded by the manufacturer during the original extrusion of the panel. Post -applied coatings or films of dissimilar materials are unacceptable. 1. Flammability: The interior face sheet shall be U.L. listed and have a flamespread rating no greater than 45 and smoke developed no greater than 350 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. Burn extent by ASTM D-635 shall be no greater than 1". Faces shall not deform, defect, or drip when subjected to fire of flame or become detached when subjected to 3000 F for one hour. 2. Weatherability: a. Full thickness of the exterior face sheet shall not change color more than 3.0 Hunter after five years outdoor South Florida weathering at 7 degrees facing south, determined by the average of at least three white samples without a protective film. 3. Appearance: a. Face sheet shall be uniform in color to prevent splotchy appearance. 4. Strength: Exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength and repel an impact equal to 60 ft. lbs. without fracture or tear. C. Core: The extruded panels shall be uniform in color with an integral extruded multi -cell core. The panel's exterior skins shall be interconnected and spaced apart by supporting continuous ribs, perpendicular to the skins. In addition, the space between the two exterior skins, in a cross section, shall be divided by two parallel intermediate walls, as well as two diagonal walls in an'X' pattern. D. Panel Construction: 1 Wall panels shall have a thickness of 1" with a "U" factor of .26 by NFRC 100. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. EXTECH/Exterior Technologies, Inc., 200 Bridge Street, Pittsburgh, PA, 15223, (412) 781- 0991 phone, (412) 781-9303 fax, as the basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, quality, appearance, function and performance are acceptable upon approval by the Architect prior to bidding. 08800 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10 Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. Rev10120/07 Section 00420 Page 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the translucent window wall system are to be installed and report any conditions in writing to the Contractor which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall prepare all openings and shall provide temporary enclosures if required. The Contractor shall prepare openings, including isolating dissimilar materials from aluminum. 3.02 ERECTION A. General: The erector shall erect translucent system in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and the approved shop drawings as supplied by the manufacturer. All fastening and sealing shall be done per shop drawings. B. Ensure that foam insulation, specified in Section 07210, has been installed around all door and window frames prior to installation of gypsum wallboard and/or interior casings and trims. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect installed translucent window wall system during balance of construction as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Clean all translucent panels, exposed framing members and closure trims, using products recommended by the manufacturer. Take care not to mar, abrade or discolor finishes. END OF SECTION 08800 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 09310 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install ceramic tile sills with bullnose edges at windows. B. Furnish and install tile mortar, grout, mastic and other accessory materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 4. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 5. Division 15, Mechanical: Toilet fixtures. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation", current edition. 2. ANSI A108.4, Ceramic Tile Installed with Water -Resistant Organic Adhesives. 3. ANSI All 18.4, Latex -Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI All 36.1, Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 5. TCA 137.1, Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 6. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Quality Control: All materials used for work in this Section shall be made in one (1) batch or consecutive batches to give the greatest assurance in consistency of color, texture and size. Sufficient quantities, plus replacement of material damaged due to shipping or handling, shall be produced with reserve retained by the manufacturer for no less than 90 days from date of order. C. All materials shall be shipped with clear labeling or stamping to identify batch numbers, dates of manufacture and other pertinent information. D. Installer shall employ only tile setters who are thoroughly trained and experienced in tile work for projects of similar size and complexity. Installer shall certify that tile setters are completely familiar with the requirements and recommendations of the referenced standards. E. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions and recommendations, illustrating pertinent details for each type of ceramic tile, underlayment membrane, edge and transition trim, and accessory specified. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and/or patterns of the ceramic tile materials, within the pricing categories specified, for selection by the Architect. Include all internal and external corners, bullnose and other specialty trim units. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of grout colors for selection by the Architect. 09310 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for ceramic tile. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed cartons, with labels legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. Tile cartons shall be grade -sealed by manufacturer in accordance with ANSI Al37.1, Section 9, with grade seals unbroken. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient heat and ventilation in areas where work of this Section is to be performed to allow ceramic tile to properly set. Take precautionary measures necessary to ensure that excessive temperature changes do not occur. B. Make necessary provisions for dust control. Use dustless operations wherever possible. C. Vent temporary heating devices directly to the outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. 1.06 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Contractor shall furnish Owner at least one (1) unopened carton of replacement tiles in each color, size, and type used on the project. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CERAMIC TILE A. General: Glazed ceramic tile, mounted -type, conforming to ANSI A137.1, Section 5, standard grade. Ceramic tile work is covered by an Allowance. Refer to Section 01020. B. Material: Standard buff body. C. Face Finish: As scheduled below. D. Edges: Cushioned, with spacer lugs on edges. E. Thickness: 5/16" minimum. F. Styles and Sizes: 1. Miscellaneous trims and shapes as required for a complete installation, including bullnose outside and inside corners. 2. Grout joints between wall tile, base tile and floor tile shall align. G. Tile Pricing Categories: Dal -Tile pricing categories as basis of design, or other manufacturer's comparable selections: 1. Tile: Categories 1 - 2. H. Colors: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors for material line(s) and pricing categories specified. 1. Tile: Dal -Tile Semi -Gloss. 09310 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS I. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. J. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dal -Tile, Dallas, TX, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 2. American Olean, Lansdale, PA, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 371-9596. 3. Buchtal Ceramics, Roswell, GA, (404) 442-5500. 4. Crossville Ceramics, Crossville, TN, (615) 484.8418. 5. Florida Tile, Lakeland, FL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-2433. 6. Mannington Ceramic Tile, Lexington, NC, (704) 249-3931. 7. Monarch Tile, Florence, AL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 777-6651. 8. Summitville Tile, Summitville, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 9. U.S. Ceramic Tile Co., East Sparta, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 373-9090. 10. Impo Glaztile, Inc., Fiorano, Italy, and distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 722-4627. 11. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Mastic: Water-resistant latex solvent -based mastic CMC-52, as manufactured by Chicago Mastic Corp. or equal. B. Additives: Laticrete International, Ker-Kote Products, or equal. C. Mortar (Thin Set): Unmodified, conforming to ANSI Al18.1. D. Epoxy Grout: Laticrete Latipoxy SP-100 epoxy grout or equal. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and application. 1. Approved Manufacturers: Mapei or approved equal. E. Installer shall verify that all accessory materials used are compatible with the ceramic tile products specified, and are approved by the tile manufacturer to be used in this application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine surfaces that are to receive ceramic wall, floor and base tile and report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with installation of materials will be construed as evidence of acceptance of conditions. B. Ensure that surfaces are level, with maximum surface variation of 1 /4" in 10'. Level as necessary prior to beginning work. C. Lay out work prior to installation to center and balance tile to greatest extent possible. Refer to Drawings for stripes, patterns or other special layouts required. Consult with Architect on the site as necessary during layout of all ceramic tile work. D. Coordinate installation of plumbing rough -ins, prefabricated shower stalls, shower floor receptors, and other work to be built into the ceramic tile. E. Whenever possible, Contractor shall schedule installation of ceramic tile work prior to installation of plumbing fixtures, countertops, toilet partitions or accessories. F. Backsplashes: Ensure that casework and plastic laminate countertops are properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation. 09310 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage, soiling, adhesives and extraneous materials. Take precautions to protect plumbing fixtures in the vicinity of the ceramic tile work by covering with cardboard or other protective coverings. Protect ceramic tile work from damage by weather and moisture. B. Close spaces to traffic that are to receive work of this Section and keep closed until tile is firmly set. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE . A. General: Set ceramic tile in place with mastic in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Lay out tile work so that wherever possible no tiles less than half full-size will occur. For heights stated in feet and inches, unless tile work is intended to exactly fill vertical spaces, maintain courses full to produce nearest attainable height within variation, above or below, equivalent to less than one-half course. B. Align joints of wall, base and floor tile and trim shapes. Properly lay out and space work, creating required stripes, patterns or other special layouts. Install ceramic tile maintaining required tolerances. C. Form intersections and returns perfectly. Cut and drill tiles neatly without marring surface. Carefully grind and joint -cut edges of tiles against any trim, finish and built-in fixtures. Fit tile close around electric outlets, plumbing pipes, fixtures and fittings so that usual plates, collars or covering will overlap tile. D. Form internal wall angles of wall tile square and external angles bullnosed. E. Form internal and external angles of coved base tile bullnosed. F. Use a neat bead of silicone sealant applied in all corners and at junction with ceiling. G. Thoroughly grout all joints so they are completely filled with grout material. Ensure tile joints are uniform in width, subject to normal variance in tolerance allowed in the size. Ensure joints are watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. Pinholes in grout are not acceptable. Grout over sealant. H. Finish floors level and plumb with no variations exceeding 1 /8" in 10' from required plane. I. Finished tile work shall be clean and free of pitted, chipped, cracked or scratched tiles. Replace broken tile or materials with marred surfaces to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Allow no traffic in tile -laying areas after start of work and for a period of 72 hours after completion, allowing a minimum of 72 hours to damp -cure grout. B. Clean ceramic tile work in accordance with TCA instructions and recommendations. C. Clean all mastic and grout from face of tile. All joints shall be clearly struck and polished after grouting. D. Clean all grout from adjacent fixtures, countertops and other materials or equipment installed prior to ceramic tile work. END OF SECTION 09310 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A: Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. B. Furnish materials and finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 4. Section 10440, Signage. 5. Division 15, Mechanical. 6. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section. Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. D. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 09900 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. E. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. F. Certification: Paint materials used in interior building applications shall be GreenGuard certified for indoor air quality. G. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Paint samples for typical interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors and miscellaneous metal work. 3. Paint samples for typical interior concrete unit masonry. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.2: Manufacturer's product data and MSDS for paints and stains including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 2. The calculation of VOC shall exclude water and tinting color added at the point of sale. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product application and handling of removed paint, rinse water and other residual materials. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12%. 2. Interior Wood: 6%. 3. Exterior Wood: 15%. C. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40' F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 45' F; 500 F for exterior work. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. E. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 09900 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field -catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.C. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. b. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. C. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0% by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). d. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: 1) Acrolein 14) Formaldehyde 2) Acrylonitrile 15) Hexavalent chromium 3) Antimony 16) Isophorone 4) Benzene 17) Lead 5) Butyl benzyl phthalate 18) Mercury 6) Cadmium 19) Methyl ethyl ketone 7) Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 20) Methyl isobutyl ketone 8) Di-n-butyl phthalate 21) Methylene chloride 9) Di-n-octyl phthalate 22) Naphthalene 10) 1,2-dichlorobenzene 23) Toluene (methylbenzene) 11) Diethyl phthalate 24) 1,1,1-trichloroethane 12) Dimethyl phthalate 25) Vinyl chloride 13) Ethylbenzene 09900 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 2. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified: 1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Series (for exterior) and ProGreen 200 Low-VOC Series (for interior), as basis of design. 2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore, Kwat-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 3. Stain, varnish and other transparent finishes: Refer to Section 09930. 4. Strippers and Paint Removers: Refer to Section 09905. 5. Refer to Section 08336 for high heat -resistant paint required for smoke containment system and elevator hoistway door components. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rotting is not permitted. 2. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for trim, doors, miscellaneous work and metal work. 2. Interior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented colors will be used, plus variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. 3. Dark Tones: A maximum of five (5) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior. 09900 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comply with the California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Ceramic tile and porcelain tile. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Wood siding and trim. 4. Finish carpentry items. 5. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing. 6. Welding and other attachments. 7. Steel plate connectors at exposed wood trusses. D. New Wood Surfaces: Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to priming. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 1. Back -prime interior woodwork which is -to receive paint of enamel finish with enamel undercoat paint. 2. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. E. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely. F. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply a coat of etching -type primer. G. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime surfaces as required. 2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent and prime surfaces as required. 3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. 4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance. H. Priming of gypsum wallboard prior to application of texturing is specified in Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. No further priming is required for the drywall surfaces by this Section, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 09900 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: 15. Credit available: $ 16. Bank reference: 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 18 19 20 Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes, in what city, county and state? class, license and numbers? Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? and to whom? Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?_ IF yes, DETAIL Rev10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 2 What this I. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. J. Refer to Section 09930, Transparent Finishes, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to staining or application of transparent finishes. K. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. L. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 1. Toilet and bath fixtures and accessories. 2. Finish hardware. 3. Cabinetry and casework. 4. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 5. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been property prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. Spray Applications: 1. Except as specified in paragraph 2.02 or as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. 2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. 4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. 3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall be work of this Section, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view in the completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in paragraph 1.02. 2. Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with the Architect as necessary. 3. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other mechanical or electrical devices to be field finished, whether or not specifically called for. 4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in exposed locations, except where items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located in mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected. 09900 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning color coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if required. 1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. 2. Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.). C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from location and paint separately. D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. 1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. E. Do not paint electric meters and similar exterior equipment provided by outside utility providers, if not permitted by those agencies. Coordinate requirements with the appropriate Subcontractor prior to painting. 1. Exposed gas piping leading to the gas meters shall be painted. 2. Exterior surface -mounted meter centers, disconnects, CT cabinets, exposed conduit and similar equipment shall be painted, where not specifically excluded above. 3. Interior panelboard cabinet frames and doors shall not be painted, unless specified elsewhere. 3.05 PAINTING ROOFTOP ACCESSORIES A. Paint exposed roof penetrations, flues, roof vents, exhaust vent caps, pipe vents, etc., where located on sloped roofs or otherwise exposed to view, unless prefinished or otherwise indicated. B. Paint housings of rooftop mechanical equipment when not prefinished, as directed by the Architect. 1. Rooftop mechanical equipment, exhaust fan hoods, roof access and smoke hatches, pipe vents and other roof penetrations need not be painted where concealed from view by parapet walls at least 2'-0" high or other obstructions, as determined by the Architect. The Architect retains the right to require these items to be painted, if in his sole opinion, they are exposed to view. 3.06 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCERN A. The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting of trim and installation of prefinished siding prior to beginning work in this area. B. The painting subcontractor shall consult with the Architect concerning sequencing for painting steel tube trusses and installation of galvanized wire screen panels. Steel components scheduled to be painted shall be finished to the greatest extent possible prior to installation of galvanized components which are not to be finished. 3.07 CLEANING A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. Cleaning of all surfaces shall be done with non -toxic, biodegradable products that comly with the California Code of Regulations, Title 17, Section 94509, VOC standards for cleaning products. C. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. D. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. E. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.08 QUALITY CONTROL 09900 - 7 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted. A. Exterior Exposed Steel Surfaces: Not painted, allow to naturally age for siding channels at building. B. Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors, pipe bollards, site signage poles, ornamental fencing, handrails and guardrails. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Exterior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces: 1. Location: Exterior gypsum wallboard soffits. 2. Primer: One (1) coat exterior vinyl emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 3.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Metal Boxes, Conduits and Mechanical Equipment: 1. Location: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Primer: One (1) coat, factory primed. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils where not factory finished. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. 5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces. E. Exterior Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Location: Galvanized metal decking, flashings, downspouts, roof vents and flues. 2. Primer: One (1) coat galvanized steel primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd -resin enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces, or as selected. F. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. G. Site Furnishings: Wood and metal surfaces, prefinished by manufacturer. H. Soffit and Roof Vents: Prefinished by manufacturer. I. Louvers: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer. J. Exterior Signage: Prefinished by manufacturer. K. Aluminum Storefront and Windows: Prefinished by manufacturer. L. Modular skylight structures: Prefinished by manufacturer. M.. Aluminum Flashings and Trim: Prefinished by manufacturer. 09900 - 8 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Interior Exposed Steel Surfaces: 1. Location: Exposed surfaces of interior steel structural components and metal decking. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, stain, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Harmony Alkyd Satin Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Interior Wood Surfaces, Opaque Finish (Enamel): 1. Location: Interior miscellaneous standing and running trim. 2. Primer: One (1) coat enamel undercoater, quick -drying, MWF 3.2 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils 4. Product: S-W ProGreen 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel or Eg-Shel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, handrails and guardrails, and miscellaneous metals. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProGreen 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Interior Concrete Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled for Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Walls of restrooms. 2. Primer: One (1) coat vinyl -acrylic emulsion block filler, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi -gloss, MWF 3.0 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy.Color: To be selected. E. Interior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces Scheduled for Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primer: Latex emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi -gloss satin, MWF 6 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. 5. Color: To be selected. F. Refer to Section 09930 for transparent finishes. G. Concrete Floors: Finishes specified in Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. H. Toilet Partitions: Paint. I. Fire Protection Specialties: Prefinished by manufacturer. J. Toilet and Bath Accessories: Prefinished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09900 - 9 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 09930 TRANSPARENT FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive transparent finishes as specified. B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. C. Shop finish all surfaces of wood siding and trims offsite, wrap in protective coverings and deliver to site. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Exterior and interior carpentry and millwork. 4. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Priming. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, finishing is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finishing under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be finished under this Section. D. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Materials shall be supplied with appropriate application equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. D. Coordination of Transparent Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. E. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all finish materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. 09930 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS F. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Finish Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate, stain (if applicable) and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Finish samples for interior softwood casings, trim and interior doors. 2. Finish samples for exterior wood siding and trims. D. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.2: Manufacturer's product data and MSDS for paints and stains including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver finish materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of stain or finish, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. D. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Contractor shall arrange for all exterior wood siding and trim materials to be delivered to an approved off -site shop for finishing. When finishing is complete, each piece or panel shall be wrapped in manufacturer's protective plastic wrappings and delivered to the site. Maintain protective wrappings until the materials are ready for installation. Materials to be shop finished include, but are not limited to: 1. Running and standing exterior wood trim, corner boards, belt boards, door and window casings, gable end vents and other associated exterior members. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Interior Wood: 6%. 2. Exterior Wood: 15%. B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperature for varnish and polyurethane finishes is 650 F. C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from finish materials. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being finished and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to finishing operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 09930 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS E. Provide protective clothing, eyewear, etc., as necessary for workers handling solvents and other flammable or hazardous materials. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than three (3) gallons of each type and color of finish coating. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Provide manufacturer's written 12-year warranty for shop finished materials covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Varnishes, Polyurethanes, Stains and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining an adequate consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Finishes shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Finish materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03.c. 2. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Stains, Varnishes and Fillers: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and the following chemical restrictions. Also refer to Section 01050. These requirements do not apply to primers or finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: a. Varnish: VOC content of not more than 350 g/L. b. Lacquer: VOC content of not more than 550 g/L. C. Stains: VOC content of not more than 250 g/L. d. Shellac: VOC content of not more than 730 g/L. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each stain color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 2. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. E. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of varnish, stain or transparent finish material specified: 1. Solid Body Stain: Cabot's PRO.V.T. 0800 Series System, as basis of design, with 12-year warranty for shop finish. Olympic, Sherwin-Williams, Penofin or Okon are approved, provided all aspects of the specifications and color matches are available. Other manufacturers may be approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2. Paint: Refer to Section 09900. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT 09930 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. For application of the specified finish, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in finishing. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented stains will be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Wood siding. B. Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to finishing. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after stain has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 2. Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive stain and/or clear finish with gloss varnish reduced 25% with mineral spirits. 3. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. C. Shop Finished Wood Materials: Prime ends of shop finished wood siding and trims prior to installation. D. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for preparation of other materials and surfaces prior to painting. E. Remove all hardware from doors before finishing. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. F. Schedule finishing prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 2. Door and cabinet finish hardware. 3. Cabinetry and casework. 4. Vinyl component handrail and wall bumper systems. 5. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 6. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION 09930 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove or refinish work not in compliance with the specified requirements. E. Shop Finish: Apply two (2) coats of specified material to all six (6) surfaces of each board for siding and trims, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and as required for 12-year warranty. Any cuts made in the field during installation shall have two (2) coats of stain applied to these areas. 3.04 CLEANING A. Promptly remove finishes from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Transparent finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency of stain application, if applicable. 2. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 3. Coverage. 4. Color match between adjacent areas. 5. Compliance with approved sample(s). PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Exterior Wood Surfaces (Stained) 1. Location: Exterior wood siding, decorative details and miscellaneous trim. 2. Primer: As recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Finish: One (1) coat semi -transparent water-repellent natural linseed oil stain. 4. Sealant: Integral with finish. 5. Product: Cabot Pro V.T. 0800 Series System. 6. Color: To be selected. B. Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes. C. Site Furnishings: Wood and metal surfaces, prefinished by manufacturer. D. Louvers: Stain where not prefinished by manufacturer. 4.02 INTERIOR FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Refer to Section 09900 for painted finishes. 09930 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS END OF SECTION 09930 - 6 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL What company? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at Name of Bidder By: Title: State of County of this day of , 20 being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20 Notary Public My commission expires Rev10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 3 SECTION 10430 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish surface -mounted address signage on exterior building walls, where shown on the Drawings. B. Furnish handicapped accessibility symbol signage at at[ accessible building entries. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, Sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Signage systems shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990, including signage size, lettering style, symbols, raised Braille and signage location, placement and mounting heights. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's product literature, shop drawings and schedule of required signage indicating type, size, style and method of installation. 1. Shop drawings and schedule shall illustrate each required sign for size, style and copy, and indicate quantity required for each. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes for selection by the Architect. Submit one full-size sample representative of each signage system specified. Sample wilt be returned upon approval. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for signage materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package separately or in like groups, as applicable. Include installation template, hardware or adhesive specified and installation instructions. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 10430 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNAGE COMPONENT SYSTEMS A. General: Signage work, except for pole -mounted site signage (stop. signs, etc.), including installation unless arranged for otherwise, is covered by an Allowance. Materials, finishes and styles specified are for design intent only. Final signage package shall be negotiated between the signage fabricator, the Owner and the Architect as to design, materials, finishes, colors, copy and quantities. 2.02 BUILDING ADDRESS SIGNAGE A. Type: Surface -mounted, individual letter and plaque -type signage, cast or laser cut. B. Letter and Plaque Material: 3/8" or 1 /4" aluminum or brass plate, as recommended by the fabricator. C. Mounting: Surface -mounted with countersunk screws at building and door address signage. D. Finish: Individual letters to be manufacturer's standard anodized aluminum finish. E. Color(s): The Architect shall select color(s) from fabricator's standard color selections. F. Letter/Numeral Style: Optima. G. Letter/Numeral Sizes: 1. Building Address Signage: 6" high. Fabricator is to verify size required with City of Fort Collins. H. Copy Position: Centered. I. Letter Spacing: Normal. J. Capitalization: All caps. K. Copy: L. Symbols: Universal handicapped accessibility symbol for all accessible building entries. 1. All signage shall carry raised Braille symbols as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. M. Quantities: 1. Building Address Signage: One (1), location of each building as shown on the Drawings. N. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. 0. Approved Signage Fabricators: 1. DaVinci Sign Systems, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, Mike Long, (970) 203.9292. 2. Adcon Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-3637. 3. Gardner Signs, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-3976. 4. Shaw Signs, Fort Collins, CO (970) 493-6244. 5. ABC Sign Works, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 223-9211. 6. Custom signage companies offering design services and fabrication capabilities meeting the design intent of this Section. 2.03 ENGRAVED FIBERGLASS SIGNAGE SYSTEMS A. Type: 1 /4" fiberglass for modular exterior signage systems, color core contrasting to exterior face color, with engraving through face layer to expose core layer and 1/32" raised characters. All signage shall include raised Grade 2 Braille symbols. 10430 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Mounting: Screw or other tamper -proof mounting system recommended by the supplier/installer. C. Size: 8" high x 8" long for restroom name and symbol signage. Supplier to verify that sizes specified will adequately accept specified messages and notify Owner of any discrepancy. D. Letter Size: 5/8". E. Copy Position: Center/Center. F. Letter Spacing: Normal. G. Capitalization: All caps. H. Letter Style: Caslon. I. Copy: As scheduled in Part 4 below. Men's and women's restrooms shall have "MEN" and "WOMEN" names as well as symbols. J. Symbols: As required by standards of the Americans with Disabilities Act. 1. All accessible restrooms and changing room shall have handicapped accessibility symbol. K. Edges: Beveled. L. Plaque Finish: Suede. M. Frames: None. N. Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard color selection. 0. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesives, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 4. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. P. Approved Signage Fabricators: 1. HC200 ADA System by Best Manufacturing Sign Systems, Montrose, CO, (800) 235-2378, as basis for design. 2. ABC Sign Works Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 223-9211. 3. Adcon Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-3637. 4. Gardner Signs, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-3976. 5. Shaw Signs, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 493-6244. 6. Custom signage companies offering design services and fabrication capabilities meeting the design intent of this Section are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the surfaces, substrates and conditions under which the signage is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions which will prevent the successful installation of the signage. B. Exact copy for all address signage is to be verified with the City of Fort Collins Engineering Department and coordinated with the Architect prior to fabrication. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Installation shall be by qualified signage fabrication company personnel in accordance with accepted industry standards. B. Building -mounted signage shall be installed in locations indicated on the Drawings and coordinated with components of the building materials and finish systems. 10430 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 3.03 COORDINATION WITH OWNER -FURNISHED SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR A. General: Contractor shall coordinate and provide all preparatory work necessary for installation of the internally -lighted cabinet sign(s) provided by separate contract. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 . SCHEDULE OF EXTERIOR SIGNAGE A. Building address and room signage shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 10430 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish portable fire extinguishers, complete with surface -mounted wall brackets. B. Furnish key access box for use by the local fire department, complete with mounting hardware. C. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. NFPA Code: Comply with NFPA 10, 'Portable Fire Extinguishers". 2. UL Labels: Provide units that have been approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 3. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. All accessories shall be furnished by one (1) manufacturer throughout the project. C. Certification: Supplier shall certify that the fire extinguisher type specified for each space or building is appropriate for the type of materials and/or hazards anticipated to be encountered in each space, particularly specialized areas such as electrical equipment rooms. D. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data on all fire protection accessories and specialties for approval by the Architect. B. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for fire extinguisher materials. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.04 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PORTABLE MULTIPURPOSE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Type: Units shall be 10-1b. multipurpose dry chemical pressurized type equipped with pressure gauge and which do not need recharging, except after use. 1. Units shall be tested and approved by UL with a minimum 4A-60BC rating. UL rating shall appear on extinguisher labels and be attached to, and a part of, fire extinguisher units. 2. Ensure that units are properly charged prior to installation. 3. Instructions for repairs, maintenance and recharging shall be attached. 4. Refer to certification requirements specified in paragraph 1.02 above. 10520 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Approved Manufacturer: 1. MP Series by Larsen Manufacturing, Minneapolis, MN, (800) 527-7367, as basis of design. 2. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN, (800) 554-6077. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHER WALL BRACKETS A. Type: Manufacturer's standard mounting bracket, suited to fire extinguisher supplied, white baked enamel finish, complete with anchorage devices. 1. Supply each bracket with one (1) fire extinguisher specified above. B. Approved Manufacturer: 1. B Series by Larsen Manufacturing, Minneapolis, MN, (800) 527-7367, as basis of design. 2. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN, (800) 554.6077. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.03 KEY ACCESS BOX A. Furnish surface -mounted, heavy-duty key access box, complete with all mounting hardware, as required by the governing fire authority, located as shown on the Drawings. 1. Series 3200 Knox -Box, manufactured by the Knox Company, Newport Beach, CA, (714) 650- 2885, or equal approved by the agency with jurisdiction. B. Quantity: Two (2). C. Owner shall furnish a facility master key for use by the fire department. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrates and conditions under which the fire protection accessories are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section. Ensure that openings for recessed or semi -recessed cabinets or accessories are properly sized and located. C. Ensure that blocking in walls for semi -recessed and surface -mounted specialties is properly installed. D. Verify servicing, charging and tagging of all fire extinguishers. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire protection accessories where shown on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Securely fasten all components in position, square and plumb, in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Install multipurpose extinguishers in locations as shown on the Drawings or as required to comply with governing regulations. C. Install fire extinguishers and/or cabinets at mounting height to comply with handicapped accessibility requirements: 1. Cabinet: 48" to centerline of handle. D. Install key access box in location(s) as shown on the Drawings and at mounting height to comply with requirements of the governing fire department: 1. Knox -Box: 6'-0" to centerline of access door, or as required by the governing fire authority. END OF SECTION 10520 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish stainless steel, commercial quality toilet, bath and janitorial accessories and associated hardware. B. Furnish rough -in frames supplied to other Sections. C. Furnish electric hand dryers. D. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01015, sustainability Requirements. 2. Section 01714, Construction Waste Management. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 4. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals: Sheet steel toilet partitions. 5. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 6. Division 15, Mechanical: Toilet and lavatories. 1.02 RELATED WORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Certain toilet accessories shall be furnished by the Owner for installation by the Contractor as scheduled in this Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM A167: Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 2. ASTM A366: Cold -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets, Commercial Quality. 3. Applicable provisions of the codes as adopted by any jurisdiction with authority over this Project. B. Accessory lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project. C. Sustainability Compliance: Refer to Section 01015 for submittal and documentation requirements for Credits MR 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product list and data sheets indicating materials, components, finishes and method of installation. B. Samples: Provide one (1) sample of representative accessory specified herein, upon request by the Architect. Sample will be returned upon approval. C. Sustainability Submittals: 1. Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Product Data indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for toilet accessories. a. Include statement that indicates costs for each product having recycled content. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. 10800 - 1 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. C. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during installation of the work of this Section. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty for all accessories covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Type: Surface -mounted or semi -recessed construction, commercial quality accessories, as scheduled in paragraph 2.02. B. Stainless Steel or Metal Components: 1. Sheet Steel: ASTM A366, cold -rolled stretcher leveled, 1.25 oz. /sq. ft. galvanized coating. 2. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM Al67, commercial grade, 22-gage. 3. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, commercial grade, seamless welded. 4. Brass: Solid brass alloy. C. Plastic Components: Manufacturer's standard break -resistant plastic components, where scheduled. D. Anchorage and Attachment Devices: 1. Fasteners, Screws and Bolts: Hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel. 2. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead or rubber as recommended by manufacturer for component and substrate. 3. Anchor Plates: Steel anchor plates as recommended by manufacturer for secure installation. E. Fabrication: 1. Weld and grind smooth all joints of fabricated components. 2. Form exposed surfaces from one (1) sheet of stock, free of joints. 3. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. 4. Form surfaces flat and without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. 5. Back -prime components where accessories will be in contact with dissimilar building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 6. Hot -dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. 7. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. F. Keying: Key all new accessories together. G. Finishes: 1. Chrome/Nickel Plating: Satin finish. 2. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. H. Mounting: Concealed -screw mounting, unless otherwise indicated. Surface -mounted type, unless scheduled as semi -recessed. I. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. J. Approved Manufacturers: 10800 - 2 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. General: Accessory lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project, at least to the extent scheduled. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. 2. Residential Accessories: Basco, Bohemia, NY, (516) 567-4404, as basis of design. 3. Commercial Accessories: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., N. Hollywood, CA, (818) 982- 9600, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 429-0133, as basis of design. 4. Bradley Corporation, Menomonee Falls, WI, (414) 354-0100. 5. American Specialties, Inc., Yonkers, NY, (914) 476-9000. 6. AEO Washroom Accessories, New Windsor, NY, (914) 562-3332. 7. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (Gamco), Durant, OK, (800) 451-5766. 8. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance, design and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A. General: Fully -recessed type, porcelain enameled steel housing, U.L.-listed, 115V, 20 amp, 2300 watts, 50/60 Hz. B. Operation: Manual push-button. C. Drying Cycle: 30 seconds. D. Features: 1. Fixed nozzle. 2. Provide ground fault interrupter type (GFI) where required by mounting location and governing codes. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard porcelain enamel, with stainless steel nozzle, push button and trims. F. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full tine of standard colors. G. Sustainability Design Criteria: 1. Credits MR 4.1 and 4.2, Recycled Content: No minimum requirement, but Contractor to provide information on recycled content. 2. Credits MR 5.1, Local/Regional Materials, Manufactured Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally manufactured products, in compliance with Section 01015. 3. Credit MR 5.2, Local/Regional Materials, Harvested Locally: Contractor to provide information on locally extracted, harvested or recovered materials, in compliance with Section 01015. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Model RA-5, manual operation, by World Dryer, Berkeley, IL, (800) 449-6950. No exceptions. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance, design and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Minor variations in the electrical characteristics of different manufacturers shall be considered by the Architect. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES A. Grab Bars, as basis of design: 1. 3-Piece Horizontal and Vertical at HC Accessible Toilet Compartments: Bobrick B-6206 x 18", 36" and 42" to 48" lengths with peened gripping surfaces, concealed mounting, 1-1 /2" diameter. 10800 - 3 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to the job site at appropriate time for building into the work. Provide templates and rough -in measurements to the Contractor as required. B. Before starting work, notify the Contractor in writing of any conflicts detrimental to the installation or operation of the accessories. C. Ensure that cutouts in specified toilet partitions for thru-partition mounted accessories have been properly located and sized. Provide templates and rough -in dimensions to the toilet partition manufacturer. D. Coordinate exact location of accessories with the Architect as necessary. E. Ensure that electrical conduit has been properly located and installed to location(s) of electric hand dryers. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. General: Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install true, plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Install Owner -furnished toilet and bath accessories as scheduled on the Drawings or specified herein, including but not limited to: 1. Surface -mounted toilet paper holders. 2. Surface -mounted mop and broom holder. 3.04 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install accessories in public restrooms at mounting heights to comply with American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) publication Al17.1-2003 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990, for handicapped accessible accessories: 1. Mounting Heights (above finished floor): a. Horizontal Grab Bars, Toilet Compartments: 33"-36". b. Vertical Grab Bars, Toilet Compartments: 39"-41" from wall and finished floor. C. Toilet Paper Dispensers: 20" to centerline of roller. Verify clearances with grab bars. d. Electric Hand Dryers: 48" maximum to operating device. B. Balance of accessories not located in handicapped accessible areas to be mounted at manufacturer's recommended height. Comply with all governing regulations. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Quantities are the responsibility of the Contractor. Refer to the Drawings for locations. B. Women's Restroom #101: 1. Grab bars, 3-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. 3. Electric Hand Dryer: One (1). C. Men's Restroom #103: 1. Grab Bars, 3-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 10800 - 4 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 150 of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR Section 00430 Page 1 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. 3. Electric Hand Dryer: One (1). Chase Room #104: Mop and Broom Holder: One (1) per mop sink. END OF SECTION 10800 - 5 Waters Way Park 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL NOTE A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the applicable provi- sions of General Requirements are hereby adopted and made part of Division 15, Mechanical Work. B. The Mechanical Drawings and the Division 15 sections listed below constitute the Mechanical Construction portion of this project. 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions 15050 Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Systems Insulation 15440 Plumbing 15850 Heating and Ventilating 15950 Automatic Temperature Control 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing C. Where "Project Manager" is used in this Specification, we mean that person so designated by the Owner. 2. SCOPE OF WORK A. These specifications are for the building plumbing, heating, ventilation, and heat recovery make-up air systems only. 3. DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, ducts, conduits, piping, and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets. Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces in which their work will be installed. Coordinate work with other trades as job conditions reasonably require. B. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner. C. The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements nor to serve as shop drawings. D. The installation details, instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the product used, modified, to obtain the best end result shall form the basis of installation of the products for usage on this project except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or details are shown on plans. WATERS WAY PARK 15010-1 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Shop Drawings must be submitted for the following equipment: Valves Insulation Plumbing Fixtures Hose Bibbs Wall Hydrants Flexible Duct Connectors Dampers Energy Recovery Modules Exhaust Fans Louvers Unit Heaters and Cove Heaters Temperature Controls All items followed by ` B. Shop Drawings must first be checked by the Contractor for space conformance and for performance characteristics established by Plans and/or Specifications, and so stamped. Contractor's stamp shall include name and address of Contrac- tor, specification paragraph, item designation and the following statement: "Item(s) has (have) been checked for compliance with specification requirements and space limitations and will meet these conditions; checked by; Date." C. Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor without action. D. Contractor must submit a minimum of 5 sets of complete drawings to Engineer. 5. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Materials or products specified by name of manufacturer, brand, trade name, or catalog reference, shall be furnished under the contract unless changed by an Addendum or a Contract Modification. Where two or more materials are named, the choice of these shall be optional with the Contractor. B. Prior to award of the Contract, interested parties may request approval of substi- tute materials. Such request shall be made in writing and be delivered to the Engineer no later than 6 days (excluding Sundays and holidays) prior to date and time of receipt of bids. All substitutions approved will be listed in an Addendum. One set of specific detailed technical data for each item shall be delivered to the Engineer. C. See Section 01030, Alternates and Basic Section 01600, Material and Equipment, for Alternates and Substitutions. D. After the award of the Contract, any request for a substitution must be made in writing by the Contractor (not material supplier or subcontractor). Such request shall state the name of the product specified, the name of the product proposed for substitution, the reason for requesting the substitution, and any change in Contract Amount resulting from the substitution. No such substitution shall be made until an appropriate Contract Modification has been issued and approved by the Engineer and the Owner. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 2 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a 7 E. The cost of any changes of other trades as a result of use of the substitution materials or equipment must be bome by the Contractor submitting such materi- als or equipment. ORDINANCES. PERMITS, AND CODES A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the following codes applicable to the trade affected and be subject to the inspection of these departments: 1. 2006 International Building Code 2. 2006 International Energy Conservation Code 3. 2006 International Plumbing Code 4. 2003 International Mechanical Code 5. All Local, State, and other attending codes, rules, regulations, and amendments. B. Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division 15 and pay all fees in connection with same. C. Where work required by the drawings and specifications is above the standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials, apparatus and equipment for the work shall be new and shall be of first class quality, presently being manufactured. Absolutely NO "close-out" type materials, apparatus or equipment shall be allowed. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail, and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the allotted space allowing proper room for maintenance. TESTS A. Tests shall be performed on the systems specified herein. Any one or all of the systems listed herein may be provided. See Drawings and Specification Section to determine which systems are to be provided. Tests shall be repeated until each system is proven acceptable. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer and/or the Owners. A letter must be obtained by the Contractor and be filed with the Engineer's Office, if the tests were witnessed by the Owner. Where required, perform such tests in the presence of local or state building inspection officials. B. General 2 3. The pipe systems shall be tested to assure they are installed leak tight and structurally safe for the intended purpose. Cleaning and flushing tests and approvals shall be completed before performing pipe system tests to eliminate retesting. If the pipe tests fail, the pipe system shall be repaired and retested. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 3 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4. The installing supervisor shall confirm the safe test pressure for vessels, equipment and accessories in the pipe system from drawings, specifica- tions, or name plate data. 5. Notify the Owner's Project Manager 24 hours in advance of each test. C. New System Test Instruments, vessels, equipment and accessories which cannot withstand the test pressure required of attached piping shall be isolated from the piping. Remove or block and vent direct operated or self- contained regulators. Each part of a pipe system shall be tested, divided as indicated, for the time specified for the given class of test. 2. Safety valves, relief valves, and rupture discs shall be removed during the pipe system test and reinstalled after the test. New gaskets shall be used when reinstalling all flanged items. Do not change spring settings or make inoperative any safety and relief valves, except valves designed to be pinned or yoked. Normally closed control valves shall be opened before test. 3. Piping and vessels shall be vented when draining them to prevent their collapse by vacuum. 4. The pipe system installer shall provide all necessary connections, vents and drains to test and drain the system completely. 5. Allowance shall be made by the Project Manager for variations of pres- sure and volume due to temperature changes in determining satisfactory maintained test pressure. 6. The Project Manager shall check the test pressure at the beginning and end of each test before acceptance of the system. 7. Pipe systems shall be tested and accepted before insulation, paint, or other covering or coating is applied. The only exceptions are for those parts, including vessels, which have been painted, covered or coated, and have had previous certification tests. 8. The test shall be a hydrostatic test, or as otherwise specified. D. Test Pressures The final test pressure shall be as follows: 125 psig for domestic water systems 2. 12 ft. of water head or 5 psig air pressure held for 30 minutes for waste and vent systems. E. Domestic Water Systems An initial test pressure of 24 psig shall be applied and a visual inspection of the piping system conducted for leaks. The pressure shall then be raised to .75 times the design pressure and rechecked for leaks, after WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 4 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Clean domestic water shall be used as the test medium. 3. Trapped air shall be removed. 4. A test gauge with a minimum 4 1/2" diameter dial and a test pressure reading between 1/2 to 3/4 of full scale shall be used. Test gauges approved by the inspector shall be used. 5. The final test pressure shall be held for 4 hours, then visually inspected for leaks. Pressure loss during the 4 hour test period may be cause for rejection of the system. 6. Retesting Retest piping failing initial tests following correction of defective work. Requirements of initial tests shall apply. F. Final Test 1. After final connections to the existing system are made and prior to application of insulation, a final test shall be made of the complete new system. 2. The test shall be visual inspection in normal service test. 3. Systems to be tested - ALL piping systems. 4. The test pressure shall be the working pressure as a minimum or as specified. 5. The test medium shall be the system's working fluid, or as specified. 6. Trapped air shall be removed. 7. Piping shall be visually inspected for leaks. G. Report 1. The Report shall contain the following and be submitted within 24 hours of each test: - Date, time and place of test - Duration of test - Person responsible for testing - Results of test - Action taken to correct deficiency - Outside dry bulb temperature - Inside dry bulb temperature - Specific section of piping tested 2. The Report shall be required for final payment. H. Notify the Project Manager after successful testing. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 5 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 9. WARRANTY A. All systems shall be warranted for one (1) year after Owner occupancy in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, etc. of the contract. B. In addition, the Contractor is hereby forewarned that expansive soils may exist in the construction area. Any slab heave and resulting damage during the above warranty period attributable to moisture from any leaking water, sewer, or storm drainage piping installed under this Contract shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner. Restore structure and repair all damage. C. All lubrication, filter changes, and normal maintenance shall be the responsibility of the Owner. 10. START-UP A. At a time set by the Contractor and agreed to by Owner, arrange to place equipment in operation and have available at that time, if required, representa- tives of the manufacturer of equipment to assist in starting equipment, to make necessary adjustments to equipment, and to prove satisfactory operation prior to turning facility over to Owner. B. Any irregularities, faulty equipment, etc., shall be repaired or replaced as re- quired prior to acceptance. C. Run operating test for (3) 8 hour periods and submit test data for approval. D. All equipment shall be freshly oiled, cleaned, filters changed with clean media and installation completely finished prior to acceptance. 11. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prepare three (3) typed portfolios with complete sets of high quality copies of Shop Drawings used in the erection of mechanical system. Each piece of equip- ment shall have information on installation, testing, cleaning, and maintenance instructions, list of materials for maintenance, parts list, wiring diagrams, and name and address of authorized service organization, with 24 hour phone number. List shall be alphabetized, within each category. B. Complete manuals shall also include "As Built" temperature control drawings, final balance report. C. Include operating instructions for complete system, including emergency pro- cedures for fire or failure of major equipment, normal starting, operating and shut down, and long term shut down. D. Include maintenance instructions, identified equipment lists, proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment, necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule. E. Information shall be folded, if necessary, and included in 8-1/2" x 11" hard cover, indexed, loose-leaf 3 ring binder. Multiple binders shall be used if required to contain materials. All material shall be properly identified with job name, date, name and address of Contractor, Architect, and Engineer. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 6 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS F. Portfolios shall be submitted to the Engineer for review of'material and comple- teness, and when approved by Engineer, portfolios will be turned over to the Owner. G. Where indicated in the specification, provide the services of a factory trained representative to instruct the Owner's authorized personnel in the operation, control, and maintenance of equipment. Contractor shall instruct Owner's Project Manager and Maintenance Supervisor in the operation and maintenance of all other equipment and systems, using the O & M Manual as a guide, including paragraph C above. Final payment will not be made until this is done to the Owner's satisfaction. 12. PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. All sheaves, belts, gears, couplings, and moving parts are to be protected by approved permanent guards, casings, or railings. 13. PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR EQUIPMENT A. Provide covering and shielding for all equipment (including open-ended piping and ductwork) provided under Division 15 and equipment furnished by Owner for installation under Division 15 to protect from mortar, paint, debris, etc., during construction. A polyethylene covering tied securely around the equipment will be acceptable for this purpose. 14. CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Clear away all debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from Mechanical Con- tractor's work or operations, leaving the job and equipment in a clean condition. All existing areas in which work is performed shall be cleaned and restored to their original condition upon completion of the project. B. Air surfaces of all coils, fans, air units, air filters, etc., shall be wiped clean or washed if required. All plumbing fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned of all for- eign matter, including stickers. Clean all items furnished, such as motors, etc., leaving the entire installation in a first-class condition. C. Equipment and materials provided under Division 15 will be painted by the General Contractor except where specified otherwise. However, any mechanical equipment which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's prime and finish coats of paint shall be restored to the original condition and appearance prior to application of finish paint. 15. FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing to make arrangements for a final inspection. B. After the final inspection is made, the Contractor will receive a list of items requiring adjustment, correction, replacement or completion. C. The Contractor shall comply completely with all the listed requirements within thirty (30) days of receipt of list. Should the Contractor fail to perform within this time limit, the Engineer and/or Owner reserves the right to have the work completed by others and the cost deducted from the contract price. WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 7 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS D. The Contractor shall initial and date each item as completed and return copy to Engineer prior to re -inspection. 16. EXISTING OUTSIDE UTILITIES A. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to the start of excavation. B. Active Utilities: When encountered in work, protect, brace, support existing active sewers, gas, electric, other services where required for proper execution of work. If existing active utilities are encountered that are not indicated and which required relocation, make request in writing for determination. Do not proceed with work until written directions are received. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. C. Inactive Utilities: When encountered in work, remove, cap, or plug inactive services. Notify utility companies or municipal agencies having jurisdiction; protect or remove these services as directed. D. Interruption of Utilities: Where work makes temporary shutdown of services unavoidable, shut down at night, or at such times as approved by Owner, which will cause least interference with established operating routine. Arrange to work continuously, including overtime, if required, to make necessary connections to existing work. 17. PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Brady 2. Seton 3. Westline Products 4. Approved Equal B. Mark all pipe on both sides of partitions and slabs, at take -offs, valves, connec- tions to equipment and at intervals not exceeding 25 feet, identifying markers, black on background color band; over 3" diameter pipe, 2" letters on 2 1/4" color band. Marker shall indicate domestic "CW", etc. C. Show flow direction with arrows, immediately adjacent to all pipe identification markers. 1 1/8" x 4 2/3" arrows shall be black on background color scheduled for respective service. D. Attach identifying markers and arrows on lower quadrant of overhead pipes, and tape ends. E. Application on soft insulation or chalky surface; binding tape shall be spirally wrapped and overlapped around the circumference of the insulation for a suffi- cient distance to mount identification markers and arrows to taped surface. F. Pipe Identification List - Note: Any one or all of the following services may be provided. See Drawings and Specifications Sections to determine which servic- es are to be provided. IDENTIFICATION BACKGROUND COLOR WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 8 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 18. 19. 20. Cold Water Green Sanitary, Vent, Drain Green Domestic Hot Water Yellow EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all key equipment, fans, thermostats, controls, relays, dampers, etc., using Dymo Embossing Tape punched with M-3 Dymomite hand embossing tool. Punch out 3/32" holes at each side of label and secure with Parker -Kalov self - tapping screws in addition to adhesive. B. Coordinate the location of all ceiling access panels for gypboard ceilings with the General Contractor, so that there is access to each valve, volume damper, fire damper or other equipment or temperature controls. C. Familiarize the Owner's maintenance personnel with the locations of equipment identified above. TEMPORARY HEATING OF BUILDING A. Provide temporary smokeless unit heaters as required. Installation, maintenance, and fuel cost for temporary heat shall be at the expense of this Contractor, OR B. As specified in the General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions of this Specification. Permanent heating system shall not be used for temporary heat during construction until all walls are taped and textured, without specific approval by the Owner in writing. ASBESTOS A. Products, equipment or materials that contain asbestos shall not be allowed in the construction of the mechanical and plumbing systems on this project. END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15010 - 9 MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 15050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, is hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. B. Materials and methods specified herein apply to all sections under Division 15 of the specifications. Intent of this section is to set forth common requirements and to avoid repetition under each particular section. See drawings and/or Division 15 Specification sections to determine which systems are to be provided. 2. PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Provide pipe and fittings of type and materials scheduled herein, of quantities shown on the drawings and as required to connect fixtures and equipment. All fittings shall have ANSI tolerances and dimensions and have ASTM materials for conformance with piping below. B. Provide standard weight IPS brass nipples and adapters where required between copper tubing and fixtures. Steel or iron nipples are not permitted between copper lines and brass valves or trim. C. Joints: Joints in all copper domestic piping systems shall be made using 95/5 tin/antimony or equal tensile strength solder that contains no lead. Engelhard "Silvabrite 100", Oatey "Safeflo" or Canfield "Watersafe" are all acceptable. Use flux recommended by solder manufacturer. Absolutely no lead containing solders or fluxes will be allowed in any portion of the work. The Owner reserves the right to inspect solders, fluxes and joints. Any joint found containing lead solder shall be cause for resoldering all joints made in all systems in the building. D. Pipe and Fitting Schedule 1. Building sanitary sewer below grade. a. Hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe, service weight, centrifugally spun, ASTM A-74. Fittings cast iron hub and spigot. Joints positive -seal elastomeric compression type. Tyler Ty -Seal or equal. 2. Soil, waste, and vent piping in building above ground. a. Hubless cast iron, service weight, centrifugally spun per CISPI- 301. Fittings hubless cast iron. Joints - neoprene sleeve and stainless steel retaining band with double screw connectors, installed per manufacturer's recommendations. CISPI-310, 1985. b. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints 3. Water service and water in building underground. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 1 MATERIALS AND METHODS a. Piping 2 1/2" and smaller, Type "K" soft drawn copper water tube. Fittings, buried in ground, wrought copper, solder joint. There shall be no buried fittings under the building. 4. Domestic water (hot and cold water) in building above ground. a. 3" and smaller: Piping shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper water tube, per ASTM B88. Fittings wrought copper, solder joint. b. Except as otherwise specified elsewhere, Type "L" soft drawn copper may be used adjacent to fixtures and equipment. 5. Miscellaneous drain lines receiving condensate, etc. a. Piping shall be Type "DWV" or "M" copper, fittings wrought copper, solder joint. b. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints in mechanical chases only. 3. VALVES* A. Provide valves in piping where indicated and provide shut-off valves in lines serving each ip ece of equipment, including mixing valves, wall hydrants, sill cocks, pumps, water heaters, plumbing fixtures, eyewash stations, etc. Also isolate each major zone, building wing, loop, etc. 1. Ball valves shall be manufactured by Apollo, Nibco or Red and White. 2. Globe and check valves shall be manufactured by Stockham, Crane, Nibco, Red and White, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, Milwaukee, Powell or Walworth. 3. Wafer check valves shall be manufactured by Stockham, Centerline, DuoCheck or Metraflex. 4. Valves by other manufacturers must have prior approval. B. Valve Schedule. 1. Shut-off valves for domestic water and natural gas shall be full flow ball valves, rated at 600 psig WOG. a. Apollo 77............ Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve b. Nibco 585........... Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve C. Red & White 5044/5049... Bronze Threaded or Soldered Ball Valve 2. Where ball valves are used in insulated piping, handle extensions shall be provided. Extension shall be manufactured as an option for the valve furnished and shall extend the handle a minimum of 1/4" beyond the insulation jacket. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 2 MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. Swing check valves shall be bronze with swing regrinding seat and renewable disc Class 125. a. Stockham Fig. Number: i B-309................... Bronze Soldered End ii B-319................... Bronze Threaded End iii B-340................... Flanged End iv Or approved equal 4. Wafer check valves shall be Stockham Fig. Number WG-970 or approved equal. 5. Drain valves shall have 3/4" hose threaded adapter with cap and may be globe type with composition disc or ball type. 4. UNIONS A. Make connections at each piece of equipment with unions or flanges located for quick/easy disconnect for maintenance. Provide unions or flanges on: 1. Equipment 2. Meters 3. Tanks B. Use the same materials and finish as the piping system. C. Use dielectric unions or flanges where copper or brass piping is connected to ferrous piping or equipment. Epco Model FX, FB, EA. (All junctions of dissimilar metals). D. Unions and flanges are not required at equipment where flanged valves, strain- ers, control valves, etc., are used. E. Omit unions and flanges in straight pipe runs or in concealed locations, except for flanged valve applications. F. Union Schedule: 1. Copper Piping a. All pipe sizes: Copper, ground joint union. Chase 402, Mueller WC407. 5. PIPE AND DUCT SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves for all pipes and ducts passing through floors, roofs, walls, and full height partitions. Ducts passing through gypboard walls do not require sleeves. B. For sleeves passing through fire rated walls/floors, fill void with fire stop material. C. At points where a duct passes through a fire rated wall/floor and a fire damper is being installed, the duct sleeve can be eliminated. D. Pipe Sleeves: WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 3 MATERIALS AND METHODS Floor Sleeves in Exposed Areas: Schedule 40 PVC pipe, reamed, ex- tending 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet areas and 1/4" above the floor in all other locations. 2. Masonry Wall Sleeves: Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed, and finished flush with wall. 3. Roof Sleeves and Floor Sleeves in Concealed Locations (as in chases) -- Schedule 40 PVC. 4. Make pipe sleeves 1/2" larger inside diameter than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe insulation, where insulated. Fabricate sleeves from new materials, with ends cut square. 5. Floor Sleeves, where water is to be kept out --fill with graphite packing and caulking compound. E. Sealing of all other sleeves shall be as specified under Section for Mechanical Systems Insulation. F. Sleeve Flashing, Caulking. For sleeves passing through membrane waterproof- ing or lead safe, except as otherwise specified herein, provide 16 oz. soft sheet copper of 4 pound lead per square foot flashing extending 9" beyond sleeve in all directions; secure to waterproofing or lead safe; turn down flashing into space between pipe and sleeve, insert oakum gasket, pour lead, caulk water tight. Over air plenums caulk all sleeves with polysulfite base sealing compound conforming to ASA A116.1 (Thiokol). 1. Where sleeves are indicated with flashing flanges provide Josam, or equal, 26420 series threaded riser sleeve with anchor lugs, flashing flange, steel pipe extensions. 6. FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES A. Plates shall be installed on all exposed pipe passing through walls, floors, or ceilings. Plates shall be as manufactured by Ritter Pattern and Casting Compa- ny, 120 Walker Street, New York, New York 10013, or approved equal, chrome plated steel plates with set screw and concealed hinge. Cut plates to fit flush at close -spaced piping locations. 7. PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS" A. Provide pipe hangers, supports, anchors, and guides as specified herein and/or indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standardization society specification SP- 69. Locate at changes in direction and at concentrated loads. Hanger design shall permit vertical adjustment and lateral movement to allow pipe expansion. Double nut hangers where piping is subject to water hammer, i.e. near flush valves and solenoid valves. B. Bear hot piping directly on hangers or on insulation shields and cold piping on insulation, shielded as described under article for insulation. Provide pipe hangers of ample diameter for cold piping insulation and vapor barrier jacket. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 4 MATERIALS AND METHODS C. A E. F G. :IA J Use carbon steel adjustable hangers as follows 1. Steel and cast iron, 2 1/2" and larger. Grinnell Fig. 260, Fee and Mason Fig. 239, Elcen Fig. 12. 2. Steel, plastic and cast iron, 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. 69, Fee and Mason Fig. 400, Elcen Fig. 202. 3. Copper pipe 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. CT-69, Fee and Mason Fig. 389, Elcen Fig. 389. Three or more pipes may be supported on trapeze hangers using 2 clevis hang- ers and a capped pipe cross member. Isolate copper pipe from bearing on the cross member with an electrically insulating material. 1. Where indicated trapeze hangers shall be "Unistrut" or equal, double channel with drop rods. Where pipes are indicated to be supported from the underside of trapeze hanger provide "Unistrut" or equal speed clamps. Isolate copper pipe from cross member same as specified above. Support horizontal steel piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Pipe Size Up to 1 1/4" 1 1/2" to 3 1/2" 4" & 5" 6" Rod Diameter 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" Maximum Soacin 8 ft. 8 ft. 12 ft. 12 ft. Support horizontal copper piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more stringent: Nom. Tubing Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1 1/2" 3/8" 6 ft. 2" to 2 1/2" 3/8" 8 ft. 3" 1/2" 9 ft. Support horizontal hub and spigot pipe at every hub, 10 ft. max. spacing. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every joint and at each horizontal branch connection. Sway brace to prevent shear. Support plastic every 4 feet. Support vertical piping as follows: 1. Steel --Every other floor 2. Cast iron and Copper --Every floor, 10 ft. max. intervals 3. Plastic --Every floor plus 5' spacing between floors K. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited. L. Support piping racked on walls with Uni-strut hangers and channel supports or equal. Copper piping shall be insulated from contact with the steel channels. WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 5 MATERIALS AND METHODS 8. PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe sizes, not outside diameters. Use straight round pipe reamed to full size after cutting. Remove all chips from reaming. 2. Arrange pipe in group runs where feasible. Coordinate locations with all trades. Avoid traps in piping. 3. The right is reserved to authorize minor changes in pipe location to avoid conflicts with other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Waste and Vent Piping All waste and vent piping shall be properly pitched at 1/4 inch to the foot (or 2%) minimum for 3" and smaller pipe and 1/8 inch (or 1%) minimum for 4 inch and larger, unless otherwise indicated. Piping shall be properly supported so that it will not sag and form pockets. Exceptions must be approved in writing by the Engineer, Owner and by the Administrative Authority. 2. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be carefully followed when installing pipe using neoprene gasketed joints. 3. Locate vertical hubs of underground piping below partition walls for concealment. In locations where hubs will project beyond finish partition wall, set hubs 1" below finished floor. 4. All waste pipe underground outside of building shall be buried a minimum of 3'6" deep. C. Domestic Water Distribution Piping All unnecessary traps in circulating lines shall be avoided. 2. All water pipe underground outside of building shall be buried a minimum of.5-0" deep. Where waste and water piping is run in the same trench, installation shall conform to all governing codes. 9. EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Excavation. Trenches for all underground pipe lines shall not be carried below the required depths except as necessary for special pipe bedding or to remove unstable soil or rock. Furnish and backfill with thoroughly compacted sand - gravel mixtures or excavated materials approved by the Engineer's representa- tive, all excess excavation below required levels. Rock will be encountered and shall be excavated to allow for 6" granular bed between bottom of pipe and rock. B. Trench Preparation. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded and shaped to fit the lower 1/4 circumference so as to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe except where necessary to excavate for pipe jointing. Where pipe elevations run below the granular fill in to natural soil, WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 6 MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Grading and Stacking. All grading in the vicinity of trench excavations shall be controlled to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. During excavation, materials suitable for backfilling shall be stacked in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. D. Crossing Protection. Provide adequate temporary crossovers for pedestrian and vehicular traffic, including guard rails, lamps, flags, as directed; remove same when necessary for such protection ceases. E. Backfilling. After pipe lines have been tested, inspected and approved by the Architect -Engineer, and prior to backfilling, all forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash and debris. Material for backfilling shall consist of the excavated granular material, or borrow equal to that specified above, and shall be free of trash, lumber, or other debris. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers, not exceeding nine (9) inches in thickness. Moisten and hand or machine compact to 95% of standard proctor density. Bring fill to elevations indicated. If backfill fails the proctor density test, conducted by an independent testing laboratory retained by the Owner, Contractor shall recom- pact and retest until satisfactory density is reached. First backfill layer shall be coarse sand to 6" above top of pipe. F. Restoration of Area. All areas disturbed by the Mechanical Contractor shall be restored to their original condition unless otherwise indicated. Replace pavement, curbs, sidewalks, other appurtenances removed or damaged in connection with work and restore to original conditions, unless otherwise directed. 10. DISINFECTING AND SPECIAL CLEANING A. Domestic Water Systems General: All new potable water systems shall be cleaned as herein specified prior to testing or application of insulation. Testing must be wit- nessed by the State or City Department of Health personnel and report filed with the Owner to receive final payment. 2. Notification: Notify State or City Department of Health in writing, 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the cleaning process. 3. Witness: The cleaning process will not be deemed acceptable unless witnessed and approved by the State or City Department of Health's representative. 4. Procedure: Comply with City of Fort Collins standards, Larimer County, or Colorado State Department of Health requirements, whichever is more stringent. 5. Report: The report shall contain the following and be submitted to the Owner's Project Manager within 24 hours of the cleaning: WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 7 MATERIALS AND METHODS - Date, time and place of cleaning - Duration - Person responsible - Solutions concentration and temperature - Signature of State Department of Health representative - Results 6. The report and its timely submission shall be required for final payment. 11. THERMOMETERS' A. Furnish and install thermometers in pipe lines and equipment as scheduled and/or indicated. Thermometers shall be Taylor, Moeller, Rochester, Weiss, Trerice, or approved equal. Nine inch scale with separable socket, cast alumi- num case, red reading mercury, adjustable industrial type complete with ther- mometer wells. Scale range shall be 30°F to 240°F with 2 degree divisions. B. Thermometer installation will not be accepted unless they can be easily read by an operator standing on the floor. 12. ELECTRICAL A. Electric Motors. 1. Provide electric motors with all equipment furnished and installed under Division 15, unless specified otherwise. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers a. G.E. b. U.S. Motors C. MagneTek (Century) 3. Include the following features on all motors: a. Ball bearings with tube lines extended to accessible location. b. Cast iron or steel base with provision for slide adjustment unless directed otherwise. C. Conduit box with ample room for lead terminal connections. d. Numbered leads of ample length for connection, terminating in the conduit box. e. Permanently stamped nameplate. f. Single speed 1750 RPM, unless specified otherwise. g. Rated for continuous duty in ambient not exceeding 40 degrees C. 4. All motor wiring and windings shall be copper. 5. Power Factor WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 8 MATERIALS AND METHODS 91 C. FBI E ITEM a. Motors shall have a labeled power factor, at name plate rating and rated voltage, of not less than 85%. If a motor draws less than 1000 watts labeled rating, it is excluded from the 85% P.F. requirement. If, through motor or design (i.e. RPM less than 1200), an 85% power factor is not available, the supplier of that motor shall furnish power factor correction components capable of correcting that non -conforming motor to 90% or better. 6. Horsepower ratings -- in V-belt drive applications, size motor for 120 percent of brake horsepower requirement, or scheduled horsepower, whichever is greater. 7. Single phase motors-- furnish for all applications 1/6 through 3/4 HP, single phase, capacitor start, capacitor run, dripproof, thermally pro- tected motors, unless indicated otherwise, for 120 volt 60 hertz current. Unit manufacturer shall provide belt guard. Motor starters will be provided under Division 15, Mechanical, as specified below. Starters shall be across -the -line, with manual reset, trip -free thermal overload relay in each ungrounded conductor, necessary auxiliary con- tacts, proper NEMA Standard enclosure for location, and hand -off - automatic switches in cover. Provide manual motor starters for locally controlled single phase motors. For single phase motors which are interlocked with external devices provide H-O-A magnetic starters or relay and switch rated at locked rotor motor amps and manual starter. Starters, except those furnished mounted in or on equipment, shall be by the same one of the following manufacturers: a. Allen-Bradley b. Cutler Hammer C. Square D Electrical wiring, except where otherwise specified in Division 15, will be provided under Division 16. Electrical Work. 1. Electrical wiring provided under Division 15 of the Specifications shall conform to all applicable requirements of Division 16, Electrical Work. 2. Control Wiring: Consists of wiring in pilot circuits of contactors, starters, relays, etc., and wiring for valve and damper operators. 3. For single-phase devices where power current passes through controller and device, wiring shall be considered power wiring. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls for Division 15 equipment shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule: Set In Power Control Furnished Place Wiring Wiring Under Under Under Under Division Division Division Division WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 9 MATERIALS AND METHODS Equipment Motors 15 15 16 Starters/Contactors: Separate 15 16 16 15 Factory Mounted and Wired 15 15 16 15 Set In Power Control Furnished Place Wiring Wiring Under Under Under Under ITEM Division Division Division Division Pushbutton Stations: Separate 15 16 15 In Starter Enclosure 15 16 - 15 Disconnect Switches 16 16 16 - Thermal Overload Switches 16 16 16 - Control Relays 15 15 - 15 Control Transformers 15 16 16 15 Operating Switches 16 16 16 - Line Voltage Thermostat 15 15 - 15 Low Voltage Thermostat 15 15 - 15 Sub -Base Low Voltage 15 15 - 15 Time Switches Not In Control Panel 15 15 16 15 Thermostat and Controls Integral with Equipment of Directly Attached to Ducts, Pipes, etc. 15 15 15 Equipment in Temperature Control Panels 15 15 15 Valve Motors, Damper Motors, Solenoid Valves, etc. 15 15 - 15 Control Circuit Outlets 16 16 16 - Smoke Detectors Including Relays for Fan Control 16 15 16 15 Equipment Interlocks 15 15 - 15 WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 10 MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: TO: PROJECT: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. The Price of your Agreement is Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract. Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by , 20 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. By: City of Fort Collins OWNER James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP' Director of Purchasing & Risk Management Section 00510 Page 1 END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15050 - 11 MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this section of the specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, accessories and materials and in performing all operations necessary for the installation of all insulation for the plumbing and duct systems, and sealing of sleeves. B. All insulation shall be installed in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen engaged in this type of work. 3. MATERIALS' A. All insulations shall have fire and smoke hazard ratings not exceeding the fol- lowing unless otherwise specified: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 1. Insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used shall be applied with a continuous unbroken vapor seal (hangers on outside of insulation jacket). 2. Support inserts for cold water piping shall be installed at all outside hanger points. Inserts between the pipe and pipe hangers shall consist of wood or rigid insulation sections of equal thickness of the pipe insula- tion. 3. Inserts shall be installed in a manner to completely support the pipe and not crush the insulation or damage the vapor barrier. 4. Hangers, supports, anchors, etc., that are secured directly to cold sur- faces must be adequately insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation. B. Material Approval Code Code I Fiberglass Pipe Insulation a. Owens-Corning One or Two Piece Pipe Insulation i. Fiberglass 25 ASJ - All service jacket ii. Fiberglass 25 ASJ - SSL - All service jacket b. Schuller Flame Safe Pipe Insulation i. All purpose jacket - AP ii. All purpose jacket - AP self-sealing lap system WATERS WAY PARK 15250 - 1 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION C. Certain -Teed Manson Fiberglass Pipe Insulation i. All service jacket d. Or Equal by Knauf 2. Code II One Piece PVC Insulated Fitting Covers a. Ceelco b. Zeston C. Perma-Jac d. Proto LoSmoke e. Or prior approved equal 3. Code VIII Plastic Pipe Insulation a. Insulation shall not exceed the following fire hazard ratings: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed (3/4") 225 b. For service - 40 degrees F. to 200 degrees F. C. Armstrong FIR Armaflex d. Or Equal by IMCOA or Nomaco C. Vapor barrier to be kraft paper reinforced foil with integral self-sealing pressure sensitive adhesive longitudinal seam sealing strips. Insulation maximum thermal conductivity shall be .25 at 75 deg. F per inch. No staples shall be used. 4. COLD PIPING A. Domestic Cold Water: All piping in concealed and exposed areas shall be insu- lated with fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jacket or grades mentioned in Code I. Thickness shall conform to the following schedule: Service & Size Insulation Thickness Domestic Cold Water: 1" and smaller 1/2" 1-1/4" and larger 1" B. Piping in cores of block wall may be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. C. Piping below slab shall be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. D. Jackets and end laps shall be sealed with Chicago mastic 17465, or equal, applied to two surfaces or with self-sealing type lap system. WATERS WAY PARK 15250 - 2 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 5. HOT PIPING L� 7. 13 A. All piping in concealed and exposed areas shall be insulated with fiberglass pipe insulation with all service jacket of grades mentioned in Code I. Thickness shall conform to the following schedule: Service and Size Domestic Hot Water: 2" and smaller Insulation Thickness 1" B. Piping in cores of block wall may be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. C. Piping below slab shall be insulated with Code VIII insulation, thickness as above. D. Jackets and end laps shall be sealed with Chicago mastic 17-465, or equal, applied to two surfaces or with self-sealing type lap system. FITTINGS. VALVE BODIES AND FLANGES A. PVC insulated fitting covers as mentioned in Code II. 1. The pre-cut insulation shall be applied to the fitting to make a snug fit of equal thickness against the adjoining pipe insulation. The fitting covers shall be secured by vapor barrier adhesive. 2. On cold services all seam edges shall be additionally sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. SHIELDS A. Provide sheet metal insulation shields at all hanger locations for cold services. Form the shields to bear on the lower 1/3 periphery of the insulated pipe. Use 20 gauge sheet metal for pipes less than 4", 16 gauge for larger pipes. Comply with the following table for shield length: Pipe Size Length 4" and smaller 9" 6" to 10" 12" SEALING OF SLEEVES A. All sleeves for pipes, ductwork, etc., furnished under Division 15 of the specifi- cations, penetrating floors, and walls and full height partitions shall be sealed in accordance with the following: All insulated services shall have the specified insulation terminated on either side of sleeve. Services which require a vapor barrier jacket shall have segment through sleeve insulated with calcium -silicate having a minimum thickness same as specified for service. Entire void space between inside of sleeve and outside of duct, pipe, and/or calcium- sili- cate insulation shall be packed with fiber insulation, conforming to HHI- 521E Type 3 or HHI-558B Form A and having an ASTM fire class E-84 WATERS WAY PARK 15250 - 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION A. External wrap (thermal): 1. Insulation: Fiberglass blanket, 1 lb. density, vapor barrier jacketed with 2" tab. Jacket - laminated aluminum foil, glass reinforced kraft paper. 2. Application: Secure to metal leaving no voids at the edges, with strips of insulation adhesive. Lap all joints 2", seal with lap adhesive and staple 6" on center. Seal over staple with matching tape patches. Further secure the bottom side insulation on ducts over 24" wide with welded pins and mechanical fasteners, not over 18" on center and seal over with tape matching patches. 3. Do not install insulation over access panels. B. Insulation shall be in accordance to the following schedule for new ducts: Ductwork Insulation Insulation Type Type Thickness Supply External 1-1/2" Return External 1-1/2" Outside Air External 1-1/2" Exhaust External 1-1/2" END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15250 - 4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install all complete systems listed below, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. 1. Sanitary Drainage System 2. Domestic Water System 3. Plumbing Fixtures 3. CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Make all domestic water, waste, vent, drain, etc., connections to all equipment in this building whether or not such equipment is furnished under this section or under other sections of this specification. This includes installation, furnishing piping and shut-off valves on branches to and from each piece of equipment from mains or branch mains. 4. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: At completion clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of debris, sand and dirt. Thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Adjusting: Adjust flush valves, faucets, and bubblers for proper flow, after cleaning and flushing operations are accomplished. 5. PROTECTION A. Protect fixtures and related components from damage before, during and after installation to date of Final Acceptance or Owner move -in. Provide protective coverings or other protection as required. 6. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE A. Connect to new sewer service(s) as indicated on the plans. Provide minimum T- 6" minimum cover over sewer line(s) outside of building. Provide main clean -out where sewers) leaves building as indicated on the plans. See Section 15050 paragraph labeled "Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling." B. Before proceeding with this part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully survey the existing conditions, and, if necessary, modify the service installation, in order to avoid unforeseen obstructions, such as telephone cables, cisterns, electric conduits, large tree roots, etc. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 1 PLUMBING C. This Contractor shall include all costs for this work, including street and sidewalk repair, permits, etc., in his bid. 7. WATER SERVICE A. Provide new water service as indicated on the plans. Provide minimum 5'-0" cover over water line outside of building. Provide new water meter, size as indicated on the plan. If meter is furnished by City Water Department, make all arrangements with Water Department. Manufacturer, type, and installation of water meter shall be in accordance with Water Department requirements. Fort Collins -Loveland Water District. B. Before proceeding with this part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully survey the existing conditions, and, if necessary, modify the service installation, in order to avoid unforeseen obstructions, such as telephone cables, cisterns, electric conduits, large tree roots, etc. C. This Contractor shall include all costs for this work, including street and sidewalk repair, permits, etc., in his bid. 8. CLEANIOLITS' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zum 5. Prior approved equal B. Cleanouts shall be full line size through 4" pipe. C. Inside caulk or spigot connections, bronze cleanout plug, straight threaded,with tapered shoulder and caulked lead seat. Plugs shall be removed, doped,; and reinstalled just tight enough to prevent leakage. D. Screwed pipe cleanouts-bronze pipe threaded plug with four raised square lugs or counter sunk plug. E. Floor cleanouts (FCO)--frame and cover threaded for 1 1/2" vertical adjustment, threads protected with shield to be removed when concrete is set. Covers --nickel bronze round frame and cover, deep flange tractor type. Extra heavy type in heavy traffic areas, and with carpet retainer top for carpeted floors. F. Wall cleanouts (WCO)--square nickel bronze frame and cover with minimum opening of 6" x 6". G. Grade Cleanouts (GCO) --cast iron cleanout with round, heavy duty scoriated, non -tilt cast iron top, adjustable to finished grade level. Set GCO in 2'x2'x4" deep concrete pad, minimum. H. Cleanouts in floors shall be located as shown on plans and at changes in direc- tion of pipe run and shall consist of'Y' fittings and eighth bends. Cleanouts shall be provided at the base of all vertical stacks with the cleanout plug located approximately 12 inches above the floor and extended to wall access cover. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 2 PLUMBING Cleanouts in horizontal runs above ground shall consists of 'Y' fittings with cleanout plugs. CLEANOUTS MUST BE PROVIDED IN EVERY 100 FT. OF HORIZONTAL RUN, and as per the International Plumbing Code. 9. FLOOR DRAINS* A. . Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zum 5. Prior approved equal B. Provide floor drains of type specified herein. Sizes and locations shall be as indicated. C. Floor drains shall be cast iron with double drainage flange, nickel -bronze rim and strainer unless otherwise indicated. Provide clamping ring when installed in floors which have waterproof membrane. Drains connected to cast iron soil pipe shall have spigot outlets. D. Floor drains in slabs on ground. FD-1 Floor Drains shall be Z-415 with 6" diameter Type 'B' strainer and Z1000 cast iron deep seal P-trap. With Pro Set Systems Model TG-33-Z trap guard insert. 10. VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Do not install vents within two feet of roof edge, parapet or wall line of an "on -the - roof structure." B. Metal roof: Flash vents through roof with galvanized roof jack with neoprene gasket at neck. 2. Oakey 11853 or equal, no -caulk roof flashing, size as required. 11. SHOCK ABSORBERS (SA-1)* A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Prior approved equal B. Shock absorbers shall be the gas filled stainless steel bellows type, sized and installed per requirements of PDI-WH-201. C. Shock absorbers shall be furnished and installed at all solenoids and other quick closing valves and flush valves. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 3 PLUMBING D. Each shock absorber shall have a shut-off ball valve for replacement. 12. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER* o A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A.O. Smith 2. Rheem 3. State 4. Prior approved equal B. Provide where indicated, domestic water heater with capacities and characteristics as scheduled on plans. C. Heater shall have ASHRAE 90.1 b-1992 seal of approval, UL certified. D. Tank shall be suitable for 150 PSI working pressure and shall be glass lined. E. Assembly shall include P/T relief valve, magnesium anode rod, high limit cut off, foam insulation, sheet metal jacket with backed enamel finish and drain valve. F. 1 year limited warranty for commercial installation. 13. EXPANSION TANK — DOMESTIC HOT WATER* A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. State 2. Amtrol 3. Bell & Gossett 4. A.O. Smith 5. Taco 6. Approved Equal. B. Tank shall be designed for potable water systems. Tank shall be constructed of steel with a maximum working pressure of 150 PSI and a maximum temperature of 200°F. C. Tank shall have an internal butyl diaphragm with a polymer lining or butyl bladder. All internal parts must comply with FDA regulations and approvals. D. Size as specified and as required for proper venting pressure or as scheduled on plans. 14. BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (Reduced pressure)* A. Acceptable Manufacturers and models: 1. Watts Model 909, all sizes 2. Febco 825, 3/4" to 2" 3. Febco 860, larger than 2" 4. Wilkins 5. Or prior approved equal B. Shall be the reduced pressure type with atmospheric vent. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 4 PLUMBING C. Bronze body and accessory construction and replaceable seats. D. Bronze body ball valve test cocks and 1/4 turn ball valves on inlet and outlet. E. With bronze strainer, flanged adapter ends or unions, and air gap fitting. 15. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Leonard 2. Symmons 3. Watts 4. Wilkins 5. Prior approved equal B. Where indicated, a domestic water thermostatic mixing valve shall be provided on the domestic hot water piping to all hand sinks, showers, and lavatories. Valve may be for individual or multiple fixture applications as indicated on the plans. C. Valve shall be ASSE 1070 listed. D. Valve shall be of bronze body construction, adjustable outlet temperature, and suitable for inlet temperatures up to 180 degrees F. E. Valve shall be initially set for 110 degrees F. discharge temperature. F. Install in a location that is easily accessible for temperature adjustment, maintenance, and replacement. G. TMV-1 to be similar Watts Series USG-B-MI, 3/8" size. 16. PLUMBING FIXTURE TYPES` A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Stainless steel urinals and water closets: a. Acorn b. Bradley C. Willoughby d. Prior approved equal 2. Faucets: a. Chicago b. Prior approved equal 3. Flush valves: a. Delaney b. Sloan C. Prior approved equal WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 5 PLUMBING V — AS . J5Jr,,I VD53 W'a-,CL (OLE) ooVM o SIOV3 It j Bull £ua2 \1 \ I v d J dM S,�JIldM 3NIl-3N0 �VOI2i10313 OS3 nnON300V OIOZ/b l ,18 NOISIA3a 31V(l ON O a 0 z N Z O n U n0 of LLI I W U) j0 d 2 u]= n I �' oN ZN� al I I w WO Paz o CK 0 w � = I n I I O _ n \ Of � w0 W Z O 0 �oo> I w 0- W W H w owN w n W W J Z z U �- 3'� z z J¢ I- ¢ N oz > noz w noz O >~ \¢wU¢ wwp� \wU¢ I \wo Z N n OWDOOZ n toZ OV)UOZ ONU0¢Z U tl ~ O OwO�0Qr o =0 =0 O DOiw O 00nI U} N NZW ONW N a. Ud IY N W O�W Ii N1�0.-I,.� I p a ¢ J <r W 1 J J 2 a w Of O o wwao W I I w N� = O N I p Q Z N z noz a¢ W O Q ��viWoz O na I w ¢zU� H o O WONO(r o > J J¢of tpZWOtOW'If of UI a KEN Z O O d U) N Z a w O z Z ¢ Q ae w w W U ¢ IL¢O m l L J a\gym O O Z W Z OW a ¢ n 3 0 0 I Z W�- m H Y Y> , ZD U �� QU1 Z O J ¢'� N a W O U m > U 7 Z a allotia �oZ O� J > > O (ifO w m Zco W0 Z I— of O w < \N l�zoOHO O of Z W U O O Q W (nJ2w No Q N a = ¢ =Lo<w� U a o D a I O (D J O M 0 0= Z ¢ a >¢ W CD¢ UC1 O m O W >t a Z JN J ow U wow Z U)0O>¢Q0Ir az z ¢=W 3i Id wx>O oa¢ : �o�tnpw Zz u< pam4o Ow O�OU Z wU V W Y ¢ O O d U 2) f w O Q Uw In 0 II O �n Z�N Op QOw � �V1 3O M UaZZ Z U m x vl cn ¢ V V o p� J O O O W Z Q w a W ¢ W� U J U<oNo U a� oz zed ZOU Q.O l a u¢owz D I �� O O ww-Od m � i0 O O w O_ O_ Ir Ul �w~ 0 mHO V> N N 5;EL w U O�> O o w 0 au Q N Of U�oa� IU)W>0-LWO OV¢wOI ,O .U Mp w ZOUm w¢N( WFZ> V wO xOOz mz ... 1. In aI N 0 Cam+ 0 0 m m T r D z m CIO m 0 0 (7 N o_ 0 N 0 J m SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park and is generally described in Section 01010. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by [engineer], who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by October 1, 2010 as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions by November 1, 2010. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after October 1, 2010 for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. Section 00520 Page 1 4. Mop Service Basins: a. Zurn b. Fiat C. Stern Williams d. Prior approved equal 5. Stainless steel lavatories: a. Advance Tabco b. Elkay C. Just d. Prior approved equal 6. Toilet seats: a. Bemis b. Beneke C. Olsonite d. Prior approved equal 7. Wall Hydrants and Hose Bibbs: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam C. Wade d. Woodford e. Zurn f. Prior approved equal B. Furnish faucets, stop valves and traps for all fixtures and equipment. C. The exposed flush, waste, and supply pipes at the fixtures shall be chromium plated brass pipe, iron pipe size. Fittings and traps for brass pipe shall be cast brass, chromium plated. D. Install chromium -plated brass wall or floor plates where piping passes through walls or floors. E. Where reference is made to chromium -plated brass, same shall mean polished brass, first nickel plated and finished with chromium plate. F. All lavatories and sinks shall be furnished with 3/8" S.P.S. flexible tube supply pipes, key stops and escutcheons, unless specified otherwise. G. All lavatories shall be furnished with 1 1/4" tailpiece, cast brass chrome plated 'P' trap, 20 gauge tubing waste to wall and wall escutcheons, unless otherwise specified. H. All sinks shall be furnished with 1 1/2" tailpiece, cast brass chrome plated 'P' trap, 17 gauge tubing waste to wall and wall escutcheons, unless otherwise specified. I. All fixtures fitted to the walls or floor shall be ground square and true and be sealed with mildew resistant non -hardening clear or white silicon bead, with Engineer's approval. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 6 PLUMBING J. Fixture Mounting Heights: Mount fixtures to the following heights above finish floor: 1. Lavatory: a. Handicapped 33 inches to top of basin rim 2. Urinal: a. Handicapped 17 inches to top of bowl rim 3. Water Closet: a. Standard 15 inches to top of bowl rim b. Handicapped 17 - 19 inches to top of seat 4. Wall Hydrants: a. Standard 24 inches to outlet K. Coordinate all fixture rough -ins with masonry contractor. L. The following schedule establishes the standards to which each type of fixture must conform and the plumbing fixture portfolios shall completely illustrate and describe each type. Refer to the drawings for exact quantities. FWH-1 Wall Hydrant (Freeze -proof)* Fixture: Woodford Model B67, non -freeze, bronze locking box, vacuum breaker. LAV-1 Lavatory (Countertop, Handicapped)* Fixture: Elkay LLVR-1916 20"x17" 18 gauge -Type 302 stainless steel, satin finish, countertop lavatory, single hole punch. Faucet: Chicago 333-E2805-665PSHCP, self closing vandal resistant push button valve, 0.5 gpm. Drain: Elkay EK-174 lavatory drain with perforated grid. Insulation: Truebro Inc., Handi Lav Guard insulation kit for P-trap and supply and valve. MSB-1 Mop Service Basin* Fixture: Zum Z1996-24, 24"x24"x10" molded high density composite basin, PVC drain body, stainless steel dome strainer/lint basket, and 3" gasketed outlet connection. Provide with stainless steel bumper guards. Faucet: Zum Z843M1 polished chrome -plated cast brass 8" service sink faucet with quarter turn ceramic disc cartridges, integral service stops, and 6" cast brass spout with chemical resistant atmospheric vacuum breaker, 3/" hose threaded outlet, pail hook, and adjustable wall brace. Provide with lever handles. UR-1 Urinal (Handicapped)* Fixture: Acorn Model 1 700-W-1 -FTV-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, wall mount, 2" wall outlet, 1.5" back spud water inlet, 1.0 GPF. WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 7 PLUMBING Flush valve: Sloan Model Royal 990-1-MBFW-T, concealed flush valve with back -check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, elbow flush connection, vandal -proof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button, and 1.5' flush connection. WC-1 Water Closet (Wall Mounted, Flush Valve, Handicapped)` Fixture: Acorn Model 1675-W-1-1.6-ADA-CO1(4")-FTV-HS-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, satin finish, wall mount, 4" wall outlet with cleanout, 1.5' back spud water inlet, 1.6 GPF, wall sleeve, and hinged seat. Flush valve: Sloan Royal 952-1.6-MBFW, concealed flush valve with back -check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, elbow flush connection, vandal -proof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button. WC-2 Water Closet (Wall Mounted, Flush Valve, Standard)` Fixture: Acorn Model 1675-W-1-1.6-CO1(4")-FTV-HS-MT-SW, blow-out Jet type, 14 gauge stainless steel, satin finish, wall mount, 4" wall outlet with cleanout, 1.5' back spud water inlet, 1.6 GPF, wall sleeve, and hinged seat. Flush valve: Sloan Royal 952-1.6-MBFW, concealed flush valve with back -check, angle stop, vacuum breaker, elbow flush connection, vandal -proof ADA rated hydraulically operated metal push button. END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15440 - 8 PLUMBING SECTION 15850 — HEATING AND VENTILATING A19d4 :11:7_1111 A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. �YKi]»i]�ri�H7:73 A. The work in this section of the specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment necessary to install heating and air handling systems as indicated on drawings and specified herein, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating systems. 3. SHEET METAL WORK - LOW VELOCITY SYSTEMS A. Low velocity sheet metal work includes all ducts serving supply, return, and exhaust air systems operating at a maximum of 2" W.G. of pressure. B. Construction. Construct ducts from zinc coated iron or steel sheets conforming accurately to the dimensions indicated on the drawings. All ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. Construct ducts in accordance with the recommendations in the current edition of the "SMACNA" duct construction standards, 2" W.G. pressure class. C. All ductwork transverse joints shall be made airtight by using duct sealer in accordance with SMACNA standards. No open joints at the corners or else- where will be allowed. All seams in horizontal ducts will be standing seams with separate cleats mitering at the corners. All seams in vertical duct or risers shall be self-supporting. All ducts shall be complete in themselves. No single thickness partitions between ducts allowed. All ducts over 18" wide to be crossbroken. 4. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Securely attach all ductwork to the building construction in a manner to be free from vibration and swaying under all conditions of operation. Hanger attach- ments shall be appropriate for the building structure and shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Hang ducts from beams and joists whenever possible. B. Ducts shall be substantially supported with hangers located at a maximum of 8 feet on centers, or less as conditions dictate, for the length of the duct. All hangers shall be made of 1" wide galvanized iron straps, 18 gauge for hangers spaced at 8 feet centers, 22 gauge for 4 feet centers, both for ducts up to 96" semi -perimeter, or per latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Hanger straps to be secured to the bottom of the duct using sheet metal screws. Additional screws to be added to sides of ductwork as conditions dictate. Trapeze hangers per SMACNA standards may also be used. WATERS WAY PARK 15850 - 1 HEATING AND VENTILATING 5. DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ductwork will be run substantially as shown on the plans. Changes in size or cross section shall be made with long tapers. The Engineer reserves the right to slightly change the run of certain ducts without extra cost to the Owner, if necessary to avoid unforeseen structural or other interferences. B. Where ducts run through ceiling spaces and structural, mechanical, or electrical interference is encountered, maintain same cross sectional area as indicated on plans with a maximum of 4 1/2 to 1 aspect ratio. C. All openings in duct for grilles, registers, etc., shall be capped dust -tight with G.I. metal caps during the construction period. D. Where square turns are indicated, either round or rectangular duct, provide and install square turn elbows with turning vanes. Vanes may be either commercial type duct turns or approved equal, or shop fabricated to conform to SMACNA standards. Vanes shall be single or double thickness type preassembled on runners before installing in each elbow. Brace adequately and avoid rough edges to prevent objectionable noise. E. Where moisture may condense within the duct system, pitch ductwork to low points and provide drip pans and drain connections with plugs for removal of condensate. F. No obstructions will be allowed in ducts except places where absolutely neces- sary and prior approval has been received from the Engineer. In such cases they shall be installed so as to least interfere with the passage of air. 6. STATIONARY LOUVERS' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. American Warming and Ventilating 2. Arrow 3. Dowco 4. Greenheck 5. Industrial Louvers 6. Louvers and Dampers, Inc. 7. Prior approved equal. B. Provide stationary outside air intake and exhaust louvers where indicated on the plans. C. See schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and accessories. D. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk as required for a sound, watertight installation. Make airtight duct connections to installed louvers. 7. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Berko WATERS WAY PARK 15850 - 2 HEATING AND VENTILATING 2. Indeeco 3. Markel 4. Q-mark 5. Prior approved equal B. Manufacturer, Model, and Size: 1. As scheduled on the plans. C. Description 1. Test operated prior to shipment to insure proper operation. Completely factory assembled with all controls installed. U.L. Rated. 2. Aluminum -finned, copper clad steel sheath heating element. 3. Heavy gauge cold rolled steel cabinet with baked on paint finish. Adjustable louvers for air flow direction control. Horizontal throw. 4. With 24 VA control transformer factory installed with automatic fan delay and thermal cutout. Or 120V controls. 5. Direct drive, propeller fan statically and dynamically balanced. Internal overload protected motor. 6. With wall -mounted thermostat with fan "On -Auto' switch. 7. With mounting brackets as required. 8. ENERGY RECOVERY MODULE' A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Prior approved equal. B. Manufacturer, Model, and Size: 1. As scheduled on the plans. C. Provide and install energy recovery modules, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. D. Make airtight duct connections to installed energy recovery modules. E. Casing shall be galvanized steel. F. Access for filters and fans shall not require tools. G. Energy recovery wheel shall be mounted on a slide -out track for ease of inspection, removal, and cleaning. H. Housing shall be insulated with Y" insulation. I. Energy recovery wheel shall be enthalpy type. J. Fans and motors shall be integral, statically and dynamically balanced. WATERS WAY PARK 15850 - 3 HEATING AND VENTILATING K. Outdoor air and exhaust air intake shall be filtered with 1" 30% efficient disposable filters in internal filter racks. All electrical components shall be factory wired for single point power connection. END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15850 - 4 HEATING AND VENTILATING SECTION 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL GENERAL A. Section 15010, Basic Mechanical Requirements, in its entirety, including appli- cable provisions of other Specification sections, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the Specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all materials and equipment necessary to provide the Automatic Temperature Control System for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning systems as specified herein, including minor items obviously necessary for complete and operating installation. 3. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Control system shall be electric and electronic as manufactured by Johnson Controls, Inc., Honeywell, Landis and Staefa, Kreuter, Robert Shaw, or Siebe. B. The system shall be installed under the full-time supervision of an authorized Installations Engineer employed by one of the above, or by Long and Assoc., Carrier Commercial Services, Reliable Controls, Yoder Electrical Services, or prior approved equal. C. Prior to start of work, the Contractor shall submit control shop drawings as stated in this Section. Shop drawings shall be prepared by an authorized temperature control contractor as listed above. Work shall not begin until shop drawings are approved by the Engineer. 4. CONTROL INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT' A. In general, the control instruments and equipment furnished for this installation shall be the best product of its type produced by the manufacturer. B. Dampers and Damper Operators: Damper Operators: 120 V electric type and fully proportioning. Damper operators shall have metal bodies. Provide operators with ample power to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on the damper blades. Locate the damper operator mounting arrangement outside the airstream wherever possible. Provide the operators with external adjustable stops to limit the stroke. The operator linkage arrangement shall be such as to permit normally closed position of the damper. Belimo operators are preferred. 2. Dampers: a. Damper Frames: 13 gauge galvanized steel channel on 1/8" extruded aluminum with reinforced corner bracing. WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL b. Damper Blades: Not to exceed six (6) inches in width. Blades shall be suitable for high velocity performance. Opposed blades. C. Damper Bearings: Nylon or Teflon. Bushings that turn in the bearing shall be oil impregnated sintered metal. d. The damper linkage shall provide equal percentage characteristics as required. e. Low leakage insulated type, with blade edge seals and side seals. Similar to Greenheck Model ICD-45. C. Thermostats: Mechanical Chase Unit Heaters: Heating thermostat. 40 to 90 degrees F. range. Honeywell T871K1007. 2. All room thermostats shall be mounted at heights indicated on the plans. 3. Coordinate electrical requirements with Electrical Contractor. 5. WIRING A. Except where otherwise specified under sequence of controls, wire all electrical controls furnished under this section of the specifications. B. This installation shall comply with all rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code and all state and local codes and regulations. C. Install all conduits in a neat and orderly manner with conduit grouped as much as possible following horizontal and vertical building lines and rigidly secure conduit to the building construction. D. Work performed under this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with associated work being done under Division 16. E. Except where otherwise specified, voltages for control of circuiting associated with motors and their starters, and all control devices shall be rated at 120 volts or 24 volts. 6. INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the installation of temperature control equipment fumished under this section but installed under other sections of this Division. B. Unit heaters, energy recovery modules, etc.: The manufacturer will provide all control devices, transformers, relays, and other appurtenances as required per manufacturer's system wiring and interlock submittals. 7. SERVICE AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. After completion of the installation, adjust all thermostats, motors, and other equipment provided under this Section. B. Following complete adjustment, have a qualified representative fully acquainted with the installation instruct the Owner's operators in the fundamentals and operations of the system. This instruction period shall not be less than four (4) hours. C. Submit typewritten and/or printed sets of operating and maintenance instructions, to be included in the O&M Manuals, including sheets describing fundamentals of each system and an explanation of the operation and function of each system device in the installation as part of the maintenance and operating instructions portfolio required under Section 15010. 8. CONTROL DRAWINGS' A. Before proceeding with the work required under this section, the Contractor shall submit for approval complete temperature control diagrams, including a written description of the systems and descriptive literature covering each item of control equipment. Diagrams shall indicate all control functions required. Submit to Engineer. 9. OPERATING TESTS A. A complete system -operating test shall be made for a period of two (2) weeks with controls set in their respective positions to ensure proper operation. All tests and final adjustments, including calibration of all controllers and thermostats, shall be made to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. B. At the completion of the test, Contractor shall prepare a list showing temperature settings of all thermostats together with actual thermostat readings. This list shall be submitted to the Engineer as part of the maintenance and operating instruction portfolios. 10. "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS A. The Contractor will, at the same time, insure that the control diagrams for the project are brought up-to-date and that they reflect the control system "As -Built". These control diagrams will be included in the Maintenance Manuals, which shall be turned over to the Owner following the acceptance of the above procedure by the Consulting Engineer. B. The "As- Built" diagrams will have an indication on them as to what changes occurred to the control system between the system originally specified and the system as installed. If necessary, the description of operation shall be changed to adequately describe the completed control system. C. Provide reproducible set of "As-Builts" which must be mylar sepias. D. Operating sequences and control diagrams modified "As -Built," shall be framed under glass or Plexiglas, and suitably mounted in the mechanical room. 11. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after November 1, 2010 for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $ Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. Section 00520 Page 2 A. General: The following description gives the intent of the sequence of operation. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate controls furnished with the equipment with necessary supplementary controls under this section to provide a working system as described below. B. Fans, Energy Recovery Modules, and Intake/Exhaust Dampers: Exhaust fans normally off and dampers normally closed. Exhaust fans and energy recovery modules come on from a signal from space motion sensors which also open intake and exhaust dampers, and close the bypass damper. 2. Bypass damper shall be normally open. When heat is required in the building when unoccupied, the bypass damper shall be open to provide recirculated air flow. C. Unit Heaters: Mechanical Chase: a. Wall mounted thermostat shall cycle unit heating element and fan and the energy recovery module fans to maintain a heating setpoint of 49 degrees F. (adjustable). D. Cove Heaters: Restrooms and Change Room: a. Wall mounted thermostat shall cycle the heating element to maintain a heating setpoint of 49 degrees F (adjustable). END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15950 - 4 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING GENERAL A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including refer- ences to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK A. Balance the building ventilation and make-up heat recovery systems only. 0 A. Balancing shall be done by a firm specializing in this work. Prequalified firms are: 1. AirDronics, Inc, Parker, Colorado. 2. Fort Collins/Midwest, Fort Collins, Colorado. 3. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc., Greeley, Colorado. B. Other firms desiring to furnish services for this project shall submit for written approval during bid time. A brochure shall be provided listing the qualifications of personnel in the organization, instruments available to be used and a list of projects successfully balanced within the last two years. 2. Information regarding qualifications must be in the office of the Design Engineer at least six days, excluding Sundays and holidays, prior to the date set for receiving bids. C. The balancing work shall be performed by a firm having total professional responsibility for the final testing, adjusting and balancing of the entire air system. All balancing shall be performed by qualified technicians in the employ of the pre -qualified firm. D. This firm shall furnish all necessary tools, scaffolding and ladders that are required and shall provide all required instruments, take all readings and make all necessary adjustments. E. Instruments shall be used and applied which are best suited to the system func- tion being tested. Instruments shall be in first-class state of repair and have been calibrated within a period of six months prior to starting the job. Instru- ments shall be recalibrated upon completion of the job if required by the Design Engineer to prove reliability. F. All air systems shall be balanced using an applicable proportionate procedure. G. After all adjustments are made, a detailed written report shall be prepared and submitted for approval. Final acceptance of this project will not be made until a satisfactory report is received and field verified. H. The Design Engineer will field verify the report in the following manner: WATERS WAY PARK 15990 - 1 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Select quantities to be tested at random. (Quantity shall not exceed 10% of total.) 2. Require balancing firm to read the quantities in his presence. 3. Field tested values shall be within plus or minus 10% of those shown on plans. 2. AIR BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Before any adjustments are made, room is to be closed off with windows & doors closed. The systems are to be checked for such items as duct leakage, damper leakage, equipment vibrations, correct damper operations, etc. All fan systems are to be adjusted to deliver design air quantities within plus or minus 5 %. After balancing is completed, check motor amperage. B. Exhaust and recirculation air systems shall be adjusted for air quantities shown on drawings and the proper relationship between supply and exhaust established. C. Distribution system shall be adjusted to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise within the capabilities of the system. D. Sheaves and/or belts shall be exchanged or speed controllers adjusted as required to adjust the RPM of all fans so they handle specified air quantity. 3. MISCELLANEOUS A. All installed thermal overload protection shall be observed and noted in the data sheets. If thermal overload protection is incorrect, it shall be the responsibility of the balancing firm to see that proper overload protection is installed at the completion of the job. B. The adjusting crew shall measure and set any special conditions such as mini- mum outside air quantities; check and adjust outside and return air intakes so that the system will deliver substantially the same volume on either; make tests and record data as required in "REPORT" below. C. All balancing devices, i.e. dampers, speed control switches, etc. shall be clearly marked as to the final balanced position. Plug all test holes, replace access doors and belt guards. D. When deemed necessary, 24-hour space temperature recording shall be taken and any required partial rebalance of the system shall be performed without additional cost. 4. REPORT A. A bound report shall be provided which shall contain a general information sheet listing instruments used, methods of balancing, altitude correction, and manufacturer's grille, register and diffuser data. B. Provide equipment data sheets listing make, size, serial number, rating, etc., of all mechanical equipment, including fans, pumps, motors, starters, and drives. WATERS WAY PARK 15990 - 2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Operating data shall include rotational speed, inlet and outlet pressures, pressure drop components, and measured motor current and voltage. C. Balancing data sheets shall indicate the required and actual CFM of all supply, return and exhaust outlets or inlets, and shall be totaled and summarized by systems. D. Reports shall contain a reduced set of contract drawings with outlets marked thereon for easy identification of the designation used in the data sheets. E. The report shall outline any abnormal or notable conditions not covered in the above. F. Final report shall be included in the O&M Manuals. END OF SECTION WATERS WAY PARK 15990 - 3 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and of performing all operations necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. All work under this section shall also be governed by the project general conditions, along with all supplements and amendments thereto, as published by the Engineer. B. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned or not, for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, materials, tools and labor. C. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Underground secondary service and service entrance equipment forthe rest room building and extension to the irrigation building. 2. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all equipment in restroom and irrigation buildings. 3. Installation of building's lighting systems. 4. Control and instrument wiring as required to all equipment. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by the local inspection authority who shall have final jurisdiction. B. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits, fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work. Upon completion of work, furnish to the Engineer a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval by the local inspection authority. C. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring as required during the construction period for the use of all the trades. Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and are to be properly grounded throughout. Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. 1.3 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not itemized on the Drawings and Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor to provide a complete working system as indicated on the Drawings. Water's Way Park 16000-1 October 2009 Before installing any wiring, equipment, outlets or other devices, examine architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications; if any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and specifications, report same to the Engineer in writing and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed and to fit work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Engineer. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions will be governed by the building; the Contractor shall use same with this understanding. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured, tested and installed in accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratory (UL). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). All electrical material shall display a UL label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate electrical work with the progress of other work and with the work of other trades on the job without cost to the Owner. B. Cleanup: If so directed by the Engineer, remove any materials not installed in the work which conflict with the work of other trades. At completion of work, clean up and remove from premises all debris and materials not installed so premises will be left clean. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. When and if directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall test, under supervision of the Engineer, all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds. B. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall demonstrate by megger test the insulation resistance of any circuit. Where such a test indicates the presence of faulty insulation, the Contractor shall locate the point of fault, replace with no additional cost to the Owner and demonstrate by further test the elimination of such a fault. C. After the installation has been completed and at such time as the Engineer may direct, the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Water's Way Park 16000-2 April 2009 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets on all basic materials to be used and receive Engineer's acceptance. 1. See supplemental conditions for distribution and count. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS - ACCEPTABLE CLASSES A. Description of System. 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and size of wire installed therein. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required to conform with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low -resistance paths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be confined. 5. Reference Section 16450, Grounding. B. Acceptable Classes. 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). a. Install 2" and smaller for all exposed branch circuit wiring. b. Galvanize on the outside and coat on the inside with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel. C. Fittings. 1) Steel set screw. d. Comply with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL 797 and USA Standards Institute C80-3. 2. Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Conduit. a. Provide in the following locations. 1) In or below slabs on grade. 2) In earth or gravel. b. Schedule 40 Heavy Wall, 90 degrees Celsius, UL listed for above ground and underground uses. C. Conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL-651 standards. d. UL listed in conformity with Article 347 of the National Electric Code. e. 1-1/2" and larger shall conform to NEMA Publications No. TC-1-1965. 3. Surface Metal Wireway. a. Provide surface metal wireway of a dimension permitting the number of conductors and splices installed. NEMA 1 enclosure. b. The raceway shall meet all NEC Article 352A requirements and shall be UL listed. C. Provide with appropriate boxes and fittings by same manufacturer. Water's Way Park 16100-1 October 2009 Flexible Metal Conduit. a. Provide in sufficient lengths for: 1) Make-up of motor or equipment raceway connections. b. Non-liquidtight type: Steel, galvanized, flexible metallic, same manufacturers as for rigid. C. Liquidtight: American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. Description of System. 1. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire size to be No. 12, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the entire length of a circuit including taps and risers. B. Conductor Material. 1. Copper conductors shall be high conductivity tin coated annealed copper in accordance with ASTM B-33. a. Use copper conductors for all wiring unless otherwise indicated as optional on plans. C. Insulation. 1. Thermoplastic Insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. a. UL Type THWN, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at conductor temperatures not to exceed 75°C. b. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation that is UL defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil resistant. 2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's and UL standard requirements for tightening torques. Use proper torquing tools to achieve accurate values. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES A. General Requirements. 1. Provide all covers of same gauge metal and include screws. B. Concealed Junction Boxes. Provide code gauge sheet metal boxes located and sized as required with suitable covers and trims. a. Make of material resistant to corrosion or suitably protected, both internally and externally, by galvanizing. b. Boxes installed in damp or wet locations shall be UL approved for the purpose. Water's Way Park 16100-2 October 2009 C. Comply with UL Standard 50. d. Metal boxes to meet NEC construction specifications. C. Exposed Junction Boxes. 1. Boxes exposed or surface mounted shall be die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum body with threaded external hub and cast cover. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Description of System. 1. Provide outlet boxes for all wiring devices, receptacles, switches, telephone connections and clock connections of material construction to suit environmental conditions. 2. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with actual structural conditions to eliminate obstructions and interference with other work and equipment. a. Verify final location for all outlets, panels and equipment with Engineer - see Architectural Drawings. B. Concealed Boxes. 1. Furnish sheet steel boxes and fittings which shall be made corrosion resistant both internally and externally by galvanizing. a. Provide with matching manufactured cover. C. Surface Boxes. 1. Furnish die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum boxes with threaded external hubs. a. Provide threaded plugs for unused hubs. 2. Boxes shall be of a corrosion -resistant alloy. 3. Boxes shall be deep -body series, single -gang through four -gang with corresponding device cover plates. 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wiring devices and device plates as specified below. Provide in the quantities and at the locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Specification Grade Receptacles. 1. Specification grade receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Manufacturers: a. Leviton b. Hubbell C. Pass & Seymour Legrand Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles. 1. GFI receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Ground -fault receptacles shall have NEMA 5-20 configuration with the following characteristics: a. 5 milliamp sensitivity to earth leakage current. b. 1/30th of a second trip time. C. Local "test' button. d. Local "reset' button. 3. Manufacturers: a. Leviton b. Hubbell C. Pass & Seymour Legrand Water's Way Park 16100-3 October 2009 D. Switches. 1. Switches shall be heavy duty, AC quiet type, toggle handle, 20 amp, 120-277 volts, corrosion resistant. Manufacturers: a. Single -pole 1) Leviton 2) Hubbell 3) Pass & Seymour Legrand b. Three-way 1) Leviton 2) Hubbell 3) Pass & Seymour Legrand E. Motion Detector: Ultrasonic sensor for switching restroom lighting. 1. Model: See plans F. Daylight Sensor: G. Provide stainless steel wall plates for all receptacles and switches. Materials shall conform and be consistent throughout. 2.7 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be of deadfront construction incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein or indicated on the Drawings. 1. Electrical characteristics, ratings and branch circuit wiring of panelboard shall be in accordance with panel schedules and elementary drawings. 2. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type. a. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. b. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick -make, quick - break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. 2.8 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler -Hammer Business Unit. C. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. D. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. E. Square. D; a brand of Schneider Electric. F. As approved G. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses where required, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. H. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses where required, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. Provide with voltage rating for system being applied. Accessories: Water's Way Park 16100-4 October 2009 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Section 00520 Page 3 K. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. L. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. M. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when specific Class R fuses are specified. N. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material. O. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. P. SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD Q. Outlet box mounted switch with integral thermal device for all 120 volt, 1-phase motor loads as shown on the Drawings, including self -protected motors.Size heater at 115% of the full load current or as otherwise required by the manufacturer R. Mount on or directly adjacent to the motor load. S. Equip with device plate to meet requirements of the location. T. Provide engraved label on switch or engraved device plate defining load served. U. Switch/Fuse combination units (e.g. SKU) expressly prohibited V. ENCLOSURES W. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. X. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1 Y. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R Z. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. AA. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways. 1. Layout work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple raceway runs. 2. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC or the type raceway employed. 3. Route exposed conduit and surface metal raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with neat right angle turns. 4. Turn conduits with neat symmetrical concentric bends. B. Wire and Cable. 1. Install wire in approved raceways only after all concrete and plastering work is complete and all moisture has been swabbed from conduits. 2. All wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from point of service connection to all receptacles, lighting fixtures, utilization equipment, etc., as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Suitable installation equipment shall be provided to prevent cutting and abrasion of conductors and conduits during the pulling of feeders and branch circuits. Repeated bending shall be avoided, and the minimum bending radius for the particular conductor shall be strictly observed. Water's Way Park 16100-5 October 2009 4. Ropes used for pulling feeders shall be made of polyethylene. a. Metallic ropes shall not be used. 5. Wire pulling lubricants shall conform to UL requirements applicable to the several insulation and raceway materials used. 6. Pulling lines are to be attached to wires and cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes. a. Rope hitcher shall not be used. 7. All cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be installed together. 8. Apply color coding to all three- and four -wire circuits as follows: 120/240/208V Phase 277/480V Black A Yellow Red B Brown Blue C Orange White Neutral White Green Ground Green 9. Where home run circuit numbers are indicated on the Drawings, such numbers shall be followed in connecting circuits to panelboards. C. Wire Connectors and Devices. 1. Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wire connecting devices to provide a tight mechanical and electrical make-up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. D. Junction Boxes. 1. Install junction boxes so that covers are readily accessible after the completion of the installation. 2. Mount rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 3. Support sheet steel adequately to maintain shape. 4. Secure covers with corrosion resistant screws and bolts. 5. All surface mounted special boxes shall be secured to cement and/or block walls using 1 /4" x 3/4" lead anchors. E. Outlet Boxes. 1. Except as required otherwise by actual construction conditions, locate outlets as follows (all dimensions given are from finished floor to centerline of outlet boxes). a. Wall Switches: 4%6". b. Convenience outlets: V-0" except over such items as counters, benches, special equipment where they shall be at a height to service equipment or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Adjust height so the height of all units will be consistent in one direction. Wiring Devices. 1. Install ground fault interrupting receptacles and isolated ground receptacles at locations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install specification grade receptacles in all remaining areas as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Install the proper type of device and plate for the particular appliance or equipment. a. Verify with Engineer. G. Panelboards. 1. Mount panelboards rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 2. Provide complete mounting brackets and hardware as necessary for complete support of panelboards at locations indicated on Drawings. 3. Provide a typed panel directory for each panelboard; enclose in plastic. a. Label panel as indicated on one -line diagram. Submit sample of label to Engineer for approval. Water's Way Park 16100-6 October 2009 SECTION 16410 ELECTRIC SERVICE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The electric service includes all conductors and equipment from the point at which the electric utility delivers the power to the site to the metering equipment and to the line side of the service disconnecting means. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and coordinate with the local electric utility for installation of the concrete transformer pad, transformer, metering equipment and the service conductor terminations inside the transformer. B. Size of the service entrance conductors, number of conductors, service entrance raceway size and type, service voltage and associated equipment are indicated on the Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. National Electric Code. B. Local Electric Utility Specifications. C. Local Codes. 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable classes of materials for use in conjunction with the electric service shall be in accordance with the appropriate reference sections listed below. 1. Basic Materials and Methods, 16100. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the installation of the transformer pads with the local utility. The utility will install the pad, and the contractor will install the service entrance raceways. B. The electric utility will furnish and install the padmount transformer. The contractor shall install the service entrance conductors leaving sufficient length of conductor for terminations inside the transformer. 1. The electric utility will make all the necessary terminations inside their transformer. C. The Contractor shall install the service entrance conductors from the padmount transformer and terminate them at the main disconnecting means. D. Coordinate underground conduit installations with other work to eliminate conflict and avoid interference with other underground piping systems. END OF SECTION Water's Way Park 16410-1 October 2009 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. B. Power system grounding C. Communications system grounding D. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product or hardware indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. Water's Way Park 16450-1 October 2009 B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure -type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. Contractors may utilize exothermic welding only with prior experience with the process. Submittal package shall include a list of both firm and individual previous project(s), date(s) of installation and names individuals qualified for this project. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet. B. Connector for Building Footing Steel (Ufer) Concrete Encased Ground: Exothermic weld or compression type providing irreversible, secure connections. Termination products shall be listed by UL for the specific application. 2.4 GROUNDING HARDWARE A. Provide all bonding jumpers and wire, grounding bushings, clamps, etc. as required for a complete, operating grounding system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No.8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Bare Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No.1/0 AWG minimum or as noted on the Drawings. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Building Footing Reinforcing Steel (Ufer) Grounding Electrode: Connect all steel in the building footing together by wire tie or other method approved by the building Engineer. Minimum connection length shall be 20 feet. Bend minimum #4 rebar up into a space near the electrical service equipment that is open or has access after the building construction work is complete. Extend bar minimum of 16 inches above elevation of finished floor or top of foundation. Where connection is within finished wall construction, provide properly -sized access panel. Coordinate with General Contractor or Architect E. Conductor Terminations and Connections 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. Water's Way Park 16450-2 October 2009 4. Connections to Structural Steel and Reinforcing Bars: UL listed irreversible compression connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1.. Feeders and branch circuits (including lighting and receptacle circuits). 2. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 3. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 4. Flexible raceway runs. 5. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. 6. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct -mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. Install all wiring grounding conductors in raceways with phase and grounded conductors. Grounding electrode conductors shall be installed without any joint or splice. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install rod(s) spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted Water's Way Park 16450-3 October 2009 clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting with a bonding jumper around the fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. E. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Bond grounding conductor for all duct mounted electrical equipment (heaters, air cleaners, etc.) to the metal ductwork. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method using 600 volt megohm tester according to IEEE 81 or by use of clamp -on grounding tester. C. Provide written report of grounding test results prior to project Substantial Completion B. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground for the service exceeds 8.0 ohms, notify Engineer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 16450 Water's Way Park 16450-4 October 2009 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete lighting system as indicated on Drawings and in fixture schedules, all wired, assembled and in working order. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards. 1. IES minimum standards. 2. UL approved auxiliaries. 3. NEMA. 4. CBM-ETL certified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets for all lighting fixture types to the Engineer. These shall include the following information: 1. Photometric data. 2. Mounting provisions and accessories. 3. Ballast electrical characteristics. B. Submit the operating temperature rating and the noise level ratings for all ballasts. 1. Report the maximum ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in which the fixture will function continuously without interruption. 2. Guarantee operation under conditions of this project. C. Reference supplemental conditions for distribution. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be suitable for the environment and display appropriate UL label. B. All fixtures shall be constructed of adequate gauge steel, including interior barriers, channels, end caps and reflectors. C. Ballast case temperatures not to exceed the UL 900C limit in a 250C ambient. 2.2 BALLASTS A. All fluorescent ballasts to conform to the following: 1. UL approved. 2. CBM-ETL certified. 3. High power factor energy saving. 4. Conform to applicable UL designated Class "P" requirements. 5. Operable on nominal applied system voltage with allowable voltage variations. 6. Automatic -resetting type thermal protectors. 7. Sound ratings equal to G.E. "A." Water's Way Park 16500-1 October 2009 B. All HID ballasts shall be designed and constructed to meet the American National Standard Institute specifications. They shall also comply with UL 1029 and be UL listed. 1. All ballasts shall be encased. 2. All ballasts shall be the high power factor type. 3. Each ballast shall display its ballast data plus wiring connections on an aluminized label on the case. 2.3 FINISH A. Furnish ferrous metal surface with protective finish having rust inhibiting properties. B. Painted Finishes: Minimum of 1.5 mils thick; balance between hardness and bending properties suitable for the application. C. White Finishes: 87% minimum reflectance. 2.4 DIFFUSERS A. Plastic Used for Light Transmission. 1. Acrylic throughout; no styrene permitted. 2. 100% virgin materials. 3. 0.125 inch minimum thickness. 4. No blends or copolymers permitted. 5. ETL certified as light stabilized and non -yellowing. B. Aging Properties. 1. Guaranteed to conform with minimum standard of IES. 2. SPI-NEMA conformance when installed in interior locations utilizing standards WW or CW lamp. 2.5 FIXTURES A. Provide as specified in the fixture schedule. 2.6 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric or Phillips. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set luminaries true and free from light leaks, warps, dents and other defects. B. Provide fixtures having proper flanges, trim and mounting. C. Mount outlets at position and height to clear ductwork, piping and obstructions. D. Install fluorescent lamps aligned for proper lamp contact. E. Fixture Wiring: conform to NEC. F. Protect wiring with tape or tubing at points where abrasion is likely to occur. G. Provide chase nipples where field wiring through knockouts. H. Install wire in fluorescent fixtures that meets temperature requirements with a minimum rating of 900C (1940F). I. Provide special plates, barriers and rings as required to comply with the NEC. Water's Way Park 16500-2 October 2009 .L. I WC O R V O R A T i 0 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK EAST OF ROBERT BENSON RESERVOIR FORT COLLINS, COLORADO Prepared For: City of Fort Collins Park Planning and Development 215 North Mason Street PO Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 Attention: Mr. Matthew Day Landscape Architect Project No. FC04803-125 February 19, 2009 351 Linden Street I Suite 140 1 Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 Telephone:970-206-9455 Fax:970-206-9441 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: PG. SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. 1 Cover Sheet C-1 2 General Notes C-2 3 Existing Conditions / Demolition Plan C-3 4 Utility Plan C-4 5 Grading Plan C-5 6 Grading Plan C-6 7 Grading Plan C-7 8 Grading Plan C-8 9 Grading Plan C-9 10 Grading Plan C-10 11 Grading Plan C-11 12 Core Area Grading Plan C-12 13 Bridge Crossing Grading Plan C-13 14 Drainage and Erosion Control C-14 15 Construction Details C-15 16 Construction Details C-16 17 Construction Details C-17 Section 00520 Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS SCOPE 1 SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1 SITE CONDITIONS 2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 2 INVESTIGATION 3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 Natural Clayey Sand 3 Interbedded Sandstone and Claystone Bedrock 3 Ground Water 4 Seismicity 4 SITE DEVELOPMENT 5 Fill Placement 5 Sub -Excavation 5 Excavation 6 FOUNDATIONS 7 Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock 8 Laterally Loaded Piers 9 Closely Spaced Pier Reduction Factors 10 PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION 11 FLOOR SYSTEMS AND SLABS -ON -GRADE 11 WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES 13 SURFACE DRAINAGE 13 LIMITATIONS 14 FIGURE 1 — LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 2 — SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS APPENDIX A — RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING APPENDIX B — SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS IF SCOPE This report presents the results of our geotechnical investigation for a basketball court, restroom building, picnic shelter, and irrigation pump station to be constructed in the proposed Provincetown Neighborhood Park located east of Robert Benson Reservoir in Fort Collins, Colorado. The purpose of the investigation was to evaluate the subsurface conditions and provide foundation recommendations and geotechnical design criteria for the project. The report was prepared from data developed during field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The report includes a description of subsurface soil and bedrock conditions found in our exploratory borings and discussions of site development as influenced by geotechnical considerations. Our opinions and recommendations regarding design criteria and construction details for foundations, floor systems and slabs -on -grade, lateral earth loads, and drainage are provided. If the project grading, building locations, elevations, or proposed construction change, we should be notified. Our opinions are summarized in the following paragraphs. Additional descriptions of the subsurface conditions, results of our field and laboratory investigations and our opinions, conclusions and recommendations are included in the subsequent sections of this report. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1. Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings consisted of up to about one foot of clayey sand over highly weathered and comparatively unweathered, interbedded sandstone and claystone bedrock. Our laboratory test results indicate swell potentials ranging from low to very high with the majority of the samples showing moderate swell potential. 2. Ground water was measured at depths of about 6 feet to 10 feet below the ground surface. Except for the pump station, existing groundwater levels are not expected to significantly affect site development, but may affect drilled pier installation. We anticipate dewatering of the excavation for the dry well for the pump station will be required. 3. We believe drilled pier foundations can be used to support the proposed restroom building, picnic shelter and pump station. Foundation discussion and criteria for drilled pier and raft or mat foundations are provided in this report. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 1 CTL i T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 4. Slab -on -grade construction on natural soils and bedrock will have moderate to high risk of damaging floor movement from expansive materials with estimated slab heave or movements between 4 and 6 inches. To reduce potential slab heave and enhance floor performance for these structures, we recommend sub -excavation of 5 feet of the soils and bedrock below the slabs and replacement with compacted, moisture - treated fill. With sub -excavation, we estimate slab movements of about 1 inch. If movement cannot be tolerated, structural floors should be considered. SITE CONDITIONS The site is located in south Fort Collins, between Bellewood Court and Eden Ridge Court, northeast of Robert Benson Reservoir. The site was vacant at the time of our field investigation. Bellewood Court was developed with curbing, sidewalks, and pavement. Eden Ridge had also been developed similar to Bellewood Court; however, parts of the cul-de-sac had been removed. The ground surface slopes generally to the south on the order of 2 percent to 3 percent. Robert Benson Reservoir is located at the southwest end of the property. Part of the property appears to have been graded prior to our investigation. Vegetation consisted mostly of weeds and grasses. A few trees were located near the pump station. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION Based on conversations with our client and conceptual drawings, structures planned include a basketball court, a 20-foot square heated restroom building, a 20-foot diameter circular picnic shelter, and a 15-foot square irrigation pump station. Other structures are planned that were not included in our investigation. We understand the structures will be constructed with concrete floors. The restroom building and pump station will utilize masonry unit construction. No below grade construction is planned for the basketball court, restroom building and picnic shelter. The pump house will have a 48-inch diameter dry well that will extend approximately 8'/2 feet below the existing grade. Finish grade around the pump station is to be approximately 2'/2 to 3 feet above original grade. The basketball court and picnic shelter will be lightly loaded. Foundation loads for the restroom building and pump station are estimated to be on the order of 400 to 1,000 pounds per lineal foot. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 2 CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 INVESTIGATION Subsurface conditions at the site were investigated by drilling four exploratory borings. The approximate locations of the borings are shown on Figure 1. Our field representative observed drilling, logged the soils and bedrock found in the borings and obtained samples. Summary logs of the borings, including results of field penetration resistance tests, are presented on Figure 2. Samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory and visually examined by the geotechnical engineer for this project. Laboratory testing included moisture content, dry density, swell -consolidation, and water-soluble sulfate tests. Results of laboratory tests are presented in Appendix A and summarized on Table A -I. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings consisted of up to 1 foot of clayey sand underlain by highly weathered to comparatively unweathered, interbedded sandstone and sandy claystone bedrock. Ground water was encountered in two of the borings. Further descriptions of the subsurface conditions are presented below, on our boring logs (Figure 2) and in our laboratory testing (Appendix A). Natural Clayey Sand Approximately one foot of clayey sand was encountered at the surface near borings TH-2 and TH-4. We did not evaluate the clayey soil for foundation purposes due to the thin nature of the deposits. Interbedded Sandstone and Claystone Bedrock Highly weathered and comparatively unweathered interbedded sandstone and sandy claystone bedrock were encountered below the upper soils and near the surface in our borings. Field penetration tests indicated the weathered bedrock to be firm to medium hard. Field penetration tests indicated the comparatively unweathered bedrock to be medium hard to very hard, generally increasing in hardness with depth. Swell CRY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 3 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 testing of eight samples indicated low to very high swell (1.2 to 7.1 percent) after wetting under a confining pressure of 1,000 psf. Most of the samples tested had moderate swell potential. Ground Water Ground water was measured at depths of about 10 feet in TH-3 at the shelter site and 6 feet in TH-4 at the pump station site several days after drilling. Existing groundwater levels are not expected to significantly affect the planned construction of the basketball court, restroom building. or picnic shelter, but may affect drilled pier installation. We understand the proposed depth to the bottom of the dry well for the irrigation pump station is approximately 21/2 feet below the measured ground water level in TH-4. We anticipate dewatering of the excavation for the dry well for the pump station will be required. Groundwater levels will vary seasonally and may rise as development of the site progresses and after irrigation has commenced. It is common in the area for ground water to develop over bedrock in a "perched" condition. The presence of the shallow bedrock suggests that ponding may occur over bedrock in irrigated areas and could influence the performance of shallow foundations and structures. Seismicity This area, .like most of central Colorado, is subject to a low degree of seismic risk. No indications of recent movements of any of the faults in the Larimer County area have been reported in the available geologic literature. As in most areas of recognized low seismicity, the record of the past earthquake activity in Colorado is somewhat incomplete. According to the 2006 International Building Code and the subsurface conditions encountered in our borings, this site classifies as a Site Class C. Only minor damage to relatively new, properly designed and built buildings would be expected. Wind loads, not seismic considerations, typically govern dynamic structural design in this area. A Remi Survey can be used to determine the shear wave velocities at the sites. A surrey of this type may result in a lower seismic site class (Site Class B). However, in our experience this is unlikely. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 4 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 SITE DEVELOPMENT Fill Placement The existing on -site soils and bedrock are suitable for re -use as fill material provided debris or deleterious organic materials are removed. The contractor and owner should be aware of the special care that will be required to properly moisture condition and compact the claystone bedrock as sub -excavation backfill. Use of disc equipment and additional processing time during fill preparation and placement should be anticipated. If import material is required, we recommend importing low plasticity soils for those levels located below exterior finished grade elevations below floor areas. Import fill located below exterior finished grade elevations should contain 20 to 50 percent silt and clay sized particles (percent passing No. 200 sieve) and exhibit a liquid limit less than 35 percent and a plasticity index less than 20 percent. Areas to receive fill should be scarified, moisture -conditioned between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). Clay fill soils should be moisture conditioned to optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils used as fill should be moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The fill should be moisture -conditioned, placed in thin, loose lifts (8 inches or less) and compacted as above. Placement and compaction of fill should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction. Fill placement and compaction activities should not be conducted when the fill material or subgrade is frozen. Site grading fill in areas of landscaping where no future improvements are planned can be placed near optimum moisture content at a density of at least 90 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). Example site grading specifications are presented in Appendix C. Sub -Excavation To mitigate the impact of the near -surface expansive soils and bedrock and enhance slab -on -grade performance, we recommend sub -excavation beneath the CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 5 CTL I T PROJECT NO. F004803-125 basketball court and floor slabs. The sub -excavation depth should be a minimum of 5 feet below the basketball court and floor slab levels. The top 1 foot of the sub - excavation backfill should consist of imported, low plasticity fill, such as recycled concrete base course or a silty to clayey sand. The bottom of the sub -excavation should extend laterally at least 3 feet outside the basketball court and floor slabs (or between grade beams) to ensure these improvements are constructed over properly compacted, moisture -treated fill. On -site soils and bedrock can be moisture conditioned and reused as fill. We believe fills placed and compacted as.discussed in the Fill Placement section of this report will be low -swelling. The fill should be protected from drying and kept moist until construction of the slabs. Excavation The materials found in our borings can be excavated using conventional heavy- duty excavation equipment. Excavations should be sloped or shored to meet local, State, and federal safety regulations. Based on our investigation and OSHA standards, we believe the highly weathered bedrock classify as Type B soils. Type B soils require a maximum slope inclination of 1:1 (horizontal:vertical) in dry conditions. Excavation slopes specified by OSHA are dependent upon types of soil and ground water conditions encountered. The contractors "competent person" should identify the soils encountered in the excavation and refer to OSHA standards to determine appropriate slopes. Stockpiles of soils and equipment should not be placed within a horizontal distance equal to one-half the excavation depth, from the edge of excavation. Excavations deeper than 20 feet should be braced or a professional engineer should design the slopes. The width of the top of an excavation may be limited in some areas. Bracing or "trench box" construction may be necessary. Bracing systems include sheet piling, braced sheeting and others. Lateral loads on bracing depend on the depth of excavation, slope of excavation above the bracing, surface loads, hydrostatic pressures, and allowable movement. For trench boxes and bracing allowed to move enough to mobilize the strength of the soils, with associated cracking of the ground surface, the "active" earth pressure conditions are appropriate for design. If movement is not CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 6 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 tolerable, the "at rest" earth pressures are appropriate. We suggest an equivalent fluid density of 45 pcf for the "active" earth pressure condition and 60 pcf for the "at rest" earth pressure condition, assuming level backfill. These pressures do not include allowances for surcharge loading or for hydrostatic conditions. We are available to assist further with bracing design if desired. We understand the proposed depth to the bottom of the dry well for the irrigation pump station is approximately 21/2 feet below the measured ground water level in TH-4. We anticipate dewatering of the excavation for the dry well for the pump house will be required. FOUNDATIONS We considered several types of foundations and ground modification methods to support the proposed improvements. The type of foundation, floor system and ground modification method to be chosen depends on the configuration and tolerance levels of the structure and willingness of the owner to accept risk of movement and repairs in the future. For example, the basketball court will consist mainly of a large concrete slab that is lightly loaded and may not provide acceptable service if differential heaving occurs and large cracks develop. The restroom facility will have the least amount of tolerance for foundation movement due to masonry -unit construction and plumbing features. We recommend drilled piers bottomed in bedrock for the restroom building, picnic shelter and pump station. Drilled piers are an excellent alternative for the proposed structures and have advantages of concentrating loads to resist uplift caused by wetting of the claystone bedrock under the site. Design and construction criteria for drilled pier foundations are provided below. These criteria were developed from analysis of field and laboratory data and our experience. The recommended foundation alternative can be used provided all design and construction criteria presented in this report are followed. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL IT PROJECT NO. Fcmw-125 Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock Piers for the pump station restroom building and picnic shelter should be drilled at least 11 feet into unweathered, competent bedrock and have a minimum length of at least 28 feet. 2. Piers should be designed for a maximum allowable end pressure of 25,000 psf and an allowable skin friction of 2,500 psf for the portion of the pier in bedrock. Skin friction should be neglected for the portion of the pier in overburden soils, weathered bedrock, or within 3 feet of grade beams. 3. Our recommendations are based on no minimum dead load pressure. 4. Axial tension loads can be resisted using a skin friction value of 2,500 psf for the portion of pier in bedrock. 5. Piers should be designed with a length/diameter ratio less than 30. 6. Pier drilling should produce shafts with relatively undisturbed bedrock exposed. Excessive remolding and caking of bedrock cuttings on pier walls should be removed. 7. Piers should be reinforced their full length and the reinforcement should extend into grade beams or foundation walls. A minimum steel -to -pier cross -sectional area ratio of 0.005 using Grade 60 steel is recommended. More reinforcement may be required by structural considerations. 8. For the restroom building and picnic shelter, an 8-inch continuous void should be constructed beneath grade beams, between piers, to concentrate structural dead load on the piers. For the pump house, a 6- inch void should be used. 9. Grade beams should be well reinforced. The structural engineer should design the reinforcement. 10. Piers should have a center -to -center spacing of at least three pier diameters when designing for vertical loading conditions, or they should be designed as a group. Piers aligned in the direction of lateral forces should have a center -to -center spacing of at least six pier diameters. Reductions for closely spaced piers are discussed in the following section. 11. Concrete should have a slump of 6 inches (+/- 1 inch). Concrete should be ready and placed in the pier holes immediately after the holes are drilled, cleaned, observed and the reinforcing steel is set. 12. Ground water was encountered in some of our borings. Where ground water is encountered during drilling, pump or tremie pipe placement of CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 8 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 Nil concrete may be required for proper cleaning, dewatering, and placement of concrete during pier installation. Concrete should not be placed by free fall in pier holes containing more than 3 inches of water. Temporary casing of drilled piers may be required. 13. Some movement of the drilled pier foundation is anticipated to mobilize the skin friction. We estimate this movement to be on the order of 1/4 to 1/2 inch. Differential movement may be equal to the total movement. 14. The installation of the drilled pier foundations should be observed by a representative of our firm to confirm the piers are bottomed in the proper bearing strata and to observe the contractor's installation procedures. Laterally Loaded Piers Several methods are available to analyze laterally loaded piers. With a pier length to diameter ratio of 7 or greater, we believe the method of analysis developed by Matlock and Reese is most appropriate. The method is an iterative procedure using applied loading and soil profile to develop deflection and moment versus depth curves. The computer programs LPILE and COM624 were developed to perform this procedure. Suggested criteria for LPILE analysis are presented in the following table. TABLE A - SOIL INPUT DATA FOR LPILE or COM624 The E50 represents the strain corresponding to 50 percent of the maximum principle stress difference. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 9 CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 18 Construction Details C-18 19 Construction Details C-19 20 Site Layout S-1 21 Core Area Layout S-2 22 Skate Park / BMX Layout S-3 23 Basketball Court layout S-4 24 Site Details SD-1 25 Site Details SD-2 26 Architectural Plans A-1 27 Architectural Elevations A-2 28 Architectural Sections A-3 29 Architectural Sections A-4 30 Architectural Details A-5 31 Architectural Details A-6 32 Architectural Details A-7 33 Structural general Notes ST-1 34 Structural General Notes ST-2 35 Structural Foundation Plan ST-3 36 Structural Roof Framing Plan ST-4 37 Structural Details ST-5 38 Mechanical Plan M-1 39 Mechanical Plan M-2 40 Electrical Lighting and Power Plan E-1 41 Electrical Site Plan E-2 42 Electrical Restroom Plan E-3 43 Electrical One line Diagrams E-4 44 Landscape Plan LA-1 45 Core Are Landscape Plan LA-2 46 Irrigation Plan IR-1 47 Irrigation Plan IR-2 48 Irrigation Plan IR-3 49 Irrigation Details IR-4 50 Irrigation Details IR-5 51 Irrigation Details IR-6 52 Water Feature Details IR-7 53 Irrigation Pump Plan PS-1 54 Irrigation Pump Plan PS-2 The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only Section 00520 Page 5 We believe the following formulas in Table B are appropriate for calculating horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (Kh) values. TABLE B MODULI OF SUBGRADE REACTION __JC a Fill,__ Modulus of Subgrade Kh = 20 Kh = 150 Reaction Kh (tcf) d d Where d = pier diameter (ft) and z = depth (ft) Closely Spaced Pier Reduction Factors For axial loading, a minimum spacing of three diameters is recommended. At one diameter (piers touching) the skin friction reduction factor for both piers would be 0.5. End bearing values would not be reduced provided the bases of the piers are at similar elevations. Linear interpolation can be used between one and three diameters. Piers in -line with the direction of the lateral load should have a minimum spacing of six diameters (center -to -center) based upon the larger pier. If a closer spacing is required, the modulus of subgrade reaction for initial and trailing piers should be reduced. At a spacing of three diameters, the effective modulus of subgrade reaction of the first pier can be estimated by multiplying the given modulus by 0.6. For trailing piers in a line at three -diameter spacing, the factor is 0.4. Linear interpolation can be used for spacing between three and six diameters. Reductions to the modulus of subgrade reaction can be accomplished in LPILE by inputting the appropriate modification factors for the p-y curves. Reducing the modulus of subgrade reaction in trailing piers will result in greater computed deflections on these piers. In practice, the grade beam can force deflections of piers to be equal. Load -deflection graphs can be generated for each pier in the group using the appropriate p-multiplier values. The sum of the piers' lateral load resistance at selected CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 10 CTLI T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 deflections can be used to develop a total lateral load versus deflection relationship for the system of piers. For lateral loads perpendicular to the line of piers a minimum spacing of three diameters can be used with no capacity reduction. At one diameter (piers touching) the piers can be analyzed as a single unit. Linear interpolation can be used for intermediate conditions. PUMP STATION CONSTRUCTION Sub -excavation for the vault will not be feasible. The vault will likely be founded on expansive bedrock. We anticipate the vault structure could heave up to 6 inches if founded on expansive bedrock. Connections between the vault structure, the pump house building, slab -on -grade, and pipes should be designed to accommodate differential movements. The vault should be isolated from the pump station and slab -on - grade floor to allow for movement of the vault. A method to reduce soil interaction with the piping between the dry well is the use of casings. In our experience, pipes with longer runs are less troublesome; however, consideration should be given to connections with structures. The vault should be designed to resist hydrostatic uplift. FLOOR SYSTEMS AND SLABS -ON -GRADE Our borings indicate the near -surface bedrock include low to very high swelling claystone. We estimate potential floor slab and exterior slab heave in the range of 4 to 6 inches if constructed on natural soils and bedrock. This magnitude of movement is generally unacceptable. Sub -excavation to a depth of at least 5 feet below slabs, including the basketball court, and replacement with compacted, moisture -treated fill, as recommended in the Sub -Excavation section can reduce potential heave to about t inch. It is impossible to construct slab -on -grade floors with no risk of movement even with sub -excavation. We believe movements due to swell will be on less than 2 inches at this site. If movement cannot be tolerated, structural floors should be used. Structural floors can be considered for specific areas that are particularly sensitive to movement, such as areas where small movements could damage brittle stone coverings. Utilizing a reinforced steel and/or thickened edges and beams for the CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 basketball court will also improve performance and reduce cracking. The level of risk acceptable to the owner should be considered when selecting the floor system. Where structurally supported floors are selected, we recommend a minimum void between the ground surface and the underside of the floor system of 8 inches. The minimum void should be constructed below beams and utilities that penetrate the floor. The floor may be cast over void form. Void form should be chosen to break down quickly after the slab is placed. We recommend against the use of wax or plastic -coated void boxes. Slabs may be subject to heavy point loads. The structural engineer should design floor slab reinforcement. For design of slabs -on -grade, we recommend a modulus of subgrade reaction of 75 pci for on -site soils and bedrock. If the owner elects to use slab -on -grade construction and accepts the risk of movement and associated damage, we recommend the following precautions for slab - on -grade construction at this site. These precautions can help reduce, but not eliminate damage or distress due to slab movement. 1. Slabs should be separated from exterior walls and interior bearing members with a slip joint that allows free vertical movement of the slabs. This can reduce cracking if some movement of the slab occurs. 2. Slabs should be placed on compacted fill as discussed under sub - excavation. The fill should extend at least 5 feet below the bottom of the floor slabs and extend at least 3 feet beyond the slab perimeter (or between grade beams). The need for a capillary break or vapor barrier will depend on the sensitivity of floor coverings to moisture. 3. If slab -bearing partitions are used, they should be designed and constructed to allow for slab movement. At least a 2-inch void should be maintained below or above the partitions. If the °float' is provided at the top of partitions, the connection between interior, slab -supported partitions and exterior, foundation supported walls should be detailed to allow differential movement. 4. Underslab plumbing should be eliminated where feasible. Where such plumbing is unavoidable it should be thoroughly pressure tested for leaks prior to slab construction and be provided with flexible couplings. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 12 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 Pressurized water supply lines should be brought above the floors as quickly as possible. 5. Plumbing and utilities that pass through the slabs should be isolated from the slabs and constructed with flexible couplings. Where water and gas lines are connected to furnaces or heaters, the lines should be constructed with sufficient flexibility to allow for movement. 6. HVAC equipment, if applicable, supported on the slab should be provided with a collapsible connection between the furnace and the ductwork, with allowance for at least 2 inches of vertical movement. 7. Frequent control joints should be provided in slabs to reduce problems associated with shrinkage and cracking, in accordance with ACI recommendations. WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate attack. We measured water-soluble sulfate concentrations in two samples from this site. Concentrations were measured between 0.010 percent and below measurable limits. Sulfate concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate attack for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the American Concrete Institute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI indicates any type of cement can be used for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils. In our experience, superficial damage may occur to the exposed surfaces of highly permeable concrete, even though sulfate levels are relatively low. To control this risk and to resist freeze -thaw deterioration, the water-to-cementitious material ratio should not exceed 0.50 for concrete in contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage or high water tables. Concrete should be air entrained. SURFACE DRAINAGE Performance of flatwork and foundations is influenced by changes in subgrade moisture conditions. Carefully planned and maintained surface grading can reduce the risk of wetting of the foundation soils flatwork subgrade. We recommend the following precautions be observed during and maintained after the completion of the proposed improvements: CrrY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 13 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 Wetting or drying of the open foundation excavation should be avoided. 2. Positive drainage should be provided away from foundations and slabs - on -grade. We recommend a minimum slope of at least 5 percent in the first 10 feet away from the foundations in landscaped areas, where possible. Pavements and sidewalks adjacent to the structures should be sloped for positive drainage away from the structures. 3. Backfill around foundations should be moisture treated and compacted as discussed in Fill Placement. 4. Roof drains should be directed away from the structures. Downspout extensions and splash blocks should be provided at discharge points. Where downspouts discharge onto pavement, the pavement should be sloped away from the structure. If roof discharge is piped below slabs or flatwork, the pipes should be solid and glued at joints. 5. Landscaping should be carefully designed to minimize irrigation. Irrigation should not be located within 5 feet of the foundation. Sprinklers should not discharge within 5 feet of foundations. Irrigation should be limited to the minimum amount sufficient to maintain vegetation; application of more water will increase likelihood of slab and foundation movements. LIMITATIONS Although our borings were spaced to obtain a reasonably accurate picture of subsurface conditions, variations not indicated in our borings are always possible. We should observe pier hole drilling and foundation excavations to confirm soils are as we anticipated from our borings. Placement and compaction of site grading fill, sub - excavation, backfill, subgrade, and other fills should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction. This report was prepared from data developed during our field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and experience with similar conditions. The recommendations contained in this report were based upon our understanding of the planned construction. If plans change or differ from the assumptions presented herein, we should be contacted to review our recommendations. We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that level of skill and care ordinarily used by members of the profession currently practicing CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 14 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 under similar conditions in the locality of this project. No warranty, express or implied, is made. If we can be of further service in discussing the contents of this report or in the analysis of the proposed improvements from the geotechnical point of view, please contact the undersigned. CTLI 10516 `9't Thomas W. Fi ey,�u�s vu Senior Geologist �PROFESS1.0 Reviewed /M Eric D. Be Project ME Robin Dornfest, PG Geotechnical Department Manager CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK 15 CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 APPROXIMATE SCALE: 1" = 100' 0 50' 100' LEGEND: TH-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE VICINITY MAP(FORT LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY NOT TO SCALE BORING i APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF %PUMP STATION TH-4 t RD. 4bJ� GO j APPROXIMATE OCATION OF PROPOSED BASKETBALL COUR vIL-L* TH-1 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PROPOSED RESTROOM FACILITY TH-2 • z �,o TH-3 Go APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PROPOSED SHELTER Locations of Exploratory Borings CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK FIGURE 1 CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803125 w w w LL F- a w 0 61 15 TH-1 TH-2 BASKETBALL RESTROOM COURT 19/12 39/12 28/12 TH-3 TH-4 SHELTER PUMP STATION 2 32/12 15112 2 24/12 26/12 0 1 50/10 LEGEND: SAND, CLAYEY, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, BROWN (SC) WEATHERED INTERBEDDED SANDSTONE AND SANDY CLAYSTONE, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, FIRM TO MEDIUM HARD, GRAY ®INTERBEDDED SANDSTONE AND SANDY CLAYSTONE, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO MOIST, MEDIUM HARD TO VERY HARD, GRAY, BROWN DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 19/12 INDICATES 19 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.D. SAMPLER 12 INCHES. - t WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING NOTES: 1. THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON JANUARY 21, 2009, USING 4-INCH DIAMETER CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGERS AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG. 2. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN THIS REPORT. 0 5 15 go SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENTS PROVINCETOPM NEIGHBORHOOD PARK FIGURE 2 CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 APPENDIX A RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING Z� O r) Z Q IL -s X W Z O -6 N N W x • a7 2 O V qF r . • r r I r r . I . r r . . r • -- - ------------'------------------ ;- EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING r • r r r • r r r I r . • r • i • r • r r ; r ; r r r j i i • r I I • r I r r r ' r r r _ _ _ _ L r ' _ - , L _ r r I • I � r i I r r • r r I I r I • r r • I r r • r • I r r I r r r 1 I r r • r I r r • • r r r r r 1 I r i i 1 - • r r I 1 � • r . I ! 1 1 r • r • r _1 • r r 1 • r r • r r 1 I 1 r r• r I r r I 1 r r r r 1 • r r r • I r I r r • 1 I I • • r r I I r • r r I r r I 1 r I I • r r r 1 r r r • • r I r 1 r r r r r r r r r • 1 r r r r • r -r r -I - r r . r I I+ r r F I r • I • I r r • I r r 1 r r r r r r r 1 r r I I r r r r r I r r • r I I 1 1 r r • r • r r r r 1 I 1 r r r r ____________ ___r ______I_ _ r • � r � t r I I r r r I r • 1 r r r r r • • I r r I r r ;r I rl - - - - - -- -.-.-- - -- -- -,- --: - - - -- - r ' r ' I r r ' ' ' r r r I 1 r • r I r r • • r r I r r r r r r r r 1 • I I . � � • I r r r 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample Of SANDSTONE(CLAYSTONE DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 103 PCF From TH - 1 AT 2 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.0 % CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Swell Consolidation PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK Test Results CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 FIGURE A-1 be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. Section 00520 Page 6 CO) Z a d W 0 Z O-4 N W W IM d -5 2 O U -6 PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING r r r r -- --- - - r--r--r--- ---------- -;-----------; --- - ------ - - - - -- -- - - - - -; - _- - -- - -- ------ -- 1 r� , - - -- - L- - - -- -- -- - -- - r v v r r r r , • r , I i , , r , v ; , r r r v r i ' 1 ' ' r r ' , r I r v r 1 1♦ r 1 r ------------ r r r r r r r r 0.1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE From TH - 1 AT 4 FEET 1.0 CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 119 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.7 % Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-2 z O ro z a a W e z O N ca W 2 a 2 O V Lii r 1 I + I 1 EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT 1 ' .PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING I I I r 1 • I r I � I r J - - -.- -------.- ----- ----- -- - - -- -- .-- -- - -- - - -- - - r • r I I 1 r • • • r i r r i i• I 1 • r • r + • r v 1 r a r i • 1 I • 1 I • I r r r ! 1 r ♦ r !♦ I• 1 . 1 1 I• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample Of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 2 AT 2 FEET z 0 YI z a X -1 W O z O -2 N W IL _3 2 O IJ DRY UNIT W EIGHT= 110 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.8 % I r 1 I r r I I EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ______ ____;_____"___,-------------- --- ;__'_PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING I r I , ; • r I l i . , , • 1 1 r l I 1 1 I I I I 1 r. _ - -L 1 i • I r r I 1 I i r 1 I I I __ 1 I 1 I I � • ' 11 1 ' 1 1 1 I ' 1 1 1 r r 1 I I I 1 1 1 r 1 1 I r r: I I r I 1 1 !� • 1 i 1 r t I I I r I • 1 r r 1 I r• � I • IJ I r I I • r 1 r r r 1 r I � I 1 I r r r r • r i • 1 r ; r I r I r I I I 1 r 1 • I r r I I r I I a I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 I r I 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY DRY UNIT W EIGHT= 116 PCF From TH - 2 AT 9 FEET MOISTURE CONTENT= 13.2 % CITY OF FORT COLONS -PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Swell Consolidation PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK Test R@SUItS C1L I T PROJECT NO. FO048D3-125 FIGURE A-3 H .2 .3 Z a O U) Z Q a X -s LU 0 Z ,_Ow -6 FA U) W W - a% 2 O U -8 qF - ;----- - - - - -. ,------ - - - - -; - ' EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING --------- - - -- - - ;- ; - - ----------;----,---------•--- --- - ----- -- --- ---- r _ - - -- -- - - - - - -; - - ---- ;---- -- - -- - -- - - - -- -r - -- -;-- - - — ----- -- - - -- -F ; r : ' -- - ----- ------:------,-�:;--------------------.---,-ter------ --- -- �-�---- 1 1 I 0.1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH • 3 AT 2 FEET 1.0 CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL l T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 119 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 9.4 % Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-4 z O N z Q (L x W 0 z O Fa U) W Q a 2 O 0 9F ; EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING ; ; --- -- - -- - - ----- - - -- -- - - - -- - --- - -,- -- - ----------- - - - - -- -- --• - 1 ; •L 1 • , 0.1 1.0 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 3 AT 4 FEET z O y z Q IL x W O z O m W W W a 2 O V 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 112 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 10.7 % 1 • 1 1 I I EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT ------ =----' --- ---- j"11,11,111 ESSURE DUE TO WETTING • 1 •; _I______ ___ -- -- - - - - -- -----= --- -- - - - -, -------- - - - -- - - - - -- --.-- -- .- -- - -- -- '-'---- -- - ----- 1 I I 1 I • � 1 � I 1 , ; • 1 I 1 � 1 . 1 I. 1 1 1 ; 1 I 11 1 1 � 1 • I ; i i 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAYSTONE, WEATHERED DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 107 PCF From TH - 4 AT 2 FEET CRY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803-125 MOISTURE CONTENT= 19.6 % Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-5 IPA -3 Z O H Z Q a x W 0 Z O LU W/� W a 2 O V 1 i EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING ------------- ----1-------------------- ----------------------- - - - -- -: - ,-------;--- r ------ - - --- ;-, ---- -- -- --- ----- - --L-- -L---- - - -- -- r � r - - -- - - -, -- - -- ----- --- --- - - • - - -- --- -- --. -.- . ------- --T -- - -- = ,-,-------- - - ---- -. - _ I , 1 � i `I � I , 1 0.1 1.0 10 100 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample Of CLAYSTONE, SANDY From TH - 4 AT 9 FEET CITY OF FORT COLLINS-PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 121 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 13-1 % Swell Consolidation Test Results FIGURE A-6 0 v a Z F N H ¢ O a O J LL O N w ❑ w z 00 z It w p � } } } } _ } a } ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ � ❑ UCl) to to Cl) 3: to LLI❑ L1i W W W W w L L Z z z z z z z z 00000000 H H H H H H H U U ❑ } } } } } } } aggg335g � U U U U U U U W J N co Q O J LL O O o� cn W J cr D LL p 0 0 $ O W U)00 o�oc�ovaP. ~U)w r T J � a w � ❑� Wa�a0000000 52Q00 Q. W r r r r r r r r J J Q w o- N J wj� N }(Q LL ¢ U M o Of r O r c0 r O r N r N o (O 0 ❑ Z d r r r r r T r N w r O W F cr Z O 1- M N I- (D T /) Z o 0 0 Qj aj CD Of T O 2 F„ W W N a N M N� N O LL ❑ Z T r N N Ch M V V CC 22=222=2 m0 T 0 CD 0) cc a APPENDIX B SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS SAMPLE SITE GRADING SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of the excavation, transportation, placement, and compaction of materials from locations indicated on the plans, or staked by the Engineer, as necessary to achieve building site elevations. 2. GENERAL The Soils Engineer shall be the Owner's representative. The Soils Engineer shall approve fill materials, method of placement, moisture contents and percent compaction, and shall give written approval of the completed fill. 3. CLEARING JOB SITE The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush and rubbish before excavation or fill placement is begun. The Contractor shall dispose of the cleared material to provide the Owner with a clean, neat appearing job site. Cleared material shall not be placed in areas to receive fill or where the material will support structures of any kind. 4. SCARIFYING AREA TO BE FILLED All topsoil and vegetable matter shall be removed from the ground surface upon which fill is to be placed. The surface shall then be plowed or scarified to a depth of 8 inches until the surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features, which would prevent uniform compaction by the equipment to be used. 5. COMPACTING AREA TO BE FILLED After the foundation for the fill has been cleared and scarified, it shall be disked or bladed until it is free from large clods, brought to the proper moisture content and compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698. 6. FILL MATERIALS Materials classifying as CL, SC, SM, SW, SP, GP, GC, and GM are acceptable. Moderately, or higher, swelling bedrock is not acceptable. Fill soils shall be free from organic matter, debris, or other deleterious substances, and shall not contain rocks or lumps having a diameter greater than three (3) inches. Fill materials shall be obtained from the existing fill and other approved sources. 7. MOISTURE CONTENT Fill materials shall be moisture treated. Clay soil should be moisture treated between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Sand soils can be moistened to within 2 percent optimum moisture content. Sufficient laboratory compaction tests CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK B_1 CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.125 shall be made to determine the optimum moisture content for the various soils encountered in borrow areas. The Contractor may be required to add moisture to the excavation materials in the borrow area if, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, it is not possible to obtain uniform moisture content by adding water on the fill surface. The Contractor may be required to rake or disk the fill soils to provide uniform moisture content through the soils. The application of water to embankment materials shall be made with any type of watering equipment approved by the Soils Engineer, which will give the desired results. Water jets from the spreader shall not be directed at the embankment with such force that fill materials are washed out. Should too much water be added to any part of the fill, such that the material is too wet to permit the desired compaction from being obtained, rolling and all work on that section of the fill shall be delayed until the material has been allowed to dry to the required moisture content. The Contractor will be permitted to rework wet material in an Approved manner to hasten its drying. 8. COMPACTION OF FILL AREAS Selected fill material shall be placed and mixed in evenly spread layers. After each fill layer has been placed, it shall be uniformly compacted to not less than the specified percentage of maximum density. Fill materials shall be placed such that the thickness of loose material does not exceed 8 inches and the compacted lift thickness does not exceed 6 inches. Compaction, as specified above, shall be obtained by the use of sheepsfoot rollers, multiple -wheel pneumatic -tired rollers, or other equipment approved by the Engineer. Compaction shall be accomplished while the fill material is at the specified moisture content. Compaction of each layer shall be continuous over the entire area. Compaction equipment shall make sufficient trips to insure that the required density is obtained. 9. COMPACTION OF SLOPES Fill slopes shall be compacted by means of sheepsfoot rollers or other suitable equipment. Compaction operations shall be continued until slopes are stable, but not too dense for planting, and there is no appreciable amount of loose soil on the slopes. Compaction of slopes may be done progressively in increments of three to five feet (3' to 5') in height or after the fill is brought to its total height. Permanent fill slopes shall not exceed 3:1 (horizontal to vertical). 10. DENSITY TESTS Field density tests shall be made by the Soils Engineer at locations and depths of his choosing. Where sheepsfoot rollers are used, the soil may be disturbed to a depth of several inches. Density tests shall be taken in compacted material below the disturbed surface. When density tests indicate that the density or moisture content of any layer of CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCEfOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK B_.Z CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC04803.128 fill or portion thereof is below that required, the particular layer or portion shall be reworked until the required density or moisture content has been achieved. 11. COMPLETED PRELIMINARY GRADES All areas, both cut and fill, shall be finished to a level surface and shall meet the following limits of construction: A. Overlot cut or fill areas shall be within plus or minus 2/10 of one foot. B. Street grading shall be within plus or minus 1/10 of one foot. The civil engineer, or duly authorized representative, shall check all cut and fill areas to observe that the work is in accordance with the above limits. 12. SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION STAKING Observation by the Soils Engineer shall be continuous during the placement of fill and compaction operations so that he can declare that the fill was placed in general conformance with specifications. All site visits necessary to test the placement of fill and observe compaction operations will be at the expense of the Owner. All construction staking will be provided by the Civil Engineer or his duly authorized representative. Initial and final grading staking shall be at the expense of the owner. The replacement of grade stakes through construction shall be at the expense of the contractor. 13. SEASONAL LIMITS No fill material shall be placed, spread or rolled while it is frozen, thawing, or during unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy precipitation, fill operations shall not be resumed until the Soils Engineer indicates that the moisture content and density of previously placed materials are as specified. 14. NOTICE REGARDING START OF GRADING The contractor shall submit notification to the Soils Engineer and Owner advising them of the start of grading operations at least three (3) days in advance of the starting date. Notification shall also be submitted at least 3 days in advance of any resumption dates when grading operations have been stopped for any reason other than adverse weather conditions. 15. REPORTING OF FIELD DENSITY TESTS Density tests made by the Soils Engineer, as specified under "Density Tests" above, shall be submitted progressively to the Owner. Dry density, moisture content, of each test taken and percentage compaction shall be reported for each test taken. 16. DECLARATION REGARDING COMPLETED FILL The Soils Engineer shall provide a written declaration stating that the site was filled with acceptable materials, or was placed in general accordance with the specifications. CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARK PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROVINCETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD PARK B-3 CTLIT PROJECT NO.FC04803-128 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: By: JAMES B. O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING AND RISK MANAGEMENT Date: Attest: City Clerk By: Title: Date: (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices: P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 LICENSE NO.: Approved as to Form Assistant City Attorney Section 00520 Page 7 8 E 8F: e 8 ul 44I � 44yy8_;❑ 4 _ W_lqS'Ce� GOi P6yypp U Q V OC=wc� .."g¢ -s H Z_ aFo yy — �s££ x3o:5W`uh�H° 3& go c _u ' €0 sam3 I" O =G _s - w o e u a 3p _`g _w L S S 00 u0 1i „8 oiow. Op O u<aeiU]Sk pVuyy�im_' �] us Ov C Ei oip u�0 WZ Q C6 Q7 UUm3[ OFt'W W ii Lu •. w4 so W mFOVI N p GC lz so ZQ�Q Z Z IL cn z ZZ z 3 m o. Om m w a Z l W (6 0 Z <a � n 0 ai Q u—� i Wlz �a n OLL O o a Z Z Z o U. i p J N °< rc im°z zQ� Ia+.w°=xW,O ©wz,PgWUQ Nogmja�33 d ;l ww WI F- J U W lLO z.i DFpO 'W ° wo o Eao o 3 F W W ro Z zw O 0 O> U V ZD Oo m7U p N W U w O Q Q Q u m W '-. F W 2 7 ppo xje �2�g is x i W a m o ": P`o...GCi� 6Wnm0 �'SSS;.] €� 0 379oi ° ° x :: x J . V ZZZ H x o u.m`o° a3 j uu�io �meoi3nas °'oo2dd Z I PS:EIS3944493�}<L��$�����' ey�'`�€€E�tl888FSSP@@ rp m'o o,.0 "e E; pF 0 &YY? wE ?:93yo `o t�°- /� LL O V U W] U U U U U U U V O O V V V U U b V P P<<< l t t< P P P F Z W W W W W �= o U Ow z x J T _ n q u a g n q p o_ n n a a o n o m q y rpr�� - n g 4 q 9 n '1 q 9 9 M �y q 4 m n n n i = V U U U U V U U U V V V V V V V V U V d d 0 0 m a<<<<<< t G G k G G 3 I W 41 W W j 3 k g "i g: L �P w 0 a as o as o� N Q a an B{t N U° :$ $ U e s IOU W Y Y �_ i do $'l Ee s ? 1 Fa3-� }L 8 n E• S l .` = 6 f6_ b bd. { .4 4= e :-S fi$g ea !as $ fi P� La 3e 'p °. t a 3• ))a 556$ cYi z6 . Cc _u { p:t t={ 9y 3' o6r•e2 e ' { t• .bd$E GB i % §i} fi•` M. c.9 6"s 3 G 4e }P {, '$.f E:L %jam 8 j-G• E.�3 SYi3 ` edt eE Yy {$B$} Efi 6 EF Y 6- $B:a. pY ➢G` °'. it aa.Y a b _ y?fi YP We 6 Y a a ]P o yi $g R •!=$ #6 Oil G;3 Ila v 9 E a=$ § pd a Y ae F 5 yi ['•R P f F c€• P$a i 'F9 Yyys B es € 4's C 'Y} A. E Ea YLa 3 e a52 a p4B ES:Y + fil8 l:3:YL, a b a aa. $a 32 12 LL pY Pea; x$ ad aL[EB ._¢ _ ��agY aiPa et -E8s sSPdB$'P �: G to a F= g la ¢B a3 �gasg=xsn ?Ea %4 1pa°_�?c L pfi E4 as"�. Pgan 'a` gg };•$ EY"$ Y PxLt BiE{, p49 '33g i3 ° E° d° F a 4: 6L i 4E E"cG"; in 4" ' 9 T}fia de] [. :jHjI dig `8t t_ c:d: a-E X L:b all GbB gBt pE t L a� ig s' 34 tz d6: Sfull sill LzE Ba EFL t[(f ' figsG 5d b3 =ll ##t 11E G{ jjE Be $a E- fi: i5 [i;f _YYg p6YiE�eP jj�F sae ¢! 5'3t; M. . L a BaEL =Bl ¢-{°3G Pdffi 3 fE 3P fiY Ep9; s$Yaet {peigyy•fi isEe L.. 9 Y [y ?dp EiPS i fi 6sa $t F_$sy a fi fi gA �3aGnY6 lfi ° E� G B a b d? Atl- a 6 L Y 4 t x { i e$" app{Gt§ fiaa 8°: fall fi +ESP SB E ! $%tad [ Edp L $l °: y Y$� 43 [4[ YYpl�iEB9 11FE Efi s Ya 6 E bt ygyL _ tEt l } at G Efi b yy ° Y abF1 Yd. its = Y g P Eg + • a b; f±f [E{ x^A YeF a Pl €+ dl 9fiC E 36 Ljj[E it bt6yt �i if$ ` a i E 45at tilt .'ll Mi .SB: a} o}$GR. 'Ls -. .aP .. _ " .1E : S _ ••{a B _ m _a _E:: N L. fia tVe 3 ! E i ¢ b$ a S: �_ s dfl { 3E BE ' YF� ± € d 356; a§} E da {t ie P`P ga is -a G ad v °$ G { $ `- BOB a`z P gs E e!8p a: e]�±. i ➢B L LB °E d$ :g dl B} $! • jd x b i d's•s BOB 3 ag $ gE dLpc lad', za lFf zt ` ±l e$4 us Bep9 ;i €4 L@ ${{ aj g� zi 99 } iE`a}s ➢d! ia8 's. f$f i �g � 3l E idg= E$° zxu ii all d➢ •pf $➢ = E' t °a ! °a 3 $ d}.e$ G�6d$d 3i • d as =3 Lq e.. •} dp d P { l_u $^ x B F t !9 E L i8 a c$dL d$ Y is ea {j elf g a c L`L di ?Sz3a:d a} B LB B$ 'E°t➢ nE. $ ;; + } d 6$g zT `g yE SB E p+- 4 G e a 49_a EE°7€. pb S - g.e L Y a$ YYF { - iE t j5 -;I 6'j �d { ! {3 f `YOn b$ igiit Se4 d $t Va cb 9'-i' ai3 - ;B i(t5a 83aY sL% I$: $ •fit as ev i a2 d4 qq a2 S` Y Ba GE ]y a ° B4• -E �b :t "O Lv P. }L 4_-py+ PS ? b 6``C$ 685 ° a 8aa ;. {} [l L .d Fe P-L p^ ag `B •B iLsd dp€. i5 s If % x± 9=id ' ilk g9a aEYI, L P ' ei !�`+ ya a ¢i aB le n-• 3c d } y7 a $ a: ;e 4 ,j °$ [ i6 s i#�• E 3 ndFa nip} "4 a� fiL b°jy yLs , Ls a zL y €p$z iY94 Sd LL G .a t° s Le !a Psa e a € EE! °a ! Ei } (( gd }P {g ➢ @ itt � t Ez [ 8� $ Ldiaze 6} � d (t§�" is: ;g -$`i sE $g GBC $ nd .3} Ed a3 yg. �d BY SIpN Al ag S{55{ f $yy P .l: °L:4 It LB SI L a°t Y °EL E' Lg P% by } 4L lA •$B Pd La g(g L4G:€`E Al L °dL!^ .BBL ;$ }E s'g jd Y}{c d:p p8[ zf L'a ;° p6 dd tlg$ - 3ib :a jy;.8 3d 5-'} =ojB 5iY l{a 6 5 it " ¢ ¢ g 350 'Pay .^. Yi •. ±8g§ .p C}� 8� A{ :, PCI sEe€ ��! x � .lY AG �8 Az� RES YE isd ed ^.Y SFS :as ztd: �$ Y: i Y F�i p L•+ :Lt?! ➢{ P t'! a L' Fa. I5ia9j Id ill if, 9 '8u $S° dt4 �B 4 }i; �+ dt tb} "f¢f¢• xS F_ a e�i sali-{{y$ F x dd a $t'�• F d{ iag] 3. Y $ ffpC _FFi.d Y; $.! iA 'i ad L' :$ i {q ;Ie.(.3 yy$Bite ie YL4i s L iy$;€[[ }.: ! 3 $• t $ a• 6 '.�t.% P `} s.6 +nE t t la EY 55 a d SL�a .4188 9] na _ F '➢. :ice F• n• E d jj a: Y 3!!a L ?P f L`F i ! a L'g a };= L ga f •zd B' i ac- -�a,= G :, 5 s +E$p *a ..E LEad$i Bd Lg a)p-i ¢ € gB➢ j^Y 8g I id �s e: L 9 F �9 EE a-i ` 8 3.4° j• iij 3B Pe � yyi $pb° EL{ RELY: !1 :83 tlF ] .L e[4 ta3➢ }& § }$ > 5 to $i tGb 5{[Bid id 6 dd; ffF f E" d : n2 a L ss da L-i ;- d •p. . $LB} cbL je a } =gx ¢p} i dt !a ga ! a 8- d fjd E' pp FppaY➢ldELag$ g$ 48d P: aS I?� L L &$lt - sa ar} $'YE i? ¢btiq l a.e p ES ;i :g .L• iaj• T ¢ d. a'e i8aa it n Y^ p rd.4l di 7d Y•Bt 110 ` 35` $!s •g 4L pL 6a a°}Y bY} sEg sit e$d 'La 8 lE l� n$ °G[L PELi iv ty a, itl iy$9L'x� Lyg5tL $,� to€€ PHI yd #g ]d Yi C] 6s 6da a[ B {}} d9s } [ P F L ;ag {$`_$$[ ad [ $;� $ C8 a; E va 4 F 1: $ ¢i B @YYP _nt § it $ tv9 - z aF !d - $ P d$d s(a 4 tic6 a.:Ea is i F a_a�E fa :a! i p_ B' 3ii 8 B }a LY ° §Ss =.°.!i i ! °i: big, 2� cx F. i$" fis B L_L - Y g: i&E}Jt t- _ }i G =Fd = 1 _ as L z a t sat :a aLa 'dz.d Y L; L$^} € '%s Bp L L'¢4_ {➢ ag `$; Ge BF 9g 4 pg $gg B7a $.qa $• $ ( EF �4E Vs, L i.` a:s a%l k 83 a- $[. BxL $ {} lg $; Lp`i 55i bap ie :a 6EE a}; aLFeL a$,LjE$$ s° L �$: s$` a 9dLL 9 E� z:F $ " €2`B $! p: Lp l!B S {€e `f'a°8 :t a3 $$5 ➢ $}$ �. $--Ej $d g!§ ± {a p :.., if ._ 6.: $ "+ E'} d $ di aag s.9b 9..a e° aB zp P :$ !� Sill; E gg P]g L I'M Y 3': aa+pY n 65ag d ill ia$•Bi L an: tla Y � g sg `4:° g ( %9 5 f 3_ F ' •e P xa eIs , L±i 5{` {a Leg d i {.B a S '+a SL B a 9 E _� G = t. Gi °fi §3 Eg Eu { ,fi, $�$'$ aYS+a ]L Eze a°$ F°' ]Ld d$- d"{BLd•'S PpjBg d B Sat dj d• $no(d d'--�Y ga9 a• .:$ .dL�F} "$: NO -$iiI .$ .$5 -I =d G@ _� 0$aLdtFd9 aGdd - 5 'E 1_ g 8 € 0 - i P `tlsgm 0 C 9t{ 7 31 N U U Q Ell Fo �s s" 8 e�i oe�o4e? i IN f 1\ / .�\ gill 'IBA 19 1Ie en -'\\\� 'e'e pp \ ya{ sill — Iry tl i IN 66 I j JH — — — all -10 —6 2 1 Egg C) 0 vct LL Wl ul g4-1 U.4 k7t is 9L No Text .. lH.8z—pjgt5 tn S eelI ljM2 5 R 86 128M d zg Z ia M-qzlp� 'I LL A'gyY. Ms� 2 NIL '14 lwlil'5,�__ — _' _ / � i /�/ / �� / ail UH t• ;SMf Y= ¢ + S�fr3Vz a ,-j a4 �: g: ogyip,s .AiSk .:R `o obdtla5$ 0 0 e I NJIVW f-7 6 i� 3bi Sig b IOWNout (� (/) \!\/ f $ f /\§ /§/no"Wil •oo § •; - #R«- ieJm mammmm/!§/ewg§ w e 1 ! // ,�. X:K 2.4 gn 10 -H NE to 0) r_ —6 0BV u no MAP 8 U M2 U!P N .1 �)to C) �OL L CC R w 4 ------------ ----------------------------- Al I SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park To: This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within () calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20_ and 20_, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed day of 20 CONTRACTOR: By: Title: is hereby acknowledged this Section 00530-Page 1 `;d"� `p ��8� -S :Sep_ _-_;�=;:•as P�'� A4=i3 � a _ '-:LA'S � 3,°, �_ _ �_E s �' .^� 9}lo Z�►�BT� - _� � 2 f 2 m 4 ! \ �LLIt! ;Ps, - !/\ Ln NI Hi 'S E 00 Da NZ M 1,4 ea cam iin• ap niiw w 0 z z zo — Z Z O.0 00 U) z �- u I 1 W z U U LLI U) 4 U —1 P. W w co U) Z Q a, re to M .1 P IL :) 0r 0W m -IN9p gi9I 2eco00 ?z'a I1 i)I.'I Ali 1 %�; Wj m / WW 1 ` UW \ ! 1§ 4■ !u ! , \ |� 1 d r - \ /\ & / . \ \ ! ! \ }\ : } j . / ! . \ , ! §(� ~ � \/� + \ g � ) 2 - a. q . •,| r b n e| r / ,/ S a N ff 3 .:j { i. co e o ^c gas { tL yi { W IE ISO 09 5•l'- ,:4�. li � v r __ � me uzp � gs f➢l 6J 'i L �^ ` Ra Fn'n'r' ,i ryq Y • it Oil ES a ➢9{9y!y (f, ' �� T y if ® Y 4 i [C# yt�3 t✓I' �g 4 $ llxlr i t -Y - d , .a� €'3 i ; 1➢Fish d Al lYi !:i [Jill. p➢� �Il �l91i aaa } ➢ t ➢ge � IP'i°34I o 9 P! r�l9l Il` p v➢" 55 { p pA p' ���{ d IS S{ ' {p �.i1e IFv➢.v{1➢ 1 { N g p �§➢!g°ll!➢eO:rB F-� I� g3 53 7i➢.�otiB{.y eo to 4�t a➢•1paHi ➢ ' j {B�g: °ii� � � < : f i � ivq;. z = i ➢ �� . 1l➢e➢l �➢ ''� ��gvli➢� !4 1 { j14i: gg�i➢e ➢i If t 9 [ gigb v ! i.�{ C➢• gg i M 119�19' !i6 lei ;ili;!llli B��lgll� iv1?➢1 ,sill �p pals fp�{'e , gB! i►, ➢l5 a Pli, !l! gl$ i, ip lip a 7'➢. i :A r� 1 p �� . IV WHO Him i Pr9S 111. tfl rs r!➢SF No Text 8 N 00 C#j �) F 00 1 � bEp;aY• $ ] Hill Aif e y_ i , 9 s 9y`�' §'tl YY e:. i5?3s'9tl nY %v'9n+'° a !_ Egli it� ! 1 � _' .b irej °: Y2 1 ,t" •ll a U _ y ,q :1 — __ � e�—� � .i 1 �_ `a i; t8 Plt Sep°t le i`f°! r .s • 1 l e 9Y i t t i, x) i ° all @ 2, Y �!!!EJill Sig E!! £!!1i i:iil e n Y:L:,!8 ..sd Big C �31 n 1 O t U a5 s �'�L� •43 �e:� E � z �4 g• a x o6�_e5b? 7 a }� an bra pp 2 ` eP ( P a 3 ! pp yy S pxy��Y ' • f( Sal -a °" �' "3 b a — Ip)(i•• e' C' a y5 Y j IFAx pFAx �[A ex• xx_ a [((ie�i 11919 � ' N • i � �bn g�8 s if L —1,— —i dd e— v a? • 0 1 It% p a ii a o i Loja—�s ii a laY3 �viy(lPl'S7 a 4 ip jt I j a� ! °• S e�` �f':. aids 1. 1 P ° a e ! � P-.lai ali,t:.3�4.s 1 I I 31 i 1 ii yyy ;r) PO i' � IM S ( s e e ii a tlaa '. -- O .7i1 .' .� ./� JP '[ P� 41 la [II � I ) � { � S I 1 � ;�I •a),li fit)} � iS7; ', .YJ IY�4[ip[4a Eiti4 ;?4' 1 l)jp if 4?li`p1�jgS P��S tgFta ! 9a;) iii )4 is aYi�G :!i ! 4 7 if i•Ilel)11 Si§ia Q 2i Nq RIM' i-UA , w� P2 Nu OR v),OL .."u - 8�6 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate ` aw ew& mmlm } \ / \ 2 2 | z § ! ! ) \\ - ad 9emeemmc0m0 -96E ,2 Q, �15 10 co ct Lo m Ln m !! / N ! 162 |% \ - \\() C ggl I e o S o t '� Est iC p �e aan5 IS u f 8o M B II IM IIFIIII �o K 0 R IE BIBI I IE_ q L II- S g 711 z ba z �II� IBIS $ o lal Esaa-9IE O IIBIE IBIS � III-11L ir_, w BIBII2 U HIM El In o3 IIJI� III�II I IM—I� Z BIUIIE-3 I IE31@ 's111=III�IBI A ` IIBI _ hill J Jr II�IB K W a I BIEI Q p 'y Eg H Loo IM z w ir- " o IN >s ae a4 w _ o s ^ ;e q 8 sg�� (Y o OUN �$a = In s In €w 88 4 tl a�y� a IF II. IE I I a Exo � aA_ £ Ilil I g. Z ai i O III o as _ � IIFi .II Aso_ i N I— _ 3z - Jo 411- wo iS ol nima a` III- �5 5 8 N C g O f 9 3 s cUri �I, It 6' R q 3 asgy Q & Z I � W U ` ° IIII a III a Z Ilu Q I Z m (n ~ § O III. Y Z t a ' � m J W FIl11� U b I f IIIII 0 H III, O 8 J Q - z� _1 Do a > a Oo d a 0 1 qo 1 d n dg IEIII p 1 ad e ° II IIL II 11ll�ir_ p Blglt""� O - II IF31 m E31 t •-II lal--�Ilt Of Z 3' II_w ICI W F 6 I�I I E 0 Z - I�"I llf =1 • w J MII II' TE3 = a �TE1 IE O - II=mQf IBI D o W IIIIII IIII IIIIIII� d• K _ - o O I-IIBIL -IIF 3z -_-` = -A J ti d Q N ° II IIII Ili _ = ti N ° E(T� d III=IIIEIU _ N -111' U O E EITIE311=11k a -II F3� ,l,I-II-III d' Q '1 11 III N"i rlEjlllllll- O ° IIIIo III��II 70 �o pS _ 3 § IILII III Q' EIII=III=III: U t tf7 0 � IEIIEIII-III: I=111�12p � Y IIII IIII- d � ;� I�IL7-II- I III=III=111� 'IE_I�gl�l� 00 $o I Of N LIJ 06 III 13a".y U.W Z III F O a g, 1 w> OO ':' e IBI III w 4 zz W W n 0 LL nJ e, 3I� U n'O g 3 aQ2 g 1 y_L 8n up� € 0 mr0 9 6 I � 2 2 2 3 DO. a i_ r� ® YID J p �m os J f 3 L�. ] e y y a � � On Em MER ON MIN o i � g fi In of U0) LL Ef€� j0 a;u a wuT Q - - '_s. Y U) 0 _u wzwo 09 z k: 3 0, 00 E H¢O U W < L.rr'I�T�� �i�� _'— —tea ;��___•� Ij I I �ml (2 D SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the _ day of , 20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any.default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Page 1 "EP l Ln a o a a o ; U <m <W0 6 2N i 0 -m°' ° °u fl I ' a p a3 �O 3 Ty 6— 1 �O 2. a a W I Z Y��61 y dd J J a J g 1 /_ OF i i 3i �� 6 L J m W i.i .. s }zii i ey Vl O �$a6 o d 3; �;Y: G g 0n o F5 W 0. a 9a d ] J 0 y� x e e.'. 6 9 � H Q 'E ai a C7 �I 1 G . O o��F 2 s ,Q r �`:.;y` Z Z -: aa`a 1-4 £— Z `\ 0� W \ a 1 lJ Y 0� of V S a sY ;Ea aF�-y$ie5 v� i!Dy;Si A. � � iE.: Qi 3' � i �+s 3E'�..v'� O O Z j' i �- I c Ea y S i dPe e 0 S o 2 W E9 •Si � LL Y #P tYai a O s y O- i�' i ! � 4 � 1 gA� 0 91 C 9Yj5 T a w_ a b :6�i 53: £ 0 _ ♦aa.9S .'2 I Q i = id 3 ib �3�e .. � 6 V -Qae 9 efl3 e�9 Q S x GG g i 9gY Y� 1.7 a , W ji ; , � Q, 3�� c 5da9���6 Iri3a �f O b fe?: : :_ fp} - \ w: > 3: W l a,:1a--. e S Aoa qq FF e t" [ / r m C yy Y! i f$# i ��gF Hsi t B oac ; S i¢'y S 1 ii' 3 = 3 ci 3 3 s'si _Q] f] �f]I � ✓jL-�nq Q_-.i i:.di i % \ . \ «« ■ ; 7.. »y» - \ 2� a k !• . ......... _ a� ^\\;b .\(§ t w9 �§\0 9 , !® );w ! | ; !� § ,! • , ns 4B /B ♦• • I I war p \i.Ait.ual dB /B V, u�Vija I� I I I•AA. Ul 11 OR . n I ate. ARM •• I i•e • i 'S•i�A B IIIII ��� IB /B 9 ells RUN � IIIII � popI.�In •_ -� • JI1II eB � 11111=o un 11111 _ � IIIIII �®�� - —1 ■ ti •�64i����i:�i ewww •aooe•. ••4..••Q:0%w•i INN • I In � 11111 - IB 8 ' g J d. 43 Mal s' a$`s<' 5 s �s53 i aYy v .,g g a xze ;a a = a s: •Y_ x 's4=£"' M.a a : igP c48 x a J�i ass $s s y .$ s" ggYF sgiS a 34N.¢ .7's gs P Py'. LS "y_ aas-. ;i is Ftl a= ag b. p Y ga xg A a a i $e a9H as Q^ PJ k a- 5g Ye as Y tl sffi «$$grayy$: 3 Y am $ d-ss $ 5g Y3` Y � .'n 8 � a'�� $8 3�� 46E �J$ ce$s pP 5�$ - 5? = £3o ti en aig 8a t€ �eaS�4ag � His . S4Nj €'!aa5� YS 8aY Q ig 3 Fa S8`i yx xa g 9 dd b k« s a 3 yac d Y v= x a rs st } k iYsa 3=� e a 38 a S eiicyg t 5 y_$= 8`S � $ °- a � a i ie i ex- x 4 �a ��.m-� a c3.��ar9 $: '� <soy,}g=E oE9„R$gma soh 33 3'S '_ pg• ra« ey asy . "s P� a.o_..Y as sg�gm�=asa='z«s«g a� 4e =ac "a i a f ss - c i�a Nip'33 Y § T 4 g&$ i 3 at eta ens �. xi ac 9 sai 3 $spas so g'gg F �'g i tic 4-i; S ai g Y c g.9 S S a €t r 3 a s yas $ a $ ar 9 a gxe : s sn Raxraaa Fda s' ad Yga�a�"a $ a- Y i s sy&srs k#g Ys in$.a d3a%}.,$ g s xis .y c_ yy e "€yE' ay sa3 §iy 8 PayYa4 yd at _ Y Y 8 Y R Sod 3 �aai4 F} Y �YS iEY XSS 6k i YS � £ Fq '" a as 6 s i B q§$ aYg='t $=s t. l- s E ag s s 9 iy a' s#G "t 3»§ S tS va axa' t asgC c q i@ p eYY h Y a$ Y $5 1 v�8$ a Y 3Fs4 3 3 s$ ! € ss a ax $ aa3S8 da 9asS3 3 WNW ayc Y3 Y ads SSgsa iS e 4`Y £1 a 4 S �. �4 a aNt y 3yy -Him aS3S tt $e,"ca �as@ "a to F g $ 8 P i� AR g 3@ v a m H � � � - 35" a � �a= 1" `g$a s l''" Gg9 t.s a s5 SggY j _A a€y aS 3 sot Q33 i v n t « R is Y 1c §� ' @� eac 9 g 181 aM@�r� i Zgay I'm a$ $ ". � v � a " ➢gi e i g� as 5 n �$$ � o n� �g e � � �"85 s3i mYa 3� Skye ��� �sa e 'a_'4-g 2Y« zySacc 3c ._�g� ;a "s s x"gg o ssgq iYa yp �k T' ao Yy e a 4{ nys9 R6 a_$ "A y d Ski 9 4 y d Vg p F g i 304g Qi4' az b ag., a 3 Y 1.6 Y :o Y G$ b !_ i3 i 3 YY $S ds " G n y a3 1 o aT s. i t �' Y $S g i s4 a ai5 � �c •ra 5 as ' k '� 9s. Ail B Ti a ^ ;� p a n a s& _ i n 8g•- Y as HE AS, tl@te e @ t s Leh^^. 'logy ttn leggg 5�cayag`s"P 'i�'vvxiv Pik 2�f3'` ay Y g €_ t x dgzra Ya„Sg a t$ t gg]': pprny� igsa A g aa 7 s48. -gaa _t C .. 4p T s 3 gY � a xt" 3 pq .g ap .ai sn33@ a iiS §tg 43"a �a. € ygY�05'aas � a4 a s g s 3 cY�> $Ex tc.� � � d a a ss- -^sHr Y�9. i= a�'$g asm } a53 a3e 3 =" eia' '�� ' s < UP %"R3 ��3 ➢��Iea 3 4 tl 3E iq'ia i- •� S }c6 $£ te••« i tl i Y pqqp 8 Ia 9 _K RFC 'z#a$o3de'='4„3 e€ t g�si is d g b aga p 3 Y g a C' �4 S tl$3 fi�f s g g a c � 5s�3 4 x� g5diaaa@s 3 Y Y 3 'i 4 as k5 zastY gsL & t gi§ i s a N 6 r @ sas a8 xa' a s a Y3F X 8 aea eg 9 9 9 3's za t5 $ g 99 @s s s An rs i gig `t y S $ Sg 3_ gay o g Ye 5e a' Sy i A-T g ' i - 4 a iag x d a�= � •� � E �y � aa'� � y se aZ`( Ix Svg yy .'pT{4 5a6' c ea2k tryx4 ^ fi'§ 3.. .^_.g 4 sy y dap o'§ e3 ayi $ 'eat 5 Syr �gaiks YS, a ®aaa sg g =s A a q s @r .. $ e i s Sa 3E I � W ; .�� YF 'r$a��a � :3� �y a �.#g e . g kss a P o4gm MAL - ax gE -a Oka ; a3s 3ge i.YyY g° YHFS Ytl yY xgf6y5y a s§ Y� a� vs $ s5„ i g$4vg S n$p i i$ ae 4 t kSE a aag fl5ftl sh Ya Y miss is c e isY Lo s' 't gY a s$ s a ait-_c€ mE hHk"4S g "«ag= $ 4a�0a` :sc:x�.s �'t Y�Y$YYYY 2�is@"Yy3 ��5g d^3� @�4 NIT, 8,tka 5� 'q�aagt ig3 s3%a {Y y3e� $4 a�diS gk3 �eY 858i "3 ff4c CEb %Y yG .Y �:NI Xcy£ k 3 •u 8... �19 m$.I,�1 ma C ia6 n fN— io M ,T, _ � O x 3 u u. ;qo^ n1m; _ LL� „fig o g I I I I e7:h I 4 i � s I A I I a e 1 1 ' € � I ® e o - dd l I a4 Jya, _$Y � ins i �y �Y� �hM4tl In 554 y �3�y w ado - 9Y 4.1 4E__ 3__Lp,.� yr 4� 1--� i _�___ • ' i;ya9� -q$-3 t_ vs I li ad x E y II FI r z a �3� P6z e��,"� g = 9Ye 3Y i�3E55a 11I c� �0'4 aio O 3°ye'asy n uF wex.n 1ii 3n � Sae �g'�y+' � 'a«Y o N 114 ; a63 sawsY xS `pY �a $s m o N s a 1 I I I I / .� --- \ \i\ i r & �- ._, \ , . N°: C Hltit F— 11, 01 3mE keg= i 10) uj�2 LLJ- ---------- I I I I I I I I$ z nd s J Y I I Q• xp�� '�a�:-lac; � W LL NV LL Q "a -a Qo ia."fy�'7 i w -gin ..j 11•• "cif ��V�- • CL W • r I a» U CL O�� a qqpp 1 3a I O ^ $FF r 1 I Ir sY _ L----------J 9f , a` .9 I I I I Q zCD J J I LL dye � J a a` c s :a LL ,y LL - s of � i LU M)l O LL I � s a IV. L as g: � 1- z - ,3.5R I„ ,....,.,,......, �.,, z H.. I� t LLs jya s aa qiq 99 :Yg deI - W01 a. 2 -- �af9e r — I I I ' Y I W �a ime H, c O 30 a1\.\ V' _ioe � II ,, ¢Y < U g 8 3 S W gym:=ea` uO lL j aji aSqpp N F `u gal s Yam^ 8'z Fr 3 yR4�� tt8 �2 �S Y� S- -mY uY% 4W kY3 a Y' Ytl[a <3Yp I IP C a a p4ii �m ! aQ�� �0t/1a3sj LL\ lei S n 5 S gag 3d Y a -S: 3 a'c `g miy e " - a z S �.j ° a. aYad Egg LL 000 O Om 000 000 8¢ 000� O ® O ®60 ® O a �3 4 - I ® f I - J Q a c� z _fi.o I _Ah J I m > off; Q - I I I I - a a a a 1 Z Z O jma O w _ co a, ¢. c p o la $ CNN 0 t�6 I Q ii 9 Z' a y E :� i � F :pia �� �§:g �' ag 3�b� W � a � 33 ♦Ya � 0 �_ '4 F * 3 t.Ir is 9 e9 a CQ Co H j 3e F a o�' 4a E- 04 E sE BE a W 0=4 z � � Add ME 3W e' a g' a` 9 $ .• J 8g �8 `s W w r a � W %s a W" j C g w a in ¢ R w W ED mp p w S Ci Y = z' F+ 6 F a c9 w° Rai > Hdfigx�a w OATS- QQS W Q R - - x<x d w J 6 O 6; W° W- -_s seo sa fi �= i3pie F�a'a li�ll a ��lil II °9 s�a �YBa ab� fi 4 a s3az'3jW.,3,basC:W=� € 3 b a� k WC.Y=z ,ar.�eei Yiis $ 8� z jII�II '��I'I{r City Of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM No. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2"' Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgo v. com/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: Last day for bid questions was March 29, 2010. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 08410, ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STORFRONTS Paragraph 2.02, delete Subparagraph H. 2. Section 08800, TRANSLUCENT WINDOW SYSTEMS Paragraph 2.01, Subparagraph E, Add the following 3. Polygal-North America, Thermogal Delete Subparagraph 2, Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. ATTACHMENTS 1. Sheet St-6 Pedestrian Bridge Abutments Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the *Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20 IN PRESENCE OF: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: IN PRESENCE OF: (Surety Seal) Principal (Title) (Address) Other Partners By: By: Surety By: By: (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. Rev10/20107 Section 00610 Page 2 $ U) I s W 3 E4 0 zsi� 0 V55 H N �C a8 Es Oea 0 my \ I 4 DO O° ©° — y 1 n gs. ap zt p� 1 0 Wm 1� S m ...1 1./c/L N(I. n. 0..) .1-m1 8 w 6 a e ut'� ij�f %i83 LL f� I �Co \ CT /' \�U 5 i � 1 \ I nr ISUI' eooz/c/u(.a ..) ae-. ! U 8 Ui 9Y? C �-t -SU role 2F �' Gu $ ? i/`LL .si T So IR y 16 7g5 CC, o0 J u¢s i s 83 i 4 h EE k� W Q' AAA e7 a AA ce r jF a ©` ;s - - J � ya 'oee &a M 12 9 JJ � !1 y J W 3_ 2 - _ F U N�n Z !S R 8 — w iF-a-❑ Sgg s s aV 3 8 � ® ❑ ex, 4 3> Y W a fi 13 8��� U N W � J auw a x s M 6t OI01 W02/C/l t(9NlNM tl3TM) OCfi-EOL .}\\\\\\\\\.\�{�\\\\\ !; ---------- R ;;:{;}{{{)))i){i))))} W : /. � I -! ! it > r : g }j D ;ee � =::I r• :---------- !R�------------: & ! Apag , . 3611| sommomall 0 S� o o umAi � a 3 gjc g On a D i L; -oau-iGr INaA b� nnifi�e>: E''Y S-aCc S g£ ££a m=€ 8 " =zg PBCg g5mao`£8a=ap�:� � 6 = o=�;�xm m�9�+R-f gn ggm �i P„ A ££££££££££££££££££££££££££££££££££ m4 P St a3 O N if N I6 �� a I3 . IIiIIL � z I s a moc s 8�. y r D SRp Z C) D i I1=1I •?. m W 'II II .�:• O ICI�II EII m z D z n m r D z 0 N D m CD m 0 9A{g �2 4Yo 6Ai S2 k �A ""2oFry€ P? i 8 ---- 12/9/2008 IR— Water Ways Park.dwg g ®oZaT+I I I° 2 a s c c z € f a � 8 0 0©0000 000eeo�EEG iLLL- E .� d^ Pa $ aaCaaCaMC 1--l"aaaa a is CC Ed co^ Is Hc tee$ muf��F, �+e� �.FFFF�����15$ SR2 ?b� Y�I ..2 a - � MEMO E Ube a �1 S .„ gg i s ? O£ s 26- cKA Of ol OFF Anex lot d� � Q2A ems€ P^oa¢yS� sq QQ $ai"J➢ o sNB8 gm d a '9F¢ gag wNs �15 v st?SARS £i �33 3- It A €? Hopi "T IV it 1 IN is Y$ alpYs fig: gcR€$ of r t � s ---- 12/9/2008 IR- water ways Park.dwg o ® i; ®o Z 6 T I A8 8 8 v „a $°a ,; - 11 11I 1 R A 8 c L c [ ARAM,; $ np'2a �a8F U��a�gs' m,,,,,, �s��!so �aa $e : x e mo a �^YmY�^ � b� d�A F�0 F � oap eu N '� N F [F S. F S � ^ �m :v :➢ .M a �E e AA a„ a i tl p i Fo Am D �£ F m � idd fV =€6 N § § Y ---- 12/9/2008 IR- Water Ways Park.dwg [ Ti Z>�» S 5y T � MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET IR-2 i �s€m A. _,g ac'mm; a $s P $ 3 a AM a aim R i Nag m � N e s g d ---- 12/9/2008 IR— Water Ways Park.dwg SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the _ day of 20 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Rev10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 1 -- 12/9/2008 IR- Wafer W°ys P°rk.dwg (D � ccnm re 0 M0 e" � �Z A CO m D m m co 00 a .m 95 E '� '�BrAm T A'e's� ` 8 3 'n a m N :a &m i° A, m cn y Z cn 0) gZ m— mm A_ rm � Dm0 c ii ii M-.v mmi a ii ii ii cn` n K �ii � g Oo O m "ph pY m F 9" F iF (P 9m _ cn > S3 cn Z tR P-11 mK � mW_ D e FF co Z Z a b� $ A gs 8R yY R5s y m m 0 0 " d a On 8 f k N of z it N N�4 N Y 12/9/2008 IR- Water Ways Parkdwg fP N I i 3 DO j, D wO e {N CI) mZ m� 8 lit 3`3 8 r Ada -n ^9d Om O All WT IN m T1 1, 44 cn m K 3 P pp gg PHI z.Z7 R'98 ga }R s U) rn w C2 q�o�o a - -n € D C R°Rgt ��O __ _ 'n Z pp3� r RRX d AID ° $ .m 5➢ 5 _jD m R z <U) a po. a m Cl) 1 6� Zs@- ry I� P -n g a � d 4 ° m �_ 2� O T Qn 8°da 1 9a�>y..° d � � Za ne°2 m � e gg e Z o�8s"6 i Rg e O D 8� °Ca �a a m� W? m° a s a �g D pR'°" HAa��m cn -4�� m m '§ Y I a 3 6 ED R Aar g" z W R ,ag s §qa zn8AIF $ m r°fie n oz Q» a z 3 - m n i o> = O { IR• {a' 2 a ---- 12/9/2008 IR- Water Ways Park dwg 8@ 0 (o> on�moToonoom vn. a -� F n .m � pn➢n�panm�F ooze im a m 9 ozD ��A��mzAonm �>> nAm o 0 oNNooSon=o.� mm ^x]. Z SlA�1 D A~m AC�n C �rA1 rLr��J PC n m Ain _zNC Z OONZ mmoR nymD �y ono c n ZAnFOTmm OZv '.iy o nmnio zoo N S"�no _ oo -�om mvnzmr Viz: �] rn �n z nn➢r c .nj Ci o < imAAoa��oin v^ x n^ noTya z ~ oo xo�zoa�^om� im 3 z0 0lZIr rO Cm Op v` m\ O D mOmmtin n0_ ��y j0 r ➢0 F �ZO ZO A� N NNn - n Uma�AONop� sm pA o m z Dti A n2y�yiONm AO vim A y zoo n oo�F.s�nms F> Z A mnmNmmnn D Ampzonm r� a n c o om .oN zo mn '^ D m � m v m > �o Dm O m � o=> n mn - p no °'moo onn fc Rio p=y 0 or Am ncm oDzo "0 Ao - Ar AO mm nom � oA n vn� zoo _ny ymm _F 600 A A N C 0 n y 00 f9�i f = r; z a @a y �nDi n N ibgg �� m Z c n z ii5i� 9 m 0 =o y �O S Z O ITOn � m Honm _ , o N � i 12/9/2008 PS- Provincetown Park.dwg tt 3�3 f®45ja Igo D -ti _-_ k ! m = iIN s ! D D (RDD D(51DDIt, 1D(5@(9)1DD r5 D D D 5-0 D,7@'-5 0e0�D,:-D0GJ. v w m rs FD T�za T,, NZ 1 N p m y y () Q D D Aii OOo m A A O Dy r L _ 3 x <yA i mi 'm' 3 x i o-- m 'a _ m x <0 6 n `-^ � H i -• io m< F H° D zm i R n 6 $ m z i �� y3 ➢a0 -me-^, oy mQ i nA oA v ? Fzo x O m m n O �u o 3m n D 2 y 9=0 oc ° '" -'m m i ^ p i > 'm" v ° - �m$y fci� Ai g F F D c5 j = w m mb z o C. dim No ° A D < im "oo yoy D.� ? m m n y yi �ti $ F f8 i - § 0 c 's WPC Ul iv i m ii a i O 2 m= m x Cn gz Dmg A 1 C F m Am m m m D Z m y AO z; r�'A m�, o - y m m P$ _ x o _ o AO O �n A x D yy OOD I9 0 yT A D m 3 V -- TD m O b(1 O N T m 2 A z O 0 2 v A Dorm cm o om i v i m - m 9N Ap yo< _a z i F n< D n F in a 8 �y C" z n A c N m< T n m x a F- v mio C7 :$ v m- z m y c o; To gny yo F o g F n o s 9_< 0. t .a g6 m v os . F 0 m g m v no $: �Oz °bra `" £ '� - o '-y v o y$ D z s= =ffizS m8 pA F A H m o m _ mmp = a o m mo = a ` d s 9" - mo O O WO F F u x m $ z N _ P ] v n a rQ 2 s n a o 0o nm n n oD x 0 d S ---- 12/9/2008 PS- Provincetown Park.dwg 3=3� 94S - �gi� ?o IIIIIIII yi ' D 7� III- c z^ g� em ❑ Ill_II � ly a I —II . m ¶II: 1 �� U III m D i � m m 11�11 IM \(t3 �(9)(5ID(E)OD)(D1J(-D1JrJ t� tJ J tJ 4)(5. JrJ5rJr�-) @ 5(.:D0(-DG0- 0- G G c ro yy <p _ - n m ° _ _ Y nF' oar um D FF m P mF ➢ e m • . z » vmJ Zz x°oZ vn oANi < P2a :rSi C sA.f =Ox� (D:" a-Oso " aDi oFFoc�ooyfzvmp S_ mi m A ^ m cv $ o 'zo pm y ° A m =i i�znn0 F m nno 7]' °v N m ^ap "c°m ^ i = n 'v, < mo m aA i a m N 99. f m a p m tx, •y a m� A n a a n v n mn° (In 9 OO y F Cofno�m°o P 3S 0'. 70Z E c va r`z 0 O mxS pmOo Nmm yoc Dn$, ° Sp a CZJ m m° mm o A m i ni �S= ° E c g o o°° o 0 z A O <0 ! a o z o A m t• �� a ofx N °€€ N 'I: PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this _ day of , 20_ IN PRESENCE OF: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: IN PRESENCE OF: (Surety Seal) Principal By: (Title) (Address) Other Partners Surety By: By: (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 2 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. Rev10/20107 Section 00630 Page 1 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. By: CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE REMARKS: Rev10/20/07 1 Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen: 20 You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20_, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject Documents which are dated , 20 to the terms of the Contract In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: 20 Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: Rev10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) faT:I* w9 PROJECT: 7125 Water's WaV Neiqhborhood Park (CONTRACTOR) 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. Rev10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 1 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this ATTEST: Secretary day of CONTRACTOR By: Title: STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this 20 , by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Notary Public day of 20 Rev10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Coloraa (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: 7125 Water's Way Neighborhood Park CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of (Surety Company) By ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in- Fact. Rev10/20/07 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 Section 00670 Page 1 Ir�w1 ��.wwti �w+�r n �r���a WY�11 NOSd1VOH11110 � a-�a•+1� OCfo1069Rb]ild YC YIM•� I NilLlJOilJ9f0'75!4617 ' LLMDylnHY9JQl�9 wawa aoaaia TVWA MMAW ion, aMukma AM as DR 0172 (12/98) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303)232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX) DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side). FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. Registrabon/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period 0170-750 (999) $0.00 89 - CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Trade name/DBA: Owner, partner, or corporate name: Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number: Bid amount for your contract: Fax Number. ( ) Business telephone number: Colorado withholding tax account number. Copies of contract or agreement pages (1) identifying the contracting parties EXEMPTION INFORMATION and (2) containing signatures of contracting parties must be attached. Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract): Exempt organization's number: 98 - Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip): Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contact's telephone number: Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (ies) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction start date: completion date: 1 declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer: Title of corporate officer: Date: DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE Section 00670 Page 2 Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure: The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only prime contractors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it. The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractors place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. Section 00670 Page 3 Section 00670 Page 4 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENT ERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, E.JCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition), as a base. Changes to that document are shown by underlining test that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number & Titic TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL. CONDITIONS Page Article or Paragraph Number Number 8: Title DEFINITIONS ................... _................. _..............1 1.1 Addenda.............................................1 1.2 Agreement..........................................1 1.3 Application for Payment.......................1 1.4 Asbestos .............................................) 1.5 Bid.....................................................I 1.6 Bidding Docurrents .............................I. 1.7 Bidding Requirements .........................1 1.8 Bonds.................................................I 1.9 Change Order 1 1.10 Contract Documents„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1 1.11 Contract Price,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,I 1.12 Contract Times ....................................! 1.13 CONTRACTOR .................................. 1 1.14 defective.............................................1 1.15 Drawings ...... ......... ........ ......... .... .. .....1 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement..,,,______ 1 1.17 ENGINEER ......................................... I 1,18 ENGINEER'SConsultant ....................... 1 1.19 Field Order,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1 1.20 General Requirements .......................... 1.21 Hazardous Waste.................._......2 1.22.a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations ............................... 1 22.b Legal Holidays .............................. 2 1.23 Liens ................................................. 1.24 Milestone_......................_.................,2 1.25 Notice of Award 2 126 Notice to Proceed 1.27 OWNER.............................................2 1.28 Partial Utilization ................................ 2 1.29 PCBs 1.30 Petroleum ...........................................: 1.31 Project...._ ................. ............_._....._.2 1.32.a Radioactive Material ............................), 1.32.b Regular Working Hours 2 133 ....... Resident Project Representative.--......_..2 1.34 Samples..............................................2 1.35 Shop Drawings...._ 1.36 .........................._..2 Specifications......................................2 1.37 Subcontractor.....................................2 1.38 Substantial Completion ........................2 1.39 Supplementary Conditions......__._.,,,, 2 1.40 Supplier..............................................2 1.41 Underground Facilities, ....................2-3 1.42 Unit Price Work;..................................3 1.43 Work..................................................3 1.44 Work Change Directive ....................... 3 1.45 Written Amendment, ....... ................... 13 Page Num bcr PRELIMINARY MATTERS .,-,_.__........_.._.......3 2.1 Delivery of Bonds. ............................ 3 2.2 Copies of Documents ........................3 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.....____,._. 3 2.4 Starting the Work... ............... __ 3 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report; Prelim inary Schedtles; Delivery of Certificates of Insurance ................................... 3-4 2.8 Preconstruction Conference 4 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules ...... _,,,,4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMP NIXING, REUSE:..........................................4 3.1-3.2 Intent ...................._....._.---..........., 4 3.3 Reference to Standards and Speci- fications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Dis- crepancies ................................. 4.5 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives ..................................... 5 3.5 Amending Contract Docunents......... 5 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ................................... 5 3.7 Reuse of Documents.,, ... .................. 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: REFERENCE POINTS ................ ............„_..,.,.,...5 4.1 Availability of Lands.....................5-6 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................... 6 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings...............*......6 4.2.2 Lim itedReliance byCONfRAC- TOR Authorized: Technical Data............................................ 6 4.2.3 Notice of Dithering Subsurface or Physical Conditionq..................6 4.2.4 ENGiNF.ER's Review ........................ 6 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change.........................................6 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ................... ............ 6-7 4.3 Physical Condtions--Underground Facilities ....................................... 7 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated 7 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated ................... 7 4.4 Reference Points ................................ 7 E1CDC GENERA(. CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 L D11"TON) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number&'ritle Number Number.YTitle Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.25 Submittal Proceedures; CON - Hazardous Waste or TRACTOR's Review Prior Radioactive Material,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 7.8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .................................... 16 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................. 8 6.26 Shop Drawing S Sam pic Submit- 5.1-5.2 Performance. Payment and Other talc Review by ENGINEER..._ 16-17 Bonds .............................................. 8 6.27 Responsibility for Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; From Contract Documents ............ 17 Certificates of Insurance....................8 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability to FNGINEER's Review and Insurance..........................................9 Approval of Required 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance........... ...9 Submittals ...................... ............. 17 5-6 Property Insurance ..........................Q-10 6.29 Continuing the Work .................... ,,17 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Addi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General tional Property Insurance ... ___., ..... 10 Warranty and Guarantee...............17 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Protision_.......10 6.31-6.33 Indemnification .............17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility 6,34 Survival of Obligations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, IS for Deductible Amounts .................... 10 5.10 Other Special Insurance... ................... 10 7. OTHER WORK ................ ................................. 1S 5.11 Waiver of Rights................................11 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ........................ 18 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination ........................_........ is Insurance Proceeds ...................... 10-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insu- S. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .........................1 S anee; Option to Replace.„.................1 t 8.1 Communications to CON- 5.15 Partial Utilization --Property TRACTOR.................................18 Insurance, ...................................... 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER ..... ...... 18 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly 6. CON'rR-4CfOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES I I When Due ........................... ,...... 18 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence ... 11 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports 63-65 Labor, Materials and Equipment_,. 11-12 and Tests_._ ....... _______,_,....... 18-19 6.6 Progress Schedule..............................12 8.5 Insurance .................. ..................... 19 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 8.6 Change Orders ......................... ......19 CONTRACTOR's Expense; 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals...................................19 N4ethods or Procedures; 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; F,NGINEER's Evaluation _ I2-13 Terminate CONTRAC7'OR's 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors. Services......................................19 Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Waiver of Rights ...................13-14 Responsibilities ............................ 19 6.12 Patent Fees and Rovalties....................14 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.13 Permits._ ............. ............................. 14 Hazardous Waste or 6.14 Laws and Regulations......_,,,,,,,,, 14 Radioactive Material_„ .......... ___..19 6.15 Taxes ............. .... ........... ........ .......14-15 8.11 Evidence of Financet 6.16 Use of Premises ................................. IS Arrangements.............................19 6.17 Site Cleanliness ................................ 15 - 6.18 Safe Structural Loading.....................15 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 6.19 Record Documents... .......................... 15 CONSTRUCTION .......................... ................. .19 6.20 Safety and Protection_ .................. 15-16 9.1 OWNER's Representative,.___..,___„ 19 6.21 Safety Representative ..... ............ *... ,,.16 9.2 Visits to Site ................* ........ ..,...,,.19 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,. 16 9.3 Project Representative,,,,,,,,19-21 6.23 Emergencies ..................................... 16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- 6.24 Shop Drawingsand Samples..............16 tations......................................... 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in %Wk.... __21 EICDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910.8 t1990 EDITION) wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS ,%10DIFICATtONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number S Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work...................21 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments....................................21 9.10 Determinatims for Unit Prices 21-22 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ..... 22-23 CHANGES IN THE WORK ........................................ 23 10.1 OVNER's Ordered Change................23 10.2 Claim for Adjustment,....... ................. 1-3 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract Documents ...................................... 23 10A Change Orders ..................................23 10.5 Notification of Surety.... 23 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE ............................... 23 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment; Value of the Work ............. .................... .. 3 24 11.4 Cost of the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;4-25 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work.,_.,,,,,, 25 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee 25 11.7 Cost Records......,,,,,_„.,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,25-26 11.8 Cash Allowances ................................ 26 11.9 Unit Price Work................................76 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ............................ 16 12.1 Claim for Adjustment .............. ... 6 12.2 Time of the Essence ............................. 26 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRA(TOR's Control.... .................................. 26-27 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control27 TESTS ARID INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, RE.YIOV.AL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFEC77VE WORK ............_......_............................27 13.1 Notice of Defects...............................17 132 Access tothe Work_._._....................'7 13.3 'rests and Inspections; CONTRACTOR's Cooperation .......... 27 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities: Independent Testing Laboratory, ...... 27 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ...... ................... 27 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspec- tion, Testing or Approval ................. 27 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI NEER's Request .....................27-28 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work.,-....,,,,28 1111 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ...........................28 13.12 Correction Period ...........................28 13.13 Acceptance of Defective Work .... .... 28 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ................................. _.. 28-29 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION.................................................29 14.1 Schedule of Values 29 14.2 Application for Progress Payment.......................... ....... 29 14.3 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title............................ '.............29 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................. 29-30 14.8-14 9 Substantial Completion,,,,,,_,..,.,,,,, 30 14.10 Partial Utilization ..................__j0-31 14.11 Final Inspection ....... ..........*....... I ... 31 14.12 Final Application for Payment........ 31 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance ....... 31 14,15 Waiver of Claims ....................... 31-32 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ............................................... 32 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work .......... 32 15.2.15A OWNER Mav Tenn inate 32 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop "lark or Terminate;,,,,,,,,,,,,_., 32-33 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION33 17. MISCELLANEOUS.........................._...............33 17.1 Giving Notice................................33 17.2 Computation of Times...................33 17.3 Notice of Claim..............................33 17.4 Cumulative Rcmedies.....................33 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included_,.. _ _ _,. _ _ _. _,.., 33 17.6 Applicable State Laws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 33-34 Intentionally left blank.......................................35 FXHIBIT GC -A: (Optional) Dispute Resolution Agreement,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, CC -Al 16.1-16.6 Arbitration GC -Al 16.7 Mediation GC -AI ErCDc GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 0990 EDmoN1 w/ aTY OF FORT COLUNNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9l99) INDEX TO GENERAL. CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance or -- Bonds andInsurana:........................................5.14 defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13 final payment........................................9.1- 14.15 insurance, ........................................... 5.14 other Work yCOT.R.ACTOR .......................... 7.3 Substitutes and 'Or -Equal" Items...................... .7.1 Work by OWNER................................2.5, 6.30, 6,34 Access to the -- Lands. OWNER andCONTRACTOR responsibilities ............................................. 4.1 site. related Work...............................................7.2 Work...........................................13.2. 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions -- CONTRACTOR.. 6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEIiR_............_...................._..,, 6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER .................... _.................._.......,, 6.20, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional PropertyInsurances................................. 5.7 Adjustm cats - Contract Price or Contract Times ...........................1.5. 3.5. 4.1. 4.3.2. 4.5.2. ............................. 4.5.3. 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, ......................... ........ I ... ... 11, 12, 14.8. 15.1 progress schedule ........... ................ ....... ............ 6.6 Agreement -- definition of......................................................1.2 "All -Risk" Insurance, policy form............................5.6.2 Allowances. Cash....................................................11.8 Amending Contract Documents ................................ 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general ----- ...... J.10, L45, 3.5. 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2 ..........................G.8.2, 6.19, 10. I, 10.4, 11.2 ....................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.72 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to .........................9.10, 9.11, 10.4. 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment -- definition of......................................................1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility ............................ .. .9.9 final payment,...,,__.,,,_,., 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general ................. .... _...1.8, ? 9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 Progress payment., ........ ............................ 14.1-14.7 review of ................... ................ ............... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration ............ ......................................... 16.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto......................I....4.5.2, 4.53 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work............5.2 defimition of, ..................... ............ ­1 .................. IA Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for.,............................ :5.1, 8.10 possible price and times change ___.................. 1.52 Authorized Variations in Work,.....,.. 3.6, 6.25. 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands ...... _---------- _........................ 4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of --defined, ......................... I ............ 1.25 Before Starting Construction. .............................. �.5-2.8 Bid --definition of........................1.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, ............... .......... .2.6.4,6,13, 11.4.3, 119.I) . Bidding Documents -definition of _.....................1.6 (6.8.2) Bidding Requirements -definition of ......................................... 1.7(LI,4.2.6.2) Bonds -- acceptance of, .................... 5.14 additional bonds.5.9 .................................. Cost of the Work.............................................11.5.4 definition of.......................................................1.8 delivery of....................................................2 1, 5.1 final Application for Payment...,._ .......... 14.12-14.14 general ...................................... 1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, .....9.13, 10.5. 14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Other ................... 5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form .... _._.................?.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance....__.5.4.11, 5.3, 5.15 Cash Allowances..................................._...............I 1.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ........ ,1.38. 6.30.2.3. 14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ....................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance_.,, ........ 2.7. 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 5.4.13, .__................_ S. 6.5, 5.8. 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price -- Cash Allowances .............................................. 11.8 claim for price adjustment,.,,,,_,,,., 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5. f 15, 6.8.2, 9.4 .................. 9.5. 9:1 1. 10.2, 10.5. 11.2, 13.9. .......................13.13, 13.14, 14. 7, 15.1, 15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6 Cos of the Work general ............................................... 11.4-11.7 Exclusions to...............................................11.5 Cost Records.....................................................11.7 in general ............. 1.19, 1.44, 9.11,.10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Lump Sunt Pricng..........................................11.3.2 Notification of Surety., . _., _ .................................. 10.5 Scope of ..................... ................... ............. 10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection. Uncovering the Work .................................. 13.9 EICOCaENLRAI CO\DITIONs1910.8(1990EDITION) wt CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9l99) Unit Price Work 11.9 ........................................... Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work ................................................... 11.3 Change in Contract Times -- Claim for times adjustment ........ A.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, ............ 6.8.2. 9.4, 9.5. 9.11, 10.2, 10.5. 12.1, .............13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1. 15.5 Contractual time limits Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control 12.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's control ......... .................... 12.4 Notification of surety.........................................10.5 Scope of change ................... .................. ...10.3-10.4 Change Orders -- Acceptance of Defective Work ........ .................. 13.13 Amending Contract Documents.............................5 Cash Allowances ............................................... 11.8 Change of Contract Prick....................................I I Change of Contract Times...................................12 Changes in the Work .................... ............. ......... J0 CONTR4CTOR's fee ........................................ 11.6 Cost of the Work., ..... _ ............................. 11.4-11.7 Cost Records.................................................... 11.7 definition of.......................................................1.9 emergencies ................................ ........ .:........... 4. 23 ENGINEER's responsibility .._.... 9.8. 10.4. 11.2. 12.1 execution of .... ......................... ........................ 1VA Indemnifictiort .........................0.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Insurance, Bonds and......................,5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate ............................. 1.5.2-15.4 OkVNER's Responsibility ........................... 8.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions - Subsurface and, ............................................. 4.2 Underground Facilities--...........................4.3.2 Record Documents..........................-_.,...,_...-._6.19 Scope of Change.......................................10.3-10.4 Substitutes.............................................. ............................................ 6.7.3. 6.8.2 Unit Price Work ................................................ 11.9 value of Work, covered by,................ ................11.3 Changes in the Work_ ............. . _ ........... ................ J0 Notification of surety ............. .... ............ _.__10.5 OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ............................................ 10.4 Right to an adjustment......................................10.2 Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4 Claims -- against CONTRACTOR ......... ... ........................6.16 against ENGNEER 6.32 againstOWNER- .................. I.........................6.32 Change of Contract Pric@........................... 9.4. 11.2 Change of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACIOR's__.......... 4. 7.1. 9.4. 9.5. 9.11, 10.2. ......... ... ............... I 1.2, 1 1.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, .........................................15.1. 15.5. 17.3 CONTRACI'OR's Fee 1 L6 ........................................ Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTOR's liability......,,,,SA, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work ............._.......... --............I 1.4. 11.5 Decisions on Disputes...............................9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution._.........................................16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement ..... ............... 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpreter,,,,, ................. 9. I 1 Lump Sunt Pricing... ........................ _ ............. 11.3.2 Notice of ...... ............................................. 17.3 .......... OWNER's....................9.4. 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,. 11.2, 11.9 ....................... 12.1. 13.9, 13.13. 13.14. 17.3 OWNER's liability .............................................. 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment ................14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .................. _..................................117.5 request for formal decision on ............................ 9,l 1 Substitute Items .............................................. 6.ZL2 Time Extension.................................................111 Time requirements....................................9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work .... ...................... 11.9.3 Valueof...........................................................3.1.3 Waiver of --on Final Payment.................14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive .................................... 16.2 written notice required ......................9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretation* ........... 3.6.3, 9.4. 9,11 Clean Site ............................................. .............. 4.17 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association..................................................3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times..._..................._.2.3 Communications-- general..............................................6.2.6.9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs ......................622 Completion - Final Application for Payment ..........................14.11 Final Inspection ............................ .. ................14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization ............. ................................ 14.10 Substantial Completion ......................1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims ............................................ 14.15 Computation of Times......................_._17.2.1-1 .._7.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.................................................6.8fi.1 I Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.9 preconstruction.................................................. 2.8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy-- CONTRACTOR to Report ..........................2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR ............................................ 2.5 ? 7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc, ................ ­6_4 Continuing the Work .................................... 6.29, 10.4 Contract Documents - Amending..........................................................3.5 Bonds..._......................................_._............-5.1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910•8 (1990 LUInON) wi CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/991) City of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM No. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Bid 7125: Water's Way Neighborhood Park OPENING DATE: 3:30 P.M. (Our Clock) April 13, 2010 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2ntl Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 lcgov. corn/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. CHANGE: The bid opening date has been changed to 3:30 P.M., April 13, 2010. Last day for bid questions was March 29, 2010. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 10430, EXTERIOR SIGNAGE Clarification this section is for building signage only Paragraph 2.01, Delete Subparagrah A, building signage to be as specified. 2. Section 02225, STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Paragraph 3.04, Delete Subparagraphs B, C, & D, Over excavation of 5' below building slabs is required. 3. Section various. Delete various references to LEED Submittal Requirements; the owner is interested in tracking quantities of waste removal and recycled waste for information only. 4. Section 02791 Playground Safety Surfacing A. Delete 2.03 B. 2. "Provide Fiberdrain 6' apart over entire play area and overlay with Fibarfelt Geotextile Fabric'. Replace with: 2.03 B. 2."Overlay play area subsurface with Fibarfelt Geotextile Fabic, or equal". Clarification, the contractor shall provide sub -drains per Sheet C-17 Storm Underdrain System. B. 2.03 C. Critical height: 46" Cash Allowances,._.._.._.._,,.,,,,..,,_...................11.8 Stop Work requirements,,.__ CONTRACfOR's- Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract Price.,,,,..* ....... .......... *.........I t Change of Contract Times ................................... 12 Changes in the Work.................................10.4-105 check and verify.................................................2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations .........................3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of......................................................1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of .................. 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER'S representative,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.1 general3 Insurance...........................................................5.3 Intent........................................................3. 1-3.4 minor variations in the Work ....... ...................... 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish data ............ _ 8.3 OWNERS responsibility to make prompt payment... ....................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 precedence................................................3.1, 3.3.3 Record Documents............................................0.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ................ ........... I........ 3.3 Related Work.....................................................7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .......... 2.5, 3.3 Reuseof............................................................ 3.7 Supplementing.................................................. 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER's Employment ---------- 8.2 Unit Price Work...............................................11.9 variations ......................................... 3.6, 623, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEERs..... ................. I........ 92 Contract Price - adjustment of ............... 3.5. 4.1. 9.4. 10.3. 11.2-11.3 Changeof......................................4....................11 Decision on Disputes........................................9.11 definition of .................................................... 1.1 l Contract 'dimes-- adjus[ment of ......................... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 Change of ................................................ 12.1-12.4 Commencement of............................................2-3 definition of ................. .............. ...................... IA2 CONTRACTOR - Acceptance of Insurance ................................ ...5.14 Communications......................................6.2. 6.9.2 Continue Work......................................4. 6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling............................6.92 definition of.................................4..................1.13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2 May Stop Work or Terminate ........................._15.5 provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.IS, ................................. 621-6,23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal .... .................................... 6.ti ........................... 4.5.2 Article or Paragraph Number Compensation ................ _...................... _..1 1.1-1 1.2 Continuing Obligation.....................................14.15 Defective Work...............................9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11 Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency ........................................... 6.23 Defects in Work of Others ............................. 7.3 Differing conditions ........................... _..._ 4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents.,,,,,., 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated........,,p.3.2 Emergencies.....................................................6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cast of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3 Fee --Cost Plus................_,.._...11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee .......................6.30 Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,,,,, ..... ... 0.21_ Indemnification ................ .__.... 6 F)' 6,16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ............................... 7.3, 13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment, ................... 0.3-6.3 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,........... 6.14.1 Liability Insurance .............................................. 5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal .........................9.10. 10.4 obligation to perform and complete theWork....................................................0.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by.................6.12 Performance and Other Bonds 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................0.13 Progress Schedule ......................... _2 6. 2.8. 2.9. 6.6- ........................................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 Responsibilities -- Changes in the Work...................................10.1 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others...........................:6.8-6.11 Continuing the Work ......................._,G?9, 10.4 CONTRACTOR'S expense...........................6.7.1 CONTR.ACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee........_.............................6.30 CONTRACTOR'S review prior to Shop Drafting or Sample submittal................6.25 Coordination of Work................................6.92 Emergencies ................... I ....... ..................... 6.23 ENGM-ER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items..............................6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others6.9.1-6.9.2, 913 for deductible amounts, insurance...................5.9 general........................................6, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs, ....... 22 Indemnification ...................................6.31-6.33 vii L•1COC GENIiRAL CONDITIONS 1910.3 (1990 EDITION wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS \CODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Labor, Materials and Equipment..............6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations .................. _..............6.14 LiabilityInsurance........................................ 5.4 Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents ........................................... 0.27 Patent Fees and Royalties .............................6. 12 Permits.......................................................0.13 Progress Schedule, .......... ............................. 6.6 Record Documents ...................................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required subm ittals............................................. 6.28 safe structural loading.................................6.18 Safety and Protection., 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative., .................... .. .. ... * ' 6.21 Scheduling the Work...................................9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples ....................... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER......................................6.26 Site Cleanliness..-,-...___._.........................6.17 Submittal Procedures ................................... 6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures ..................................... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1 Superintendence ........................................... 6.2 Supervision....................................... ........6. I Survival of Obligations................................6.34 Taxes......i...................................................nspections 6.15 Tests and _.____....................._,13.5 To Report ..................................................... ').5 Use of Premises 0.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal........................................6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2 right to claim ............. 7.1, 9A, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, ........ 11.9, 12.1. 13.9. 14.8, 15.1. 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protectioq,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.20-6.22, 7.2. 13.2 Safety Representative ........................ I ........... I... 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittal*.,., 6.24.6.28 Special Consultants .................._....._.. ---- -._.11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense .......................................... 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others .......... 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendeneq......... 6.1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by ......... ...................... ............ 6.15 Use of Premises ......................................... 6.16.6.18 Warranties and guarantees ......................... 6.5, 6.30 Warranty of Title 14.3 Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate.....,,]5.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ....................... 4.2.3 Substantial Completion................................14.8 CONTRACTORS --other ............... _.............................? Contractual Liability Insurance._ .............. 5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits 12.2 .......................................... Article or Paragraph Number Coordination-- CONTRACToR's.responsibility....................._,¢.9 2 Copies of Documents..'... ............. ... .......................... 1.1 Correction Period ... ... ............................................13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work-- in general..................................10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance of Defective Work ................... ........ 1.3.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work .... ...... ... I .... I .......... ..,,6.30, 13.11 Correction Period ................ ...................... _._..13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ..............13.14 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 Cost -- of Tests and Inspections.....................I...............13.4 Records 11.7 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ................. ............................... 11.4.'_ CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6 Employee Expenses., .......... I ......................... 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to .............:........................................ 11.5 General 11.4.1 1.5 Home office and overhead expenses...................11.5 Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment.................................11.4.2 Minor expenses ....................... I .................... 11.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes.................................11.4.1 performed by Subcontrnetos.............. I ............. L.4.3 Records11.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery., .................................... 11.4.5..3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities ................11.4-5.2 Sp, :ial Consultants, CONTRACTOR's... ..... ....11.4.4 Supplemental ..................... _... _ .......... .. _..- ---11.4.5 "rases related to the Work............................... 11.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection..........................................13.4 Trade Discounts.............................................11.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities .............. J 1.4.5.7 Wort: after regular hours..................I..............11.4.1 Covering Work ........................ ....................... 13.6.13.7 Cumulative Remedies ...................................... 17.4-17.5 Cutting. fitting and patching .................................... 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER....,_ ...................... 8.3 Day -definition of................................................17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ..................... .... ........ 9.11, 9.12 defective --definition of........................................... 1.14 defective Work -- Acceptance of ........................... _.........10.4.1. 13.13 E1CDC. GENERAL CONL)ITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLI.INS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Correction or Removal of..................._,10.4.1, 13.11 Correction Period ..................................._...... .13.12 in general.........................................13. 14.7, 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2 OWNER May Stop Wark.................................13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects...................................13.1 Rejecting...........................................................9.6 Uncovering the WWI; ....................................... 13.8 Definitions................................................................ I Delays......................................4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................^.7 Determinations for Unit Prices_, ........................... _9. 10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions -- Noticeof ................................--...................... 3.2.3 ENGINEER's Review ...................................... .14 Possible Contract Documents Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving............................_..2.5, 3.3- 6.14,2 Dispute Resolution- Agreement..................................I.............16.1-16.6 Arbitration................................................16.1-16.5 genera116 Mediation........................................................ 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement ................. ........ 16.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ................... Documents -- Copiesof _.. _......... _............_.. ... _...................22 Record 6.19 Reuseof ....... .. ................................................... 3.7 Drawings --definition of ........................................... 1.15 Easements.............................................................4.1 Effective date of Agreement -- definition of..............1.16 F.m crgencics...........................................................0.23 ENGINEER - as initial interpreter on disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11-9.12 definition of .................... ................................... . _.. 1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities..... 9.13 Replacement of...................................... ....... Resident Project Representative., ....... ....... ....... 9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of..................1.18 ENGINEER's-- authority and responsibility, limitations on ...... _9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work ..................... 9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for ....... 9.7, 10, 11. 12 Clarifications and Interpretation........ ..... 3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Dispute................................ .11-9.12 defective Work, notice of.,..,..,„.........................13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items .... _....................6.7.3 Liability .................................................. 6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable ......... __....... ........... 14.13 Observations...........................................6.30.2, 9.2 OWNEWs Representative__...._...._...........------..9.1 Payments to the CONFRACTOR, Responsibility for.....................................9.9. 14 Recommendation of Payment ....................14-4, 14.13 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities --Limitations on,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11-9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................. 42.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility .............................................. 6.26 Status During Cmstruction-- authorized variations in the Work9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.a Decisions m Disputes.--, .... ........ ...... 9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price„_..................9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter._-.,.__ 9.11-9.12 ENGINEFR's Responsibilities.... ....... .... 9.1-9.12) Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ............................ _ 9.13 OWNER's Representative....... I .......... ............9.1 Project Representative, ................................ _93 Rejecting Defective Work..............................9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments_ .................................. 9.7-9.9 Visits to Site.................................................9.2 Unit Price determinations9.10 Visits to Site .................... ....... .--------- .................9.2 Written consent required .............................. 7 2, 9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and........................6 3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ................... 11.4-5.3 Equivalent -Materials and Equipment .......... ............. 6.7 error or om issions..................................................0.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ....................... 8-I 1 Explorations of physical conditions ...................... 42.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus, .......................... 11.6 Field Order— definition of.....................................................1.19 issued by ENGINEER ................................ 3.6.1. 9.5 Final Application for Payment .,.,.... ... ................... 4.12 Final I nspectiorl...................................................14.11 Final Payment - and Acceptance_„_...................__.._..14.13-14.14 Prior to, for cash alloyances...............................11.8 General Provisions..........................................17.3-17.4 General Requirements - definition of.....................................................1.20 principal references to... ...........Z6, 6.4, 6.6.6.7. 6._4 Giving Notice ............... ._.................... ...... I ............ 17.1 Guarantee of Work -by CONTRACTOR ........ 6.30. 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs .......................... 6.22 Hazardous Waste -- definition of......................................................1.21 general .................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for. .......................... ... S.IU rICDC OL•NLRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 p990 EDITIONi wt CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9M) Indemnification 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-633 Initially Acceptable Schedules.._.................._,..-.._....2.9 Inspection -- Certificates of..............................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Final..........................................................14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special, required by ENGINEER .......................9.6 Tests and Approval.............................$.7, 13.3-13A Insurance — Acceptance of, by OWNER...............................5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work, .... I ..................................... 11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,................ ....... 2.7 Bonds and --in general .... ...... ....... .... .................. _.5 Cancellation Provisions ..................................... 5.8 Certificates of,._..._.,,,,,,,, 2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, ........................5.6.5. 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„......,,,,,,...... 5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4 CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.14 Contractual Liability,,,,,,,,.,,„_,_....................5A.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility ................................................5.9 Final Applicaton for Payment.,,,.,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.12 Licensed Insurers ................................................ 5.3 Notice requirements, material changes., ...... 5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace ............................................. 5.14 other special insurances .... ................... *,,, ......... 5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insure4..............5.12-5.13 OWNER's Liability ..... ............. ...._.................5.5 OWNER's Responsibility.................................I...8.5 Partial Utilization. Property Insurance ............... 5.15 Property....................................... ..............5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds..............................................5.12-5.13 Special Insurance ............................ -,,...... ......... 5.10 Waiver of Rights..............................................5.11 Intent of Contract Documents1.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3.6.3, 9A Investigations of physicnl conditiong,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, J.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment ......................._.6.3-6.5 Lands -- and Easements...................................................8.4 Availability of, .................................. ......... 4.1.8.4 Reports and Tests ............................................... 8.4 Laws and Regulations, -Laws or Regulations-- Bonds................................... ................. ....5.1-5.2 Changes in the Wort:,.......................................10.4 Contract Documents CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities..... ............. A 14 Correction Period.dejeefive Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.12 Cost of the Work, tares...............................11.4.5.4 definition of..__ ...................................... ......_.1.22 gencral6.14 Indemnification _...................... _. _.......... 6.31-6.33 x Insurance.......----- _....... _............... _................53 Precedence., ...... ........................ 3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to...............:....................................3.3.1 Safety and Protection ............ .................... 6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ........... 6.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Number Tests and Inspections,,,,.,.,,,_................._....13.5 Use of Premises.................................................6.16 Visits to Site.......................................................9.2 Liability Insurance— CONTRACTOR's...............................................5.4 OWNER's.......................................................... 5.5 Licensed Sureties andInsurers„ ............................... 5.3 Liens -- Application for Progress Paymentt .....................14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Titic.,,_„_ „j,,,,,...14.3 Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12 definition of, ........................................ ............ l_23 Waiver of Claims............................................14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibilities..................................................9.13 Lim ited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized....................................... ....... ........ 4.2.'_ Maintenance and Operating Manuals -- Final Application for Payment ........................14.12 Manuals (of others).. Precedence....................................................3.3.3.1 Reference to in Contract Documents ..................3.3.1 Materials and equipment -- furnished by CONTRACTOR ....... ..__.__....._..... 6.3 ... not. incorporated in Work ................................ 14.2 Materials or equipment --equivalent ..........................0.7 Mediation (Optional),,16.7 Milestones --definition 0, .......................................... 1.24 Miscellaneous -- Computation of Times_ ................. ............. ._ ... _17.2 Cumulative Remedies.,,...,,,. I ............................. 17.4 Giving Notice....................................................17.1 Notice of Claim.................................................i 7.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included,,,,,,,, 17.5 Multi -prime contracts ......... ................. ........_.__ ......... 7 Not Shown or Indicated .......................................... 4.3.2 Notice oG- Acceptability of Project...................................14.13 Award, definition o(..... ..................... ___ ........ 1.25 Claim............................................................17.3 Defects.13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions,,,,,.4.2.3 Giving............................................................17.1 Tests andInspections........................................13.3 Variation Shop Drawing and Sample.................6.27 Notice to Proceed -- definition of......................................................1.26 givingof ........................................................... 2.3 EJCDC OENLRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) W1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9J99) Notification to Surety ....... ............................ ..........10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER ...........................6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work_„ ................ 5.15. 6.30.2.4. 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ...............6.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5.6-2 Option to Replace....................................................5.14 Article or Paragraph Number 'Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work --prohibition of ................................. 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance of defective Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.13 appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2 as fiduciary ........................................... .... 5.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................A. I definition of ................................... ... ............ 1.27 data, furnish ........................ .------------- __..... ....... 8.3 May Correct Defective Work............................13.14 May refuse to make payment..... I.......................14.7 May Stop the Work ......................................... 13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ................._.........$.8. 13,10, 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt .....................l3.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other work .................................. ZI permits and licenses, requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6-13 purchased insurance requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,, .............. OWNER's-- Aeceptance of the Work ...... .................. ._ ... 0.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute.........,8.6, 10.4 Conn m unications............................................... 8.1 Coordination of the Work 7.4 Disputes, request for decision ..........................9. 11 Inspections, tests and approvals...................8.7. 13.4 Liability Insurance ..............................................5.5 Notice of Defects..............................................13.1 Representative --During Construction, ENGINF.EWs Status ...................................... 9.1 Responsibilities -- Asbestos, PCB& Petroleum. Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ................. 8.10 Change Orders..............................................8.6 Changes in the Work,., --- ............................ 10.1 communications 8.1 CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements..............8.11 inspections, tests and approvals.,,,.................. 8.7 insurance.......................................:............. 8.5 lands and easements .....................__............. 8.4 prompt payment by........................................8.3 replacement of ENGI`i LEER ...........................?.2 reports and tests............................................8.4 stop or suspend Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,$.S. 13.10. I5.1 terminate CONTRACCOR's services .......................................... 8.8. 15.2 separate representative at site ............................. 9.3 testing, independent ............ ...................... _.... 13.4 use or occupancy of the Work5.15. 6.30.2.4. 14.10 written consent or approval required ......................................... 9.1, 63, 11.4 EJCDC. GENERAL COM7ITIONS 1910-S (1990 EDITION) wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ......................... 7.1. 9.4, 9.11, ....................................11 2, 11.9. 14.7. 15.4 PCBs -- definition of, .................. ..........................._......1.29 general.............................................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10 Partial Utilization— definition of ....................................................... 1.28 general 6.30.2.4. 14.10 Property Insurance - Patent Fees and Royalties ....................................... 6.12 Payment Bonds...................................................5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of..............14.4-14.7. 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion — Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2 CONTRACCOR's Warranty of'1'itic ... _... _ _.. _......14.3 Final Application for Payment. .........................14.12 Final Inspection .............................................. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ................14.13-14.14 general......................................................... $ 3, 14 Partial Utilization._..........................._...,-_..,,_,14.10 Retainage..........................................................14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ............................... 14.4-14.7 prompt payment..................................................$.3 Schedule of Values14.1 Substantial Completion_.._........................14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims....................„.„.,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,.,14.15 when payments due ................................ 14.4, 14.13 withholding payment ....... ................... ...... ._.... 14.7 Performance Bands ......... .................................. .5.1-5.2 Perm its .............................................................. 6.13 Petroleum -- definition of......................................................1.30 general..............................................................4.5 OWNER'S responsibility for...............................$.10 Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relating to ................. a.2.1.2 ENGLNSER's review ......................................... 4.2.4 existing structures.._.. ---- .—............................... 4.2.2 general 4.2.1.2.......................................................... Notice of Differing Subsurface or,.....................4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.5 Passible Price and Times Adjustments, ............. 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings.................................I....4.2.1 Subsurface and....................................................4.2 Subsurface Conditions .................................... 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ....................... 4.2.2 Underground Facilities-- general........................................................ 4.3 Not Shown or Indicaed............._.- _..._.....4.3.2 Protection of........................................p.3, 6.20 Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated................................................g.3.1 Technical Data ............................................... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conference.......................................2.8 Preliminary Matters......... _.................. ........ Preliminary Schedules ................................ .............. '2.6 Premises, Use of ............................................ 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract..........................................I I Price, Contract --definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Ll1 Progress Payment, Applications for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,__l42 Progress Payment--retainagc.............. ...._........... .... 142 Progress schedule, CONTRAC'rOR's....... -..... 26. 2.8, 2.9, ................... I.,........... 6.6, 6.29, 10.4. 15.2.1 Project --definition of...............................................1.31 Project Representative-- ENGINEBR's Status During Construction ....... ..... 9.3 Project Representative, Resident --definition of,,,...., 1.33 prompt pavmcnt by OWNER . .....................................8.3 Property Insurance -- A dditiona 1.........................................................5.7 general5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization... ....................... ..... 5.15, 14.11).2 receipt and application of proceeds ............. 5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and..............................6:20-0.21, 13.2 Punch list ........................................................... 1.4.11 Radioactive Material— defintion of.....................................................1.32 genera14.5 OWN'FR's responsibility for ............................ 8.10 Recommendation of Payment. ................ 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents........................_....-___,_.6.19, 14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining ..........................2.9 Reference Points.. ..................................................... 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies.........................................3-3 Regulations, Laws and(or)., .................................... 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work..........................................9.6 Related Work -- atSite........................................................7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.28 Remedies, cumulative ... ..................... ......... ..... 17.4. 17.5 Removal or Correction ofDefective Work .......... ,..... 13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required ..... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies................................2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports-- and[hawings.................................................4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility .....................8.4 Resident and Project Representative -- definition of....................................................1.33 provisionfor............................................................ 9.3 EICDC GENER.IL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 FDMON) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Num her Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's............... 6.2 Responsibilities-- CONTRACTORs-in general..................................6 ENGLNEER's-in general ................................ _......9 Limitations on .. .............................. 9.13 ... ........... OWNER's-in general, ............................................. 8 Retainage............................................................1.4.2 Reuse of Documents 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal .........................6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments.....................................14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment............................................10.2 Rights ofWay.......................... ._.._.... ... ..... ........ ._..J.1 Royalties, Patent Fees ant1......................................6.12 Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.19 Safety -- and Protection...............................4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, ................ .......... 7.2. 13.2 general .....................................................6. 20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR's....................... Samples— definition of ... ...................... ........... ......... I ........ 1.34 general.................................................... 6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR...._ ......................... 6.25 Review by ENGINEER..............................6.26, 6.27 related Work.....................................................6.28 submittal of 6.24.2 submittal procedures.........................................6.25 Schedule of progress. . ........................... 2.6. 2.8-2.9, 6.6. ................................. ._.... ,6.29, 10.4. 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals..............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24.6.28 Schedule of Values ....................... .... 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to..................................................15.2.1 Adjusting.......................................................... 6.6 Change of Contract Times.................................10.4 Initially Acceptable_ ..... ....................... ........:2.8. 2.9 Preliminary........................................................2.6 Scope of Changes,. . ...... * ....... ....... 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions.........................................2.1.1 Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general ................................ .................. Change Orders S Applications for payments, and .... ........ .............. ....... ........9.7-9.9 definition of ..................................................... 1.35 ENGINEER's approval of .................................3.6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review ..................................... 9.7, 6.24-6.28 related Work.__..........._.._._.....- 6.28 review procedures................................2.8, 6.24-6.2S Article or Paragraph Number submittal required...............................................6.24.1 Submittal Procedures ......................................... 6.25 use to approve substitutions. ................ ... 6.7.3 Shown or Indicated ................................................ 4.3.1 Site Access ..... ............................. ....................7.2. 13.2 Site Cleanliness........................................................ 6,17 Site, Visits to — by ENG LNEER...........................................9.2. 13.2 byothers...._....................................................13.2 "special causes of loss" policy form, insurance 5.6.2 definition of.....................................................1.36 Specifteations— defination of....................................................1.36 of Technical Societies, reference to .......... ........ 3.3.1 precedence......................................................3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ........................................ 3.3 Starting Construction, Before : ............... ............... 2.5-2.8 Starting the Work .............. ............................. .......... 2A Stop or Suspend Work -- by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5 by OWNER.....................................8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment .............._......4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety........................................6.18 Subcontractor -- Concerning ................................................0.8-6.11 definition of..................................................... L37 delays..._ __................. ............. .. .....1.2.3 waiver of rights... ..............................................6.11 Subcontractors --in general.................................6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required provisions...........1I, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals -- Applications for Payment .................................14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals .............. 14.12 Procedures ........................................................ 6.25 Progress Schedules ..................... I................2.6. 2.9 Samples...................................................6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values.....................................2.6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions ........ _..... ....................... 2.6, 2.8.2.9 Shop Drawings ......................................... Substantial Completion -- certification of .......................... 6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of ...................................................... 1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ........ 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items...............................6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense ............................ 6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation .................................. 6.7.3 "Or-Equal"...................................................6.7.1.1 Substitute Construction Methods xiii E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIRCATIONS (REV 9l99) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures.............................................6.7.2 Substitute Items ............................................. 6.T 12 Subsurface and Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relathg to.........................4.2. 1.2 ENGINEER'S Review......................................p.2.4 general..............................................................4. - Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .................................................. 4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions..........................................4.2.3 Physical Conditions.......................................4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change, ........... _4.2.5 Possible Price andTimes Adjustments...............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ..................................... 4.2.1 Subsurface and....................................................9.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site ..................... 4.2.1.1 Technical Data ................................................. 4.2.2 Supervision - CONTRACTORS responsibility...._..__ ............... .I OWNER shall not supervise'................................8.9 N FNGEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence...................................................... 6.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTORS resident..............6.2 Supplemental costs- Supplementary Conditions -- definition of......................................................J.39 principal references to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, ......... __-.._-.-a-2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5-6-5-9, ,,,,,,..*..._-„ 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents ..........................3.6 Supplier -- definition of .... ............... ............ ....... I ............... J.40 principal references to ........... 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 6.20, ......................................6.24, 9.13, 14.12 Waiver of Rights...............................................6.1 I Surety - consent to final payment,.....................14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to ............. .................... 9.13 Notification of...._ ................... 10.1, 10.5. 15.2 qualification of .................„-..,.,..,,,_5.1-5.3 Survival oCObligations........................................... 6.34 Suspend Work OWNER May ...................... j3.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination-- ......................I i CONTRACTOR May Stop Work orTerminate ............................................... 15.5 OWNER May Suspcnd Work ............. ................. 1.5.1 OWNER May Terminate ............................ 15.2-15.4 Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR .......................... 6.15 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR .................9.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ... .......... 4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ................. ....... _ xiv .......... 4.2.3 Temporary construction facilities- ............................ .1 Article or Paragraph Number Term ination-- by covraAcrOR.... ......__.............................15.5 by OWNER ............................... ......... ?1.8, 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEER'S employment .............................. 83 Suspension of Work-in general ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,IS Terms and Adjectives..............................................1A Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work, by others ............................ b.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ......................13.5 cost of 13.4 covering Work prior to,,.,._,.„....................J3.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations(or) ............................... 13.5 Notice of Defects....._........................................13.1 OWNER May Stop Work,,,_.,,,,,,__ 13.10 OWNER's independent testing ..........................J3.4 special, required by ENGINEER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.6 timely notice required„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.. 13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER'S request......................_ ................ ......... 13.8-13.9 Times - Adjusting, ... ...................................................... 0.6 Change of Contract .................. I..........................12 Computationof .- .... .. "........................... ...........117.2 Contract Times--& ition ofJ.12 day.........................................................17.2.2 Milestones ....................... ................................... 12 Acquirements-- appeals.................................................9.10, 16 clarifications, claims and disputes ..... 4............ 9.11, 11.2. 12 Commencement of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.3 Preconstruction Conference ...........................r.8 schedules ......................................... 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work 2A Title, Warranty of ... ...............................................14.3 Uncovering Work... .........................................13.3-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions -- definition of .................................................... 1.41 Not Shown or Indicated-- ....... ....... 4.3.2 protection of ...... .... .............__...... ........ .....4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated .........................................4.3.1 Unit price Work - claims ...... ... ...... .... ......................................1,1.9.3 definition of .................................................... 1.42 generalll.9. 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices -- general l 1.3.1 Determination for ....................... 9.10 Use of Premises., ............... 4...............6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners.............................G.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2 Utilization, Partial, ....... ----- _1.28. 5.15, 6.30.2.4. 14.10 Value of the Work...................................................11.3 Values, Schedule of ..............................?.6. 2.8-2.9, 14.1 E1CDC GENLRAL COMMONS 1910-8 (1990 FDITIONI w1 CITY OF FORT COLLM UODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Variations in Work--hlinor Authorized ........................................ 6,25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site --by ENGNEER................................... 9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ......................14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties p.1 I, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee. General --by CONTRACTOR................................................6.30 Warranty of Title. CONTRACTOR's..................... 14.3 Work -- Access to ........................................................... 1.. 3.2 byothers ............................................................... 7 Changes in the., ................................................... 10 Continuing the ................................................. 6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate .............................................. ..15.5 Coordination of ....................................... 7.4 ............. Cost of the.................................................)1.4-11.5 definition of ........................................................ 1.43 neglected by CONTR.ACTOR ............................ 13.14 otherWork............................................................7 OWNER May Stop Work, OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.10, 15.1 Related Work at Site ..... ................................ 7.1-7.3 Startingthe,.. ................................... .................. 2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR.............................I'5.5 Stopping by OWNER ......................... I ....... 15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor .......... Work Change Directive -- claims pursuant to.............................................10.2 definition of 1.44 principal references to......,,._„-,--,..., 3.5.3, 10.1-I0:2 Written Amendment -- definition of 1.45 principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15-12, .........................¢.6.2, 6.3.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, ............................ 11.2, 111, 13.1_.2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations ... ... ............................. 3.6.3, 9A. 9.11 Written Notice Reyutred— by CONTRACTOR ............................ 7.1, 9.10-9.11, 10.4. 11.2. 12.1 byOWNF.R................._.9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2. 13.14 xv GCDC GLNERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 EDIT101a w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS \MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) (This page Icft blank intentionally) ni. EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 LDI11ON) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) DRAWINGS 1. Sheet S-1 Site Plan: Add note; Entrance sign in landscape bed at intersection of Autumn Ridge Rd and Bellewood Court by others. Delete entrance sign from Bid Item #8 — Site Furnishings. 2. Sheet C-3 & Sheet C-7: Delete note "Verify US Army Corps of Engineer's permit or letter has been obtained." The City of Fort Collins has obtained the required documentation from the US Army Corps of Engineers to remove the old irrigation ditch. 3. Sheet IR-5 Detail 9 clarification: the XCZ-100-B-COM is an assembly. The contractor shall install the components of the assembly except add the PESB valve in place of the PEB valve. 4. Sheet IR-5 Detail 6 & 7 clarification: all sprinklers shall be 6 inch risers. 5. Sheet IR-5 Detail 11: contractor to provide two (2) combo air valves on the mainline loop. 6. Sheet IR-1 clarification: two (2) drip valves on the north end of the park are to be 1" valves. 7. Sheet S-3 Kids Skate Park and BMX plan: Delete note "Irrigation, Turf Grass, and Skate Park by others; temporarily seed area". Delete note "future turf grass". Delete phasing limits boundary. Clarification - The contractor to landscape area per sheet LA-1 Landscape Plan; turf to be irrigated fescue turf grass. Skate Park is by others. 8. Sheet A-1: Fire extinguishers shall be wall hung. CLARIFICATIONS 1. Bid Item 5 Playground: Bid item includes two (2) age appropriate signs and one (1) global relief sign. 2. Bid Item 4 Earthwork and Utilities: Bid item includes the distribution system and controls for the water feature in the core area. Water feature is provided by others (Artist). Contractor to provide water connection, control and power per plans and specifications. ATTACHMENTS 1. Sheet E-1: revised transformer location. Please contact John D. Stephen, CPPO, LEED AP, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. where renewal is a way of life GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I—DEFNPTIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof 1,1, Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 12. Agreement=Cho written contract hcnvicen OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed: other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents, 1.4. Asbestos--Ariv material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid -The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Doctmtenls—The advertisement or invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bidding Requirements --The advertisement or invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. I.S. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. - 1.9. Change Onier—A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Donrmews—The A 6reement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds these General Conditions the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EX -DC OET'ERAI. CONDITIONS 1910.8 0 DO Edam) al CITY OF FORT COLLI ivy SIODIFICATIONS iRLN I0000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives. Field Orden and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 at or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings s referred to in paragraphs 42. t and 4.2.2 arc not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Wort:), 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of Cuml payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1-13. COMP4C'fOR--The person, finn or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the AgrecmcnL 1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying the ward Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Druivings--The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined 1.16. EQeenve Date of the Agivernent-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 1.17. EVGIMEER—The person, fain or corporation named as such in the Agreement. LIS. ENGINEER's Conmillant--A person firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGNEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions 1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract price or the Contract Times. 120. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 121. Hazardotcs Waste —The term Ilazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.SC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22.a. Laxs and Regulations; Laus or Regtations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances. codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies. authorities and courts having jurisdiction 1.22.b. Legal Holidays --shall be those holidays observed by the Citv of Fort Calling 1?3. Liens —Luis, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. hfikstmte--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 125. Notice ojAward—A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Nonce to Proceed -A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEFR) flung the date on which the Contract Times will commerce to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OiYYER—The public body or authority. corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided 128. Partial Utili=rion—Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work 129. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1,30. Petroktmt--Petroleum, including truck oil or any faction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, ,petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mined with other ntm-I-Tazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents 1.32.a. Radioactive :Warerial—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EXDC OEWERAL COMATIONS 1910-8 (1990 E61m) w7 CITY OF FORT CULLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4n000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32.b. Reeular Marlin Hours --Regular workine hours are defined as T00am to 6:OOtmt unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements. 1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials. equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such periion of the Work will he judged 1.35. Strop Drawings -:Ail drawings, diagrams, illustrations schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 136. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACIOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion —The Wark (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where. in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by FNGTNF.ER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to t'urmsh materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor: 1.41. Undioground Facilities —All pipelines conduits, ducts cables wires manholes vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any ericasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity. gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work -Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43. Work -The entire completed cortstmotion or the various separately identifiable purts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and finishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Rork Charge Directive -A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGNEER ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be Incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. JEritten. Amencfinetr-A ATitten amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2-PRELENILNARY CLATTERS DeGrery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5. I. Copiev of Docaments 2.2 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, EXDC CENTRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edtim) a/ CITY OF FORT COW NS \MODIFICATIONS (REV -1/1000) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement-11. 1 -...t- EOilitllCAG6kU-Fun -{alCthan -khO-SLi41f4F!-day afteF the day of-Bid-opening-or-the-dh meth-day-after-thrEffeetive-Date d>EthrAgreemeru-whichever-datttsearFier- Starring the Rork: 2_.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Tunes commence to run. but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commerce to run Before Starting Consrudion: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGfNEFR any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGTNF,ER before proccaling with any Work affected thercbv; however. CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNFR or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error- ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dales) for starting and completing the various stages of the Word:, including any bfilestoraes specified it the Contract Docu rents; 2.6.2. a prelim mary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal: 2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar caws for each review by Enwincer. 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which willincludequantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profitapplicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before anv Work at the site is started. CONTRACTOR end QVIN R shall eaeh deliver to the outer OWNER with copies to identifiedin-ez ,en::ry-Conditions ENGINEFpT, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance reasenmbb, request requested by OIVNERI which CONTRACTOR and 01AWER Fespd6tively afe is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragmphs 5.4,-5"rtd-5-7. Preconstructfon Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the ContractTimes start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER and others as appropriate will he held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. lni (ally Acceptable Schedules.• 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, n of the fiF31 - °^•^era before any work at the site begins Apphsati ^ a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate designnted by OWNER. will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided Wow the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General equvements. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress pa)tnent shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times but such acceptance will [either impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to 04GNEER as to fomt and substance. ARTICLE 3—CO`ITRACI DOCU.�ILNTS: INTEirT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents we complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 Editial) wJ C1TY OF FORT COLLI N'S MODIFICA"DONS (REV Jn000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereot) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment thatmay reasonably be inferred Gan the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work• materials or equipment. such Herds or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Qtandards and Specifrcafiotis of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resortng Mscrepandes: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGNEIiR for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as othenvise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving tmy conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of am such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those act forth in the Contract Documrnts, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGNF.ER or am of ENGMF.ER's Consultants, agents or employees any dug• or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 9,13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable". "suitable". "acceptable". "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import arc used to describe a requirement. direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general. the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole ns shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such tern or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amen(6ng and Supplementing Contact Documents 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terns and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10,4). or E)MC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT LULU NS MODIFICATIONS (REV IR000) 35.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. LNGNEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 wrJ 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGNEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWN`FR (i) shall rat have or noquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings. Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or hearing the seal of ENGINEER or FNGNF,ER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse am of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONT)ITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS railabi6(I' of Lam& 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTORtJparreasonoblo-wTntenrequesi; O r]Q R ..hall famish GOW1214 Ir-rno with a eeFfeel smtatement-o�reeord-kga I-tidaarmd-kgek-descriptiono�the torahs-upon-which-tho-Workris-ton-be-performed-and OWNER's-interesPdtereva-ay-neetssary-for-givi�-notice of-or-6lir�-a-mecltaraids-lien-against-such-lands-in OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lards so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNF.R's furnishing these lands, rights -of - way or casements CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 42. Subsurface and Physcal Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drmtings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Plrvsical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by COMMCTOR Rtuhori_ed- Tecli nical Data: CONT12.4CTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such repots and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEE R's Consultants with respect to: 4.2-2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methodi, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.22.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information 4.2.3. MoBce of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical candition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate. or 4.13.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Cataract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or EXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 E(fitim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) indicatedin the Contract Documents, of 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shag promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by )aragraph6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not Kirther disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. EMGIMEER's Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of ONVI TER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of E�fi GhNEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Darumems Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3. a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Tinter A4ustmenu An equitable adjustment in the Contract Rice a in the Contract Times, or bout, will be allowed to the extent that the exiswrice of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1.. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 42.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to pamgmph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorisation of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Rice Basis, any adjustment in Contract Rice will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9: and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Rice or Times if; 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Rice and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6,4.2 the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination investigation, exploration test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making; such final commitment or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACIOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to awre on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGflER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, case, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project 4.3. Phjnieal Cond idons—Underground Facilities. 43.1. Shoun or Ineficated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cast of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall love fill responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,(iu) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph&240 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shown or Inrh'cated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or Performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph6.23). identify the owner of such Underground Facility and WDC GENER.L. COND1770151910.8 (1990 Eolitim) WICITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV IP000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the emem, if MY. to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph6.20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Rice or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the e%wnt that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been cepected to be aware of or to have anticipated If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustnent in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER, ENGiNF.'F.R and ENGINFER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, casts, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any otter project or anticipated project. Reference Points., 4.4. OWIIF.R shall provide cnginaring surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall he responsible for the accurate replacementor relocation of such reference points by prolessionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Pe"Imm, HauvAous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property e-Kposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for anv such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4-5-ZG0?I-TRr\GF91�shal4-immedietaly=(�•stcip allI.Varl- in. %vath sush hazardous condition an such-Rotice-irwrit irug)—OWt•FER-sha II -promptly corsulFwith-EYGE\FEER-�•aRKmirp;-the-ncv.•essity-fvr ORNSR to-retau"-qua6{red expert to-evaluata-such 60.NTR\E6FOR shall•nuFbe Enquired-to-msume Work any-required-pemrits-related-thereto-and-del ivered-to that qJnh oendition Fail any affected Arm, is or has A tendered mfe far the resumptien of Wark, 6i sp:.i6inseAy scans al-setulitie viundeFwltich3aEF7 War<k may be resumed- fay--rliOWNER and rn�o-_;T•_1-o-OFOR-seAiret-agree-es-to-cwtitkmeAFtoa Werk-stoppage or-eructI-special emc itions-under-which Wadc is agreed by (�GNTF.AtGTOR to he fesurne either f May make a claim therefor Fig providArl : .»:_I_.. it end 1'1 C-O'FFRACFOR-does-not-agree-to-tesuma- du work based an a reasonable belief it is unsafe, at dees Fiat conditions, then OWNER in =1 eendition-or-in-such afTeeted-aura-to-be deleted from agree-asteLattidrment-to-oFtlta-Aniewnt-or-rxtent•o(nn Price or Gontratef Tim ei&EL paAy-m ay-make-a-daim-therefor-as-provided-ln delete portion-of-the-Work-pef€ormed- OW II ks-own forces or-odtersi riccordarce-with-Micla-7- all Regulauortv-OWt\FFR-she{I- ndrR mfy-flr Id -hold harm(ass-6O1�TRr1CTOR—Sttbcetumctorsc officers,dimctors;—emptoyeesagents—other dbAsurltrants-anal-subcontractors-o€-rash-RRd-nny-uf SiGkneffi� diSOPM OF death, OF to iP�HFY to OF deSIFUGtiOn Of tangible PFOPeFt)' (Other thHH the WOFIE itself); than-Crum-eruct-e�e"airet-all-c4auns,-customlosses-octal �magr5-fi(t5lftg-OUFO€-OF-f'vSa{t Ir1g-ffOlil-Sack tbs�loss-or-clemege-is-attritwlable-to-btxhly-injttty; irtcludiRg-the-loss-of-usa--resulting-thereGom-and (ii)neduM-in-this-subparagraph-4.5:4-shinIl-obfigate OW'NTER-to-inemnify-arty-person-of-rMity-from-and owrrnegigcnor 4.5.5. The pfeN4sians of psni.raphs 4.2 and 1.3 are unvovtse EXDC GENERAL CONDITIO1151910-9 (1990 E(fitim) aV CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV -1f2000) ARTICLE 5-DO.NDS XND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Rice as security for the faithful pafornance and payment of all CONTRACTORS obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular57() (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority, to act. 5.2. It' the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of pamgmph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER, 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers: Certificates of Insurance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance mquirLd by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authori7cd in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OXVNER or arry other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with pamrraph 5.4. OVA\%R-shrill dlaliva ash edditivnld-itlsural-idemiGed-in-Fhe-Supplementary reef. CONMCTOR'.s Liability Insurance: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance m is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents. whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work• or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers compensation. disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of hodilyy injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACI'OR's employees, 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; -3:4.4-claims-for-damnges-insured-by-customary ined- na......... _ . person by otheFE2aaart; 5.45. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9, include as additional insureds (subject to any, customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNER. ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additiomtl insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5.4.3. include the specific coverages and be avritten for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, 3-4.9. include completed operations insumnce; E1CDC OEN'VLV. CONDITI ONS 19I0-8 0990 E(fitim) w/ QTY OF FORT COLLRZ \MODIFICATIONS (REV a11000) 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations trader paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.32 will so provide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR mayy be correcting, removing or replacing defective iVudc in accordance with pamgmph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has burn issued evidence satisGutory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OWNER'.s Liability Insurance: 5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4. OWN -ER. at OWNER's option,. may purchase and maintain at Oi4NER's expense Ott vER•s own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contmet Documents. Property Insurance: 5:6—l�nlcss-othztwise•prtwided-in-tltz Sappkmzntnry 6oraditions-0�'N-C-R-shall-purchase-erxl-me intain of-the-full-rapincemstt-cost-thereof-(subtect-to-smh de"-tible-amouras-tts-may-be-prc*kW-in-Ow Suppkmrntarw-C-oraditiu or-required-bv E;ews-and Regulations).-This-imumrica-she Il- 5 6.I—include—the—interests—of—OWNER, GQi ITRAG'FOR, Subs ,: Raab P;GRSE� h?IE:8�T5Ekgs�onstdturaF.s-arxS-eat}-edaeFpersens err entities-idamifuad-in-the-Suppkmznterv-6omlitions; each•of-whom-is-deemed-to- have-anrinsurable-interest andshall-be-listed its an -insured or -additional -insured; G6:�-fie-written-on-n-i3triklet's-F�Sk "sll-risk=or Shall Al le allowing perils; fire, a�a coverage.-Nteti-vandal ism-aril-malicious-mischiaf-, earthquake, collapse, debFqs mieYffiteF damage, and may be speeilivally Fequifed by the -5:63-ir[elude-experLsay-incurred-itt-the-ropuir-or raplacemLvu-o€any-irlairad�pruperty-(ineltxling-}xtt•nut arELYts}; oFet-anothaF-}carrion-thee-was-eereed-to-in-wFitingby OWNER pFioF te L.'.... ptevided-(ha• .such matenal.,..r..._'als and equipater"evebeen 12Ytt-feromm0ndea by-6?�I 'IN��-and 56-4-bo-mainimned-in-e}T-.�-u.,.-'•:1 Fatal-payment4 th .y-dayd- tat•, -notice to each--other-additional tuned - ranee as-may-ba-required-by-theSupp}emmEary-6t)ndkien uF i4dzantec€tolmVe en-treumble tmeFe� and-slteN ba-65tac1-as ifiewil a tnainutroa4by-QVNGR•in-accorderhs-with-{xtmgmphs?�.6 ueverega-afforded-wd I-not-ba-cancelled-or-materially charged-oF-remwal-refried-umi{-at-least-thirty-days' pnoF wriuetr-Wife-has-been-given-to-OWNER-wtd whont-a-eertifteata-of-insumnce-has-been-issued-ami-will cowGin—waiver—provisiotl5—in—acc#4Jar"—with paragraph j.11. 1.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or others in itkrlEiPied-irt the SttWetnrn}ary FotnliEiotts-Fhe risk of bama by GGNTRACTOk .. lTeFing-ernr such-1 s and-rany-o&them-wishes-property-insumm)o coverage-within-the-limes-of-Sui.'h-amourds-each-may purcttasattad-meiraairr-it-ttt-thnpurchasefsownarpartsa. S-t0-It-COP: FRAGFOR-roytrests-irrwritirg-Uwt-other /•L. ngs Order or a r". \...endntemPrier--to EJCDC OENWR.IL CONDITIONS 1910-9(1990 E(itim) 10 a'J CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (REV •12000) wntmancemant-o€the-Worlkat-the-sits-OLllP7GR-shall-in -51-1-1-OVP ER and-CWTRAGTOR intend that -all policies-purchased-in-accordanca-w i(h-pamgmphs-S6 Subcorttractom—ENUINEERc 24G4ifEER!s Consultants and all othef pefsans of entities identified in the SuppleniePAHF5- Gan - umtrails-or-eddl(ane}-ltrs(tFad5-1n-such-poF(alas-artd dsmegesseused -ty4We-perils-covered-thereby_ A] "rnL' 'Ai'iriimi in - the _event -of payrn en• of ...... less or .M...age the tL- :•••.v.c—w'ed, n••l_ "r a }-1IGNfedS--(}IafiHfidf4': directors-amplayea-nail-ngen(s-for-all-losses-and � Fil. i_ - - __d-__I otheF property insurane�pplieable to the e. _ ...Ia,-n�itier.-H..iv `ubaeruraclms B`!E'IPJ6kR, ITl6PJE6&'- C-onsuhents-and-all-otheF-pe neft,;. -entities-identified -C-eftditieffl to be listed R4 }fK�+aS-afld-dn_\ d TI...... tTFttO-tiv0'a .mgmv--oea�icr ..hn't ..and . the rights that any FANvy melt tig-nueh-wa(ver-may have to-the-proeaeds of payable-under-any-po}tcy-so-lssued: j.11.2. !A addit4on, 0%1,D�MR Waives Fill Fights against—EONFR,,\GTOR, ubcontractors; R�GNEER, R;GNEEWs Consultants and o}Ticers; directors_empbyaas-erdMgants-of-arty-of sham-fi>F of -use (X--ether-omtsquemial-loss-etltan l g beyond -direct -physical -loss- OF age -to arisirtgotu-o€oFrasltltintfront-fire-or-other-peril, whether4Dr-not-ir6vred-b5-O W NGR-and 5:1-! . ^_.^. lass-or-damage-to-the-canpktad resulEirwe-&onr}iro�or-WltLfimured-peri{.covered duriug-partial-uWiatti mv-pursuant-to paragraph-14.10,-after Substantia{-Comptetion pursuantto-pumgmph448-or-alteo-fiml-payment pumia_ to _ .mph 1 HS _. consequential-Iess--tlsSitters Will have no rights a